![INHERIT PRIVILEGES and INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES Privileges
Before Oracle Database 12c, an IR unit always ran with the privileges of its invoker. If
its invoker had higher privileges than its owner, then the IR unit might perform
operations unintended by, or forbidden to, its owner.
As of Oracle Database 12c, an IR unit can run with the privileges of its invoker only if
its owner has either the INHERIT PRIVILEGES privilege on the invoker or the
INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES privilege. For more information, see "Invoker's Rights
and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)".
See Also:
"Can Grant Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms"
Invisible Columns
An invisible column is a user-specified hidden column that differs from a system-
generated hidden column in these ways:
• You can explicitly specify the name of an invisible column wherever you can
explicitly specify the name of a visible column.
To display or assign a value to an invisible column, you must specify its name
explicitly—not implicitly, as in the SQL*Plus DESCRIBE command, SELECT *
commands, Oracle Call Interface (OCI) describes, and PL/SQL %ROWTYPE
attribute.
• You can make an invisible column visible.
Making an invisible column visible changes the structure of some records defined
with the %ROWTYPE attribute. For details, see "%ROWTYPE Attribute and
Invisible Columns".
See Also:
Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about invisible
columns
Objects, Not Types, Are Editioned or Noneditioned
Before Oracle Database 12c, a schema object was editionable if its type was editionable
in the database and its owner was editions-enabled. An editions-enabled user could
not own a noneditioned object of an editionable type.
As of Oracle Database 12c, a schema object is editionable if its type is editionable in the
schema that owns it and it has the EDITIONABLE property. An editions-enabled user
can own a noneditioned object of a type that is editionable in the database if the type is
noneditionable in the schema or the object has the NONEDITIONABLE property.
Therefore, the "CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] Statements" and "ALTER Statements" let
you specify EDITIONABLE or NONEDITIONABLE.
xxxv](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-35-320.jpg)
![<< label >> (optional)
DECLARE -- Declarative part (optional)
-- Declarations of local types, variables, & subprograms
BEGIN -- Executable part (required)
-- Statements (which can use items declared in declarative part)
[EXCEPTION -- Exception-handling part (optional)
-- Exception handlers for exceptions (errors) raised in executable part]
END;
Variables and Constants
PL/SQL lets you declare variables and constants, and then use them wherever you can
use an expression.
As the program runs, the values of variables can change, but the values of constants
cannot.
For more information, see "Declarations" and "Assigning Values to Variables".
Subprograms
A PL/SQL subprogram is a named PL/SQL block that can be invoked repeatedly.
If the subprogram has parameters, their values can differ for each invocation. PL/SQL
has two types of subprograms, procedures and functions. A function returns a result.
For more information about PL/SQL subprograms, see PL/SQL Subprograms.
PL/SQL also lets you invoke external programs written in other languages.
For more information, see "External Subprograms".
Packages
A package is a schema object that groups logically related PL/SQL types, variables,
constants, subprograms, cursors, and exceptions.
A package is compiled and stored in the database, where many applications can share
its contents. You can think of a package as an application.
You can write your own packages—for details, see PL/SQL Packages. You can also
use the many product-specific packages that Oracle Database supplies. For
information about these, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference.
Triggers
A trigger is a named PL/SQL unit that is stored in the database and run in response to
an event that occurs in the database.
You can specify the event, whether the trigger fires before or after the event, and
whether the trigger runs for each event or for each row affected by the event. For
example, you can create a trigger that runs every time an INSERT statement affects the
EMPLOYEES table.
For more information about triggers, see PL/SQL Triggers.
Main Features of PL/SQL
Overview of PL/SQL 1-5](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-41-320.jpg)
![explicitly recompile the unit. (A stored PL/SQL unit is created with one of the
"CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] Statements". An anonymous block is not a stored PL/SQL
unit.)
To explicitly recompile a stored PL/SQL unit and reuse its parameter values, you
must use an ALTER statement with both the COMPILE clause and the REUSE
SETTINGS clause. All ALTER statements have this clause. For a list of ALTER
statements, see "ALTER Statements".
Architecture of PL/SQL
Overview of PL/SQL 1-13](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-49-320.jpg)
![The NOT NULL constraint prevents assigning a null value to the item. The item can
acquire this constraint either implicitly (from its data type) or explicitly.
A scalar variable declaration that specifies NOT NULL, either implicitly or explicitly,
must assign an initial value to the variable (because the default initial value for a scalar
variable is NULL).
PL/SQL treats any zero-length string as a NULL value. This includes values returned
by character functions and BOOLEAN expressions.
To test for a NULL value, use the "IS [NOT] NULL Operator".
Examples
Example 2-9 Variable Declaration with NOT NULL Constraint
In this example, the variable acct_id acquires the NOT NULL constraint explicitly,
and the variables a, b, and c acquire it from their data types.
DECLARE
acct_id INTEGER(4) NOT NULL := 9999;
a NATURALN := 9999;
b POSITIVEN := 9999;
c SIMPLE_INTEGER := 9999;
BEGIN
NULL;
END;
/
Example 2-10 Variables Initialized to NULL Values
In this example, all variables are initialized to NULL.
DECLARE
null_string VARCHAR2(80) := TO_CHAR('');
address VARCHAR2(80);
zip_code VARCHAR2(80) := SUBSTR(address, 25, 0);
name VARCHAR2(80);
valid BOOLEAN := (name != '');
BEGIN
NULL;
END;
/
Declaring Variables
A variable declaration always specifies the name and data type of the variable.
For most data types, a variable declaration can also specify an initial value.
The variable name must be a valid user-defined identifier .
The data type can be any PL/SQL data type. The PL/SQL data types include the SQL
data types. A data type is either scalar (without internal components) or composite
(with internal components).
Example
Example 2-11 Scalar Variable Declarations
This example declares several variables with scalar data types.
DECLARE
part_number NUMBER(6); -- SQL data type
part_name VARCHAR2(20); -- SQL data type
Declarations
2-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-64-320.jpg)
![Examples
Example 2-13 Variable and Constant Declarations with Initial Values
This example assigns initial values to the constant and variables that it declares. The
initial value of area depends on the previously declared constant pi and the
previously initialized variable radius.
DECLARE
hours_worked INTEGER := 40;
employee_count INTEGER := 0;
pi CONSTANT REAL := 3.14159;
radius REAL := 1;
area REAL := (pi * radius**2);
BEGIN
NULL;
END;
/
Example 2-14 Variable Initialized to NULL by Default
In this example, the variable counter has the initial value NULL, by default. The
example uses the "IS [NOT] NULL Operator" to show that NULL is different from zero.
DECLARE
counter INTEGER; -- initial value is NULL by default
BEGIN
counter := counter + 1; -- NULL + 1 is still NULL
IF counter IS NULL THEN
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('counter is NULL.');
END IF;
END;
/
Result:
counter is NULL.
Related Topics
• "Declaring Associative Array Constants" for information about declaring constant
associative arrays
• "Declaring Record Constants" for information about declaring constant records
• "NOT NULL Constraint"
Declaring Items using the %TYPE Attribute
The %TYPE attribute lets you declare a data item of the same data type as a previously
declared variable or column (without knowing what that type is). If the declaration of
the referenced item changes, then the declaration of the referencing item changes
accordingly.
The syntax of the declaration is:
referencing_item referenced_item%TYPE;
Declarations
2-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-66-320.jpg)
![hours_worked NUMBER := 40;
hourly_salary NUMBER := 22.50;
bonus NUMBER := 150;
country VARCHAR2(128);
counter NUMBER := 0;
done BOOLEAN;
valid_id BOOLEAN;
emp_rec1 employees%ROWTYPE;
emp_rec2 employees%ROWTYPE;
TYPE commissions IS TABLE OF NUMBER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER;
comm_tab commissions;
BEGIN -- You can assign values here too
wages := (hours_worked * hourly_salary) + bonus;
country := 'France';
country := UPPER('Canada');
done := (counter > 100);
valid_id := TRUE;
emp_rec1.first_name := 'Antonio';
emp_rec1.last_name := 'Ortiz';
emp_rec1 := emp_rec2;
comm_tab(5) := 20000 * 0.15;
END;
/
Assigning Values to Variables with the SELECT INTO Statement
A simple form of the SELECT INTO statement is:
SELECT select_item [, select_item ]...
INTO variable_name [, variable_name ]...
FROM table_name;
For each select_item, there must be a corresponding, type-compatible
variable_name. Because SQL does not have a BOOLEAN type, variable_name
cannot be a BOOLEAN variable.
For the complete syntax of the SELECT INTO statement, see "SELECT INTO
Statement".
Example 2-25 Assigning Value to Variable with SELECT INTO Statement
This example uses a SELECT INTO statement to assign to the variable bonus the value
that is 10% of the salary of the employee whose employee_id is 100.
DECLARE
bonus NUMBER(8,2);
BEGIN
SELECT salary * 0.10 INTO bonus
FROM employees
WHERE employee_id = 100;
END;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('bonus = ' || TO_CHAR(bonus));
/
Result:
bonus = 2400
Assigning Values to Variables
2-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-74-320.jpg)
![Table 2-4 (Cont.) Logical Truth Table
x y x AND y x OR y NOT x
NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL
Example 2-34 creates a procedure, print_boolean, that prints the value of a
BOOLEAN variable. The procedure uses the "IS [NOT] NULL Operator". Several
examples in this chapter invoke print_boolean.
As Table 2-4 and Example 2-35 show, AND returns TRUE if and only if both operands
are TRUE.
As Table 2-4 and Example 2-36 show, OR returns TRUE if either operand is TRUE.
(Example 2-36 invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35.)
As Table 2-4 and Example 2-37 show, NOT returns the opposite of its operand, unless
the operand is NULL. NOT NULL returns NULL, because NULL is an indeterminate value.
(Example 2-37 invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35.)
In Example 2-38, you might expect the sequence of statements to run because x and y
seem unequal. But, NULL values are indeterminate. Whether x equals y is unknown.
Therefore, the IF condition yields NULL and the sequence of statements is bypassed.
In Example 2-39, you might expect the sequence of statements to run because a and b
seem equal. But, again, that is unknown, so the IF condition yields NULL and the
sequence of statements is bypassed.
In Example 2-40, the two IF statements appear to be equivalent. However, if either x
or y is NULL, then the first IF statement assigns the value of y to high and the second
IF statement assigns the value of x to high.
Example 2-41 invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35 three times.
The third and first invocation are logically equivalent—the parentheses in the third
invocation only improve readability. The parentheses in the second invocation change
the order of operation.
Example 2-34 Procedure Prints BOOLEAN Variable
CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE print_boolean (
b_name VARCHAR2,
b_value BOOLEAN
) AUTHID DEFINER IS
BEGIN
IF b_value IS NULL THEN
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (b_name || ' = NULL');
ELSIF b_value = TRUE THEN
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (b_name || ' = TRUE');
ELSE
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (b_name || ' = FALSE');
END IF;
END;
/
Example 2-35 AND Operator
DECLARE
PROCEDURE print_x_and_y (
x BOOLEAN,
y BOOLEAN
Expressions
2-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-80-320.jpg)
![Comparison Operators
Comparison operators compare one expression to another. The result is always either
TRUE, FALSE, or NULL.
If the value of one expression is NULL, then the result of the comparison is also NULL.
The comparison operators are:
• IS [NOT] NULL Operator
• Relational Operators
• LIKE Operator
• BETWEEN Operator
• IN Operator
Note:
Character comparisons are affected by NLS parameter settings, which can
change at runtime. Therefore, character comparisons are evaluated at runtime,
and the same character comparison can have different values at different
times. For information about NLS parameters that affect character
comparisons, see Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide.
Note:
Using CLOB values with comparison operators can create temporary LOB
values. Ensure that your temporary tablespace is large enough to handle them.
IS [NOT] NULL Operator
The IS NULL operator returns the BOOLEAN value TRUE if its operand is NULL or
FALSE if it is not NULL. The IS NOT NULL operator does the opposite.
Comparisons involving NULL values always yield NULL.
To test whether a value is NULL, use IF value IS NULL, as in these examples:
• Example 2-14, "Variable Initialized to NULL by Default"
• Example 2-34, "Procedure Prints BOOLEAN Variable"
• Example 2-53, "Searched CASE Expression with WHEN ... IS NULL"
Relational Operators
This table summarizes the relational operators.
Table 2-5 Relational Operators
Operator Meaning
= equal to
Expressions
PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-35](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-85-320.jpg)
![CASE selector
WHEN selector_value_1 THEN result_1
WHEN selector_value_2 THEN result_2
...
WHEN selector_value_n THEN result_n
[ ELSE
else_result ]
END
The selector is an expression (typically a single variable). Each selector_value
and each result can be either a literal or an expression. At least one result must
not be the literal NULL.
The simple CASE expression returns the first result for which selector_value
matches selector. Remaining expressions are not evaluated. If no
selector_value matches selector, the CASE expression returns else_result if
it exists and NULL otherwise.
See Also:
"simple_case_expression ::=" for the complete syntax
Example 2-50 Simple CASE Expression
This example assigns the value of a simple CASE expression to the variable
appraisal. The selector is grade.
DECLARE
grade CHAR(1) := 'B';
appraisal VARCHAR2(20);
BEGIN
appraisal :=
CASE grade
WHEN 'A' THEN 'Excellent'
WHEN 'B' THEN 'Very Good'
WHEN 'C' THEN 'Good'
WHEN 'D' THEN 'Fair'
WHEN 'F' THEN 'Poor'
ELSE 'No such grade'
END;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Grade ' || grade || ' is ' || appraisal);
END;
/
Result:
Grade B is Very Good
Example 2-51 Simple CASE Expression with WHEN NULL
If selector has the value NULL, it cannot be matched by WHEN NULL, as this example
shows.
Instead, use a searched CASE expression with WHEN boolean_expression IS NULL,
as in Example 2-53.
DECLARE
grade CHAR(1); -- NULL by default
appraisal VARCHAR2(20);
Expressions
2-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-92-320.jpg)
![BEGIN
appraisal :=
CASE grade
WHEN NULL THEN 'No grade assigned'
WHEN 'A' THEN 'Excellent'
WHEN 'B' THEN 'Very Good'
WHEN 'C' THEN 'Good'
WHEN 'D' THEN 'Fair'
WHEN 'F' THEN 'Poor'
ELSE 'No such grade'
END;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Grade ' || grade || ' is ' || appraisal);
END;
/
Result:
Grade is No such grade
Searched CASE Expression
For this explanation, assume that a searched CASE expression has this syntax:
CASE
WHEN boolean_expression_1 THEN result_1
WHEN boolean_expression_2 THEN result_2
...
WHEN boolean_expression_n THEN result_n
[ ELSE
else_result ]
END]
The searched CASE expression returns the first result for which
boolean_expression is TRUE. Remaining expressions are not evaluated. If no
boolean_expression is TRUE, the CASE expression returns else_result if it
exists and NULL otherwise.
See Also:
"searched_case_expression ::=" for the complete syntax
Example 2-52 Searched CASE Expression
This example assigns the value of a searched CASE expression to the variable
appraisal.
DECLARE
grade CHAR(1) := 'B';
appraisal VARCHAR2(120);
id NUMBER := 8429862;
attendance NUMBER := 150;
min_days CONSTANT NUMBER := 200;
FUNCTION attends_this_school (id NUMBER)
RETURN BOOLEAN IS
BEGIN
RETURN TRUE;
END;
BEGIN
appraisal :=
Expressions
PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-43](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-93-320.jpg)
![Syntax
$IF boolean_static_expression $THEN
text
[ $ELSIF boolean_static_expression $THEN
text
]...
[ $ELSE
text
$END
]
For the syntax of boolean_static_expression, see "BOOLEAN Static
Expressions". The text can be anything, but typically, it is either a statement (see
"statement ::=") or an error directive (explained in "Error Directives").
The selection directive evaluates the BOOLEAN static expressions in the order that they
appear until either one expression has the value TRUE or the list of expressions is
exhausted. If one expression has the value TRUE, its text is compiled, the remaining
expressions are not evaluated, and their text is not analyzed. If no expression has the
value TRUE, then if $ELSE is present, its text is compiled; otherwise, no text is
compiled.
For examples of selection directives, see "Conditional Compilation Examples".
See Also:
"Conditional Selection Statements" for information about the IF statement,
which has the same logic as the selection directive
Error Directives
An error directive produces a user-defined error message during compilation.
Syntax
$ERROR varchar2_static_expression $END
It produces this compile-time error message, where string is the value of
varchar2_static_expression:
PLS-00179: $ERROR: string
For the syntax of varchar2_static_expression, see "VARCHAR2 Static
Expressions".
For an example of an error directive, see Example 2-58.
Inquiry Directives
An inquiry directive provides information about the compilation environment.
Syntax
$$name
For information about name, which is an unquoted PL/SQL identifier, see
"Identifiers".
An inquiry directive typically appears in the boolean_static_expression of a
selection directive, but it can appear anywhere that a variable or literal of its type can
Conditional Compilation
PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-47](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-97-320.jpg)
![certificate_of_deposit Balance(8,2);
max_insured CONSTANT Balance(8,2) := 250000.00;
SUBTYPE Counter IS NATURAL;
accounts Counter := 1;
deposits Counter := 0;
withdrawals Counter := 0;
overdrafts Counter := 0;
PROCEDURE deposit (
account IN OUT Balance,
amount IN Balance
) IS
BEGIN
account := account + amount;
deposits := deposits + 1;
END;
BEGIN
NULL;
END;
/
Constrained Subtypes
A constrained subtype has only a subset of the values of its base type.
If the base type lets you specify size, precision and scale, or a range of values, then you
can specify them for its subtypes. The subtype definition syntax is:
SUBTYPE subtype_name IS base_type
{ precision [, scale ] | RANGE low_value .. high_value } [ NOT NULL ]
Otherwise, the only constraint that you can put on its subtypes is NOT NULL:
SUBTYPE subtype_name IS base_type [ NOT NULL ]
Note:
The only base types for which you can specify a range of values are
PLS_INTEGER and its subtypes (both predefined and user-defined).
A constrained subtype can be implicitly converted to its base type, but the base type
can be implicitly converted to the constrained subtype only if the value does not
violate a constraint of the subtype.
A constrained subtype can be implicitly converted to another constrained subtype
with the same base type only if the source value does not violate a constraint of the
target subtype.
User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes
PL/SQL Data Types 3-15](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-123-320.jpg)
![p(10100, 10000, 120);
p(10500, 10000, 121);
p(9500, 10000, 122);
END;
/
Result:
bonus = 50
bonus = 125
bonus = 0
IF THEN ELSIF Statement
The IF THEN ELSIF statement has this structure:
IF condition_1 THEN
statements_1
ELSIF condition_2 THEN
statements_2
[ ELSIF condition_3 THEN
statements_3
]...
[ ELSE
else_statements
]
END IF;
The IF THEN ELSIF statement runs the first statements for which condition is
true. Remaining conditions are not evaluated. If no condition is true, the
else_statements run, if they exist; otherwise, the IF THEN ELSIF statement does
nothing. (For complete syntax, see "IF Statement".)
In Example 4-4, when the value of sales is larger than 50000, both the first and
second conditions are true. However, because the first condition is true, bonus is
assigned the value 1500, and the second condition is never tested. After bonus is
assigned the value 1500, control passes to the DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE invocation.
A single IF THEN ELSIF statement is easier to understand than a logically equivalent
nested IF THEN ELSE statement:
-- IF THEN ELSIF statement
IF condition_1 THEN statements_1;
ELSIF condition_2 THEN statements_2;
ELSIF condition_3 THEN statement_3;
END IF;
-- Logically equivalent nested IF THEN ELSE statements
IF condition_1 THEN
statements_1;
ELSE
IF condition_2 THEN
statements_2;
ELSE
IF condition_3 THEN
statements_3;
END IF;
END IF;
END IF;
Conditional Selection Statements
PL/SQL Control Statements 4-5](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-131-320.jpg)
![Very Good
Simple CASE Statement
The simple CASE statement has this structure:
CASE selector
WHEN selector_value_1 THEN statements_1
WHEN selector_value_2 THEN statements_2
...
WHEN selector_value_n THEN statements_n
[ ELSE
else_statements ]
END CASE;]
The selector is an expression (typically a single variable). Each selector_value
can be either a literal or an expression. (For complete syntax, see "CASE Statement".)
The simple CASE statement runs the first statements for which selector_value
equals selector. Remaining conditions are not evaluated. If no selector_value
equals selector, the CASE statement runs else_statements if they exist and
raises the predefined exception CASE_NOT_FOUND otherwise.
Example 4-6 uses a simple CASE statement to compare a single value to many possible
values. The CASE statement in Example 4-6 is logically equivalent to the IF THEN
ELSIF statement in Example 4-5.
Note:
As in a simple CASE expression, if the selector in a simple CASE statement has
the value NULL, it cannot be matched by WHEN NULL (see Example 2-51).
Instead, use a searched CASE statement with WHEN condition IS NULL (see
Example 2-53).
Example 4-6 Simple CASE Statement
DECLARE
grade CHAR(1);
BEGIN
grade := 'B';
CASE grade
WHEN 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent');
WHEN 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good');
WHEN 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good');
WHEN 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fair');
WHEN 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor');
ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('No such grade');
END CASE;
END;
/
Result:
Very Good
Conditional Selection Statements
PL/SQL Control Statements 4-7](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-133-320.jpg)
![Searched CASE Statement
The searched CASE statement has this structure:
CASE
WHEN condition_1 THEN statements_1
WHEN condition_2 THEN statements_2
...
WHEN condition_n THEN statements_n
[ ELSE
else_statements ]
END CASE;]
The searched CASE statement runs the first statements for which condition is
true. Remaining conditions are not evaluated. If no condition is true, the CASE
statement runs else_statements if they exist and raises the predefined exception
CASE_NOT_FOUND otherwise. (For complete syntax, see "CASE Statement".)
The searched CASE statement in Example 4-7 is logically equivalent to the simple
CASE statement in Example 4-6.
In both Example 4-7 and Example 4-6, the ELSE clause can be replaced by an
EXCEPTION part. Example 4-8 is logically equivalent to Example 4-7.
Example 4-7 Searched CASE Statement
DECLARE
grade CHAR(1);
BEGIN
grade := 'B';
CASE
WHEN grade = 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent');
WHEN grade = 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good');
WHEN grade = 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good');
WHEN grade = 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fair');
WHEN grade = 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor');
ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('No such grade');
END CASE;
END;
/
Result:
Very Good
Example 4-8 EXCEPTION Instead of ELSE Clause in CASE Statement
DECLARE
grade CHAR(1);
BEGIN
grade := 'B';
CASE
WHEN grade = 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent');
WHEN grade = 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good');
WHEN grade = 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good');
WHEN grade = 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fair');
WHEN grade = 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor');
END CASE;
Conditional Selection Statements
4-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-134-320.jpg)
![For information about the cursor FOR LOOP, see "Processing Query Result Sets With
Cursor FOR LOOP Statements".
Basic LOOP Statement
The basic LOOP statement has this structure:
[ label ] LOOP
statements
END LOOP [ label ];
With each iteration of the loop, the statements run and control returns to the top of
the loop. To prevent an infinite loop, a statement or raised exception must exit the
loop.
See Also:
"Basic LOOP Statement"
EXIT Statement
The EXIT statement exits the current iteration of a loop unconditionally and transfers
control to the end of either the current loop or an enclosing labeled loop.
In Example 4-9, the EXIT statement inside the basic LOOP statement transfers control
unconditionally to the end of the current loop.
See Also:
"EXIT Statement"
Example 4-9 Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT Statement
DECLARE
x NUMBER := 0;
BEGIN
LOOP
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x));
x := x + 1;
IF x > 3 THEN
EXIT;
END IF;
END LOOP;
-- After EXIT, control resumes here
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' After loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x));
END;
/
Result:
Inside loop: x = 0
Inside loop: x = 1
Inside loop: x = 2
Inside loop: x = 3
After loop: x = 4
LOOP Statements
4-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-136-320.jpg)
![Each time control reaches the CONTINUE WHEN statement, the condition in its WHEN
clause is evaluated. If the condition is not true, the CONTINUE WHEN statement does
nothing.
In Example 4-14, the CONTINUE WHEN statement inside the basic LOOP statement
transfers control to the next iteration of the current loop when x is less than 3.
Example 4-14 is logically equivalent to Example 4-13.
See Also:
"CONTINUE Statement"
Example 4-14 CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Basic LOOP Statement
DECLARE
x NUMBER := 0;
BEGIN
LOOP -- After CONTINUE statement, control resumes here
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x));
x := x + 1;
CONTINUE WHEN x < 3;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE
('Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x));
EXIT WHEN x = 5;
END LOOP;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (' After loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x));
END;
/
Result:
Inside loop: x = 0
Inside loop: x = 1
Inside loop: x = 2
Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 3
Inside loop: x = 3
Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 4
Inside loop: x = 4
Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 5
After loop: x = 5
FOR LOOP Statement
The FOR LOOP statement runs one or more statements while the loop index is in a
specified range. The statement has this structure:
[ label ] FOR index IN [ REVERSE ] lower_bound..upper_bound LOOP
statements
END LOOP [ label ];
Without REVERSE, the value of index starts at lower_bound and increases by one
with each iteration of the loop until it reaches upper_bound. If lower_bound is
greater than upper_bound, then the statements never run.
With REVERSE, the value of index starts at upper_bound and decreases by one with
each iteration of the loop until it reaches lower_bound. If upper_bound is less than
lower_bound, then the statements never run.
LOOP Statements
4-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-140-320.jpg)
![END LOOP outer_loop;
CLOSE c1;
END;
/
Example 4-27 CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Inner FOR LOOP Statement
DECLARE
v_employees employees%ROWTYPE;
CURSOR c1 is SELECT * FROM employees;
BEGIN
OPEN c1;
-- Fetch entire row into v_employees record:
<<outer_loop>>
FOR i IN 1..10 LOOP
-- Process data here
FOR j IN 1..10 LOOP
FETCH c1 INTO v_employees;
CONTINUE outer_loop WHEN c1%NOTFOUND;
-- Process data here
END LOOP;
END LOOP outer_loop;
CLOSE c1;
END;
/
WHILE LOOP Statement
The WHILE LOOP statement runs one or more statements while a condition is true. It
has this structure:
[ label ] WHILE condition LOOP
statements
END LOOP [ label ];
If the condition is true, the statements run and control returns to the top of the
loop, where condition is evaluated again. If the condition is not true, control
transfers to the statement after the WHILE LOOP statement. To prevent an infinite loop,
a statement inside the loop must make the condition false or null. For complete syntax,
see "WHILE LOOP Statement".
An EXIT, EXIT WHEN, CONTINUE, or CONTINUE WHEN in the statements can cause
the loop or the current iteration of the loop to end early.
Some languages have a LOOP UNTIL or REPEAT UNTIL structure, which tests a
condition at the bottom of the loop instead of at the top, so that the statements run at
least once. To simulate this structure in PL/SQL, use a basic LOOP statement with an
EXIT WHEN statement:
LOOP
statements
EXIT WHEN condition;
END LOOP;
In Example 4-28, the statements in the first WHILE LOOP statement never run, and the
statements in the second WHILE LOOP statement run once.
LOOP Statements
PL/SQL Control Statements 4-21](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-147-320.jpg)
![• An array has a declared number of elements, but a nested table does not. The size
of a nested table can increase dynamically.
• An array is always dense. A nested array is dense initially, but it can become
sparse, because you can delete elements from it.
Figure 5-2 shows the important differences between a nested table and an array.
Figure 5-2 Array and Nested Table
Array of Integers
321
x(1)
17
x(2)
99
x(3)
407
x(4)
83
x(5)
622
x(6)
105
x(7)
19
x(8)
67
x(9)
278
x(10)
Fixed
Upper
Bound
Nested Table after Deletions
321
x(1)
17 99
x(3)
407
x(4)
83 622
x(6)
105
x(7)
19
x(8)
67 278
x(10)
Upper limit
of index
type
Appropriate Uses for Nested Tables
A nested table is appropriate when:
• The number of elements is not set.
• Index values are not consecutive.
• You must delete or update some elements, but not all elements simultaneously.
Nested table data is stored in a separate store table, a system-generated database
table. When you access a nested table, the database joins the nested table with its
store table. This makes nested tables suitable for queries and updates that affect
only some elements of the collection.
• You would create a separate lookup table, with multiple entries for each row of
the main table, and access it through join queries.
Collection Constructors
A collection constructor (constructor) is a system-defined function with the same
name as a collection type, which returns a collection of that type.
Note:
This topic applies only to varrays and nested tables. Associative arrays do not
have constructors. In this topic, collection means varray or nested table.
The syntax of a constructor invocation is:
collection_type ( [ value [, value ]... ] )
If the parameter list is empty, the constructor returns an empty collection. Otherwise,
the constructor returns a collection that contains the specified values. For semantic
details, see "collection_constructor".
You can assign the returned collection to a collection variable (of the same type) in the
variable declaration and in the executable part of a block.
Collection Constructors
PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-15](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-167-320.jpg)
![v2(23) := v4; -- populate associative array of associative arrays
v3(34) := va1(33, 456, 656, 343); -- populate associative array varrays
v2(35) := v5; -- assign empty associative array to v2(35)
v2(35)(2) := 78;
END;
/
Collection Comparisons
To determine if one collection variable is less than another (for example), you must
define what less than means in that context and write a function that returns TRUE or
FALSE.
You cannot compare associative array variables to the value NULL or to each other.
Except for Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality, you cannot natively
compare two collection variables with relational operators. This restriction also applies
to implicit comparisons. For example, a collection variable cannot appear in a
DISTINCT, GROUP BY, or ORDER BY clause.
Topics
• Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL
• Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality
• Comparing Nested Tables with SQL Multiset Conditions
See Also:
• Table 2-5
• PL/SQL Subprograms for information about writing functions
Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL
Use the IS[NOT] NULL operator when comparing to the NULL value.
You can compare varray and nested table variables to the value NULL with the "IS
[NOT] NULL Operator", but not with the relational operators equal (=) and not equal
(<>, !=, ~=, or ^=).
Example 5-14 Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL
This example compares a varray variable and a nested table variable to NULL correctly.
Live SQL:
You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Comparing Varray
and Nested Table Variables to NULL
DECLARE
TYPE Foursome IS VARRAY(4) OF VARCHAR2(15); -- VARRAY type
team Foursome; -- varray variable
Collection Comparisons
5-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-174-320.jpg)
![DECLARE
mgr_no NUMBER(6) := 122;
BEGIN
DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE manager_id = mgr_no;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE
('Number of employees deleted: ' || TO_CHAR(SQL%ROWCOUNT));
END;
/
Result:
Number of employees deleted: 8
Explicit Cursors
An explicit cursor is a session cursor that you construct and manage. You must
declare and define an explicit cursor, giving it a name and associating it with a query
(typically, the query returns multiple rows). Then you can process the query result set
in either of these ways:
• Open the explicit cursor (with the OPEN statement), fetch rows from the result set
(with the FETCH statement), and close the explicit cursor (with the CLOSE
statement).
• Use the explicit cursor in a cursor FOR LOOP statement (see "Processing Query
Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements".
You cannot assign a value to an explicit cursor, use it in an expression, or use it as a
formal subprogram parameter or host variable. You can do those things with a cursor
variable (see "Cursor Variables").
Unlike an implicit cursor, you can reference an explicit cursor or cursor variable by its
name. Therefore, an explicit cursor or cursor variable is called a named cursor.
Topics
• Declaring and Defining Explicit Cursors
• Opening and Closing Explicit Cursors
• Fetching Data with Explicit Cursors
• Variables in Explicit Cursor Queries
• When Explicit Cursor Queries Need Column Aliases
• Explicit Cursors that Accept Parameters
• Explicit Cursor Attributes
Declaring and Defining Explicit Cursors
You can either declare an explicit cursor first and then define it later in the same block,
subprogram, or package, or declare and define it at the same time.
An explicit cursor declaration, which only declares a cursor, has this syntax:
CURSOR cursor_name [ parameter_list ] RETURN return_type;
An explicit cursor definition has this syntax:
Cursors Overview
PL/SQL Static SQL 6-9](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-223-320.jpg)
![CURSOR cursor_name [ parameter_list ] [ RETURN return_type ]
IS select_statement;
If you declared the cursor earlier, then the explicit cursor definition defines it;
otherwise, it both declares and defines it.
Example 6-5 declares and defines three explicit cursors.
See Also:
• "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition" for the complete syntax and
semantics of explicit cursor declaration and definition
• "Explicit Cursors that Accept Parameters"
Example 6-5 Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition
DECLARE
CURSOR c1 RETURN departments%ROWTYPE; -- Declare c1
CURSOR c2 IS -- Declare and define c2
SELECT employee_id, job_id, salary FROM employees
WHERE salary > 2000;
CURSOR c1 RETURN departments%ROWTYPE IS -- Define c1,
SELECT * FROM departments -- repeating return type
WHERE department_id = 110;
CURSOR c3 RETURN locations%ROWTYPE; -- Declare c3
CURSOR c3 IS -- Define c3,
SELECT * FROM locations -- omitting return type
WHERE country_id = 'JP';
BEGIN
NULL;
END;
/
Opening and Closing Explicit Cursors
After declaring and defining an explicit cursor, you can open it with the OPEN
statement, which does the following:
1. Allocates database resources to process the query
2. Processes the query; that is:
a. Identifies the result set
If the query references variables or cursor parameters, their values affect the
result set. For details, see "Variables in Explicit Cursor Queries" and "Explicit
Cursors that Accept Parameters".
b. If the query has a FOR UPDATE clause, locks the rows of the result set
For details, see "SELECT FOR UPDATE and FOR UPDATE Cursors".
3. Positions the cursor before the first row of the result set
Cursors Overview
6-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-224-320.jpg)
![Example 6-6 FETCH Statements Inside LOOP Statements
DECLARE
CURSOR c1 IS
SELECT last_name, job_id FROM employees
WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, 'S[HT]_CLERK')
ORDER BY last_name;
v_lastname employees.last_name%TYPE; -- variable for last_name
v_jobid employees.job_id%TYPE; -- variable for job_id
CURSOR c2 IS
SELECT * FROM employees
WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, '[ACADFIMKSA]_M[ANGR]')
ORDER BY job_id;
v_employees employees%ROWTYPE; -- record variable for row of table
BEGIN
OPEN c1;
LOOP -- Fetches 2 columns into variables
FETCH c1 INTO v_lastname, v_jobid;
EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_lastname, 25, ' ') || v_jobid );
END LOOP;
CLOSE c1;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( '-------------------------------------' );
OPEN c2;
LOOP -- Fetches entire row into the v_employees record
FETCH c2 INTO v_employees;
EXIT WHEN c2%NOTFOUND;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_employees.last_name, 25, ' ') ||
v_employees.job_id );
END LOOP;
CLOSE c2;
END;
/
Result:
Atkinson ST_CLERK
Bell SH_CLERK
Bissot ST_CLERK
...
Walsh SH_CLERK
-------------------------------------
Higgins AC_MGR
Greenberg FI_MGR
Hartstein MK_MAN
...
Zlotkey SA_MAN
Example 6-7 Fetching Same Explicit Cursor into Different Variables
DECLARE
CURSOR c IS
SELECT e.job_id, j.job_title
FROM employees e, jobs j
WHERE e.job_id = j.job_id AND e.manager_id = 100
ORDER BY last_name;
Cursors Overview
6-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-226-320.jpg)
![Before you can reference a cursor variable, you must make it point to a SQL work area,
either by opening it or by assigning it the value of an open PL/SQL cursor variable or
open host cursor variable.
Note:
Cursor variables and explicit cursors are not interchangeable—you cannot use
one where the other is expected. For example, you cannot reference a cursor
variable in a cursor FOR LOOP statement.
Topics
• Creating Cursor Variables
• Opening and Closing Cursor Variables
• Fetching Data with Cursor Variables
• Assigning Values to Cursor Variables
• Variables in Cursor Variable Queries
• Querying a Collection
• Cursor Variable Attributes
• Cursor Variables as Subprogram Parameters
• Cursor Variables as Host Variables
See Also:
• "Explicit Cursors" for more information about explicit cursors
• "Restrictions on Cursor Variables"
• Oracle Database Development Guide for advantages of cursor variables
• Oracle Database Development Guide for disadvantages of cursor variables
Creating Cursor Variables
To create a cursor variable, either declare a variable of the predefined type
SYS_REFCURSOR or define a REF CURSOR type and then declare a variable of that
type.
Note:
Informally, a cursor variable is sometimes called a REF CURSOR).
The basic syntax of a REF CURSOR type definition is:
TYPE type_name IS REF CURSOR [ RETURN return_type ]
(For the complete syntax and semantics, see "Cursor Variable Declaration".)
Cursor Variables
6-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-244-320.jpg)
![See Also:
• "Fetching Data with Explicit Cursors"
• "FETCH Statement" for its complete syntax and semantics
• "FETCH Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause" for information about
FETCH statements that return more than one row at a time
Example 6-26 Fetching Data with Cursor Variables
This example uses one cursor variable to do what Example 6-6 does with two explicit
cursors. The first OPEN FOR statement includes the query itself. The second OPEN FOR
statement references a variable whose value is a query.
DECLARE
cv SYS_REFCURSOR; -- cursor variable
v_lastname employees.last_name%TYPE; -- variable for last_name
v_jobid employees.job_id%TYPE; -- variable for job_id
query_2 VARCHAR2(200) :=
'SELECT * FROM employees
WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, ''[ACADFIMKSA]_M[ANGR]'')
ORDER BY job_id';
v_employees employees%ROWTYPE; -- record variable row of table
BEGIN
OPEN cv FOR
SELECT last_name, job_id FROM employees
WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, 'S[HT]_CLERK')
ORDER BY last_name;
LOOP -- Fetches 2 columns into variables
FETCH cv INTO v_lastname, v_jobid;
EXIT WHEN cv%NOTFOUND;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_lastname, 25, ' ') || v_jobid );
END LOOP;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( '-------------------------------------' );
OPEN cv FOR query_2;
LOOP -- Fetches entire row into the v_employees record
FETCH cv INTO v_employees;
EXIT WHEN cv%NOTFOUND;
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_employees.last_name, 25, ' ') ||
v_employees.job_id );
END LOOP;
CLOSE cv;
END;
/
Result:
Atkinson ST_CLERK
Bell SH_CLERK
Bissot ST_CLERK
Cursor Variables
PL/SQL Static SQL 6-33](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-247-320.jpg)
![emp_id NUMBER(6) := 200;
amount NUMBER(6,2) := 200;
BEGIN
UPDATE employees
SET salary = salary - amount
WHERE employee_id = emp_id;
COMMIT;
END;
/
Controlling Autonomous Transactions
The first SQL statement in an autonomous routine begins a transaction. When one
transaction ends, the next SQL statement begins another transaction. All SQL
statements run since the last commit or rollback comprise the current transaction. To
control autonomous transactions, use these statements, which apply only to the
current (active) transaction:
• COMMIT
• ROLLBACK [TO savepoint_name]
• SAVEPOINT savepoint_name
• SET TRANSACTION
Topics
• Entering and Exiting Autonomous Routines
• Committing and Rolling Back Autonomous Transactions
• Savepoints
• Avoiding Errors with Autonomous Transactions
Entering and Exiting Autonomous Routines
When you enter the executable section of an autonomous routine, the main transaction
suspends. When you exit the routine, the main transaction resumes.
If you try to exit an active autonomous transaction without committing or rolling back,
the database raises an exception. If the exception is unhandled, or if the transaction
ends because of some other unhandled exception, then the transaction rolls back.
To exit normally, the routine must explicitly commit or roll back all autonomous
transactions. If the routine (or any routine invoked by it) has pending transactions,
then PL/SQL raises an exception and the pending transactions roll back.
Committing and Rolling Back Autonomous Transactions
COMMIT and ROLLBACK end the active autonomous transaction but do not exit the
autonomous routine. When one transaction ends, the next SQL statement begins
another transaction. A single autonomous routine can contain several autonomous
transactions, if it issues several COMMIT statements.
Autonomous Transactions
6-56 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-270-320.jpg)
![Subprogram Invocations
A subprogram invocation has this form:
subprogram_name [ ( [ parameter [, parameter]... ] ) ]
If the subprogram has no parameters, or specifies a default value for every parameter,
you can either omit the parameter list or specify an empty parameter list.
A procedure invocation is a PL/SQL statement. For example:
raise_salary(employee_id, amount);
A function invocation is an expression. For example:
new_salary := get_salary(employee_id);
IF salary_ok(new_salary, new_title) THEN ...
See Also:
"Subprogram Parameters" for more information about specifying parameters
in subprogram invocations
Subprogram Parts
A subprogram begins with a subprogram heading, which specifies its name and
(optionally) its parameter list.
Like an anonymous block, a subprogram has these parts:
• Declarative part (optional)
This part declares and defines local types, cursors, constants, variables,
exceptions, and nested subprograms. These items cease to exist when the
subprogram completes execution.
This part can also specify pragmas.
Note:
The declarative part of a subprogram does not begin with the keyword
DECLARE, as the declarative part of an anonymous block does.
• Executable part (required)
This part contains one or more statements that assign values, control execution,
and manipulate data. (Early in the application design process, this part might
contain only a NULL statement, as in Example 4-35.)
• Exception-handling part (optional)
This part contains code that handles runtime errors.
Topics
• Additional Parts for Functions
• RETURN Statement
Subprogram Invocations
PL/SQL Subprograms 8-3](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-305-320.jpg)
![other Oracle RAC instances. If a required result is missing from the result cache of the
local instance, the result might be retrieved from the local cache of another instance,
instead of being locally computed.
The access pattern and work load of an instance determine the set of results in its local
cache; therefore, the local caches of different instances can have different sets of
results.
Although each database instance might have its own set of cached results, the
mechanisms for handling invalid results are Oracle RAC environment-wide. If results
were invalidated only in the local instance's result cache, other instances might use
invalid results. For example, consider a result cache of item prices that are computed
from data in database tables. If any of these database tables is updated in a way that
affects the price of an item, the cached price of that item must be invalidated in every
database instance in the Oracle RAC environment.
Result Cache Management
The PL/SQL function result cache shares its administrative and manageability
infrastructure with the Result Cache. For information about the Result Cache, see
Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide.
The database administrator can use the following to manage the Result Cache:
• RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE and RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT initialization
parameters
RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE specifies the maximum amount of SGA memory (in
bytes) that the Result Cache can use, and RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT specifies
the maximum percentage of the Result Cache that any single result can use. For
more information about these parameters, see Oracle Database Reference and Oracle
Database Performance Tuning Guide.
See Also:
– Oracle Database Reference for more information about
RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE
– Oracle Database Reference for more information about
RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT
– Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide for more information about
Result Cache concepts
• DBMS_RESULT_CACHE package
The DBMS_RESULT_CACHE package provides an interface to allow the DBA to
administer that part of the shared pool that is used by the SQL result cache and
the PL/SQL function result cache. For more information about this package, see
Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference.
• Dynamic performance views:
– [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_STATISTICS
– [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_MEMORY
– [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_OBJECTS
PL/SQL Function Result Cache
PL/SQL Subprograms 8-47](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-349-320.jpg)
![– [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_DEPENDENCY
See Oracle Database Reference for more information about [G]V
$RESULT_CACHE_STATISTICS, [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_MEMORY, [G]V
$RESULT_CACHE_OBJECTS, and [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_DEPENDENCY.
Hot-Patching PL/SQL Units on Which Result-Cached Functions Depend
When you hot-patch a PL/SQL unit on which a result-cached function depends
(directly or indirectly), the cached results associated with the result-cached function
might not be automatically flushed in all cases.
For example, suppose that the result-cached function P1.foo() depends on the
package subprogram P2.bar(). If a new version of the body of package P2 is loaded,
the cached results associated with P1.foo() are not automatically flushed.
Therefore, this is the recommended procedure for hot-patching a PL/SQL unit:
Note:
To follow these steps, you must have the EXECUTE privilege on the package
DBMS_RESULT_CACHE.
1. Put the result cache in bypass mode and flush existing results:
BEGIN
DBMS_RESULT_CACHE.Bypass(TRUE);
DBMS_RESULT_CACHE.Flush;
END;
/
In an Oracle RAC environment, perform this step for each database instance.
2. Patch the PL/SQL code.
3. Resume using the result cache:
BEGIN
DBMS_RESULT_CACHE.Bypass(FALSE);
END;
/
In an Oracle RAC environment, perform this step for each database instance.
PL/SQL Functions that SQL Statements Can Invoke
To be invocable from SQL statements, a stored function (and any subprograms that it
invokes) must obey the following purity rules, which are meant to control side effects:
• When invoked from a SELECT statement or a parallelized INSERT, UPDATE,
DELETE, or MERGE statement, the subprogram cannot modify any database tables.
• When invoked from an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE statement, the
subprogram cannot query or modify any database tables modified by that
statement.
If a function either queries or modifies a table, and a DML statement on that table
invokes the function, then ORA-04091 (mutating-table error) occurs. There is one
PL/SQL Functions that SQL Statements Can Invoke
8-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-350-320.jpg)
![Upon entry into an IR unit, the runtime system checks privileges before doing any
initialization or running any code. If the unit owner has neither the INHERIT
PRIVILEGES privilege on the invoker nor the INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES privilege,
then the runtime system raises error ORA-06598.
Note:
If the unit owner has the required privilege, then one of these statements
granted it:
GRANT INHERIT PRIVILEGES ON current_user TO PUBLIC
GRANT INHERIT PRIVILEGES ON current_user TO unit_owner
GRANT INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES TO unit_owner
For information about the GRANT statement, see Oracle Database SQL Language
Reference.
See Also:
Oracle Database Security Guide for information about managing security for DR
and IR units
Topics
• Granting Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms
• IR Units Need Template Objects
Granting Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms
Using the SQL GRANT command, you can grant roles to PL/SQL packages and
standalone subprograms. Roles granted to a PL/SQL unit do not affect compilation.
They affect the privilege checking of SQL statements that the unit issues at run time:
The unit runs with the privileges of both its own roles and any other currently enabled
roles.
Typically, you grant roles to an IR unit, so that users with lower privileges than yours
can run the unit with only the privileges needed to do so. You grant roles to a DR unit
(whose invokers run it with all your privileges) only if the DR unit issues dynamic
SQL, which is checked only at run time.
The basic syntax for granting roles to PL/SQL units is:
GRANT role [, role ]... TO unit [, unit ]...
For example, this command grants the roles read and execute to the function
scott.func and the package sys.pkg:
GRANT read, execute TO FUNCTION scott.func, PACKAGE sys.pkg
For the complete syntax and semantics of the GRANT command, see Oracle Database
SQL Language Reference.
Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)
PL/SQL Subprograms 8-51](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-353-320.jpg)
![Note:
PRECEDES applies only to reverse crossedition triggers, which are described
in Oracle Database Development Guide.
The firing of compound triggers can be interleaved with the firing of simple triggers.
When one trigger causes another trigger to fire, the triggers are said to be cascading.
The database allows up to 32 triggers to cascade simultaneously. To limit the number
of trigger cascades, use the initialization parameter OPEN_CURSORS (described in
Oracle Database Reference), because a cursor opens every time a trigger fires.
Trigger Enabling and Disabling
By default, the CREATE TRIGGER statement creates a trigger in the enabled state. To
create a trigger in the disabled state, specify DISABLE. Creating a trigger in the
disabled state lets you ensure that it compiles without errors before you enable it.
Some reasons to temporarily disable a trigger are:
• The trigger refers to an unavailable object.
• You must do a large data load, and you want it to proceed quickly without firing
triggers.
• You are reloading data.
To enable or disable a single trigger, use this statement:
ALTER TRIGGER [schema.]trigger_name { ENABLE | DISABLE };
To enable or disable all triggers in all editions created on a specific table, use this
statement:
ALTER TABLE table_name { ENABLE | DISABLE } ALL TRIGGERS;
In both of the preceding statements, schema is the name of the schema containing the
trigger, and the default is your schema.
See Also:
• "ALTER TRIGGER Statement" for more information about the ALTER
TRIGGER statement
• Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about the
ALTER TABLE statement
Trigger Changing and Debugging
To change a trigger, you must either replace or re-create it. (The ALTER TRIGGER
statement only enables, disables, compiles, or renames a trigger.)
To replace a trigger, use the CREATE TRIGGER statement with the OR REPLACE clause.
To re-create a trigger, first drop it with the DROP TRIGGER statement and then create it
again with the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
Trigger Enabling and Disabling
PL/SQL Triggers 9-45](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-401-320.jpg)
![In any of the preceding ALTER statements, you set the value of PLSQL_WARNINGS
with this syntax:
PLSQL_WARNINGS = 'value_clause' [, 'value_clause' ] ...
For the syntax of value_clause, see Oracle Database Reference.
To display the current value of PLSQL_WARNINGS, query the static data dictionary
view ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS.
See Also:
• Oracle Database Reference for more information about the static data
dictionary view ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS
• Oracle Database Error Messages Reference for the message codes of all
PL/SQL warnings
• Oracle Database Reference for more information about the static data
dictionary view *_ERRORS
• "PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters" for more information about
PL/SQL units and compiler parameters
Example 11-1 Setting Value of PLSQL_WARNINGS Compilation Parameter
This example shows several ALTER statements that set the value of
PLSQL_WARNINGS.
For the session, enable all warnings—highly recommended during development:
ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:ALL';
For the session, enable PERFORMANCE warnings:
ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:PERFORMANCE';
For the procedure loc_var, enable PERFORMANCE warnings, and reuse settings:
ALTER PROCEDURE loc_var
COMPILE PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:PERFORMANCE'
REUSE SETTINGS;
For the session, enable SEVERE warnings, disable PERFORMANCE warnings, and treat
PLW-06002 warnings as errors:
ALTER SESSION
SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:SEVERE', 'DISABLE:PERFORMANCE', 'ERROR:06002';
For the session, disable all warnings:
ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='DISABLE:ALL';
DBMS_WARNING Package
If you are writing PL/SQL units in a development environment that compiles them
(such as SQL*Plus), you can display and set the value of PLSQL_WARNINGS by
invoking subprograms in the DBMS_WARNING package.
Compile-Time Warnings
PL/SQL Error Handling 11-3](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-441-320.jpg)
![Salary 20000 is out of range.
Maximum salary is 10000.
Revising salary from 20000 to 10000.
RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR Procedure
You can invoke the RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure (defined in the
DBMS_STANDARD package) only from a stored subprogram or method. Typically, you
invoke this procedure to raise a user-defined exception and return its error code and
error message to the invoker.
To invoke RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR, use this syntax:
RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR (error_code, message[, {TRUE | FALSE}]);
You must have assigned error_code to the user-defined exception with the
EXCEPTION_INIT pragma. The syntax is:
PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (exception_name, error_code)
The error_code is an integer in the range -20000..-20999 and the message is a
character string of at most 2048 bytes.
For semantic information, see "EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma".
The message is a character string of at most 2048 bytes.
If you specify TRUE, PL/SQL puts error_code on top of the error stack. Otherwise,
PL/SQL replaces the error stack with error_code.
In Example 11-13, an anonymous block declares an exception named past_due,
assigns the error code -20000 to it, and invokes a stored procedure. The stored
procedure invokes the RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure with the error code
-20000 and a message, whereupon control returns to the anonymous block, which
handles the exception. To retrieve the message associated with the exception, the
exception handler in the anonymous block invokes the SQLERRM function, described
in "Retrieving Error Code and Error Message".
Example 11-13 Raising User-Defined Exception with RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR
CREATE PROCEDURE account_status (
due_date DATE,
today DATE
) AUTHID DEFINER
IS
BEGIN
IF due_date < today THEN -- explicitly raise exception
RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR(-20000, 'Account past due.');
END IF;
END;
/
DECLARE
past_due EXCEPTION; -- declare exception
PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (past_due, -20000); -- assign error code to exception
BEGIN
account_status (TO_DATE('01-JUL-2010', 'DD-MON-YYYY'),
TO_DATE('09-JUL-2010', 'DD-MON-YYYY')); -- invoke procedure
EXCEPTION
WHEN past_due THEN -- handle exception
DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(TO_CHAR(SQLERRM(-20000)));
Raising Exceptions Explicitly
11-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-456-320.jpg)
![fetch_statement
See "FETCH Statement".
for_loop_statement
See "FOR LOOP Statement".
forall_statement
See "FORALL Statement".
goto_statement
See "GOTO Statement".
if_statement
See "IF Statement".
null_statement
See "NULL Statement".
open_statement
See "OPEN Statement".
open_for_statement
See "OPEN FOR Statement".
pipe_row_statement
See "PIPE ROW Statement".
Restriction on pipe_row_statement
This statement can appear only in the body of a pipelined table function; otherwise,
PL/SQL raises an exception.
raise_statement
See "RAISE Statement".
return_statement
See "RETURN Statement".
select_into_statement
See "SELECT INTO Statement".
while_loop_statement
See "WHILE LOOP Statement".
procedure_call
procedure
Name of the procedure that you are invoking.
parameter [, parameter ]...
List of actual parameters for the procedure that you are invoking. The data type of
each actual parameter must be compatible with the data type of the corresponding
formal parameter. The mode of the formal parameter determines what the actual
parameter can be:
Block
13-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-542-320.jpg)
![searched_case_statement ::=
CASE WHEN boolean_expression THEN statement ;
ELSE statement ;
END CASE
label
;
See:
• "boolean_expression ::="
• "statement ::="
Semantics
simple_case_statement
selector
Expression whose value is evaluated once and used to select one of several
alternatives. selector can have any PL/SQL data type except BLOB, BFILE, or a
user-defined type.
WHEN selector_value THEN statement
selector_value can be an expression of any PL/SQL type except BLOB, BFILE, or
a user-defined type.
The selector_values are evaluated sequentially. If the value of a
selector_value equals the value of selector, then the statement associated
with that selector_value runs, and the CASE statement ends. Subsequent
selector_values are not evaluated.
Caution:
A statement can modify the database and invoke nondeterministic
functions. There is no fall-through mechanism, as there is in the C switch
statement.
ELSE statement [statement ]...
The statements run if and only if no selector_value has the same value as
selector.
Without the ELSE clause, if no selector_value has the same value as selector,
the system raises the predefined exception CASE_NOT_FOUND.
label
A label that identifies the statement (see "statement ::=" and "label").
searched_case_statement
WHEN boolean_expression THEN statement
The boolean_expressions are evaluated sequentially. If the value of a
boolean_expression is TRUE, the statement associated with that
CASE Statement
PL/SQL Language Elements 13-19](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-545-320.jpg)
![boolean_expression runs, and the CASE statement ends. Subsequent
boolean_expressions are not evaluated.
Caution:
A statement can modify the database and invoke nondeterministic
functions. There is no fall-through mechanism, as there is in the C switch
statement.
ELSE statement [statement ]...
The statements run if and only if no boolean_expression has the value TRUE.
Without the ELSE clause, if no boolean_expression has the value TRUE, the
system raises the predefined exception CASE_NOT_FOUND.
label
A label that identifies the statement (see "statement ::=" and "label").
Examples
• Example 3-2, "Printing BOOLEAN Values"
• Example 4-6, "Simple CASE Statement"
• Example 4-7, "Searched CASE Statement"
Related Topics
In this chapter:
• "IF Statement"
In other chapters:
• "CASE Expressions"
• "Conditional Selection Statements"
• "Simple CASE Statement"
• "Searched CASE Statement"
See Also:
• Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the NULLIF
function
• Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the
COALESCE function
CLOSE Statement
The CLOSE statement closes a named cursor, freeing its resources for reuse.
After closing an explicit cursor, you can reopen it with the OPEN statement. You must
close an explicit cursor before reopening it.
CLOSE Statement
13-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-546-320.jpg)
![Restriction on EXISTS
You cannot use EXISTS if collection is an associative array.
index
Numeric expression whose data type either is PLS_INTEGER or can be implicitly
converted to PLS_INTEGER (for information about the latter, see "Predefined
PLS_INTEGER Subtypes").
IS [NOT] NULL
See "IS [NOT] NULL Operator".
BETWEEN expression AND expression
See "BETWEEN Operator".
IN expression [, expression ]...
See "IN Operator".
LIKE pattern
See "LIKE Operator".
relational_operator
See "Relational Operators".
SQL
Implicit cursor associated with the most recently run SELECT or DML statement. For
more information, see "Implicit Cursors".
%FOUND, %ISOPEN, %NOTFOUND
Cursor attributes explained in "Implicit Cursor Attribute" and "Named Cursor
Attribute".
character_expression
Expression whose value has a character data type (that is, a data type in the CHAR
family, described in "CHAR Data Type Family").
character_constant
Name of a constant that has a character data type.
character_function_call
Invocation of a previously defined function that returns a value that either has a
character data type or can be implicitly converted to a character data type. For more
semantic information, see "function_call".
character_literal
Literal of a character data type.
character_variable
Name of a variable that has a character data type.
||
Concatenation operator, which appends one string operand to another. For more
information, see "Concatenation Operator".
Expression
PL/SQL Language Elements 13-57](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-583-320.jpg)
![Collection methods explained in "Collection Method Invocation".
named_cursor%ROWCOUNT
See "Named Cursor Attribute".
numeric_constant
Name of a constant that has a numeric data type.
numeric_function_call
Invocation of a previously defined function that returns a value that either has a
numeric data type or can be implicitly converted to a numeric data type. For more
semantic information, see "function_call".
numeric_literal
Literal of a numeric data type.
numeric_variable
Name of variable that has a numeric data type.
SQL%ROWCOUNT
Cursor attribute explained in "Implicit Cursor Attribute".
SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT]
Cursor attribute explained in "SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT".
exponent
Numeric expression.
function_call
function
Name of a previously defined function.
parameter [, parameter ]...
List of actual parameters for the function being called. The data type of each actual
parameter must be compatible with the data type of the corresponding formal
parameter. The mode of the formal parameter determines what the actual parameter
can be:
Formal Parameter Mode Actual Parameter
IN Constant, initialized variable, literal, or expression
OUT Variable whose data type is not defined as NOT NULL
IN OUT Variable (typically, it is a string buffer or numeric accumulator)
If the function specifies a default value for a parameter, you can omit that parameter
from the parameter list. If the function has no parameters, or specifies a default value
for every parameter, you can either omit the parameter list or specify an empty
parameter list.
Expression
PL/SQL Language Elements 13-59](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-585-320.jpg)
![Syntax
fetch_statement ::=
FETCH
cursor
cursor_variable
: host_cursor_variable
into_clause
bulk_collect_into_clause
LIMIT numeric_expression ;
See:
• "bulk_collect_into_clause ::="
• "into_clause ::="
• "numeric_expression ::="
Semantics
fetch_statement
cursor
Name of an open explicit cursor. To open an explicit cursor, use the "OPEN
Statement".
If you try to fetch from an explicit cursor before opening it or after closing it, PL/SQL
raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR.
cursor_variable
Name of an open cursor variable. To open a cursor variable, use the "OPEN FOR
Statement". The cursor variable can be a formal subprogram parameter (see "Cursor
Variables as Subprogram Parameters").
If you try to fetch from a cursor variable before opening it or after closing it, PL/SQL
raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR.
:host_cursor_variable
Name of a cursor variable declared in a PL/SQL host environment, passed to PL/SQL
as a bind variable, and then opened. To open a host cursor variable, use the "OPEN
FOR Statement". Do not put space between the colon (:) and
host_cursor_variable.
The data type of a host cursor variable is compatible with the return type of any
PL/SQL cursor variable.
into_clause
To have the FETCH statement retrieve one row at a time, use this clause to specify the
variables or record in which to store the column values of a row that the cursor
returns. For more information about into_clause, see "into_clause ::=".
bulk_collect_into_clause [ LIMIT numeric_expression ]
Use bulk_collect_into_clause to specify one or more collections in which to
store the rows that the FETCH statement returns. For more information about
bulk_collect_into_clause, see "bulk_collect_into_clause ::=".
FETCH Statement
13-62 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-588-320.jpg)
![See Also:
"FOR LOOP Index"
[ REVERSE ] lower_bound .. upper_bound
lower_bound and upper_bound must evaluate to numbers (see "Lower Bound and
Upper Bound"). PL/SQL evaluates lower_bound and upper_bound once, when the
FOR LOOP statement is entered, and stores them as temporary PLS_INTEGER values,
rounding them to the nearest integer if necessary.
If lower_bound equals upper_bound, the statements run only once.
If lower_bound does not equal upper_bound when the FOR LOOP statement begins
to run, then:
• If REVERSE is omitted:
If lower_bound is greater than upper_bound, the statements do not run, and
control transfers to the statement after the FOR LOOP statement.
Otherwise, lower_bound is assigned to index, the statements run, and
control returns to the top of the loop, where index is compared to
upper_bound. If index is less than upper_bound, index is incremented by
one, the statements run again, and control returns to the top of the loop. When
index is greater than upper_bound, control transfers to the statement after the
FOR LOOP statement.
• If REVERSE is specified:
If upper_bound is less than lower_bound, the statements do not run, and
control transfers to the statement after the FOR LOOP statement.
Otherwise, upper_bound is assigned to index, the statements run, and
control returns to the top of the loop, where index is compared to
lower_bound. If index is greater than lower_bound, index is decremented by
one, the statements run again, and control returns to the top of the loop. When
index is less than lower_bound, control transfers to the statement after the FOR
LOOP statement.
label
A label that identifies for_loop_statement (see "statement ::=" and "label").
CONTINUE, EXIT, and GOTO statements can reference this label.
Labels improve readability, especially when LOOP statements are nested, but only if
you ensure that the label in the END LOOP statement matches a label at the beginning
of the same LOOP statement (the compiler does not check).
Examples
• Example 4-15, "FOR LOOP Statements"
• Example 4-16, "Reverse FOR LOOP Statements"
• Example 4-17, "Simulating STEP Clause in FOR LOOP Statement"
• Example 4-19, "Outside Statement References FOR LOOP Statement Index"
• Example 4-20, "FOR LOOP Statement Index with Same Name as Variable"
FOR LOOP Statement
PL/SQL Language Elements 13-65](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-591-320.jpg)
![integer if necessary. The resulting integers must be the lower and upper bounds of a
valid range of consecutive index numbers. If an element in the range is missing or was
deleted, PL/SQL raises an exception.
INDICES OF collection [ BETWEEN lower_bound AND upper_bound ]
Specifies that the values of index correspond to the indexes of the elements of
collection. The indexes need not be consecutive.
Both lower_bound and upper_bound are numeric expressions that PL/SQL
evaluates once, when the FORALL statement is entered, and rounds to the nearest
integer if necessary. The resulting integers are the lower and upper bounds of a valid
range of index numbers, which need not be consecutive.
Restriction on collection
If collection is an associative array, it must be indexed by PLS_INTEGER.
VALUES OF index_collection
Specifies that the values of index are the elements of index_collection, a
collection of PLS_INTEGER elements that is indexed by PLS_INTEGER. The indexes of
index_collection need not be consecutive. If index_collection is empty,
PL/SQL raises an exception and the FORALL statement does not run.
Examples
• Example 12-8, "DELETE Statement in FORALL Statement"
• Example 12-9, "Time Difference for INSERT Statement in FOR LOOP and
FORALL Statements"
• Example 12-10, "FORALL Statement for Subset of Collection"
• Example 12-11, "FORALL Statements for Sparse Collection and Its Subsets"
• Example 12-12, "Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately"
• Example 12-13, "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement
Completes"
• Example 12-26, "DELETE with RETURN BULK COLLECT INTO in FORALL
Statement"
• Example 12-28, "Anonymous Block Bulk-Binds Input Host Array"
Related Topics
In this chapter:
• "FOR LOOP Statement"
• "Implicit Cursor Attribute"
In other chapters:
• "FORALL Statement"
• "BULK COLLECT Clause"
• "Using FORALL Statement and BULK COLLECT Clause Together"
FORALL Statement
13-68 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/plsqloraclereference-221115084830-72debf0b/85/PL_SQL-Oracle-Reference-pdf-594-320.jpg)
PL_SQL Oracle Reference.pdf
- 1. Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference 12c Release 1 (12.1) E50727-06 May 2017
- 2. Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference, 12c Release 1 (12.1) E50727-06 Copyright © 1996, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Primary Author: Louise Morin Contributors: S. Moore, D. Alpern, E. Belden, S. Agrawal, H. Baer, S. Castledine, T. Chang, B. Cheng, R. Dani, R. Decker, C. Iyer, A. Kruglikov, N. Le, W. Li, B. Llewellyn, V. Moore, T. Raney, K. Rich, C. Wetherell, G. Viswanathan, M. Yang This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them to us in writing. If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, then the following notice is applicable: U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency- specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government. This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications. Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners. Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group. This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services, except as set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle.
- 3. Contents Preface........................................................................................................................................................... xxvii Audience .................................................................................................................................................. xxvii Documentation Accessibility ................................................................................................................ xxvii Related Documents................................................................................................................................ xxviii Conventions............................................................................................................................................ xxviii Syntax Descriptions................................................................................................................................. xxix Changes in This Release for Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference .......... xxxi Changes in Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1)................................................................................ xxxi Invoker's Rights Functions Can Be Result-Cached .................................................................... xxxi More PL/SQL-Only Data Types Can Cross PL/SQL-to-SQL Interface................................. xxxii New ACCESSIBLE BY Clause...................................................................................................... xxxii FETCH FIRST Clause.................................................................................................................... xxxiii Can Grant Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms.................................. xxxiii More Data Types Have Same Maximum Size in SQL and PL/SQL...................................... xxxiii DATABASE Triggers on PDBs.................................................................................................... xxxiv LIBRARY Can Be Defined as DIRECTORY Object and With CREDENTIAL...................... xxxiv Implicit Statement Results ........................................................................................................... xxxiv BEQUEATH CURRENT_USER Views....................................................................................... xxxiv INHERIT PRIVILEGES and INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES Privileges ................................... xxxv Invisible Columns .......................................................................................................................... xxxv Objects, Not Types, Are Editioned or Noneditioned................................................................ xxxv PL/SQL Functions That Run Faster in SQL .............................................................................. xxxvi Predefined Inquiry Directives $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER and $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE .... xxxvi Compilation Parameter PLSQL_DEBUG is Deprecated ......................................................... xxxvi 1 Overview of PL/SQL Advantages of PL/SQL............................................................................................................................ 1-1 Tight Integration with SQL............................................................................................................. 1-1 High Performance ............................................................................................................................ 1-2 High Productivity............................................................................................................................. 1-2 Portability .......................................................................................................................................... 1-3 iii
- 4. Scalability........................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Manageability ................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Support for Object-Oriented Programming ................................................................................. 1-3 Main Features of PL/SQL ....................................................................................................................... 1-3 Error Handling.................................................................................................................................. 1-4 Blocks ................................................................................................................................................. 1-4 Variables and Constants.................................................................................................................. 1-5 Subprograms..................................................................................................................................... 1-5 Packages............................................................................................................................................. 1-5 Triggers.............................................................................................................................................. 1-5 Input and Output ............................................................................................................................. 1-6 Data Abstraction............................................................................................................................... 1-7 Control Statements........................................................................................................................... 1-8 Conditional Compilation................................................................................................................. 1-9 Processing a Query Result Set One Row at a Time ..................................................................... 1-9 Architecture of PL/SQL......................................................................................................................... 1-10 PL/SQL Engine............................................................................................................................... 1-10 PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters ............................................................................. 1-11 2 PL/SQL Language Fundamentals Character Sets............................................................................................................................................ 2-1 Database Character Set.................................................................................................................... 2-1 National Character Set..................................................................................................................... 2-3 Lexical Units .............................................................................................................................................. 2-3 Delimiters .......................................................................................................................................... 2-4 Identifiers........................................................................................................................................... 2-5 Literals................................................................................................................................................ 2-9 Pragmas ........................................................................................................................................... 2-11 Comments........................................................................................................................................ 2-11 Whitespace Characters Between Lexical Units.......................................................................... 2-13 Declarations............................................................................................................................................. 2-13 NOT NULL Constraint.................................................................................................................. 2-13 Declaring Variables........................................................................................................................ 2-14 Declaring Constants....................................................................................................................... 2-15 Initial Values of Variables and Constants................................................................................... 2-15 Declaring Items using the %TYPE Attribute.............................................................................. 2-16 References to Identifiers......................................................................................................................... 2-18 Scope and Visibility of Identifiers ........................................................................................................ 2-18 Assigning Values to Variables .............................................................................................................. 2-23 Assigning Values to Variables with the Assignment Statement............................................. 2-23 Assigning Values to Variables with the SELECT INTO Statement ........................................ 2-24 Assigning Values to Variables as Parameters of a Subprogram ............................................. 2-25 Assigning Values to BOOLEAN Variables................................................................................. 2-25 iv
- 5. Expressions .............................................................................................................................................. 2-26 Concatenation Operator ................................................................................................................ 2-26 Operator Precedence...................................................................................................................... 2-27 Logical Operators ........................................................................................................................... 2-29 Short-Circuit Evaluation................................................................................................................ 2-34 Comparison Operators .................................................................................................................. 2-35 BOOLEAN Expressions................................................................................................................. 2-41 CASE Expressions .......................................................................................................................... 2-41 SQL Functions in PL/SQL Expressions ...................................................................................... 2-44 Error-Reporting Functions .................................................................................................................... 2-45 Conditional Compilation....................................................................................................................... 2-45 How Conditional Compilation Works........................................................................................ 2-46 Conditional Compilation Examples ............................................................................................ 2-55 Retrieving and Printing Post-Processed Source Text................................................................ 2-57 Conditional Compilation Directive Restrictions........................................................................ 2-57 3 PL/SQL Data Types SQL Data Types......................................................................................................................................... 3-2 Different Maximum Sizes................................................................................................................ 3-2 Additional PL/SQL Constants for BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE...................... 3-3 Additional PL/SQL Subtypes of BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE......................... 3-4 CHAR and VARCHAR2 Variables................................................................................................ 3-4 LONG and LONG RAW Variables................................................................................................ 3-7 ROWID and UROWID Variables................................................................................................... 3-7 BOOLEAN Data Type.............................................................................................................................. 3-8 PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types ....................................................................... 3-10 Preventing PLS_INTEGER Overflow.......................................................................................... 3-10 Predefined PLS_INTEGER Subtypes .......................................................................................... 3-11 SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype of PLS_INTEGER......................................................................... 3-12 User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes .......................................................................................................... 3-14 Unconstrained Subtypes ............................................................................................................... 3-14 Constrained Subtypes.................................................................................................................... 3-15 Subtypes with Base Types in Same Data Type Family............................................................. 3-17 4 PL/SQL Control Statements Conditional Selection Statements........................................................................................................... 4-1 IF THEN Statement.......................................................................................................................... 4-2 IF THEN ELSE Statement................................................................................................................ 4-3 IF THEN ELSIF Statement............................................................................................................... 4-5 Simple CASE Statement .................................................................................................................. 4-7 Searched CASE Statement............................................................................................................... 4-8 LOOP Statements...................................................................................................................................... 4-9 Basic LOOP Statement................................................................................................................... 4-10 v
- 6. EXIT Statement ............................................................................................................................... 4-10 EXIT WHEN Statement ................................................................................................................. 4-11 CONTINUE Statement .................................................................................................................. 4-13 CONTINUE WHEN Statement .................................................................................................... 4-13 FOR LOOP Statement.................................................................................................................... 4-14 WHILE LOOP Statement .............................................................................................................. 4-21 Sequential Control Statements.............................................................................................................. 4-22 GOTO Statement ............................................................................................................................ 4-22 NULL Statement............................................................................................................................. 4-25 5 PL/SQL Collections and Records Collection Types........................................................................................................................................ 5-2 Associative Arrays.................................................................................................................................... 5-4 Declaring Associative Array Constants ........................................................................................ 5-6 NLS Parameter Values Affect Associative Arrays Indexed by String...................................... 5-8 Appropriate Uses for Associative Arrays..................................................................................... 5-9 Varrays (Variable-Size Arrays)............................................................................................................. 5-10 Appropriate Uses for Varrays ...................................................................................................... 5-12 Nested Tables .......................................................................................................................................... 5-12 Important Differences Between Nested Tables and Arrays..................................................... 5-14 Appropriate Uses for Nested Tables ........................................................................................... 5-15 Collection Constructors ......................................................................................................................... 5-15 Assigning Values to Collection Variables ........................................................................................... 5-16 Data Type Compatibility............................................................................................................... 5-17 Assigning Null Values to Varray or Nested Table Variables .................................................. 5-18 Assigning Set Operation Results to Nested Table Variables ................................................... 5-18 Multidimensional Collections............................................................................................................... 5-20 Collection Comparisons......................................................................................................................... 5-22 Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL....................................................... 5-22 Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality............................................................ 5-23 Comparing Nested Tables with SQL Multiset Conditions ...................................................... 5-24 Collection Methods................................................................................................................................. 5-25 DELETE Collection Method.......................................................................................................... 5-26 TRIM Collection Method............................................................................................................... 5-29 EXTEND Collection Method ........................................................................................................ 5-31 EXISTS Collection Method............................................................................................................ 5-32 FIRST and LAST Collection Methods.......................................................................................... 5-33 COUNT Collection Method.......................................................................................................... 5-37 LIMIT Collection Method.............................................................................................................. 5-39 PRIOR and NEXT Collection Methods ....................................................................................... 5-39 Collection Types Defined in Package Specifications......................................................................... 5-42 Record Variables ..................................................................................................................................... 5-43 Initial Values of Record Variables................................................................................................ 5-44 vi
- 7. Declaring Record Constants ......................................................................................................... 5-44 RECORD Types .............................................................................................................................. 5-45 Declaring Items using the %ROWTYPE Attribute.................................................................... 5-48 Assigning Values to Record Variables................................................................................................. 5-54 Assigning One Record Variable to Another............................................................................... 5-54 Assigning Full or Partial Rows to Record Variables................................................................. 5-56 Assigning NULL to a Record Variable........................................................................................ 5-59 Record Comparisons .............................................................................................................................. 5-59 Inserting Records into Tables................................................................................................................ 5-60 Updating Rows with Records............................................................................................................... 5-61 Restrictions on Record Inserts and Updates....................................................................................... 5-62 6 PL/SQL Static SQL Description of Static SQL......................................................................................................................... 6-1 Statements.......................................................................................................................................... 6-1 Pseudocolumns................................................................................................................................. 6-3 Cursors Overview..................................................................................................................................... 6-5 Implicit Cursors................................................................................................................................ 6-6 Explicit Cursors ................................................................................................................................ 6-9 Processing Query Result Sets................................................................................................................ 6-24 Processing Query Result Sets With SELECT INTO Statements .............................................. 6-24 Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements....................................... 6-25 Processing Query Result Sets With Explicit Cursors, OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE............. 6-28 Processing Query Result Sets with Subqueries.......................................................................... 6-28 Cursor Variables ..................................................................................................................................... 6-29 Creating Cursor Variables............................................................................................................. 6-30 Opening and Closing Cursor Variables ...................................................................................... 6-32 Fetching Data with Cursor Variables .......................................................................................... 6-32 Assigning Values to Cursor Variables ........................................................................................ 6-34 Variables in Cursor Variable Queries.......................................................................................... 6-35 Querying a Collection.................................................................................................................... 6-37 Cursor Variable Attributes............................................................................................................ 6-38 Cursor Variables as Subprogram Parameters ............................................................................ 6-38 Cursor Variables as Host Variables ............................................................................................. 6-40 CURSOR Expressions............................................................................................................................. 6-41 Transaction Processing and Control .................................................................................................... 6-43 COMMIT Statement....................................................................................................................... 6-43 ROLLBACK Statement .................................................................................................................. 6-45 SAVEPOINT Statement................................................................................................................. 6-46 Implicit Rollbacks........................................................................................................................... 6-48 SET TRANSACTION Statement .................................................................................................. 6-48 Overriding Default Locking.......................................................................................................... 6-49 Autonomous Transactions .................................................................................................................... 6-53 vii
- 8. Advantages of Autonomous Transactions ................................................................................. 6-54 Transaction Context ....................................................................................................................... 6-54 Transaction Visibility..................................................................................................................... 6-54 Declaring Autonomous Routines................................................................................................. 6-54 Controlling Autonomous Transactions....................................................................................... 6-56 Autonomous Triggers.................................................................................................................... 6-57 Invoking Autonomous Functions from SQL.............................................................................. 6-59 7 PL/SQL Dynamic SQL When You Need Dynamic SQL.............................................................................................................. 7-1 Native Dynamic SQL................................................................................................................................ 7-2 EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement............................................................................................... 7-2 OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE Statements .............................................................................. 7-8 Repeated Placeholder Names in Dynamic SQL Statements ...................................................... 7-9 DBMS_SQL Package............................................................................................................................... 7-11 DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT Procedure................................................................................ 7-12 DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT Procedure............................................................................ 7-13 DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR Function..................................................................................... 7-15 DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER Function ........................................................................ 7-16 SQL Injection ........................................................................................................................................... 7-17 SQL Injection Techniques.............................................................................................................. 7-18 Guards Against SQL Injection...................................................................................................... 7-23 8 PL/SQL Subprograms Reasons to Use Subprograms.................................................................................................................. 8-1 Nested, Package, and Standalone Subprograms.................................................................................. 8-2 Subprogram Invocations.......................................................................................................................... 8-3 Subprogram Parts..................................................................................................................................... 8-3 Additional Parts for Functions....................................................................................................... 8-5 RETURN Statement.......................................................................................................................... 8-6 Forward Declaration ................................................................................................................................ 8-8 Subprogram Parameters .......................................................................................................................... 8-9 Formal and Actual Subprogram Parameters................................................................................ 8-9 Subprogram Parameter Passing Methods .................................................................................. 8-13 Subprogram Parameter Modes .................................................................................................... 8-14 Subprogram Parameter Aliasing.................................................................................................. 8-19 Default Values for IN Subprogram Parameters......................................................................... 8-22 Positional, Named, and Mixed Notation for Actual Parameters ............................................ 8-25 Subprogram Invocation Resolution ..................................................................................................... 8-27 Overloaded Subprograms ..................................................................................................................... 8-29 Formal Parameters that Differ Only in Numeric Data Type ................................................... 8-30 Subprograms that You Cannot Overload ................................................................................... 8-32 Subprogram Overload Errors....................................................................................................... 8-32 viii
- 9. Recursive Subprograms......................................................................................................................... 8-34 Subprogram Side Effects........................................................................................................................ 8-36 PL/SQL Function Result Cache............................................................................................................ 8-36 Enabling Result-Caching for a Function..................................................................................... 8-37 Developing Applications with Result-Cached Functions ........................................................ 8-38 Restrictions on Result-Cached Functions ................................................................................... 8-38 Examples of Result-Cached Functions........................................................................................ 8-39 Advanced Result-Cached Function Topics ................................................................................ 8-42 PL/SQL Functions that SQL Statements Can Invoke ....................................................................... 8-48 Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)............................................................. 8-49 Granting Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms ..................................... 8-51 IR Units Need Template Objects.................................................................................................. 8-52 External Subprograms............................................................................................................................ 8-52 9 PL/SQL Triggers Overview of Triggers ............................................................................................................................... 9-1 Reasons to Use Triggers........................................................................................................................... 9-3 DML Triggers ............................................................................................................................................ 9-4 Conditional Predicates for Detecting Triggering DML Statement............................................ 9-5 INSTEAD OF DML Triggers .......................................................................................................... 9-6 Compound DML Triggers ............................................................................................................ 9-10 Triggers for Ensuring Referential Integrity ................................................................................ 9-15 Correlation Names and Pseudorecords............................................................................................... 9-27 OBJECT_VALUE Pseudocolumn................................................................................................. 9-31 System Triggers....................................................................................................................................... 9-33 SCHEMA Triggers ......................................................................................................................... 9-33 DATABASE Triggers ..................................................................................................................... 9-33 INSTEAD OF CREATE Triggers.................................................................................................. 9-34 Subprograms Invoked by Triggers ...................................................................................................... 9-35 Trigger Compilation, Invalidation, and Recompilation.................................................................... 9-35 Exception Handling in Triggers ........................................................................................................... 9-36 Trigger Design Guidelines .................................................................................................................... 9-38 Trigger Restrictions ................................................................................................................................ 9-39 Trigger Size Restriction ................................................................................................................. 9-40 Trigger LONG and LONG RAW Data Type Restrictions........................................................ 9-40 Mutating-Table Restriction ........................................................................................................... 9-40 Order in Which Triggers Fire................................................................................................................ 9-44 Trigger Enabling and Disabling ........................................................................................................... 9-45 Trigger Changing and Debugging ....................................................................................................... 9-45 Triggers and Oracle Database Data Transfer Utilities....................................................................... 9-46 Triggers for Publishing Events ............................................................................................................. 9-47 Event Attribute Functions............................................................................................................. 9-48 Event Attribute Functions for Database Event Triggers........................................................... 9-53 ix
- 10. Event Attribute Functions for Client Event Triggers................................................................ 9-54 Views for Information About Triggers................................................................................................ 9-60 10 PL/SQL Packages What is a Package? ................................................................................................................................. 10-1 Reasons to Use Packages ....................................................................................................................... 10-2 Package Specification ............................................................................................................................. 10-3 Appropriate Public Items.............................................................................................................. 10-4 Creating Package Specifications................................................................................................... 10-5 Package Body .......................................................................................................................................... 10-6 Package Instantiation and Initialization.............................................................................................. 10-7 Package State ........................................................................................................................................... 10-7 SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages........................................................................................................ 10-8 Creating SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages ............................................................................... 10-9 SERIALLY_REUSABLE Package Work Unit ........................................................................... 10-10 Explicit Cursors in SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages............................................................ 10-11 Package Writing Guidelines................................................................................................................ 10-12 Package Example .................................................................................................................................. 10-14 How STANDARD Package Defines the PL/SQL Environment.................................................... 10-18 11 PL/SQL Error Handling Compile-Time Warnings ....................................................................................................................... 11-2 DBMS_WARNING Package......................................................................................................... 11-3 Overview of Exception Handling......................................................................................................... 11-5 Exception Categories ..................................................................................................................... 11-6 Advantages of Exception Handlers............................................................................................. 11-7 Guidelines for Avoiding and Handling Exceptions.................................................................. 11-9 Internally Defined Exceptions ............................................................................................................ 11-10 Predefined Exceptions.......................................................................................................................... 11-11 User-Defined Exceptions ..................................................................................................................... 11-13 Redeclared Predefined Exceptions..................................................................................................... 11-14 Raising Exceptions Explicitly.............................................................................................................. 11-15 RAISE Statement........................................................................................................................... 11-15 RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR Procedure ............................................................................ 11-18 Exception Propagation......................................................................................................................... 11-19 Propagation of Exceptions Raised in Declarations.................................................................. 11-22 Propagation of Exceptions Raised in Exception Handlers..................................................... 11-22 Unhandled Exceptions......................................................................................................................... 11-26 Retrieving Error Code and Error Message........................................................................................ 11-26 Continuing Execution After Handling Exceptions.......................................................................... 11-27 Retrying Transactions After Handling Exceptions.......................................................................... 11-29 Handling Errors in Distributed Queries............................................................................................ 11-30 x
- 11. 12 PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning PL/SQL Optimizer ................................................................................................................................. 12-1 Subprogram Inlining...................................................................................................................... 12-2 Candidates for Tuning ........................................................................................................................... 12-4 Minimizing CPU Overhead .................................................................................................................. 12-5 Tune SQL Statements..................................................................................................................... 12-5 Tune Function Invocations in Queries ........................................................................................ 12-5 Tune Subprogram Invocations..................................................................................................... 12-7 Tune Loops...................................................................................................................................... 12-9 Tune Computation-Intensive PL/SQL Code ............................................................................. 12-9 Use SQL Character Functions..................................................................................................... 12-11 Put Least Expensive Conditional Tests First............................................................................ 12-11 Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding ................................................................................................................ 12-12 FORALL Statement ...................................................................................................................... 12-13 BULK COLLECT Clause ............................................................................................................. 12-25 Using FORALL Statement and BULK COLLECT Clause Together ..................................... 12-38 Client Bulk-Binding of Host Arrays .......................................................................................... 12-40 Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations............................................. 12-40 Overview of Table Functions...................................................................................................... 12-41 Creating Pipelined Table Functions .......................................................................................... 12-42 Pipelined Table Functions as Transformation Functions....................................................... 12-44 Chaining Pipelined Table Functions ......................................................................................... 12-45 Fetching from Results of Pipelined Table Functions............................................................... 12-45 Passing CURSOR Expressions to Pipelined Table Functions ................................................ 12-46 DML Statements on Pipelined Table Function Results .......................................................... 12-49 NO_DATA_NEEDED Exception ............................................................................................... 12-49 Updating Large Tables in Parallel...................................................................................................... 12-51 Collecting Data About User-Defined Identifiers.............................................................................. 12-51 Profiling and Tracing PL/SQL Programs ......................................................................................... 12-52 Profiler API: Package DBMS_PROFILER ................................................................................. 12-52 Trace API: Package DBMS_TRACE........................................................................................... 12-53 Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution.............................................................................. 12-53 Determining Whether to Use PL/SQL Native Compilation.................................................. 12-54 How PL/SQL Native Compilation Works ............................................................................... 12-55 Dependencies, Invalidation, and Revalidation........................................................................ 12-55 Setting Up a New Database for PL/SQL Native Compilation.............................................. 12-55 Compiling the Entire Database for PL/SQL Native or Interpreted Compilation .............. 12-56 13 PL/SQL Language Elements Assignment Statement ........................................................................................................................... 13-3 AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma ...................................................................................... 13-5 Basic LOOP Statement ........................................................................................................................... 13-6 xi
- 12. Block.......................................................................................................................................................... 13-8 CASE Statement .................................................................................................................................... 13-18 CLOSE Statement.................................................................................................................................. 13-20 Collection Method Invocation ............................................................................................................ 13-22 Collection Variable Declaration.......................................................................................................... 13-24 Comment................................................................................................................................................ 13-30 Constant Declaration............................................................................................................................ 13-31 CONTINUE Statement......................................................................................................................... 13-32 Cursor FOR LOOP Statement ............................................................................................................. 13-34 Cursor Variable Declaration................................................................................................................ 13-36 DELETE Statement Extension............................................................................................................. 13-39 EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma................................................................................................................. 13-39 Exception Declaration .......................................................................................................................... 13-40 Exception Handler................................................................................................................................ 13-41 EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement ................................................................................................... 13-43 EXIT Statement...................................................................................................................................... 13-46 Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition ...................................................................................... 13-48 Expression.............................................................................................................................................. 13-51 FETCH Statement ................................................................................................................................. 13-61 FOR LOOP Statement .......................................................................................................................... 13-64 FORALL Statement............................................................................................................................... 13-66 Formal Parameter Declaration............................................................................................................ 13-69 Function Declaration and Definition ................................................................................................. 13-71 GOTO Statement................................................................................................................................... 13-76 IF Statement........................................................................................................................................... 13-77 Implicit Cursor Attribute..................................................................................................................... 13-78 INLINE Pragma .................................................................................................................................... 13-81 INSERT Statement Extension.............................................................................................................. 13-82 Named Cursor Attribute ..................................................................................................................... 13-83 NULL Statement ................................................................................................................................... 13-85 OPEN Statement ................................................................................................................................... 13-86 OPEN FOR Statement .......................................................................................................................... 13-87 PIPE ROW Statement ........................................................................................................................... 13-90 Procedure Declaration and Definition............................................................................................... 13-91 RAISE Statement................................................................................................................................... 13-93 Record Variable Declaration ............................................................................................................... 13-94 RESTRICT_REFERENCES Pragma.................................................................................................... 13-96 RETURN Statement.............................................................................................................................. 13-98 RETURNING INTO Clause................................................................................................................. 13-99 %ROWTYPE Attribute....................................................................................................................... 13-102 Scalar Variable Declaration ............................................................................................................... 13-104 SELECT INTO Statement................................................................................................................... 13-105 SERIALLY_REUSABLE Pragma....................................................................................................... 13-109 xii
- 13. SQLCODE Function ........................................................................................................................... 13-110 SQLERRM Function ........................................................................................................................... 13-111 %TYPE Attribute................................................................................................................................. 13-113 UDF Pragma ........................................................................................................................................ 13-115 UPDATE Statement Extensions........................................................................................................ 13-115 WHILE LOOP Statement................................................................................................................... 13-116 14 SQL Statements for Stored PL/SQL Units ALTER FUNCTION Statement............................................................................................................. 14-2 ALTER LIBRARY Statement ................................................................................................................. 14-5 ALTER PACKAGE Statement............................................................................................................... 14-7 ALTER PROCEDURE Statement........................................................................................................ 14-10 ALTER TRIGGER Statement............................................................................................................... 14-12 ALTER TYPE Statement ...................................................................................................................... 14-15 CREATE FUNCTION Statement........................................................................................................ 14-31 CREATE LIBRARY Statement ............................................................................................................ 14-43 CREATE PACKAGE Statement.......................................................................................................... 14-46 CREATE PACKAGE BODY Statement ............................................................................................. 14-49 CREATE PROCEDURE Statement..................................................................................................... 14-53 CREATE TRIGGER Statement............................................................................................................ 14-57 CREATE TYPE Statement.................................................................................................................... 14-77 CREATE TYPE BODY Statement ....................................................................................................... 14-94 DROP FUNCTION Statement........................................................................................................... 14-100 DROP LIBRARY Statement............................................................................................................... 14-102 DROP PACKAGE Statement ............................................................................................................ 14-103 DROP PROCEDURE Statement ....................................................................................................... 14-104 DROP TRIGGER Statement............................................................................................................... 14-105 DROP TYPE Statement ...................................................................................................................... 14-106 DROP TYPE BODY Statement.......................................................................................................... 14-108 A PL/SQL Source Text Wrapping PL/SQL Source Text Wrapping Limitations ........................................................................................ A-2 PL/SQL Source Text Wrapping Guidelines ......................................................................................... A-2 Wrapping PL/SQL Source Text with PL/SQL Wrapper Utility....................................................... A-2 Wrapping PL/SQL Source Text with DBMS_DDL Subprograms .................................................... A-8 B PL/SQL Name Resolution Qualified Names and Dot Notation....................................................................................................... B-1 Column Name Precedence...................................................................................................................... B-3 Differences Between PL/SQL and SQL Name Resolution Rules...................................................... B-5 Resolution of Names in Static SQL Statements.................................................................................... B-6 What is Capture?....................................................................................................................................... B-7 Outer Capture................................................................................................................................... B-7 xiii
- 14. Same-Scope Capture ........................................................................................................................ B-7 Inner Capture.................................................................................................................................... B-7 Avoiding Inner Capture in SELECT and DML Statements................................................................ B-8 Qualifying References to Attributes and Methods...................................................................... B-9 Qualifying References to Row Expressions................................................................................ B-10 C PL/SQL Program Limits D PL/SQL Reserved Words and Keywords E PL/SQL Predefined Data Types Index xiv
- 15. List of Examples 1-1 PL/SQL Block Structure............................................................................................................. 1-4 1-2 Processing Query Result Rows One at a Time........................................................................ 1-9 2-1 Valid Case-Insensitive Reference to Quoted User-Defined Identifier................................. 2-7 2-2 Invalid Case-Insensitive Reference to Quoted User-Defined Identifier.............................. 2-8 2-3 Reserved Word as Quoted User-Defined Identifier............................................................... 2-8 2-4 Neglecting Double Quotation Marks....................................................................................... 2-8 2-5 Neglecting Case-Sensitivity....................................................................................................... 2-9 2-6 Single-Line Comments............................................................................................................. 2-12 2-7 Multiline Comments................................................................................................................. 2-12 2-8 Whitespace Characters Improving Source Text Readability.............................................. 2-13 2-9 Variable Declaration with NOT NULL Constraint.............................................................. 2-14 2-10 Variables Initialized to NULL Values.................................................................................... 2-14 2-11 Scalar Variable Declarations.................................................................................................... 2-14 2-12 Constant Declarations............................................................................................................... 2-15 2-13 Variable and Constant Declarations with Initial Values..................................................... 2-16 2-14 Variable Initialized to NULL by Default................................................................................ 2-16 2-15 Declaring Variable of Same Type as Column........................................................................ 2-17 2-16 Declaring Variable of Same Type as Another Variable....................................................... 2-17 2-17 Scope and Visibility of Identifiers........................................................................................... 2-19 2-18 Qualifying Redeclared Global Identifier with Block Label................................................. 2-19 2-19 Qualifying Identifier with Subprogram Name..................................................................... 2-20 2-20 Duplicate Identifiers in Same Scope....................................................................................... 2-21 2-21 Declaring Same Identifier in Different Units......................................................................... 2-21 2-22 Label and Subprogram with Same Name in Same Scope................................................... 2-22 2-23 Block with Multiple and Duplicate Labels............................................................................ 2-22 2-24 Assigning Values to Variables with Assignment Statement............................................... 2-23 2-25 Assigning Value to Variable with SELECT INTO Statement............................................. 2-24 2-26 Assigning Value to Variable as IN OUT Subprogram Parameter...................................... 2-25 2-27 Assigning Value to BOOLEAN Variable............................................................................... 2-25 2-28 Concatenation Operator........................................................................................................... 2-27 2-29 Concatenation Operator with NULL Operands................................................................... 2-27 2-30 Controlling Evaluation Order with Parentheses.................................................................. 2-28 2-31 Expression with Nested Parentheses...................................................................................... 2-28 2-32 Improving Readability with Parentheses.............................................................................. 2-28 2-33 Operator Precedence................................................................................................................. 2-28 2-34 Procedure Prints BOOLEAN Variable................................................................................... 2-30 2-35 AND Operator........................................................................................................................... 2-30 2-36 OR Operator............................................................................................................................... 2-31 2-37 NOT Operator............................................................................................................................ 2-32 2-38 NULL Value in Unequal Comparison.................................................................................... 2-33 2-39 NULL Value in Equal Comparison......................................................................................... 2-33 2-40 NOT NULL Equals NULL....................................................................................................... 2-33 2-41 Changing Evaluation Order of Logical Operators............................................................... 2-34 2-42 Short-Circuit Evaluation........................................................................................................... 2-34 2-43 Relational Operators in Expressions....................................................................................... 2-36 2-44 LIKE Operator in Expression................................................................................................... 2-38 2-45 Escape Character in Pattern..................................................................................................... 2-38 2-46 BETWEEN Operator in Expressions....................................................................................... 2-39 2-47 IN Operator in Expressions..................................................................................................... 2-40 2-48 IN Operator with Sets with NULL Values............................................................................ 2-40 2-49 Equivalent BOOLEAN Expressions....................................................................................... 2-41 xv
- 16. 2-50 Simple CASE Expression.......................................................................................................... 2-42 2-51 Simple CASE Expression with WHEN NULL...................................................................... 2-42 2-52 Searched CASE Expression...................................................................................................... 2-43 2-53 Searched CASE Expression with WHEN ... IS NULL.......................................................... 2-44 2-54 Predefined Inquiry Directives................................................................................................. 2-49 2-55 Displaying Values of PL/SQL Compilation Parameters..................................................... 2-49 2-56 PLSQL_CCFLAGS Assigns Value to Itself............................................................................ 2-50 2-57 Static Constants.......................................................................................................................... 2-54 2-58 Code for Checking Database Version..................................................................................... 2-55 2-59 Compiling Different Code for Different Database Versions............................................... 2-55 2-60 Displaying Post-Processed Source Textsource text.............................................................. 2-57 3-1 CHAR and VARCHAR2 Blank-Padding Difference.............................................................. 3-6 3-2 Printing BOOLEAN Values....................................................................................................... 3-9 3-3 SQL Statement Invokes PL/SQL Function with BOOLEAN Parameter............................. 3-9 3-4 PLS_INTEGER Calculation Raises Overflow Exception..................................................... 3-11 3-5 Preventing Overflow................................................................................................................. 3-11 3-6 Violating Constraint of SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype.......................................................... 3-12 3-7 User-Defined Unconstrained Subtypes Show Intended Use.............................................. 3-14 3-8 User-Defined Constrained Subtype Detects Out-of-Range Values................................... 3-16 3-9 Implicit Conversion Between Constrained Subtypes with Same Base Type.................... 3-16 3-10 Implicit Conversion Between Subtypes with Base Types in Same Family....................... 3-17 4-1 IF THEN Statement..................................................................................................................... 4-3 4-2 IF THEN ELSE Statement........................................................................................................... 4-4 4-3 Nested IF THEN ELSE Statements............................................................................................ 4-4 4-4 IF THEN ELSIF Statement.......................................................................................................... 4-6 4-5 IF THEN ELSIF Statement Simulates Simple CASE Statement............................................ 4-6 4-6 Simple CASE Statement.............................................................................................................. 4-7 4-7 Searched CASE Statement.......................................................................................................... 4-8 4-8 EXCEPTION Instead of ELSE Clause in CASE Statement.................................................... 4-8 4-9 Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT Statement........................................................................ 4-10 4-10 Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT WHEN Statement.......................................................... 4-11 4-11 Nested, Labeled Basic LOOP Statements with EXIT WHEN Statements......................... 4-11 4-12 Nested, Unabeled Basic LOOP Statements with EXIT WHEN Statements...................... 4-12 4-13 CONTINUE Statement in Basic LOOP Statement................................................................ 4-13 4-14 CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Basic LOOP Statement.................................................. 4-14 4-15 FOR LOOP Statements............................................................................................................. 4-15 4-16 Reverse FOR LOOP Statements.............................................................................................. 4-16 4-17 Simulating STEP Clause in FOR LOOP Statement............................................................... 4-16 4-18 FOR LOOP Statement Tries to Change Index Value............................................................ 4-17 4-19 Outside Statement References FOR LOOP Statement Index.............................................. 4-17 4-20 FOR LOOP Statement Index with Same Name as Variable................................................ 4-18 4-21 FOR LOOP Statement References Variable with Same Name as Index............................ 4-18 4-22 Nested FOR LOOP Statements with Same Index Name..................................................... 4-18 4-23 FOR LOOP Statement Bounds................................................................................................ 4-19 4-24 Specifying FOR LOOP Statement Bounds at Run Time...................................................... 4-19 4-25 EXIT WHEN Statement in FOR LOOP Statement................................................................ 4-20 4-26 EXIT WHEN Statement in Inner FOR LOOP Statement..................................................... 4-20 4-27 CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Inner FOR LOOP Statement........................................ 4-21 4-28 WHILE LOOP Statements........................................................................................................ 4-22 4-29 GOTO Statement....................................................................................................................... 4-23 4-30 Incorrect Label Placement........................................................................................................ 4-23 4-31 GOTO Statement Goes to Labeled NULL Statement........................................................... 4-23 4-32 GOTO Statement Transfers Control to Enclosing Block...................................................... 4-24 4-33 GOTO Statement Cannot Transfer Control into IF Statement............................................ 4-24 xvi
- 17. 4-34 NULL Statement Showing No Action.................................................................................... 4-25 4-35 NULL Statement as Placeholder During Subprogram Creation........................................ 4-25 4-36 NULL Statement in ELSE Clause of Simple CASE Statement............................................ 4-26 5-1 Associative Array Indexed by String........................................................................................ 5-5 5-2 Function Returns Associative Array Indexed by PLS_INTEGER........................................ 5-6 5-3 Declaring Associative Array Constant..................................................................................... 5-7 5-4 Varray (Variable-Size Array)................................................................................................... 5-10 5-5 Nested Table of Local Type..................................................................................................... 5-13 5-6 Nested Table of Standalone Type........................................................................................... 5-14 5-7 Initializing Collection (Varray) Variable to Empty.............................................................. 5-16 5-8 Data Type Compatibility for Collection Assignment.......................................................... 5-17 5-9 Assigning Null Value to Nested Table Variable................................................................... 5-18 5-10 Assigning Set Operation Results to Nested Table Variable................................................ 5-19 5-11 Two-Dimensional Varray (Varray of Varrays)..................................................................... 5-20 5-12 Nested Tables of Nested Tables and Varrays of Integers.................................................... 5-21 5-13 Nested Tables of Associative Arrays and Varrays of Strings............................................. 5-21 5-14 Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL.................................................. 5-22 5-15 Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality....................................................... 5-23 5-16 Comparing Nested Tables with SQL Multiset Conditions................................................. 5-24 5-17 DELETE Method with Nested Table...................................................................................... 5-27 5-18 DELETE Method with Associative Array Indexed by String............................................. 5-28 5-19 TRIM Method with Nested Table........................................................................................... 5-30 5-20 EXTEND Method with Nested Table..................................................................................... 5-31 5-21 EXISTS Method with Nested Table........................................................................................ 5-32 5-22 FIRST and LAST Values for Associative Array Indexed by PLS_INTEGER.................... 5-33 5-23 FIRST and LAST Values for Associative Array Indexed by String.................................... 5-34 5-24 Printing Varray with FIRST and LAST in FOR LOOP......................................................... 5-34 5-25 Printing Nested Table with FIRST and LAST in FOR LOOP.............................................. 5-36 5-26 COUNT and LAST Values for Varray.................................................................................... 5-37 5-27 COUNT and LAST Values for Nested Table......................................................................... 5-38 5-28 LIMIT and COUNT Values for Different Collection Types................................................ 5-39 5-29 PRIOR and NEXT Methods..................................................................................................... 5-40 5-30 Printing Elements of Sparse Nested Table............................................................................. 5-41 5-31 Identically Defined Package and Local Collection Types................................................... 5-42 5-32 Identically Defined Package and Standalone Collection Types......................................... 5-43 5-33 Declaring Record Constant...................................................................................................... 5-44 5-34 RECORD Type Definition and Variable Declaration........................................................... 5-45 5-35 RECORD Type with RECORD Field (Nested Record)........................................................ 5-46 5-36 RECORD Type with Varray Field........................................................................................... 5-47 5-37 Identically Defined Package and Local RECORD Types.................................................... 5-47 5-38 %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Full Database Table Row............................................. 5-49 5-39 %ROWTYPE Variable Does Not Inherit Initial Values or Constraints............................. 5-49 5-40 %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Partial Database Table Row......................................... 5-50 5-41 %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Join Row......................................................................... 5-51 5-42 Inserting %ROWTYPE Record into Table (Wrong).............................................................. 5-51 5-43 Inserting %ROWTYPE Record into Table (Right)................................................................ 5-52 5-44 %ROWTYPE Affected by Making Invisible Column Visible.............................................. 5-53 5-45 Assigning Record to Another Record of Same RECORD Type.......................................... 5-54 5-46 Assigning %ROWTYPE Record to RECORD Type Record................................................ 5-55 5-47 Assigning Nested Record to Another Record of Same RECORD Type............................ 5-55 5-48 SELECT INTO Assigns Values to Record Variable.............................................................. 5-56 5-49 FETCH Assigns Values to Record that Function Returns................................................... 5-57 5-50 UPDATE Statement Assigns Values to Record Variable..................................................... 5-58 5-51 Assigning NULL to Record Variable...................................................................................... 5-59 xvii
- 18. 5-52 Initializing Table by Inserting Record of Default Values.................................................... 5-60 5-53 Updating Rows with Record................................................................................................... 5-61 6-1 Static SQL Statements................................................................................................................. 6-2 6-2 CURRVAL and NEXTVAL Pseudocolumns........................................................................... 6-4 6-3 SQL%FOUND Implicit Cursor Attribute................................................................................. 6-7 6-4 SQL%ROWCOUNT Implicit Cursor Attribute....................................................................... 6-8 6-5 Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition........................................................................... 6-10 6-6 FETCH Statements Inside LOOP Statements........................................................................ 6-12 6-7 Fetching Same Explicit Cursor into Different Variables...................................................... 6-12 6-8 Variable in Explicit Cursor Query—No Result Set Change................................................ 6-13 6-9 Variable in Explicit Cursor Query—Result Set Change...................................................... 6-14 6-10 Explicit Cursor with Virtual Column that Needs Alias....................................................... 6-15 6-11 Explicit Cursor that Accepts Parameters............................................................................... 6-16 6-12 Cursor Parameters with Default Values................................................................................ 6-18 6-13 Adding Formal Parameter to Existing Cursor...................................................................... 6-19 6-14 %ISOPEN Explicit Cursor Attribute....................................................................................... 6-21 6-15 %FOUND Explicit Cursor Attribute....................................................................................... 6-21 6-16 %NOTFOUND Explicit Cursor Attribute.............................................................................. 6-22 6-17 %ROWCOUNT Explicit Cursor Attribute............................................................................. 6-23 6-18 Implicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement................................................................................... 6-26 6-19 Explicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement................................................................................... 6-26 6-20 Passing Parameters to Explicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement........................................... 6-27 6-21 Cursor FOR Loop References Virtual Columns.................................................................... 6-27 6-22 Subquery in FROM Clause of Parent Query......................................................................... 6-28 6-23 Correlated Subquery................................................................................................................. 6-29 6-24 Cursor Variable Declarations.................................................................................................. 6-31 6-25 Cursor Variable with User-Defined Return Type................................................................. 6-31 6-26 Fetching Data with Cursor Variables..................................................................................... 6-33 6-27 Fetching from Cursor Variable into Collections................................................................... 6-34 6-28 Variable in Cursor Variable Query—No Result Set Change.............................................. 6-35 6-29 Variable in Cursor Variable Query—Result Set Change..................................................... 6-36 6-30 Querying a Collection with Static SQL.................................................................................. 6-37 6-31 Procedure to Open Cursor Variable for One Query............................................................ 6-39 6-32 Opening Cursor Variable for Chosen Query (Same Return Type).................................... 6-39 6-33 Opening Cursor Variable for Chosen Query (Different Return Types)............................ 6-40 6-34 Cursor Variable as Host Variable in Pro*C Client Program............................................... 6-41 6-35 CURSOR Expression................................................................................................................. 6-42 6-36 COMMIT Statement with COMMENT and WRITE Clauses.............................................. 6-44 6-37 ROLLBACK Statement............................................................................................................. 6-45 6-38 SAVEPOINT and ROLLBACK Statements........................................................................... 6-47 6-39 Reusing SAVEPOINT with ROLLBACK............................................................................... 6-47 6-40 SET TRANSACTION Statement in Read-Only Transaction............................................... 6-49 6-41 FETCH with FOR UPDATE Cursor After COMMIT Statement........................................ 6-51 6-42 Simulating CURRENT OF Clause with ROWID Pseudocolumn....................................... 6-52 6-43 Declaring Autonomous Function in Package........................................................................ 6-55 6-44 Declaring Autonomous Standalone Procedure.................................................................... 6-55 6-45 Declaring Autonomous PL/SQL Block.................................................................................. 6-55 6-46 Autonomous Trigger Logs INSERT Statements................................................................... 6-58 6-47 Autonomous Trigger Uses Native Dynamic SQL for DDL................................................ 6-59 6-48 Invoking Autonomous Function............................................................................................. 6-60 7-1 Invoking Subprogram from Dynamic PL/SQL Block........................................................... 7-4 7-2 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with BOOLEAN Formal Parameter.......................... 7-5 7-3 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with RECORD Formal Parameter............................. 7-5 7-4 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with Assoc. Array Formal Parameter....................... 7-6 xviii
- 19. 7-5 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with Nested Table Formal Parameter....................... 7-7 7-6 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with Varray Formal Parameter.................................. 7-7 7-7 Uninitialized Variable Represents NULL in USING Clause................................................. 7-8 7-8 Native Dynamic SQL with OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE Statements......................... 7-8 7-9 Querying a Collection with Native Dynamic SQL................................................................. 7-9 7-10 Repeated Placeholder Names in Dynamic PL/SQL Block.................................................. 7-10 7-11 DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT Procedure........................................................................... 7-12 7-12 DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT Procedure...................................................................... 7-14 7-13 Switching from DBMS_SQL Package to Native Dynamic SQL.......................................... 7-15 7-14 Switching from Native Dynamic SQL to DBMS_SQL Package.......................................... 7-16 7-15 Setup for SQL Injection Examples.......................................................................................... 7-17 7-16 Procedure Vulnerable to Statement Modification................................................................ 7-18 7-17 Procedure Vulnerable to Statement Injection........................................................................ 7-19 7-18 Procedure Vulnerable to SQL Injection Through Data Type Conversion........................ 7-21 7-19 Bind Variables Guarding Against SQL Injection.................................................................. 7-23 7-20 Validation Checks Guarding Against SQL Injection........................................................... 7-25 7-21 Explicit Format Models Guarding Against SQL Injection.................................................. 7-26 8-1 Declaring, Defining, and Invoking a Simple PL/SQL Procedure........................................ 8-4 8-2 Declaring, Defining, and Invoking a Simple PL/SQL Function........................................... 8-5 8-3 Execution Resumes After RETURN Statement in Function.................................................. 8-6 8-4 Function Where Not Every Execution Path Leads to RETURN Statement........................ 8-7 8-5 Function Where Every Execution Path Leads to RETURN Statement................................ 8-7 8-6 Execution Resumes After RETURN Statement in Procedure............................................... 8-8 8-7 Execution Resumes After RETURN Statement in Anonymous Block................................. 8-8 8-8 Nested Subprograms Invoke Each Other................................................................................. 8-9 8-9 Formal Parameters and Actual Parameters........................................................................... 8-10 8-10 Actual Parameter Inherits Only NOT NULL from Subtype............................................... 8-12 8-11 Actual Parameter and Return Value Inherit Only Range From Subtype......................... 8-12 8-12 Function Implicitly Converts Formal Parameter to Constrained Subtype....................... 8-13 8-13 Avoiding Implicit Conversion of Actual Parameters.......................................................... 8-14 8-14 Parameter Values Before, During, and After Procedure Invocation................................. 8-16 8-15 OUT and IN OUT Parameter Values After Exception Handling....................................... 8-18 8-16 OUT Formal Parameter of Record Type with Non-NULL Default Value........................ 8-19 8-17 Aliasing from Global Variable as Actual Parameter............................................................ 8-21 8-18 Aliasing from Same Actual Parameter for Multiple Formal Parameters.......................... 8-21 8-19 Aliasing from Cursor Variable Subprogram Parameters.................................................... 8-22 8-20 Procedure with Default Parameter Values............................................................................ 8-23 8-21 Function Provides Default Parameter Value......................................................................... 8-23 8-22 Adding Subprogram Parameter Without Changing Existing Invocations....................... 8-24 8-23 Equivalent Invocations with Different Notations in Anonymous Block.......................... 8-27 8-24 Equivalent Invocations with Different Notations in SELECT Statements........................ 8-27 8-25 Resolving PL/SQL Procedure Names.................................................................................... 8-28 8-26 Overloaded Subprogram.......................................................................................................... 8-30 8-27 Overload Error Causes Compile-Time Error........................................................................ 8-33 8-28 Overload Error Compiles Successfully.................................................................................. 8-33 8-29 Invoking Subprogram in Causes Compile-Time Error........................................................ 8-33 8-30 Correcting Overload Error in ................................................................................................. 8-33 8-31 Invoking Subprogram in ......................................................................................................... 8-33 8-32 Package Specification Without Overload Errors.................................................................. 8-33 8-33 Improper Invocation of Properly Overloaded Subprogram............................................... 8-33 8-34 Implicit Conversion of Parameters Causes Overload Error............................................... 8-34 8-35 Recursive Function Returns n Factorial (n!).......................................................................... 8-34 8-36 Recursive Function Returns nth Fibonacci Number............................................................ 8-35 8-37 Declaring and Defining Result-Cached Function................................................................. 8-37 xix
- 20. 8-38 Result-Cached Function Returns Configuration Parameter Setting.................................. 8-41 8-39 Result-Cached Function Handles Session-Specific Settings............................................... 8-44 8-40 Result-Cached Function Handles Session-Specific Application Context.......................... 8-44 8-41 Caching One Name at a Time (Finer Granularity)............................................................... 8-46 8-42 Caching Translated Names One Language at a Time (Coarser Granularity).................. 8-46 8-43 PL/SQL Anonymous Block Invokes External Procedure................................................... 8-53 8-44 PL/SQL Standalone Procedure Invokes External Procedure............................................. 8-53 9-1 Trigger Uses Conditional Predicates to Detect Triggering Statement................................. 9-5 9-2 INSTEAD OF Trigger.................................................................................................................. 9-6 9-3 INSTEAD OF Trigger on Nested Table Column of View...................................................... 9-8 9-4 Compound Trigger Logs Changes to One Table in Another Table................................... 9-12 9-5 Compound Trigger Avoids Mutating-Table Error............................................................... 9-14 9-6 Foreign Key Trigger for Child Table...................................................................................... 9-17 9-7 UPDATE and DELETE RESTRICT Trigger for Parent Table.............................................. 9-18 9-8 UPDATE and DELETE SET NULL Trigger for Parent Table............................................. 9-18 9-9 DELETE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table....................................................................... 9-19 9-10 UPDATE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table..................................................................... 9-19 9-11 Trigger Checks Complex Constraints.................................................................................... 9-21 9-12 Trigger Enforces Security Authorizations............................................................................. 9-22 9-13 Trigger Derives New Column Values.................................................................................... 9-23 9-14 Trigger Logs Changes to EMPLOYEES.SALARY................................................................ 9-29 9-15 Conditional Trigger Prints Salary Change Information...................................................... 9-29 9-16 Trigger Modifies CLOB Columns........................................................................................... 9-30 9-17 Trigger with REFERENCING Clause..................................................................................... 9-31 9-18 Trigger References OBJECT_VALUE Pseudocolumn.......................................................... 9-31 9-19 BEFORE Statement Trigger on Sample Schema HR............................................................ 9-33 9-20 AFTER Statement Trigger on Database................................................................................. 9-34 9-21 Trigger Monitors Logons......................................................................................................... 9-34 9-22 INSTEAD OF CREATE Trigger on Schema.......................................................................... 9-34 9-23 Trigger Invokes Java Subprogram.......................................................................................... 9-35 9-24 Trigger Cannot Handle Exception if Remote Database is Unavailable............................. 9-37 9-25 Workaround for ........................................................................................................................ 9-37 9-26 Trigger Causes Mutating-Table Error.................................................................................... 9-41 9-27 Update Cascade......................................................................................................................... 9-43 9-28 Viewing Information About Triggers..................................................................................... 9-60 10-1 Simple Package Specification.................................................................................................. 10-5 10-2 Passing Associative Array to Standalone Subprogram....................................................... 10-5 10-3 Matching Package Specification and Body............................................................................ 10-6 10-4 Creating SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages.......................................................................... 10-9 10-5 Effect of SERIALLY_REUSABLE Pragma........................................................................... 10-10 10-6 Cursor in SERIALLY_REUSABLE Package Open at Call Boundary.............................. 10-11 10-7 Separating Cursor Declaration and Definition in Package............................................... 10-13 10-8 ACCESSIBLE BY Clause........................................................................................................ 10-13 10-9 Creating emp_admin Package.............................................................................................. 10-15 11-1 Setting Value of PLSQL_WARNINGS Compilation Parameter......................................... 11-3 11-2 Displaying and Setting PLSQL_WARNINGS with DBMS_WARNING Subprograms.. 11-4 11-3 Single Exception Handler for Multiple Exceptions.............................................................. 11-7 11-4 Locator Variables for Statements that Share Exception Handler....................................... 11-8 11-5 Naming Internally Defined Exception................................................................................. 11-10 11-6 Anonymous Block Handles ZERO_DIVIDE....................................................................... 11-12 11-7 Anonymous Block Avoids ZERO_DIVIDE......................................................................... 11-12 11-8 Anonymous Block Handles ROWTYPE_MISMATCH..................................................... 11-12 11-9 Redeclared Predefined Identifier.......................................................................................... 11-14 11-10 Declaring, Raising, and Handling User-Defined Exception............................................. 11-15 xx
- 21. 11-11 Explicitly Raising Predefined Exception.............................................................................. 11-16 11-12 Reraising Exception................................................................................................................ 11-17 11-13 Raising User-Defined Exception with RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR........................ 11-18 11-14 Exception that Propagates Beyond Scope is Handled....................................................... 11-21 11-15 Exception that Propagates Beyond Scope is Not Handled............................................... 11-21 11-16 Exception Raised in Declaration is Not Handled............................................................... 11-22 11-17 Exception Raised in Declaration is Handled by Enclosing Block.................................... 11-22 11-18 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Not Handled.................................................. 11-23 11-19 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Handled by Invoker...................................... 11-23 11-20 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Handled by Enclosing Block....................... 11-24 11-21 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Not Handled.................................................. 11-24 11-22 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Handled by Enclosing Block....................... 11-25 11-23 Displaying SQLCODE and SQLERRM Values................................................................... 11-27 11-24 Exception Handler Runs and Execution Ends.................................................................... 11-28 11-25 Exception Handler Runs and Execution Continues........................................................... 11-28 11-26 Retrying Transaction After Handling Exception................................................................ 11-29 12-1 Specifying that Subprogram Is To Be Inlined....................................................................... 12-3 12-2 Specifying that Overloaded Subprogram Is To Be Inlined................................................. 12-3 12-3 Specifying that Subprogram Is Not To Be Inlined................................................................ 12-4 12-4 PRAGMA INLINE ... 'NO' Overrides PRAGMA INLINE ... 'YES'.................................... 12-4 12-5 Nested Query Improves Performance.................................................................................... 12-6 12-6 NOCOPY Subprogram Parameters........................................................................................ 12-8 12-7 DELETE Statement in FOR LOOP Statement..................................................................... 12-14 12-8 DELETE Statement in FORALL Statement......................................................................... 12-14 12-9 Time Difference for INSERT Statement in FOR LOOP and FORALL Statements........ 12-14 12-10 FORALL Statement for Subset of Collection....................................................................... 12-15 12-11 FORALL Statements for Sparse Collection and Its Subsets.............................................. 12-16 12-12 Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately...................................................................... 12-19 12-13 Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes........................... 12-22 12-14 Showing Number of Rows Affected by Each DELETE in FORALL................................ 12-24 12-15 Showing Number of Rows Affected by Each INSERT SELECT in FORALL................. 12-24 12-16 Bulk-Selecting Two Database Columns into Two Nested Tables.................................... 12-26 12-17 Bulk-Selecting into Nested Table of Records...................................................................... 12-27 12-18 SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statement with Unexpected Results.......................... 12-28 12-19 Cursor Workaround for ........................................................................................................ 12-29 12-20 Second Collection Workaround for ..................................................................................... 12-31 12-21 Limiting Bulk Selection with ROWNUM, SAMPLE, and FETCH FIRST....................... 12-33 12-22 Bulk-Fetching into Two Nested Tables................................................................................ 12-34 12-23 Bulk-Fetching into Nested Table of Records....................................................................... 12-36 12-24 Limiting Bulk FETCH with LIMIT....................................................................................... 12-36 12-25 Returning Deleted Rows in Two Nested Tables................................................................. 12-38 12-26 DELETE with RETURN BULK COLLECT INTO in FORALL Statement....................... 12-39 12-27 DELETE with RETURN BULK COLLECT INTO in FOR LOOP Statement.................. 12-39 12-28 Anonymous Block Bulk-Binds Input Host Array.............................................................. 12-40 12-29 Creating and Invoking Pipelined Table Function.............................................................. 12-43 12-30 Pipelined Table Function Transforms Each Row to Two Rows....................................... 12-44 12-31 Fetching from Results of Pipelined Table Functions......................................................... 12-46 12-32 Pipelined Table Function with Two Cursor Variable Parameters................................... 12-46 12-33 Pipelined Table Function as Aggregate Function.............................................................. 12-48 12-34 Pipelined Table Function Does Not Handle NO_DATA_NEEDED............................... 12-50 12-35 Pipelined Table Function Handles NO_DATA_NEEDED............................................... 12-51 14-1 Recompiling a Package: Examples.......................................................................................... 14-9 14-2 Recompiling a Procedure: Example..................................................................................... 14-11 14-3 Disabling Triggers: Example................................................................................................. 14-14 xxi
- 22. 14-4 Enabling Triggers: Example.................................................................................................. 14-14 14-5 Adding a Member Function: Example................................................................................. 14-28 14-6 Adding a Collection Attribute: Example............................................................................. 14-28 14-7 Increasing the Number of Elements of a Collection Type: Example............................... 14-28 14-8 Increasing the Length of a Collection Type: Example....................................................... 14-28 14-9 Recompiling a Type: Example............................................................................................... 14-29 14-10 Recompiling a Type Specification: Example....................................................................... 14-29 14-11 Evolving and Resetting an ADT: Example.......................................................................... 14-29 14-12 Creating a Function: Examples............................................................................................. 14-41 14-13 Creating Aggregate Functions: Example............................................................................. 14-42 14-14 Package Procedure in a Function: Example........................................................................ 14-42 14-15 Creating a Library: Examples................................................................................................ 14-45 14-16 Creating the Specification for the emp_mgmt Package..................................................... 14-48 14-17 Creating a Package Body: Example...................................................................................... 14-51 14-18 ADT Examples......................................................................................................................... 14-89 14-19 Subtype Example..................................................................................................................... 14-90 14-20 SQLJ Object Type Example.................................................................................................... 14-90 14-21 Type Hierarchy Example....................................................................................................... 14-91 14-22 Varray Type Example............................................................................................................. 14-91 14-23 Nested Table Type Example.................................................................................................. 14-92 14-24 Nested Table Type Containing a Varray............................................................................. 14-92 14-25 Constructor Example.............................................................................................................. 14-92 14-26 Creating a Member Method: Example................................................................................. 14-92 14-27 Creating a Static Method: Example...................................................................................... 14-93 14-28 Dropping a Function............................................................................................................ 14-102 14-29 Dropping a Library............................................................................................................... 14-102 14-30 Dropping a Package.............................................................................................................. 14-104 14-31 Dropping a Procedure.......................................................................................................... 14-105 14-32 Dropping a Trigger............................................................................................................... 14-106 14-33 Dropping an ADT................................................................................................................. 14-108 14-34 Dropping an ADT Body....................................................................................................... 14-109 A-1 SQL File with Two Wrappable PL/SQL Units....................................................................... A-4 A-2 Wrapping File with PL/SQL Wrapper Utility........................................................................ A-4 A-3 Running Wrapped File and Viewing Wrapped PL/SQL Units........................................... A-5 A-4 Creating Wrapped Package Body with CREATE_WRAPPED Procedure......................... A-9 A-5 Viewing Package with Wrapped Body and Invoking Package Procedure...................... A-10 B-1 Qualified Names......................................................................................................................... B-2 B-2 Variable Name Interpreted as Column Name Causes Unintended Result........................ B-3 B-3 Fixing with Different Variable Name....................................................................................... B-4 B-4 Fixing with Block Label.............................................................................................................. B-4 B-5 Subprogram Name for Name Resolution................................................................................ B-4 B-6 Inner Capture of Column Reference........................................................................................ B-7 B-7 Inner Capture of Attribute Reference....................................................................................... B-8 B-8 Qualifying ADT Attribute References...................................................................................... B-9 B-9 Qualifying References to Row Expressions.......................................................................... B-10 xxii
- 23. List of Figures 1-1 PL/SQL Engine.......................................................................................................................... 1-10 5-1 Varray of Maximum Size 10 with 7 Elements....................................................................... 5-10 5-2 Array and Nested Table........................................................................................................... 5-15 6-1 Transaction Control Flow......................................................................................................... 6-53 8-1 How PL/SQL Compiler Resolves Invocations..................................................................... 8-28 11-1 Exception Does Not Propagate............................................................................................. 11-19 11-2 Exception Propagates from Inner Block to Outer Block.................................................... 11-20 11-3 PL/SQL Returns Unhandled Exception Error to Host Environment............................. 11-20 xxiii
- 24. xxiv
- 25. List of Tables 1-1 PL/SQL I/O-Processing Packages............................................................................................ 1-6 1-2 PL/SQL Compilation Parameters........................................................................................... 1-11 2-1 Punctuation Characters in Every Database Character Set..................................................... 2-2 2-2 PL/SQL Delimiters...................................................................................................................... 2-4 2-3 Operator Precedence................................................................................................................. 2-27 2-4 Logical Truth Table................................................................................................................... 2-29 2-5 Relational Operators................................................................................................................. 2-35 3-1 Data Types with Different Maximum Sizes in PL/SQL and SQL........................................ 3-2 3-2 Predefined PL/SQL BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE Constants....................... 3-3 3-3 Predefined Subtypes of PLS_INTEGER Data Type.............................................................. 3-11 5-1 PL/SQL Collection Types.......................................................................................................... 5-2 5-2 Collection Methods................................................................................................................... 5-25 8-1 PL/SQL Subprogram Parameter Modes............................................................................... 8-14 8-2 PL/SQL Subprogram Parameter Modes Characteristics.................................................... 8-14 8-3 PL/SQL Actual Parameter Notations.................................................................................... 8-26 8-4 Finer and Coarser Caching Granularity................................................................................. 8-45 9-1 Conditional Predicates................................................................................................................ 9-5 9-2 Compound Trigger Timing-Point Sections........................................................................... 9-11 9-3 Constraints and Triggers for Ensuring Referential Integrity.............................................. 9-15 9-4 OLD and NEW Pseudorecord Field Values.......................................................................... 9-28 9-5 System-Defined Event Attributes........................................................................................... 9-49 9-6 Database Event Triggers........................................................................................................... 9-53 9-7 Client Event Triggers ............................................................................................................... 9-54 11-1 Compile-Time Warning Categories........................................................................................ 11-2 11-2 Exception Categories................................................................................................................ 11-6 11-3 PL/SQL Predefined Exceptions............................................................................................ 11-11 C-1 PL/SQL Compiler Limits.......................................................................................................... C-1 D-1 PL/SQL Reserved Words.......................................................................................................... D-1 D-2 PL/SQL Keywords..................................................................................................................... D-2 xxv
- 26. xxvi
- 27. Preface Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference describes and explains how to use PL/SQL, the Oracle procedural extension of SQL. Preface Topics • Audience • Documentation Accessibility • Related Documents • Conventions • Syntax Descriptions Audience Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference is intended for anyone who is developing PL/SQL-based applications for either an Oracle Database or an Oracle TimesTen In- Memory Database, including: • Programmers • Systems analysts • Project managers • Database administrators To use this document effectively, you need a working knowledge of: • Oracle Database • Structured Query Language (SQL) • Basic programming concepts such as IF-THEN statements, loops, procedures, and functions Documentation Accessibility For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup? ctx=acc&id=docacc. xxvii
- 28. Access to Oracle Support Oracle customers have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup? ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup? ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired. Related Documents For more information, see these documents in the Oracle Database 12c documentation set: • Oracle Database Administrator's Guide • Oracle Database Development Guide • Oracle Database SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide • Oracle Database Object-Relational Developer's Guide • Oracle Database Concepts • Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference • Oracle Database Sample Schemas • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference See Also: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/plsql/ index.html Conventions This document uses these text conventions: Convention Meaning boldface Boldface type indicates graphical user interface elements associated with an action, or terms defined in text or the glossary. italic Italic type indicates book titles, emphasis, or placeholder variables for which you supply particular values. monospace Monospace type indicates commands within a paragraph, URLs, code in examples, text that appears on the screen, or text that you enter. {A|B|C} Choose either A, B, or C. Also: • *_view means all static data dictionary views whose names end with view. For example, *_ERRORS means ALL_ERRORS, DBA_ERRORS, and USER_ERRORS. For more information about any static data dictionary view, or about static dictionary views in general, see Oracle Database Reference. xxviii
- 29. • Table names not qualified with schema names are in the sample schema HR. For information about the sample schemas, see Oracle Database Sample Schemas. Syntax Descriptions Syntax descriptions are provided in this book for various SQL, PL/SQL, or other command-line constructs in graphic form or Backus Naur Form (BNF). See Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about how to interpret these descriptions. xxix
- 31. Changes in This Release for Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference This preface lists changes in Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference. Changes in Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1) For Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1), Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference documents these new features: • Invoker's Rights Functions Can Be Result-Cached • More PL/SQL-Only Data Types Can Cross PL/SQL-to-SQL Interface • New ACCESSIBLE BY Clause • FETCH FIRST Clause • Can Grant Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms • More Data Types Have Same Maximum Size in SQL and PL/SQL • DATABASE Triggers on PDBs • LIBRARY Can Be Defined as DIRECTORY Object and With CREDENTIAL • Implicit Statement Results • BEQUEATH CURRENT_USER Views • INHERIT PRIVILEGES and INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES Privileges • Invisible Columns • Objects, Not Types, Are Editioned or Noneditioned • PL/SQL Functions That Run Faster in SQL • Predefined Inquiry Directives $PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER and $PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE • Compilation Parameter PLSQL_DEBUG is Deprecated Invoker's Rights Functions Can Be Result-Cached Before Oracle Database 12c, an invoker's rights function could not be result-cached. As of Oracle Database 12c, this restriction is gone. xxxi
- 32. For information about invoker's rights functions, see "Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)". For information about result caching, see "PL/SQL Function Result Cache". More PL/SQL-Only Data Types Can Cross PL/SQL-to-SQL Interface Before Oracle Database 12c, values with PL/SQL-only data types (for example, BOOLEAN, associative array, and record) could not be bound from client programs (OCI or JDBC) or from static and native dynamic SQL issued from PL/SQL in the server. As of Oracle Database 12c, it is possible to bind values with PL/SQL-only data types to anonymous blocks (which are SQL statements), PL/SQL function calls in SQL queries and CALL statements, and the TABLE operator in SQL queries. However: • The PL/SQL-only data type must be either predefined (like BOOLEAN in Example 7-2) or declared in a package specification (like the record in Example 7-3). • If the PL/SQL-only data type is an associative array, then it must be indexed by PLS_INTEGER, as in Example 7-4. • If the PL/SQL-only data type is an associative array, it cannot be used within a non-query DML statement (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE) nor in a subquery. • A PL/SQL function cannot return a value of a PL/SQL-only type to SQL. • A BOOLEAN literal (TRUE, FALSE, or NULL) cannot be an argument to a PL/SQL function that is called from a static SQL query or from a Java/JDBC application. • In SQL contexts, you cannot use a function whose return type was declared in a package specification. New ACCESSIBLE BY Clause You might implement a database application as several PL/SQL packages—one package that provides the application programming interface (API) and helper packages to do the work. Ideally, only the API is accessible to clients. Also, you might create a utility package to provide services to only some other PL/SQL units in the same schema. Ideally, the utility package is accessible only to the intended PL/SQL units. Before Oracle Database 12c, PL/SQL could not prevent clients from using items exposed in helper packages. To isolate these items, you had to use relational database management system (RDBMS) security features. Some application deployment schemes made RDBMS security features hard to use. As of Oracle Database 12c, each of these statements has an optional ACCESSIBLE BY clause that lets you specify a white list of PL/SQL units that can access the PL/SQL unit that you are creating or altering: • "CREATE FUNCTION Statement" • "CREATE PACKAGE Statement" • "CREATE PROCEDURE Statement" • "CREATE TYPE Statement" xxxii
- 33. • "ALTER TYPE Statement" The ACCESSIBLE BY clause supplements the standard Oracle security mechanisms. It cannot authorize an otherwise illegal reference. See Also: • "Nested, Package, and Standalone Subprograms" • "What is a Package?" • Example 10-8 FETCH FIRST Clause The optional FETCH FIRST clause limits the number of rows that a query returns, significantly reducing the SQL complexity of common "Top-N" queries. FETCH FIRST is provided primarily to simplify migration from third-party databases to Oracle Database. However, it can also improve the performance of some SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO statements. For more information, see "Row Limits for SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statements". Can Grant Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms Before Oracle Database 12c, a definer's rights (DR) unit always ran with the privileges of the definer and an invoker's rights (IR) unit always ran with the privileges of the invoker. If you wanted to create a PL/SQL unit that all users could invoke, even if their privileges were lower than yours, then it had to be a DR unit. The DR unit always ran with all your privileges, regardless of which user invoked it. As of Oracle Database 12c, you can grant roles to individual PL/SQL packages and standalone subprograms. Instead of a DR unit, you can create an IR unit and then grant it roles. The IR unit runs with the privileges of both the invoker and the roles, but without any additional privileges that you have. For more information, see "Granting Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms". See Also: "INHERIT PRIVILEGES and INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES Privileges" More Data Types Have Same Maximum Size in SQL and PL/SQL Before Oracle Database 12c, the data types VARCHAR2, NVARCHAR2, and RAW had different maximum sizes in SQL and PL/SQL. In SQL, the maximum size of VARCHAR2 and NVARCHAR2 was 4,000 bytes and the maximum size of RAW was 2,000 bytes. In PL/SQL, the maximum size of each of these data types was 32,767 bytes. As of Oracle Database 12c, the maximum size of each of these data types is 32,767 bytes in both SQL and PL/SQL. However, SQL has these maximum sizes only if the MAX_STRING_SIZE initialization parameter is set to EXTENDED. For information about extended data types, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. xxxiii
- 34. DATABASE Triggers on PDBs As of Oracle Database 12c, you can create a DATABASE event trigger on a pluggable database (PDB). For syntax and semantics, see "CREATE TRIGGER Statement". For general information about PDBs, see Oracle Database Administrator's Guide. LIBRARY Can Be Defined as DIRECTORY Object and With CREDENTIAL Before Oracle Database 12c: • You could define a LIBRARY object only by using an explicit path, even in versions of Oracle Database where the DIRECTORY object was intended as the single point of maintenance for file system paths. • When running a subprogram stored in a library, the extproc agent always impersonated the owner of the Oracle Database installation. As of Oracle Database 12c: • You can define a LIBRARY object by using either an explicit path or a DIRECTORY object. Using a DIRECTORY object improves the security and portability of an application that uses external procedures. • When you define a LIBRARY object, you can use the CREDENTIAL clause to specify the operating system user that the extproc agent impersonates when running a subprogram stored in the library. (The default is the owner of the Oracle Database installation.) For more information, see "CREATE LIBRARY Statement". Implicit Statement Results Before Oracle Database 12c, a PL/SQL stored subprogram returned result sets from SQL queries explicitly, through OUT REF CURSOR parameters, and the client program that invoked the subprogram had to bind to those parameters explicitly to receive the result sets. As of Oracle Database 12c, a PL/SQL stored subprogram can return query results to its client implicitly, using the PL/SQL package DBMS_SQL instead of OUT REF CURSOR parameters. This technique makes it easy to migrate applications that rely on the implicit return of query results from stored subprograms from third-party databases to Oracle Database. For more information, see "DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT Procedure" and "DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT Procedure". BEQUEATH CURRENT_USER Views Before Oracle Database 12c, a view always behaved like a definer's rights (DR) unit. As of Oracle Database 12c, a view can be either BEQUEATH DEFINER (the default), which behaves like a DR unit, or BEQUEATH CURRENT_USER, which behaves somewhat like an invoker's rights (IR) unit—for details, see Oracle Database Security Guide. For general information about DR and IR units, see "Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)". xxxiv
- 35. INHERIT PRIVILEGES and INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES Privileges Before Oracle Database 12c, an IR unit always ran with the privileges of its invoker. If its invoker had higher privileges than its owner, then the IR unit might perform operations unintended by, or forbidden to, its owner. As of Oracle Database 12c, an IR unit can run with the privileges of its invoker only if its owner has either the INHERIT PRIVILEGES privilege on the invoker or the INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES privilege. For more information, see "Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)". See Also: "Can Grant Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms" Invisible Columns An invisible column is a user-specified hidden column that differs from a system- generated hidden column in these ways: • You can explicitly specify the name of an invisible column wherever you can explicitly specify the name of a visible column. To display or assign a value to an invisible column, you must specify its name explicitly—not implicitly, as in the SQL*Plus DESCRIBE command, SELECT * commands, Oracle Call Interface (OCI) describes, and PL/SQL %ROWTYPE attribute. • You can make an invisible column visible. Making an invisible column visible changes the structure of some records defined with the %ROWTYPE attribute. For details, see "%ROWTYPE Attribute and Invisible Columns". See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about invisible columns Objects, Not Types, Are Editioned or Noneditioned Before Oracle Database 12c, a schema object was editionable if its type was editionable in the database and its owner was editions-enabled. An editions-enabled user could not own a noneditioned object of an editionable type. As of Oracle Database 12c, a schema object is editionable if its type is editionable in the schema that owns it and it has the EDITIONABLE property. An editions-enabled user can own a noneditioned object of a type that is editionable in the database if the type is noneditionable in the schema or the object has the NONEDITIONABLE property. Therefore, the "CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] Statements" and "ALTER Statements" let you specify EDITIONABLE or NONEDITIONABLE. xxxv
- 36. See Also: Oracle Database Development Guide for complete information about editioned and noneditioned objects PL/SQL Functions That Run Faster in SQL As of Oracle Database 12c, two kinds of PL/SQL functions might run faster in SQL: • PL/SQL functions that are declared and defined in the WITH clauses of SQL SELECT statements, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference • PL/SQL functions that are defined with the "UDF Pragma" Predefined Inquiry Directives $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER and $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE Before Oracle Database 12c, diagnostic code could identify only the name of the current PL/SQL unit (with the predefined inquiry directive $$PLSQL_UNIT) and the number of the source line on which the predefined inquiry directive $$PLSQL_LINE appeared in that unit. As of Oracle Database 12c, the additional predefined inquiry directives $ $PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER and $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE let diagnostic code identify the owner and type of the current PL/SQL unit. For more information, see "Predefined Inquiry Directives". Compilation Parameter PLSQL_DEBUG is Deprecated The compilation parameter PLSQL_DEBUG, which specifies whether to compile PL/SQL units for debugging, is deprecated. To compile PL/SQL units for debugging, specify PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=1. For information about compilation parameters, see "PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters", xxxvi
- 37. 1 Overview of PL/SQL PL/SQL, the Oracle procedural extension of SQL, is a portable, high-performance transaction-processing language. This overview explains its advantages and briefly describes its main features and its architecture. Topics • Advantages of PL/SQL • Main Features of PL/SQL • Architecture of PL/SQL Advantages of PL/SQL PL/SQL offers several advantages over other programming languages. PL/SQL has these advantages: • Tight Integration with SQL • High Performance • High Productivity • Portability • Scalability • Manageability • Support for Object-Oriented Programming Tight Integration with SQL PL/SQL is tightly integrated with SQL, the most widely used database manipulation language. For example: • PL/SQL lets you use all SQL data manipulation, cursor control, and transaction control statements, and all SQL functions, operators, and pseudocolumns. • PL/SQL fully supports SQL data types. You need not convert between PL/SQL and SQL data types. For example, if your PL/SQL program retrieves a value from a column of the SQL type VARCHAR2, it can store that value in a PL/SQL variable of the type VARCHAR2. Overview of PL/SQL 1-1
- 38. You can give a PL/SQL data item the data type of a column or row of a database table without explicitly specifying that data type (see "Using the %TYPE Attribute" and "Using the %ROWTYPE Attribute"). • PL/SQL lets you run a SQL query and process the rows of the result set one at a time (see "Processing a Query Result Set One Row at a Time"). • PL/SQL functions can be declared and defined in the WITH clauses of SQL SELECT statements (see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference). PL/SQL supports both static and dynamic SQL. Static SQL is SQL whose full text is known at compile time. Dynamic SQL is SQL whose full text is not known until run time. Dynamic SQL lets you make your applications more flexible and versatile. For more information, see PL/SQL Static SQL and PL/SQL Dynamic SQL. High Performance PL/SQL lets you send a block of statements to the database, significantly reducing traffic between the application and the database. Bind Variables When you embed a SQL INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or SELECT statement directly in your PL/SQL code, the PL/SQL compiler turns the variables in the WHERE and VALUES clauses into bind variables (for details, see "Resolution of Names in Static SQL Statements"). Oracle Database can reuse these SQL statements each time the same code runs, which improves performance. PL/SQL does not create bind variables automatically when you use dynamic SQL, but you can use them with dynamic SQL by specifying them explicitly (for details, see "EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement"). Subprograms PL/SQL subprograms are stored in executable form, which can be invoked repeatedly. Because stored subprograms run in the database server, a single invocation over the network can start a large job. This division of work reduces network traffic and improves response times. Stored subprograms are cached and shared among users, which lowers memory requirements and invocation overhead. For more information about subprograms, see "Subprograms". Optimizer The PL/SQL compiler has an optimizer that can rearrange code for better performance. For more information about the optimizer, see "PL/SQL Optimizer". High Productivity PL/SQL has many features that save designing and debugging time, and it is the same in all environments. PL/SQL lets you write compact code for manipulating data. Just as a scripting language like PERL can read, transform, and write data in files, PL/SQL can query, transform, and update data in a database. If you learn to use PL/SQL with one Oracle tool, you can transfer your knowledge to other Oracle tools. For an overview of PL/SQL features, see "Main Features of PL/ SQL". Advantages of PL/SQL 1-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 39. Portability PL/SQL is a portable and standard language for Oracle development. You can run PL/SQL applications on any operating system and platform where Oracle Database runs. Scalability PL/SQL stored subprograms increase scalability by centralizing application processing on the database server. The shared memory facilities of the shared server let Oracle Database support thousands of concurrent users on a single node. For more information about subprograms, see "Subprograms". For further scalability, you can use Oracle Connection Manager to multiplex network connections. For information about Oracle Connection Manager, see Oracle Database Net Services Reference. Manageability PL/SQL stored subprograms increase manageability because you can maintain only one copy of a subprogram, on the database server, rather than one copy on each client system. Any number of applications can use the subprograms, and you can change the subprograms without affecting the applications that invoke them. For more information about subprograms, see "Subprograms". Support for Object-Oriented Programming PL/SQL allows defining object types that can be used in object-oriented designs. PL/SQL supports object-oriented programming with "Abstract Data Types". Main Features of PL/SQL PL/SQL combines the data-manipulating power of SQL with the processing power of procedural languages. When you can solve a problem with SQL, you can issue SQL statements from your PL/SQL program, without learning new APIs. Like other procedural programming languages, PL/SQL lets you declare constants and variables, control program flow, define subprograms, and trap runtime errors. You can break complex problems into easily understandable subprograms, which you can reuse in multiple applications. Topics • Error Handling • Blocks • Variables and Constants • Subprograms • Packages Main Features of PL/SQL Overview of PL/SQL 1-3
- 40. • Triggers • Input and Output • Data Abstraction • Control Statements • Conditional Compilation • Processing a Query Result Set One Row at a Time Error Handling PL/SQL makes it easy to detect and handle errors. When an error occurs, PL/SQL raises an exception. Normal execution stops and control transfers to the exception-handling part of the PL/SQL block. You do not have to check every operation to ensure that it succeeded, as in a C program. For more information, see PL/SQL Error Handling. Blocks The basic unit of a PL/SQL source program is the block, which groups related declarations and statements. A PL/SQL block is defined by the keywords DECLARE, BEGIN, EXCEPTION, and END. These keywords divide the block into a declarative part, an executable part, and an exception-handling part. Only the executable part is required. A block can have a label. Declarations are local to the block and cease to exist when the block completes execution, helping to avoid cluttered namespaces for variables and subprograms. Blocks can be nested: Because a block is an executable statement, it can appear in another block wherever an executable statement is allowed. You can submit a block to an interactive tool (such as SQL*Plus or Enterprise Manager) or embed it in an Oracle Precompiler or OCI program. The interactive tool or program runs the block one time. The block is not stored in the database, and for that reason, it is called an anonymous block (even if it has a label). An anonymous block is compiled each time it is loaded into memory, and its compilation has three stages: 1. Syntax checking: PL/SQL syntax is checked, and a parse tree is generated. 2. Semantic checking: Type checking and further processing on the parse tree. 3. Code generation Note: An anonymous block is a SQL statement. For syntax details, see "Block". Example 1-1 PL/SQL Block Structure This example shows the basic structure of a PL/SQL block. Main Features of PL/SQL 1-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 41. << label >> (optional) DECLARE -- Declarative part (optional) -- Declarations of local types, variables, & subprograms BEGIN -- Executable part (required) -- Statements (which can use items declared in declarative part) [EXCEPTION -- Exception-handling part (optional) -- Exception handlers for exceptions (errors) raised in executable part] END; Variables and Constants PL/SQL lets you declare variables and constants, and then use them wherever you can use an expression. As the program runs, the values of variables can change, but the values of constants cannot. For more information, see "Declarations" and "Assigning Values to Variables". Subprograms A PL/SQL subprogram is a named PL/SQL block that can be invoked repeatedly. If the subprogram has parameters, their values can differ for each invocation. PL/SQL has two types of subprograms, procedures and functions. A function returns a result. For more information about PL/SQL subprograms, see PL/SQL Subprograms. PL/SQL also lets you invoke external programs written in other languages. For more information, see "External Subprograms". Packages A package is a schema object that groups logically related PL/SQL types, variables, constants, subprograms, cursors, and exceptions. A package is compiled and stored in the database, where many applications can share its contents. You can think of a package as an application. You can write your own packages—for details, see PL/SQL Packages. You can also use the many product-specific packages that Oracle Database supplies. For information about these, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. Triggers A trigger is a named PL/SQL unit that is stored in the database and run in response to an event that occurs in the database. You can specify the event, whether the trigger fires before or after the event, and whether the trigger runs for each event or for each row affected by the event. For example, you can create a trigger that runs every time an INSERT statement affects the EMPLOYEES table. For more information about triggers, see PL/SQL Triggers. Main Features of PL/SQL Overview of PL/SQL 1-5
- 42. Input and Output Most PL/SQL input and output (I/O) is done with SQL statements that store data in database tables or query those tables. All other PL/SQL I/O is done with PL/SQL packages that Oracle Database supplies. Table 1-1 PL/SQL I/O-Processing Packages Package Description More Information DBMS_OUTPUT Lets PL/SQL blocks, subprograms, packages, and triggers display output. Especially useful for displaying PL/SQL debugging information. Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference HTF Has hypertext functions that generate HTML tags (for example, the HTF.ANCHOR function generates the HTML anchor tag <A>). Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference HTP Has hypertext procedures that generate HTML tags. Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference DBMS_PIPE Lets two or more sessions in the same instance communicate. Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference UTL_FILE Lets PL/SQL programs read and write operating system files. Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference UTL_HTTP Lets PL/SQL programs make Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) callouts, and access data on the Internet over HTTP. Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference UTL_SMTP Sends electronic mails (emails) over Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) as specified by RFC821. Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference To display output passed to DBMS_OUTPUT, you need another program, such as SQL*Plus. To see DBMS_OUTPUT output with SQL*Plus, you must first issue the SQL*Plus command SET SERVEROUTPUT ON. Some subprograms in the packages in Table 1-1 can both accept input and display output, but they cannot accept data directly from the keyboard. To accept data directly from the keyboard, use the SQL*Plus commands PROMPT and ACCEPT. Main Features of PL/SQL 1-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 43. See Also: • SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference for information about the SQL*Plus command SET SERVEROUTPUT ON • SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference for information about the SQL*Plus command PROMPT • SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference for information about the SQL*Plus command ACCEPT • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about SQL statements Data Abstraction Data abstraction lets you work with the essential properties of data without being too involved with details. You can design a data structure first, and then design algorithms that manipulate it. Topics • Cursors • Composite Variables • Using the %ROWTYPE Attribute • Using the %TYPE Attribute • Abstract Data Types Cursors A cursor is a pointer to a private SQL area that stores information about processing a specific SQL statement or PL/SQL SELECT INTO statement. You can use the cursor to retrieve the rows of the result set one at a time. You can use cursor attributes to get information about the state of the cursor—for example, how many rows the statement has affected so far. For more information about cursors, see "Cursors Overview". Composite Variables A composite variable has internal components, which you can access individually. You can pass entire composite variables to subprograms as parameters. PL/SQL has two kinds of composite variables, collections and records. In a collection, the internal components are always of the same data type, and are called elements. You access each element by its unique index. Lists and arrays are classic examples of collections. In a record, the internal components can be of different data types, and are called fields. You access each field by its name. A record variable can hold a table row, or some columns from a table row. For more information about composite variables, see PL/SQL Collections and Records. Main Features of PL/SQL Overview of PL/SQL 1-7
- 44. Using the %ROWTYPE Attribute The %ROWTYPE attribute lets you declare a record that represents either a full or partial row of a database table or view. For every column of the full or partial row, the record has a field with the same name and data type. If the structure of the row changes, then the structure of the record changes accordingly. For more information about %ROWTYPE syntax and semantics, see "%ROWTYPE Attribute". For more details about its usage, see "Declaring Items using the %ROWTYPE Attribute". Using the %TYPE Attribute The %TYPE attribute lets you declare a data item of the same data type as a previously declared variable or column (without knowing what that type is). If the declaration of the referenced item changes, then the declaration of the referencing item changes accordingly. The %TYPE attribute is particularly useful when declaring variables to hold database values. For more information about %TYPE syntax and semantics, see "%TYPE Attribute". For more details about its usage, see "Declaring Items using the %TYPE Attribute". Abstract Data Types An Abstract Data Type (ADT) consists of a data structure and subprograms that manipulate the data. The variables that form the data structure are called attributes. The subprograms that manipulate the attributes are called methods. ADTs are stored in the database. Instances of ADTs can be stored in tables and used as PL/SQL variables. ADTs let you reduce complexity by separating a large system into logical components, which you can reuse. In the static data dictionary view *_OBJECTS, the OBJECT_TYPE of an ADT is TYPE. In the static data dictionary view *_TYPES, the TYPECODE of an ADT is OBJECT. For more information about ADTs, see "CREATE TYPE Statement". Note: ADTs are also called user-defined types and object types. See Also: Oracle Database Object-Relational Developer's Guide for information about ADTs (which it calls object types) Control Statements Control statements are the most important PL/SQL extension to SQL. PL/SQL has three categories of control statements: Main Features of PL/SQL 1-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 45. • Conditional selection statements, which let you run different statements for different data values. For more information, see "Conditional Selection Statements". • Loop statements, which let you repeat the same statements with a series of different data values. For more information, see "LOOP Statements". • Sequential control statements, which allow you to go to a specified, labeled statement, or to do nothing. For more information, see "Sequential Control Statements". Conditional Compilation Conditional compilation lets you customize the functionality in a PL/SQL application without removing source text. For example, you can: • Use new features with the latest database release, and disable them when running the application in an older database release. • Activate debugging or tracing statements in the development environment, and hide them when running the application at a production site. For more information, see "Conditional Compilation". Processing a Query Result Set One Row at a Time PL/SQL lets you issue a SQL query and process the rows of the result set one at a time. You can use a basic loop, or you can control the process precisely by using individual statements to run the query, retrieve the results, and finish processing. Example 1-2 Processing Query Result Rows One at a Time This example uses a basic loop. BEGIN FOR someone IN ( SELECT * FROM employees WHERE employee_id < 120 ORDER BY employee_id ) LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('First name = ' || someone.first_name || ', Last name = ' || someone.last_name); END LOOP; END; / Result: First name = Steven, Last name = King First name = Neena, Last name = Kochhar First name = Lex, Last name = De Haan First name = Alexander, Last name = Hunold First name = Bruce, Last name = Ernst First name = David, Last name = Austin Main Features of PL/SQL Overview of PL/SQL 1-9
- 46. First name = Valli, Last name = Pataballa First name = Diana, Last name = Lorentz First name = Nancy, Last name = Greenberg First name = Daniel, Last name = Faviet First name = John, Last name = Chen First name = Ismael, Last name = Sciarra First name = Jose Manuel, Last name = Urman First name = Luis, Last name = Popp First name = Den, Last name = Raphaely First name = Alexander, Last name = Khoo First name = Shelli, Last name = Baida First name = Sigal, Last name = Tobias First name = Guy, Last name = Himuro First name = Karen, Last name = Colmenares Architecture of PL/SQL Basic understanding of the PL/SQL architecture is beneficial to PL/SQL programmers. Topics • PL/SQL Engine • PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters PL/SQL Engine The PL/SQL compilation and runtime system is an engine that compiles and runs PL/SQL units. The engine can be installed in the database or in an application development tool, such as Oracle Forms. In either environment, the PL/SQL engine accepts as input any valid PL/SQL unit. The engine runs procedural statements, but sends SQL statements to the SQL engine in the database, as shown in Figure 1-1. Figure 1-1 PL/SQL Engine PL/SQL Engine Database Server SQL Statement Executor PL/SQL Block Procedural Statement Executor SQL procedural PL/SQL Block Typically, the database processes PL/SQL units. When an application development tool processes PL/SQL units, it passes them to its local PL/SQL engine. If a PL/SQL unit contains no SQL statements, the local engine Architecture of PL/SQL 1-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 47. processes the entire PL/SQL unit. This is useful if the application development tool can benefit from conditional and iterative control. For example, Oracle Forms applications frequently use SQL statements to test the values of field entries and do simple computations. By using PL/SQL instead of SQL, these applications can avoid calls to the database. PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters PL/SQL units are affected by PL/SQL compilation parameters (a category of database initialization parameters). Different PL/SQL units—for example, a package specification and its body—can have different compilation parameter settings. A PL/SQL unit is one of these: • PL/SQL anonymous block • FUNCTION • LIBRARY • PACKAGE • PACKAGE BODY • PROCEDURE • TRIGGER • TYPE • TYPE BODY Table 1-2 summarizes the PL/SQL compilation parameters. To display the values of these parameters for specified or all PL/SQL units, query the static data dictionary view ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS. For information about this view, see Oracle Database Reference. Table 1-2 PL/SQL Compilation Parameters Parameter Description PLSCOPE_SETTINGS Controls the compile-time collection, cross-reference, and storage of PL/SQL source text identifier data. Used by the PL/ Scope tool (see Oracle Database Development Guide). For more information about PLSCOPE_SETTINGS, see Oracle Database Reference. PLSQL_CCFLAGS Lets you control conditional compilation of each PL/SQL unit independently. For more information about PLSQL_CCFLAGS, see "How Conditional Compilation Works" and Oracle Database Reference. Architecture of PL/SQL Overview of PL/SQL 1-11
- 48. Table 1-2 (Cont.) PL/SQL Compilation Parameters Parameter Description PLSQL_CODE_TYPE Specifies the compilation mode for PL/SQL units— INTERPRETED (the default) or NATIVE. For information about which mode to use, see "Determining Whether to Use PL/SQL Native Compilation". If the optimization level (set by PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL) is less than 2: • The compiler generates interpreted code, regardless of PLSQL_CODE_TYPE. • If you specify NATIVE, the compiler warns you that NATIVE was ignored. For more information about PLSQL_CODE_TYPE, see Oracle Database Reference. PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL Specifies the optimization level at which to compile PL/SQL units (the higher the level, the more optimizations the compiler tries to make). PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=1 instructs the PL/SQL compiler to generate and store code for use by the PL/SQL debugger. For more information about PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL, see "PL/SQL Optimizer" and Oracle Database Reference. PLSQL_WARNINGS Enables or disables the reporting of warning messages by the PL/SQL compiler, and specifies which warning messages to show as errors. For more information about PLSQL_WARNINGS, see "Compile- Time Warnings" and Oracle Database Reference. NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS Lets you create CHAR and VARCHAR2 columns using either byte-length or character-length semantics. For more information about byte and character length semantics, see "CHAR and VARCHAR2 Variables". For more information about NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS, see Oracle Database Reference. PERMIT_92_WRAP_FORMA T Specifies whether the 12.1 PL/SQL compiler can use wrapped packages that were compiled with the 9.2 PL/SQL compiler. The default value is TRUE. For more information about wrapped packages, see PL/SQL Source Text Wrapping. For more information about PERMIT_92_WRAP_FORMAT, see Oracle Database Reference. Note: The compilation parameter PLSQL_DEBUG, which specifies whether to compile PL/SQL units for debugging, is deprecated. To compile PL/SQL units for debugging, specify PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=1. The compile-time values of the parameters in Table 1-2 are stored with the metadata of each stored PL/SQL unit, which means that you can reuse those values when you Architecture of PL/SQL 1-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 49. explicitly recompile the unit. (A stored PL/SQL unit is created with one of the "CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] Statements". An anonymous block is not a stored PL/SQL unit.) To explicitly recompile a stored PL/SQL unit and reuse its parameter values, you must use an ALTER statement with both the COMPILE clause and the REUSE SETTINGS clause. All ALTER statements have this clause. For a list of ALTER statements, see "ALTER Statements". Architecture of PL/SQL Overview of PL/SQL 1-13
- 50. Architecture of PL/SQL 1-14 PL/SQL Language Reference
- 51. 2 PL/SQL Language Fundamentals The PL/SQL language fundamental components are explained. • Character Sets • Lexical Units • Declarations • References to Identifiers • Scope and Visibility of Identifiers • Assigning Values to Variables • Expressions • Error-Reporting Functions • Conditional Compilation Character Sets Any character data to be processed by PL/SQL or stored in a database must be represented as a sequence of bytes. The byte representation of a single character is called a character code. A set of character codes is called a character set. Every Oracle database supports a database character set and a national character set. PL/SQL also supports these character sets. This document explains how PL/SQL uses the database character set and national character set. Topics • Database Character Set • National Character Set See Also: Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for general information about character sets Database Character Set PL/SQL uses the database character set to represent: • Stored source text of PL/SQL units PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-1
- 52. For information about PL/SQL units, see "PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters". • Character values of data types CHAR, VARCHAR2, CLOB, and LONG For information about these data types, see "SQL Data Types". The database character set can be either single-byte, mapping each supported character to one particular byte, or multibyte-varying-width, mapping each supported character to a sequence of one, two, three, or four bytes. The maximum number of bytes in a character code depends on the particular character set. Every database character set includes these basic characters: • Latin letters: A through Z and a through z • Decimal digits: 0 through 9 • Punctuation characters in Table 2-1 • Whitespace characters: space, tab, new line, and carriage return PL/SQL source text that uses only the basic characters can be stored and compiled in any database. PL/SQL source text that uses nonbasic characters can be stored and compiled only in databases whose database character sets support those nonbasic characters. Table 2-1 Punctuation Characters in Every Database Character Set Symbol Name ( Left parenthesis ) Right parenthesis < Left angle bracket > Right angle bracket + Plus sign - Hyphen or minus sign * Asterisk / Slash = Equal sign , Comma ; Semicolon : Colon . Period ! Exclamation point ? Question mark ' Apostrophe or single quotation mark Character Sets 2-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 53. Table 2-1 (Cont.) Punctuation Characters in Every Database Character Set Symbol Name " Quotation mark or double quotation mark @ At sign % Percent sign # Number sign $ Dollar sign _ Underscore | Vertical bar See Also: Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for more information about the database character set National Character Set PL/SQL uses the national character set to represent character values of data types NCHAR, NVARCHAR2 and NCLOB. See Also: • "SQL Data Types" for information about these data types • Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for more information about the national character set Lexical Units The lexical units of PL/SQL are its smallest individual components—delimiters, identifiers, literals, pragmas, and comments. Topics • Delimiters • Identifiers • Literals • Pragmas • Comments • Whitespace Characters Between Lexical Units Lexical Units PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-3
- 54. Delimiters A delimiter is a character, or character combination, that has a special meaning in PL/ SQL. Do not embed any others characters (including whitespace characters) inside a delimiter. Table 2-2 summarizes the PL/SQL delimiters. Table 2-2 PL/SQL Delimiters Delimiter Meaning + Addition operator := Assignment operator => Association operator % Attribute indicator ' Character string delimiter . Component indicator || Concatenation operator / Division operator ** Exponentiation operator ( Expression or list delimiter (begin) ) Expression or list delimiter (end) : Host variable indicator , Item separator << Label delimiter (begin) >> Label delimiter (end) /* Multiline comment delimiter (begin) */ Multiline comment delimiter (end) * Multiplication operator " Quoted identifier delimiter .. Range operator = Relational operator (equal) <> Relational operator (not equal) != Relational operator (not equal) ~= Relational operator (not equal) Lexical Units 2-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 55. Table 2-2 (Cont.) PL/SQL Delimiters Delimiter Meaning ^= Relational operator (not equal) < Relational operator (less than) > Relational operator (greater than) <= Relational operator (less than or equal) >= Relational operator (greater than or equal) @ Remote access indicator -- Single-line comment indicator ; Statement terminator - Subtraction or negation operator Identifiers Identifiers name PL/SQL elements, which include: • Constants • Cursors • Exceptions • Keywords • Labels • Packages • Reserved words • Subprograms • Types • Variables Every character in an identifier, alphabetic or not, is significant. For example, the identifiers lastname and last_name are different. You must separate adjacent identifiers by one or more whitespace characters or a punctuation character. Except as explained in "Quoted User-Defined Identifiers", PL/SQL is case-insensitive for identifiers. For example, the identifiers lastname, LastName, and LASTNAME are the same. Topics • Reserved Words and Keywords • Predefined Identifiers Lexical Units PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-5
- 56. • User-Defined Identifiers Reserved Words and Keywords Reserved words and keywords are identifiers that have special meaning in PL/SQL. You cannot use reserved words as ordinary user-defined identifiers. You can use them as quoted user-defined identifiers, but it is not recommended. For more information, see "Quoted User-Defined Identifiers". You can use keywords as ordinary user-defined identifiers, but it is not recommended. For lists of PL/SQL reserved words and keywords, see Table D-1 and Table D-2, respectively. Predefined Identifiers Predefined identifiers are declared in the predefined package STANDARD. An example of a predefined identifier is the exception INVALID_NUMBER. For a list of predefined identifiers, connect to Oracle Database as a user who has the DBA role and use this query: SELECT TYPE_NAME FROM ALL_TYPES WHERE PREDEFINED='YES'; You can use predefined identifiers as user-defined identifiers, but it is not recommended. Your local declaration overrides the global declaration (see "Scope and Visibility of Identifiers"). User-Defined Identifiers A user-defined identifier is: • Composed of characters from the database character set • Either ordinary or quoted Tip: Make user-defined identifiers meaningful. For example, the meaning of cost_per_thousand is obvious, but the meaning of cpt is not. Ordinary User-Defined Identifiers An ordinary user-defined identifier: • Begins with a letter • Can include letters, digits, and these symbols: – Dollar sign ($) – Number sign (#) – Underscore (_) • Is not a reserved word (listed in Table D-1). The database character set defines which characters are classified as letters and digits. The representation of the identifier in the database character set cannot exceed 30 bytes. Examples of acceptable ordinary user-defined identifiers: Lexical Units 2-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 57. X t2 phone# credit_limit LastName oracle$number money$$$tree SN## try_again_ Examples of unacceptable ordinary user-defined identifiers: mine&yours debit-amount on/off user id Quoted User-Defined Identifiers A quoted user-defined identifier is enclosed in double quotation marks. Between the double quotation marks, any characters from the database character set are allowed except double quotation marks, new line characters, and null characters. For example, these identifiers are acceptable: "X+Y" "last name" "on/off switch" "employee(s)" "*** header info ***" The representation of the quoted identifier in the database character set cannot exceed 30 bytes (excluding the double quotation marks). A quoted user-defined identifier is case-sensitive, with one exception: If a quoted user- defined identifier, without its enclosing double quotation marks, is a valid ordinary user-defined identifier, then the double quotation marks are optional in references to the identifier, and if you omit them, then the identifier is case-insensitive. In Example 2-1, the quoted user-defined identifier "HELLO", without its enclosing double quotation marks, is a valid ordinary user-defined identifier. Therefore, the reference Hello is valid. In Example 2-2, the reference "Hello" is invalid, because the double quotation marks make the identifier case-sensitive. It is not recommended, but you can use a reserved word as a quoted user-defined identifier. Because a reserved word is not a valid ordinary user-defined identifier, you must always enclose the identifier in double quotation marks, and it is always case-sensitive. Example 2-3 declares quoted user-defined identifiers "BEGIN", "Begin", and "begin". Although BEGIN, Begin, and begin represent the same reserved word, "BEGIN", "Begin", and "begin" represent different identifiers. Example 2-4 references a quoted user-defined identifier that is a reserved word, neglecting to enclose it in double quotation marks. Example 2-5 references a quoted user-defined identifier that is a reserved word, neglecting its case-sensitivity. Example 2-1 Valid Case-Insensitive Reference to Quoted User-Defined Identifier DECLARE "HELLO" varchar2(10) := 'hello'; BEGIN Lexical Units PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-7
- 58. DBMS_Output.Put_Line(Hello); END; / Result: hello Example 2-2 Invalid Case-Insensitive Reference to Quoted User-Defined Identifier DECLARE "HELLO" varchar2(10) := 'hello'; BEGIN DBMS_Output.Put_Line("Hello"); END; / Result: DBMS_Output.Put_Line("Hello"); * ERROR at line 4: ORA-06550: line 4, column 25: PLS-00201: identifier 'Hello' must be declared ORA-06550: line 4, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Example 2-3 Reserved Word as Quoted User-Defined Identifier DECLARE "BEGIN" varchar2(15) := 'UPPERCASE'; "Begin" varchar2(15) := 'Initial Capital'; "begin" varchar2(15) := 'lowercase'; BEGIN DBMS_Output.Put_Line("BEGIN"); DBMS_Output.Put_Line("Begin"); DBMS_Output.Put_Line("begin"); END; / Result: UPPERCASE Initial Capital lowercase PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Example 2-4 Neglecting Double Quotation Marks DECLARE "HELLO" varchar2(10) := 'hello'; -- HELLO is not a reserved word "BEGIN" varchar2(10) := 'begin'; -- BEGIN is a reserved word BEGIN DBMS_Output.Put_Line(Hello); -- Double quotation marks are optional DBMS_Output.Put_Line(BEGIN); -- Double quotation marks are required end; / Result: DBMS_Output.Put_Line(BEGIN); -- Double quotation marks are required * Lexical Units 2-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 59. ERROR at line 6: ORA-06550: line 6, column 24: PLS-00103: Encountered the symbol "BEGIN" when expecting one of the following: ( ) - + case mod new not null <an identifier> <a double-quoted delimited-identifier> <a bind variable> table continue avg count current exists max min prior sql stddev sum variance execute multiset the both leading trailing forall merge year month day hour minute second timezone_hour timezone_minute timezone_region timezone_abbr time timestamp interval date <a string literal with character set specificat Example 2-5 Neglecting Case-Sensitivity DECLARE "HELLO" varchar2(10) := 'hello'; -- HELLO is not a reserved word "BEGIN" varchar2(10) := 'begin'; -- BEGIN is a reserved word BEGIN DBMS_Output.Put_Line(Hello); -- Identifier is case-insensitive DBMS_Output.Put_Line("Begin"); -- Identifier is case-sensitive END; / Result: DBMS_Output.Put_Line("Begin"); -- Identifier is case-sensitive * ERROR at line 6: ORA-06550: line 6, column 25: PLS-00201: identifier 'Begin' must be declared ORA-06550: line 6, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Literals A literal is a value that is neither represented by an identifier nor calculated from other values. For example, 123 is an integer literal and 'abc' is a character literal, but 1+2 is not a literal. PL/SQL literals include all SQL literals (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) and BOOLEAN literals (which SQL does not have). A BOOLEAN literal is the predefined logical value TRUE, FALSE, or NULL. NULL represents an unknown value. Note: Like Oracle Database SQL Language Reference, this document uses the terms character literal and string interchangeably. When using character literals in PL/SQL, remember: • Character literals are case-sensitive. For example, 'Z' and 'z' are different. • Whitespace characters are significant. For example, these literals are different: Lexical Units PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-9
- 60. 'abc' ' abc' 'abc ' ' abc ' 'a b c' • PL/SQL has no line-continuation character that means "this string continues on the next source line." If you continue a string on the next source line, then the string includes a line-break character. For example, this PL/SQL code: BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('This string breaks here.'); END; / Prints this: This string breaks here. If your string does not fit on a source line and you do not want it to include a line- break character, then construct the string with the concatenation operator (||). For example, this PL/SQL code: BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('This string ' || 'contains no line-break character.'); END; / Prints this: This string contains no line-break character. For more information about the concatenation operator, see "Concatenation Operator". • '0' through '9' are not equivalent to the integer literals 0 through 9. However, because PL/SQL converts them to integers, you can use them in arithmetic expressions. • A character literal with zero characters has the value NULL and is called a null string. However, this NULL value is not the BOOLEAN value NULL. • An ordinary character literal is composed of characters in the database character set. For information about the database character set, see Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide. • A national character literal is composed of characters in the national character set. For information about the national character set, see Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide. Lexical Units 2-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 61. Pragmas A pragma is an instruction to the compiler that it processes at compile time. For information about pragmas, see: • "AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma" • "EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma" • "INLINE Pragma" • "RESTRICT_REFERENCES Pragma" • "SERIALLY_REUSABLE Pragma" • "UDF Pragma" Comments The PL/SQL compiler ignores comments. Their purpose is to help other application developers understand your source text. Typically, you use comments to describe the purpose and use of each code segment. You can also disable obsolete or unfinished pieces of code by turning them into comments. Topics • Single-Line Comments • Multiline Comments See Also: "Comment" Single-Line Comments A single-line comment begins with -- and extends to the end of the line. Caution: Do not put a single-line comment in a PL/SQL block to be processed dynamically by an Oracle Precompiler program. The Oracle Precompiler program ignores end-of-line characters, which means that a single-line comment ends when the block ends. Example 2-6 has three single-line comments. While testing or debugging a program, you can disable a line of code by making it a comment. For example: -- DELETE FROM employees WHERE comm_pct IS NULL Lexical Units PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-11
- 62. Example 2-6 Single-Line Comments DECLARE howmany NUMBER; num_tables NUMBER; BEGIN -- Begin processing SELECT COUNT(*) INTO howmany FROM USER_OBJECTS WHERE OBJECT_TYPE = 'TABLE'; -- Check number of tables num_tables := howmany; -- Compute another value END; / Multiline Comments A multiline comment begins with /*, ends with */, and can span multiple lines. Example 2-7 has two multiline comments. (The SQL function TO_CHAR returns the character equivalent of its argument. For more information about TO_CHAR, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference.) You can use multiline comment delimiters to "comment out" sections of code. When doing so, be careful not to cause nested multiline comments. One multiline comment cannot contain another multiline comment. However, a multiline comment can contain a single-line comment. For example, this causes a syntax error: /* IF 2 + 2 = 4 THEN some_condition := TRUE; /* We expect this THEN to always be performed */ END IF; */ This does not cause a syntax error: /* IF 2 + 2 = 4 THEN some_condition := TRUE; -- We expect this THEN to always be performed END IF; */ Example 2-7 Multiline Comments DECLARE some_condition BOOLEAN; pi NUMBER := 3.1415926; radius NUMBER := 15; area NUMBER; BEGIN /* Perform some simple tests and assignments */ IF 2 + 2 = 4 THEN some_condition := TRUE; /* We expect this THEN to always be performed */ END IF; /* This line computes the area of a circle using pi, which is the ratio between the circumference and diameter. After the area is computed, the result is displayed. */ Lexical Units 2-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 63. area := pi * radius**2; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('The area is: ' || TO_CHAR(area)); END; / Result: The area is: 706.858335 Whitespace Characters Between Lexical Units You can put whitespace characters between lexical units, which often makes your source text easier to read. Example 2-8 Whitespace Characters Improving Source Text Readability DECLARE x NUMBER := 10; y NUMBER := 5; max NUMBER; BEGIN IF x>y THEN max:=x;ELSE max:=y;END IF; -- correct but hard to read -- Easier to read: IF x > y THEN max:=x; ELSE max:=y; END IF; END; / Declarations A declaration allocates storage space for a value of a specified data type, and names the storage location so that you can reference it. You must declare objects before you can reference them. Declarations can appear in the declarative part of any block, subprogram, or package. Topics • Declaring Variables • Declaring Constants • Initial Values of Variables and Constants • NOT NULL Constraint • Declaring Items using the %TYPE Attribute For information about declaring objects other than variables and constants, see the syntax of declare_section in "Block". NOT NULL Constraint You can impose the NOT NULL constraint on a scalar variable or constant (or scalar component of a composite variable or constant). Declarations PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-13
- 64. The NOT NULL constraint prevents assigning a null value to the item. The item can acquire this constraint either implicitly (from its data type) or explicitly. A scalar variable declaration that specifies NOT NULL, either implicitly or explicitly, must assign an initial value to the variable (because the default initial value for a scalar variable is NULL). PL/SQL treats any zero-length string as a NULL value. This includes values returned by character functions and BOOLEAN expressions. To test for a NULL value, use the "IS [NOT] NULL Operator". Examples Example 2-9 Variable Declaration with NOT NULL Constraint In this example, the variable acct_id acquires the NOT NULL constraint explicitly, and the variables a, b, and c acquire it from their data types. DECLARE acct_id INTEGER(4) NOT NULL := 9999; a NATURALN := 9999; b POSITIVEN := 9999; c SIMPLE_INTEGER := 9999; BEGIN NULL; END; / Example 2-10 Variables Initialized to NULL Values In this example, all variables are initialized to NULL. DECLARE null_string VARCHAR2(80) := TO_CHAR(''); address VARCHAR2(80); zip_code VARCHAR2(80) := SUBSTR(address, 25, 0); name VARCHAR2(80); valid BOOLEAN := (name != ''); BEGIN NULL; END; / Declaring Variables A variable declaration always specifies the name and data type of the variable. For most data types, a variable declaration can also specify an initial value. The variable name must be a valid user-defined identifier . The data type can be any PL/SQL data type. The PL/SQL data types include the SQL data types. A data type is either scalar (without internal components) or composite (with internal components). Example Example 2-11 Scalar Variable Declarations This example declares several variables with scalar data types. DECLARE part_number NUMBER(6); -- SQL data type part_name VARCHAR2(20); -- SQL data type Declarations 2-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 65. in_stock BOOLEAN; -- PL/SQL-only data type part_price NUMBER(6,2); -- SQL data type part_description VARCHAR2(50); -- SQL data type BEGIN NULL; END; / Related Topics • "User-Defined Identifiers" • "Scalar Variable Declaration" for scalar variable declaration syntax • PL/SQL Data Types for information about scalar data types • PL/SQL Collections and Records, for information about composite data types and variables Declaring Constants A constant holds a value that does not change. The information in "Declaring Variables" also applies to constant declarations, but a constant declaration has two more requirements: the keyword CONSTANT and the initial value of the constant. (The initial value of a constant is its permanent value.) Example 2-12 Constant Declarations This example declares three constants with scalar data types. DECLARE credit_limit CONSTANT REAL := 5000.00; -- SQL data type max_days_in_year CONSTANT INTEGER := 366; -- SQL data type urban_legend CONSTANT BOOLEAN := FALSE; -- PL/SQL-only data type BEGIN NULL; END; / Related Topic • "Constant Declaration" for constant declaration syntax Initial Values of Variables and Constants In a variable declaration, the initial value is optional unless you specify the NOT NULL constraint . In a constant declaration, the initial value is required. If the declaration is in a block or subprogram, the initial value is assigned to the variable or constant every time control passes to the block or subprogram. If the declaration is in a package specification, the initial value is assigned to the variable or constant for each session (whether the variable or constant is public or private). To specify the initial value, use either the assignment operator (:=) or the keyword DEFAULT, followed by an expression. The expression can include previously declared constants and previously initialized variables. If you do not specify an initial value for a variable, assign a value to it before using it in any other context. Declarations PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-15
- 66. Examples Example 2-13 Variable and Constant Declarations with Initial Values This example assigns initial values to the constant and variables that it declares. The initial value of area depends on the previously declared constant pi and the previously initialized variable radius. DECLARE hours_worked INTEGER := 40; employee_count INTEGER := 0; pi CONSTANT REAL := 3.14159; radius REAL := 1; area REAL := (pi * radius**2); BEGIN NULL; END; / Example 2-14 Variable Initialized to NULL by Default In this example, the variable counter has the initial value NULL, by default. The example uses the "IS [NOT] NULL Operator" to show that NULL is different from zero. DECLARE counter INTEGER; -- initial value is NULL by default BEGIN counter := counter + 1; -- NULL + 1 is still NULL IF counter IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('counter is NULL.'); END IF; END; / Result: counter is NULL. Related Topics • "Declaring Associative Array Constants" for information about declaring constant associative arrays • "Declaring Record Constants" for information about declaring constant records • "NOT NULL Constraint" Declaring Items using the %TYPE Attribute The %TYPE attribute lets you declare a data item of the same data type as a previously declared variable or column (without knowing what that type is). If the declaration of the referenced item changes, then the declaration of the referencing item changes accordingly. The syntax of the declaration is: referencing_item referenced_item%TYPE; Declarations 2-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 67. For the kinds of items that can be referencing and referenced items, see "%TYPE Attribute". The referencing item inherits the following from the referenced item: • Data type and size • Constraints (unless the referenced item is a column) The referencing item does not inherit the initial value of the referenced item. Therefore, if the referencing item specifies or inherits the NOT NULL constraint, you must specify an initial value for it. The %TYPE attribute is particularly useful when declaring variables to hold database values. The syntax for declaring a variable of the same type as a column is: variable_name table_name.column_name%TYPE; See Also: "Declaring Items using the %ROWTYPE Attribute", which lets you declare a record variable that represents either a full or partial row of a database table or view Examples Example 2-15 Declaring Variable of Same Type as Column In this example, the variable surname inherits the data type and size of the column employees.last_name, which has a NOT NULL constraint. Because surname does not inherit the NOT NULL constraint, its declaration does not need an initial value. DECLARE surname employees.last_name%TYPE; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('surname=' || surname); END; / Result: surname= Example 2-16 Declaring Variable of Same Type as Another Variable In this example, the variable surname inherits the data type, size, and NOT NULL constraint of the variable name. Because surname does not inherit the initial value of name, its declaration needs an initial value (which cannot exceed 25 characters). DECLARE name VARCHAR(25) NOT NULL := 'Smith'; surname name%TYPE := 'Jones'; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('name=' || name); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('surname=' || surname); END; / Result: Declarations PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-17
- 68. name=Smith surname=Jones References to Identifiers When referencing an identifier, you use a name that is either simple, qualified, remote, or both qualified and remote. The simple name of an identifier is the name in its declaration. For example: DECLARE a INTEGER; -- Declaration BEGIN a := 1; -- Reference with simple name END; / If an identifier is declared in a named PL/SQL unit, you can (and sometimes must) reference it with its qualified name. The syntax (called dot notation) is: unit_name.simple_identifier_name For example, if package p declares identifier a, you can reference the identifier with the qualified name p.a. The unit name also can (and sometimes must) be qualified. You must qualify an identifier when it is not visible (see "Scope and Visibility of Identifiers"). If the identifier names an object on a remote database, you must reference it with its remote name. The syntax is: simple_identifier_name@link_to_remote_database If the identifier is declared in a PL/SQL unit on a remote database, you must reference it with its qualified remote name. The syntax is: unit_name.simple_identifier_name@link_to_remote_database You can create synonyms for remote schema objects, but you cannot create synonyms for objects declared in PL/SQL subprograms or packages. To create a synonym, use the SQL statement CREATE SYNONYM, explained in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. For information about how PL/SQL resolves ambiguous names, see PL/SQL Name Resolution. Note: You can reference identifiers declared in the packages STANDARD and DBMS_STANDARD without qualifying them with the package names, unless you have declared a local identifier with the same name (see "Scope and Visibility of Identifiers"). Scope and Visibility of Identifiers The scope of an identifier is the region of a PL/SQL unit from which you can reference the identifier. The visibility of an identifier is the region of a PL/SQL unit from which you can reference the identifier without qualifying it. An identifier is local to the PL/SQL unit that declares it. If that unit has subunits, the identifier is global to them. References to Identifiers 2-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 69. If a subunit redeclares a global identifier, then inside the subunit, both identifiers are in scope, but only the local identifier is visible. To reference the global identifier, the subunit must qualify it with the name of the unit that declared it. If that unit has no name, then the subunit cannot reference the global identifier. A PL/SQL unit cannot reference identifiers declared in other units at the same level, because those identifiers are neither local nor global to the block. You cannot declare the same identifier twice in the same PL/SQL unit. If you do, an error occurs when you reference the duplicate identifier. You can declare the same identifier in two different units. The two objects represented by the identifier are distinct. Changing one does not affect the other. In the same scope, give labels and subprograms unique names to avoid confusion and unexpected results. Examples Example 2-17 Scope and Visibility of Identifiers This example shows the scope and visibility of several identifiers. The first sub-block redeclares the global identifier a. To reference the global variable a, the first sub-block would have to qualify it with the name of the outer block—but the outer block has no name. Therefore, the first sub-block cannot reference the global variable a; it can reference only its local variable a. Because the sub-blocks are at the same level, the first sub-block cannot reference d, and the second sub-block cannot reference c. -- Outer block: DECLARE a CHAR; -- Scope of a (CHAR) begins b REAL; -- Scope of b begins BEGIN -- Visible: a (CHAR), b -- First sub-block: DECLARE a INTEGER; -- Scope of a (INTEGER) begins c REAL; -- Scope of c begins BEGIN -- Visible: a (INTEGER), b, c NULL; END; -- Scopes of a (INTEGER) and c end -- Second sub-block: DECLARE d REAL; -- Scope of d begins BEGIN -- Visible: a (CHAR), b, d NULL; END; -- Scope of d ends -- Visible: a (CHAR), b END; -- Scopes of a (CHAR) and b end / Example 2-18 Qualifying Redeclared Global Identifier with Block Label This example labels the outer block with the name outer. Therefore, after the sub- block redeclares the global variable birthdate, it can reference that global variable by qualifying its name with the block label. The sub-block can also reference its local variable birthdate, by its simple name. Scope and Visibility of Identifiers PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-19
- 70. <<outer>> -- label DECLARE birthdate DATE := TO_DATE('09-AUG-70', 'DD-MON-YY'); BEGIN DECLARE birthdate DATE := TO_DATE('29-SEP-70', 'DD-MON-YY'); BEGIN IF birthdate = outer.birthdate THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Same Birthday'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Different Birthday'); END IF; END; END; / Result: Different Birthday Example 2-19 Qualifying Identifier with Subprogram Name In this example, the procedure check_credit declares a variable, rating, and a function, check_rating. The function redeclares the variable. Then the function references the global variable by qualifying it with the procedure name. CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE check_credit (credit_limit NUMBER) AS rating NUMBER := 3; FUNCTION check_rating RETURN BOOLEAN IS rating NUMBER := 1; over_limit BOOLEAN; BEGIN IF check_credit.rating <= credit_limit THEN -- reference global variable over_limit := FALSE; ELSE over_limit := TRUE; rating := credit_limit; -- reference local variable END IF; RETURN over_limit; END check_rating; BEGIN IF check_rating THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Credit rating over limit (' || TO_CHAR(credit_limit) || '). ' || 'Rating: ' || TO_CHAR(rating)); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Credit rating OK. ' || 'Rating: ' || TO_CHAR(rating)); END IF; END; / BEGIN check_credit(1); END; / Result: Scope and Visibility of Identifiers 2-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 71. Credit rating over limit (1). Rating: 3 Example 2-20 Duplicate Identifiers in Same Scope You cannot declare the same identifier twice in the same PL/SQL unit. If you do, an error occurs when you reference the duplicate identifier, as this example shows. DECLARE id BOOLEAN; id VARCHAR2(5); -- duplicate identifier BEGIN id := FALSE; END; / Result: id := FALSE; * ERROR at line 5: ORA-06550: line 5, column 3: PLS-00371: at most one declaration for 'ID' is permitted ORA-06550: line 5, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Example 2-21 Declaring Same Identifier in Different Units You can declare the same identifier in two different units. The two objects represented by the identifier are distinct. Changing one does not affect the other, as this example shows. In the same scope, give labels and subprograms unique names to avoid confusion and unexpected results. DECLARE PROCEDURE p IS x VARCHAR2(1); BEGIN x := 'a'; -- Assign the value 'a' to x DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('In procedure p, x = ' || x); END; PROCEDURE q IS x VARCHAR2(1); BEGIN x := 'b'; -- Assign the value 'b' to x DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('In procedure q, x = ' || x); END; BEGIN p; q; END; / Result: In procedure p, x = a In procedure q, x = b Scope and Visibility of Identifiers PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-21
- 72. Example 2-22 Label and Subprogram with Same Name in Same Scope In this example, echo is the name of both a block and a subprogram. Both the block and the subprogram declare a variable named x. In the subprogram, echo.x refers to the local variable x, not to the global variable x. <<echo>> DECLARE x NUMBER := 5; PROCEDURE echo AS x NUMBER := 0; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('x = ' || x); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('echo.x = ' || echo.x); END; BEGIN echo; END; / Result: x = 0 echo.x = 0 Example 2-23 Block with Multiple and Duplicate Labels This example has two labels for the outer block, compute_ratio and another_label. The second label appears again in the inner block. In the inner block, another_label.denominator refers to the local variable denominator, not to the global variable denominator, which results in the error ZERO_DIVIDE. <<compute_ratio>> <<another_label>> DECLARE numerator NUMBER := 22; denominator NUMBER := 7; BEGIN <<another_label>> DECLARE denominator NUMBER := 0; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Ratio with compute_ratio.denominator = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(numerator/compute_ratio.denominator); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Ratio with another_label.denominator = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(numerator/another_label.denominator); EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Divide-by-zero error: can''t divide ' || numerator || ' by ' || denominator); WHEN OTHERS THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Unexpected error.'); END another_label; END compute_ratio; / Scope and Visibility of Identifiers 2-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 73. Result: Ratio with compute_ratio.denominator = 3.14285714285714285714285714285714285714 Ratio with another_label.denominator = Divide-by-zero error: cannot divide 22 by 0 Assigning Values to Variables After declaring a variable, you can assign a value to it in these ways: • Use the assignment statement to assign it the value of an expression. • Use the SELECT INTO or FETCH statement to assign it a value from a table. • Pass it to a subprogram as an OUT or IN OUT parameter, and then assign the value inside the subprogram. The variable and the value must have compatible data types. One data type is compatible with another data type if it can be implicitly converted to that type. For information about implicit data conversion, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Topics • Assigning Values to Variables with the Assignment Statement • Assigning Values to Variables with the SELECT INTO Statement • Assigning Values to Variables as Parameters of a Subprogram • Assigning Values to BOOLEAN Variables See Also: • "Assigning Values to Collection Variables" • "Assigning Values to Record Variables" • "FETCH Statement" Assigning Values to Variables with the Assignment Statement To assign the value of an expression to a variable, use this form of the assignment statement: variable_name := expression; For the complete syntax of the assignment statement, see "Assignment Statement". For the syntax of an expression, see "Expression". Example 2-24 Assigning Values to Variables with Assignment Statement This example declares several variables (specifying initial values for some) and then uses assignment statements to assign the values of expressions to them. DECLARE -- You can assign initial values here wages NUMBER; Assigning Values to Variables PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-23
- 74. hours_worked NUMBER := 40; hourly_salary NUMBER := 22.50; bonus NUMBER := 150; country VARCHAR2(128); counter NUMBER := 0; done BOOLEAN; valid_id BOOLEAN; emp_rec1 employees%ROWTYPE; emp_rec2 employees%ROWTYPE; TYPE commissions IS TABLE OF NUMBER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; comm_tab commissions; BEGIN -- You can assign values here too wages := (hours_worked * hourly_salary) + bonus; country := 'France'; country := UPPER('Canada'); done := (counter > 100); valid_id := TRUE; emp_rec1.first_name := 'Antonio'; emp_rec1.last_name := 'Ortiz'; emp_rec1 := emp_rec2; comm_tab(5) := 20000 * 0.15; END; / Assigning Values to Variables with the SELECT INTO Statement A simple form of the SELECT INTO statement is: SELECT select_item [, select_item ]... INTO variable_name [, variable_name ]... FROM table_name; For each select_item, there must be a corresponding, type-compatible variable_name. Because SQL does not have a BOOLEAN type, variable_name cannot be a BOOLEAN variable. For the complete syntax of the SELECT INTO statement, see "SELECT INTO Statement". Example 2-25 Assigning Value to Variable with SELECT INTO Statement This example uses a SELECT INTO statement to assign to the variable bonus the value that is 10% of the salary of the employee whose employee_id is 100. DECLARE bonus NUMBER(8,2); BEGIN SELECT salary * 0.10 INTO bonus FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 100; END; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('bonus = ' || TO_CHAR(bonus)); / Result: bonus = 2400 Assigning Values to Variables 2-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 75. Assigning Values to Variables as Parameters of a Subprogram If you pass a variable to a subprogram as an OUT or IN OUT parameter, and the subprogram assigns a value to the parameter, the variable retains that value after the subprogram finishes running. For more information, see "Subprogram Parameters". Example 2-26 Assigning Value to Variable as IN OUT Subprogram Parameter This example passes the variable new_sal to the procedure adjust_salary. The procedure assigns a value to the corresponding formal parameter, sal. Because sal is an IN OUT parameter, the variable new_sal retains the assigned value after the procedure finishes running. DECLARE emp_salary NUMBER(8,2); PROCEDURE adjust_salary ( emp NUMBER, sal IN OUT NUMBER, adjustment NUMBER ) IS BEGIN sal := sal + adjustment; END; BEGIN SELECT salary INTO emp_salary FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 100; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Before invoking procedure, emp_salary: ' || emp_salary); adjust_salary (100, emp_salary, 1000); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('After invoking procedure, emp_salary: ' || emp_salary); END; / Result: Before invoking procedure, emp_salary: 24000 After invoking procedure, emp_salary: 25000 Assigning Values to BOOLEAN Variables The only values that you can assign to a BOOLEAN variable are TRUE, FALSE, and NULL. For more information about the BOOLEAN data type, see "BOOLEAN Data Type". Example 2-27 Assigning Value to BOOLEAN Variable This example initializes the BOOLEAN variable done to NULL by default, assigns it the literal value FALSE, compares it to the literal value TRUE, and assigns it the value of a BOOLEAN expression. DECLARE done BOOLEAN; -- Initial value is NULL by default Assigning Values to Variables PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-25
- 76. counter NUMBER := 0; BEGIN done := FALSE; -- Assign literal value WHILE done != TRUE -- Compare to literal value LOOP counter := counter + 1; done := (counter > 500); -- Assign value of BOOLEAN expression END LOOP; END; / Expressions An expression is a combination of one or more values, operators, and SQL functions that evaluates to a value. An expression always returns a single value. The simplest expressions, in order of increasing complexity, are: 1. A single constant or variable (for example, a) 2. A unary operator and its single operand (for example, -a) 3. A binary operator and its two operands (for example, a+b) An operand can be a variable, constant, literal, operator, function invocation, or placeholder—or another expression. Therefore, expressions can be arbitrarily complex. For expression syntax, see Expression. The data types of the operands determine the data type of the expression. Every time the expression is evaluated, a single value of that data type results. The data type of that result is the data type of the expression. Topics • Concatenation Operator • Operator Precedence • Logical Operators • Short-Circuit Evaluation • Comparison Operators • BOOLEAN Expressions • CASE Expressions • SQL Functions in PL/SQL Expressions Concatenation Operator The concatenation operator (||) appends one string operand to another. The concatenation operator ignores null operands, as Example 2-29 shows. For more information about the syntax of the concatenation operator, see "character_expression ::=". Expressions 2-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 77. Example 2-28 Concatenation Operator DECLARE x VARCHAR2(4) := 'suit'; y VARCHAR2(4) := 'case'; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (x || y); END; / Result: suitcase Example 2-29 Concatenation Operator with NULL Operands BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('apple' || NULL || NULL || 'sauce'); END; / Result: applesauce Operator Precedence An operation is either a unary operator and its single operand or a binary operator and its two operands. The operations in an expression are evaluated in order of operator precedence. Table 2-3 shows operator precedence from highest to lowest. Operators with equal precedence are evaluated in no particular order. Table 2-3 Operator Precedence Operator Operation ** exponentiation +, - identity, negation *, / multiplication, division +, -, || addition, subtraction, concatenation =, <, >, <=, >=, <>, !=, ~=, ^=, IS NULL, LIKE, BETWEEN, IN comparison NOT negation AND conjunction OR inclusion To control the order of evaluation, enclose operations in parentheses, as in Example 2-30. When parentheses are nested, the most deeply nested operations are evaluated first. Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-27
- 78. In Example 2-31, the operations (1+2) and (3+4) are evaluated first, producing the values 3 and 7, respectively. Next, the operation 3*7 is evaluated, producing the result 21. Finally, the operation 21/7 is evaluated, producing the final value 3. You can also use parentheses to improve readability, as in Example 2-32, where the parentheses do not affect evaluation order. Example 2-33 shows the effect of operator precedence and parentheses in several more complex expressions. Example 2-30 Controlling Evaluation Order with Parentheses DECLARE a INTEGER := 1+2**2; b INTEGER := (1+2)**2; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('a = ' || TO_CHAR(a)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('b = ' || TO_CHAR(b)); END; / Result: a = 5 b = 9 Example 2-31 Expression with Nested Parentheses DECLARE a INTEGER := ((1+2)*(3+4))/7; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('a = ' || TO_CHAR(a)); END; / Result: a = 3 Example 2-32 Improving Readability with Parentheses DECLARE a INTEGER := 2**2*3**2; b INTEGER := (2**2)*(3**2); BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('a = ' || TO_CHAR(a)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('b = ' || TO_CHAR(b)); END; / Result: a = 36 b = 36 Example 2-33 Operator Precedence DECLARE salary NUMBER := 60000; commission NUMBER := 0.10; BEGIN -- Division has higher precedence than addition: Expressions 2-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 79. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('5 + 12 / 4 = ' || TO_CHAR(5 + 12 / 4)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('12 / 4 + 5 = ' || TO_CHAR(12 / 4 + 5)); -- Parentheses override default operator precedence: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('8 + 6 / 2 = ' || TO_CHAR(8 + 6 / 2)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('(8 + 6) / 2 = ' || TO_CHAR((8 + 6) / 2)); -- Most deeply nested operation is evaluated first: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('100 + (20 / 5 + (7 - 3)) = ' || TO_CHAR(100 + (20 / 5 + (7 - 3)))); -- Parentheses, even when unnecessary, improve readability: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('(salary * 0.05) + (commission * 0.25) = ' || TO_CHAR((salary * 0.05) + (commission * 0.25)) ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('salary * 0.05 + commission * 0.25 = ' || TO_CHAR(salary * 0.05 + commission * 0.25) ); END; / Result: 5 + 12 / 4 = 8 12 / 4 + 5 = 8 8 + 6 / 2 = 11 (8 + 6) / 2 = 7 100 + (20 / 5 + (7 - 3)) = 108 (salary * 0.05) + (commission * 0.25) = 3000.025 salary * 0.05 + commission * 0.25 = 3000.025 Logical Operators The logical operators AND, OR, and NOT follow a tri-state logic. AND and OR are binary operators; NOT is a unary operator. Table 2-4 Logical Truth Table x y x AND y x OR y NOT x TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE NULL NULL TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE NULL FALSE NULL TRUE NULL TRUE NULL TRUE NULL NULL FALSE FALSE NULL NULL Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-29
- 80. Table 2-4 (Cont.) Logical Truth Table x y x AND y x OR y NOT x NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL Example 2-34 creates a procedure, print_boolean, that prints the value of a BOOLEAN variable. The procedure uses the "IS [NOT] NULL Operator". Several examples in this chapter invoke print_boolean. As Table 2-4 and Example 2-35 show, AND returns TRUE if and only if both operands are TRUE. As Table 2-4 and Example 2-36 show, OR returns TRUE if either operand is TRUE. (Example 2-36 invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35.) As Table 2-4 and Example 2-37 show, NOT returns the opposite of its operand, unless the operand is NULL. NOT NULL returns NULL, because NULL is an indeterminate value. (Example 2-37 invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35.) In Example 2-38, you might expect the sequence of statements to run because x and y seem unequal. But, NULL values are indeterminate. Whether x equals y is unknown. Therefore, the IF condition yields NULL and the sequence of statements is bypassed. In Example 2-39, you might expect the sequence of statements to run because a and b seem equal. But, again, that is unknown, so the IF condition yields NULL and the sequence of statements is bypassed. In Example 2-40, the two IF statements appear to be equivalent. However, if either x or y is NULL, then the first IF statement assigns the value of y to high and the second IF statement assigns the value of x to high. Example 2-41 invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35 three times. The third and first invocation are logically equivalent—the parentheses in the third invocation only improve readability. The parentheses in the second invocation change the order of operation. Example 2-34 Procedure Prints BOOLEAN Variable CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE print_boolean ( b_name VARCHAR2, b_value BOOLEAN ) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN IF b_value IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (b_name || ' = NULL'); ELSIF b_value = TRUE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (b_name || ' = TRUE'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (b_name || ' = FALSE'); END IF; END; / Example 2-35 AND Operator DECLARE PROCEDURE print_x_and_y ( x BOOLEAN, y BOOLEAN Expressions 2-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 81. ) IS BEGIN print_boolean ('x', x); print_boolean ('y', y); print_boolean ('x AND y', x AND y); END print_x_and_y; BEGIN print_x_and_y (FALSE, FALSE); print_x_and_y (TRUE, FALSE); print_x_and_y (FALSE, TRUE); print_x_and_y (TRUE, TRUE); print_x_and_y (TRUE, NULL); print_x_and_y (FALSE, NULL); print_x_and_y (NULL, TRUE); print_x_and_y (NULL, FALSE); END; / Result: x = FALSE y = FALSE x AND y = FALSE x = TRUE y = FALSE x AND y = FALSE x = FALSE y = TRUE x AND y = FALSE x = TRUE y = TRUE x AND y = TRUE x = TRUE y = NULL x AND y = NULL x = FALSE y = NULL x AND y = FALSE x = NULL y = TRUE x AND y = NULL x = NULL y = FALSE x AND y = FALSE Example 2-36 OR Operator DECLARE PROCEDURE print_x_or_y ( x BOOLEAN, y BOOLEAN ) IS BEGIN print_boolean ('x', x); print_boolean ('y', y); print_boolean ('x OR y', x OR y); END print_x_or_y; BEGIN Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-31
- 82. print_x_or_y (FALSE, FALSE); print_x_or_y (TRUE, FALSE); print_x_or_y (FALSE, TRUE); print_x_or_y (TRUE, TRUE); print_x_or_y (TRUE, NULL); print_x_or_y (FALSE, NULL); print_x_or_y (NULL, TRUE); print_x_or_y (NULL, FALSE); END; / Result: x = FALSE y = FALSE x OR y = FALSE x = TRUE y = FALSE x OR y = TRUE x = FALSE y = TRUE x OR y = TRUE x = TRUE y = TRUE x OR y = TRUE x = TRUE y = NULL x OR y = TRUE x = FALSE y = NULL x OR y = NULL x = NULL y = TRUE x OR y = TRUE x = NULL y = FALSE x OR y = NULL Example 2-37 NOT Operator DECLARE PROCEDURE print_not_x ( x BOOLEAN ) IS BEGIN print_boolean ('x', x); print_boolean ('NOT x', NOT x); END print_not_x; BEGIN print_not_x (TRUE); print_not_x (FALSE); print_not_x (NULL); END; / Result: Expressions 2-32 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 83. x = TRUE NOT x = FALSE x = FALSE NOT x = TRUE x = NULL NOT x = NULL Example 2-38 NULL Value in Unequal Comparison DECLARE x NUMBER := 5; y NUMBER := NULL; BEGIN IF x != y THEN -- yields NULL, not TRUE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('x != y'); -- not run ELSIF x = y THEN -- also yields NULL DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('x = y'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Can''t tell if x and y are equal or not.'); END IF; END; / Result: Can't tell if x and y are equal or not. Example 2-39 NULL Value in Equal Comparison DECLARE a NUMBER := NULL; b NUMBER := NULL; BEGIN IF a = b THEN -- yields NULL, not TRUE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('a = b'); -- not run ELSIF a != b THEN -- yields NULL, not TRUE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('a != b'); -- not run ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Can''t tell if two NULLs are equal'); END IF; END; / Result: Can't tell if two NULLs are equal Example 2-40 NOT NULL Equals NULL DECLARE x INTEGER := 2; Y INTEGER := 5; high INTEGER; BEGIN IF (x > y) -- If x or y is NULL, then (x > y) is NULL THEN high := x; -- run if (x > y) is TRUE ELSE high := y; -- run if (x > y) is FALSE or NULL END IF; Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-33
- 84. IF NOT (x > y) -- If x or y is NULL, then NOT (x > y) is NULL THEN high := y; -- run if NOT (x > y) is TRUE ELSE high := x; -- run if NOT (x > y) is FALSE or NULL END IF; END; / Example 2-41 Changing Evaluation Order of Logical Operators DECLARE x BOOLEAN := FALSE; y BOOLEAN := FALSE; BEGIN print_boolean ('NOT x AND y', NOT x AND y); print_boolean ('NOT (x AND y)', NOT (x AND y)); print_boolean ('(NOT x) AND y', (NOT x) AND y); END; / Result: NOT x AND y = FALSE NOT (x AND y) = TRUE (NOT x) AND y = FALSE Short-Circuit Evaluation When evaluating a logical expression, PL/SQL uses short-circuit evaluation. That is, PL/SQL stops evaluating the expression as soon as it can determine the result. Therefore, you can write expressions that might otherwise cause errors. In Example 2-42, short-circuit evaluation prevents the OR expression from causing a divide-by-zero error. When the value of on_hand is zero, the value of the left operand is TRUE, so PL/SQL does not evaluate the right operand. If PL/SQL evaluated both operands before applying the OR operator, the right operand would cause a division by zero error. Example 2-42 Short-Circuit Evaluation DECLARE on_hand INTEGER := 0; on_order INTEGER := 100; BEGIN -- Does not cause divide-by-zero error; -- evaluation stops after first expression IF (on_hand = 0) OR ((on_order / on_hand) < 5) THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('On hand quantity is zero.'); END IF; END; / Result: On hand quantity is zero. Expressions 2-34 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 85. Comparison Operators Comparison operators compare one expression to another. The result is always either TRUE, FALSE, or NULL. If the value of one expression is NULL, then the result of the comparison is also NULL. The comparison operators are: • IS [NOT] NULL Operator • Relational Operators • LIKE Operator • BETWEEN Operator • IN Operator Note: Character comparisons are affected by NLS parameter settings, which can change at runtime. Therefore, character comparisons are evaluated at runtime, and the same character comparison can have different values at different times. For information about NLS parameters that affect character comparisons, see Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide. Note: Using CLOB values with comparison operators can create temporary LOB values. Ensure that your temporary tablespace is large enough to handle them. IS [NOT] NULL Operator The IS NULL operator returns the BOOLEAN value TRUE if its operand is NULL or FALSE if it is not NULL. The IS NOT NULL operator does the opposite. Comparisons involving NULL values always yield NULL. To test whether a value is NULL, use IF value IS NULL, as in these examples: • Example 2-14, "Variable Initialized to NULL by Default" • Example 2-34, "Procedure Prints BOOLEAN Variable" • Example 2-53, "Searched CASE Expression with WHEN ... IS NULL" Relational Operators This table summarizes the relational operators. Table 2-5 Relational Operators Operator Meaning = equal to Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-35
- 86. Table 2-5 (Cont.) Relational Operators Operator Meaning <>, !=, ~=, ^= not equal to < less than > greater than <= less than or equal to >= greater than or equal to Topics • Arithmetic Comparisons • BOOLEAN Comparisons • Character Comparisons • Date Comparisons Arithmetic Comparisons One number is greater than another if it represents a larger quantity. Real numbers are stored as approximate values, so Oracle recommends comparing them for equality or inequality. Example 2-43 Relational Operators in Expressions This example invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35 to print the values of expressions that use relational operators to compare arithmetic values. BEGIN print_boolean ('(2 + 2 = 4)', 2 + 2 = 4); print_boolean ('(2 + 2 <> 4)', 2 + 2 <> 4); print_boolean ('(2 + 2 != 4)', 2 + 2 != 4); print_boolean ('(2 + 2 ~= 4)', 2 + 2 ~= 4); print_boolean ('(2 + 2 ^= 4)', 2 + 2 ^= 4); print_boolean ('(1 < 2)', 1 < 2); print_boolean ('(1 > 2)', 1 > 2); print_boolean ('(1 <= 2)', 1 <= 2); print_boolean ('(1 >= 1)', 1 >= 1); END; / Result: (2 + 2 = 4) = TRUE (2 + 2 <> 4) = FALSE (2 + 2 != 4) = FALSE (2 + 2 ~= 4) = FALSE (2 + 2 ^= 4) = FALSE Expressions 2-36 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 87. (1 < 2) = TRUE (1 > 2) = FALSE (1 <= 2) = TRUE (1 >= 1) = TRUE BOOLEAN Comparisons By definition, TRUE is greater than FALSE. Any comparison with NULL returns NULL. Character Comparisons By default, one character is greater than another if its binary value is larger. For example, this expression is true: 'y' > 'r' Strings are compared character by character. For example, this expression is true: 'Kathy' > 'Kathryn' If you set the initialization parameter NLS_COMP=ANSI, string comparisons use the collating sequence identified by the NLS_SORT initialization parameter. A collating sequence is an internal ordering of the character set in which a range of numeric codes represents the individual characters. One character value is greater than another if its internal numeric value is larger. Each language might have different rules about where such characters occur in the collating sequence. For example, an accented letter might be sorted differently depending on the database character set, even though the binary value is the same in each case. By changing the value of the NLS_SORT parameter, you can perform comparisons that are case-insensitive and accent-insensitive. A case-insensitive comparison treats corresponding uppercase and lowercase letters as the same letter. For example, these expressions are true: 'a' = 'A' 'Alpha' = 'ALPHA' To make comparisons case-insensitive, append _CI to the value of the NLS_SORT parameter (for example, BINARY_CI or XGERMAN_CI). An accent-insensitive comparison is case-insensitive, and also treats letters that differ only in accents or punctuation characters as the same letter. For example, these expressions are true: 'Cooperate' = 'Co-Operate' 'Co-Operate' = 'coöperate' To make comparisons both case-insensitive and accent-insensitive, append _AI to the value of the NLS_SORT parameter (for example, BINARY_AI or FRENCH_M_AI). Semantic differences between the CHAR and VARCHAR2 data types affect character comparisons. For more information, see "Value Comparisons". Date Comparisons One date is greater than another if it is more recent. For example, this expression is true: '01-JAN-91' > '31-DEC-90' Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-37
- 88. LIKE Operator The LIKE operator compares a character, string, or CLOB value to a pattern and returns TRUE if the value matches the pattern and FALSE if it does not. Case is significant. The pattern can include the two wildcard characters underscore (_) and percent sign (%). Underscore matches exactly one character. Percent sign (%) matches zero or more characters. To search for the percent sign or underscore, define an escape character and put it before the percent sign or underscore. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about LIKE • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about REGEXP_LIKE, which is similar to LIKE Example 2-44 LIKE Operator in Expression The string 'Johnson' matches the pattern 'J%s_n' but not 'J%S_N', as this example shows. DECLARE PROCEDURE compare ( value VARCHAR2, pattern VARCHAR2 ) IS BEGIN IF value LIKE pattern THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('TRUE'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('FALSE'); END IF; END; BEGIN compare('Johnson', 'J%s_n'); compare('Johnson', 'J%S_N'); END; / Result: TRUE FALSE Example 2-45 Escape Character in Pattern This example uses the backslash as the escape character, so that the percent sign in the string does not act as a wildcard. DECLARE PROCEDURE half_off (sale_sign VARCHAR2) IS Expressions 2-38 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 89. BEGIN IF sale_sign LIKE '50% off!' ESCAPE '' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('TRUE'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('FALSE'); END IF; END; BEGIN half_off('Going out of business!'); half_off('50% off!'); END; / Result: FALSE TRUE BETWEEN Operator The BETWEEN operator tests whether a value lies in a specified range. The value of the expression x BETWEEN a AND b is defined to be the same as the value of the expression (x>=a) AND (x<=b) . The expression x will only be evaluated once. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about BETWEEN Example 2-46 BETWEEN Operator in Expressions This example invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35 to print the values of expressions that include the BETWEEN operator. BEGIN print_boolean ('2 BETWEEN 1 AND 3', 2 BETWEEN 1 AND 3); print_boolean ('2 BETWEEN 2 AND 3', 2 BETWEEN 2 AND 3); print_boolean ('2 BETWEEN 1 AND 2', 2 BETWEEN 1 AND 2); print_boolean ('2 BETWEEN 3 AND 4', 2 BETWEEN 3 AND 4); END; / Result: 2 BETWEEN 1 AND 3 = TRUE 2 BETWEEN 2 AND 3 = TRUE 2 BETWEEN 1 AND 2 = TRUE 2 BETWEEN 3 AND 4 = FALSE IN Operator The IN operator tests set membership. x IN (set) returns TRUE only if x equals a member of set. Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-39
- 90. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about IN Example 2-47 IN Operator in Expressions This example invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35 to print the values of expressions that include the IN operator. DECLARE letter VARCHAR2(1) := 'm'; BEGIN print_boolean ( 'letter IN (''a'', ''b'', ''c'')', letter IN ('a', 'b', 'c') ); print_boolean ( 'letter IN (''z'', ''m'', ''y'', ''p'')', letter IN ('z', 'm', 'y', 'p') ); END; / Result: letter IN ('a', 'b', 'c') = FALSE letter IN ('z', 'm', 'y', 'p') = TRUE Example 2-48 IN Operator with Sets with NULL Values This example shows what happens when set includes a NULL value. This invokes the print_boolean procedure from Example 2-35. DECLARE a INTEGER; -- Initialized to NULL by default b INTEGER := 10; c INTEGER := 100; BEGIN print_boolean ('100 IN (a, b, c)', 100 IN (a, b, c)); print_boolean ('100 NOT IN (a, b, c)', 100 NOT IN (a, b, c)); print_boolean ('100 IN (a, b)', 100 IN (a, b)); print_boolean ('100 NOT IN (a, b)', 100 NOT IN (a, b)); print_boolean ('a IN (a, b)', a IN (a, b)); print_boolean ('a NOT IN (a, b)', a NOT IN (a, b)); END; / Result: 100 IN (a, b, c) = TRUE 100 NOT IN (a, b, c) = FALSE 100 IN (a, b) = NULL 100 NOT IN (a, b) = NULL a IN (a, b) = NULL a NOT IN (a, b) = NULL Expressions 2-40 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 91. BOOLEAN Expressions A BOOLEAN expression is an expression that returns a BOOLEAN value—TRUE, FALSE, or NULL. The simplest BOOLEAN expression is a BOOLEAN literal, constant, or variable. The following are also BOOLEAN expressions: NOT boolean_expression boolean_expression relational_operator boolean_expression boolean_expression { AND | OR } boolean_expression For a list of relational operators, see Table 2-5. For the complete syntax of a BOOLEAN expression, see "boolean_expression ::=". Typically, you use BOOLEAN expressions as conditions in control statements (explained in PL/SQL Control Statements) and in WHERE clauses of DML statements. You can use a BOOLEAN variable itself as a condition; you need not compare it to the value TRUE or FALSE. Example 2-49 Equivalent BOOLEAN Expressions In this example, the conditions in the loops are equivalent. DECLARE done BOOLEAN; BEGIN -- These WHILE loops are equivalent done := FALSE; WHILE done = FALSE LOOP done := TRUE; END LOOP; done := FALSE; WHILE NOT (done = TRUE) LOOP done := TRUE; END LOOP; done := FALSE; WHILE NOT done LOOP done := TRUE; END LOOP; END; / CASE Expressions Topics • Simple CASE Expression • Searched CASE Expression Simple CASE Expression For this explanation, assume that a simple CASE expression has this syntax: Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-41
- 92. CASE selector WHEN selector_value_1 THEN result_1 WHEN selector_value_2 THEN result_2 ... WHEN selector_value_n THEN result_n [ ELSE else_result ] END The selector is an expression (typically a single variable). Each selector_value and each result can be either a literal or an expression. At least one result must not be the literal NULL. The simple CASE expression returns the first result for which selector_value matches selector. Remaining expressions are not evaluated. If no selector_value matches selector, the CASE expression returns else_result if it exists and NULL otherwise. See Also: "simple_case_expression ::=" for the complete syntax Example 2-50 Simple CASE Expression This example assigns the value of a simple CASE expression to the variable appraisal. The selector is grade. DECLARE grade CHAR(1) := 'B'; appraisal VARCHAR2(20); BEGIN appraisal := CASE grade WHEN 'A' THEN 'Excellent' WHEN 'B' THEN 'Very Good' WHEN 'C' THEN 'Good' WHEN 'D' THEN 'Fair' WHEN 'F' THEN 'Poor' ELSE 'No such grade' END; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Grade ' || grade || ' is ' || appraisal); END; / Result: Grade B is Very Good Example 2-51 Simple CASE Expression with WHEN NULL If selector has the value NULL, it cannot be matched by WHEN NULL, as this example shows. Instead, use a searched CASE expression with WHEN boolean_expression IS NULL, as in Example 2-53. DECLARE grade CHAR(1); -- NULL by default appraisal VARCHAR2(20); Expressions 2-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 93. BEGIN appraisal := CASE grade WHEN NULL THEN 'No grade assigned' WHEN 'A' THEN 'Excellent' WHEN 'B' THEN 'Very Good' WHEN 'C' THEN 'Good' WHEN 'D' THEN 'Fair' WHEN 'F' THEN 'Poor' ELSE 'No such grade' END; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Grade ' || grade || ' is ' || appraisal); END; / Result: Grade is No such grade Searched CASE Expression For this explanation, assume that a searched CASE expression has this syntax: CASE WHEN boolean_expression_1 THEN result_1 WHEN boolean_expression_2 THEN result_2 ... WHEN boolean_expression_n THEN result_n [ ELSE else_result ] END] The searched CASE expression returns the first result for which boolean_expression is TRUE. Remaining expressions are not evaluated. If no boolean_expression is TRUE, the CASE expression returns else_result if it exists and NULL otherwise. See Also: "searched_case_expression ::=" for the complete syntax Example 2-52 Searched CASE Expression This example assigns the value of a searched CASE expression to the variable appraisal. DECLARE grade CHAR(1) := 'B'; appraisal VARCHAR2(120); id NUMBER := 8429862; attendance NUMBER := 150; min_days CONSTANT NUMBER := 200; FUNCTION attends_this_school (id NUMBER) RETURN BOOLEAN IS BEGIN RETURN TRUE; END; BEGIN appraisal := Expressions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-43
- 94. CASE WHEN attends_this_school(id) = FALSE THEN 'Student not enrolled' WHEN grade = 'F' OR attendance < min_days THEN 'Poor (poor performance or bad attendance)' WHEN grade = 'A' THEN 'Excellent' WHEN grade = 'B' THEN 'Very Good' WHEN grade = 'C' THEN 'Good' WHEN grade = 'D' THEN 'Fair' ELSE 'No such grade' END; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Result for student ' || id || ' is ' || appraisal); END; / Result: Result for student 8429862 is Poor (poor performance or bad attendance) Example 2-53 Searched CASE Expression with WHEN ... IS NULL This example uses a searched CASE expression to solve the problem in Example 2-51. DECLARE grade CHAR(1); -- NULL by default appraisal VARCHAR2(20); BEGIN appraisal := CASE WHEN grade IS NULL THEN 'No grade assigned' WHEN grade = 'A' THEN 'Excellent' WHEN grade = 'B' THEN 'Very Good' WHEN grade = 'C' THEN 'Good' WHEN grade = 'D' THEN 'Fair' WHEN grade = 'F' THEN 'Poor' ELSE 'No such grade' END; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Grade ' || grade || ' is ' || appraisal); END; / Result: Grade is No grade assigned SQL Functions in PL/SQL Expressions In PL/SQL expressions, you can use all SQL functions except: • Aggregate functions (such as AVG and COUNT) • Analytic functions (such as LAG and RATIO_TO_REPORT) • Data mining functions (such as CLUSTER_ID and FEATURE_VALUE) • Encoding and decoding functions (such as DECODE and DUMP) • Model functions (such as ITERATION_NUMBER and PREVIOUS) Expressions 2-44 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 95. • Object reference functions (such as REF and VALUE) • XML functions (such as APPENDCHILDXML and EXISTSNODE) • These conversion functions: – BIN_TO_NUM • These miscellaneous functions: – CUBE_TABLE – DATAOBJ_TO_PARTITION – LNNVL – NVL2 – SYS_CONNECT_BY_PATH – SYS_TYPEID – WIDTH_BUCKET PL/SQL supports an overload of BITAND for which the arguments and result are BINARY_INTEGER. When used in a PL/SQL expression, the RAWTOHEX function accepts an argument of data type RAW and returns a VARCHAR2 value with the hexadecimal representation of bytes that comprise the value of the argument. Arguments of types other than RAW can be specified only if they can be implicitly converted to RAW. This conversion is possible for CHAR, VARCHAR2, and LONG values that are valid arguments of the HEXTORAW function, and for LONG RAW and BLOB values of up to 16380 bytes. Error-Reporting Functions PL/SQL has two error-reporting functions, SQLCODE and SQLERRM, for use in PL/SQL exception-handling code. For their descriptions, see "SQLCODE Function" and "SQLERRM Function". You cannot use the SQLCODE and SQLERRM functions in SQL statements. Conditional Compilation Conditional compilation lets you customize the functionality of a PL/SQL application without removing source text. For example, you can: • Use new features with the latest database release and disable them when running the application in an older database release. • Activate debugging or tracing statements in the development environment and hide them when running the application at a production site. Topics • How Conditional Compilation Works • Conditional Compilation Examples Error-Reporting Functions PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-45
- 96. • Retrieving and Printing Post-Processed Source Text • Conditional Compilation Directive Restrictions How Conditional Compilation Works Note: The conditional compilation feature and related PL/SQL packages are available for Oracle Database 10g Release 1 (10.1.0.4) and later releases. Conditional compilation uses selection directives, which are similar to IF statements, to select source text for compilation. The condition in a selection directive usually includes an inquiry directive. Error directives raise user-defined errors. All conditional compilation directives are built from preprocessor control tokens and PL/SQL text. Topics • Preprocessor Control Tokens • Selection Directives • Error Directives • Inquiry Directives • Static Expressions Preprocessor Control Tokens A preprocessor control token identifies code that is processed before the PL/SQL unit is compiled. Syntax $plsql_identifier There cannot be space between $ and plsql_identifier. The character $ can also appear inside plsql_identifier, but it has no special meaning there. These preprocessor control tokens are reserved: • $IF • $THEN • $ELSE • $ELSIF • $ERROR For information about plsql_identifier, see "Identifiers". Selection Directives A selection directive selects source text to compile. Conditional Compilation 2-46 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 97. Syntax $IF boolean_static_expression $THEN text [ $ELSIF boolean_static_expression $THEN text ]... [ $ELSE text $END ] For the syntax of boolean_static_expression, see "BOOLEAN Static Expressions". The text can be anything, but typically, it is either a statement (see "statement ::=") or an error directive (explained in "Error Directives"). The selection directive evaluates the BOOLEAN static expressions in the order that they appear until either one expression has the value TRUE or the list of expressions is exhausted. If one expression has the value TRUE, its text is compiled, the remaining expressions are not evaluated, and their text is not analyzed. If no expression has the value TRUE, then if $ELSE is present, its text is compiled; otherwise, no text is compiled. For examples of selection directives, see "Conditional Compilation Examples". See Also: "Conditional Selection Statements" for information about the IF statement, which has the same logic as the selection directive Error Directives An error directive produces a user-defined error message during compilation. Syntax $ERROR varchar2_static_expression $END It produces this compile-time error message, where string is the value of varchar2_static_expression: PLS-00179: $ERROR: string For the syntax of varchar2_static_expression, see "VARCHAR2 Static Expressions". For an example of an error directive, see Example 2-58. Inquiry Directives An inquiry directive provides information about the compilation environment. Syntax $$name For information about name, which is an unquoted PL/SQL identifier, see "Identifiers". An inquiry directive typically appears in the boolean_static_expression of a selection directive, but it can appear anywhere that a variable or literal of its type can Conditional Compilation PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-47
- 98. appear. Moreover, it can appear where regular PL/SQL allows only a literal (not a variable)—for example, to specify the size of a VARCHAR2 variable. Topics • Predefined Inquiry Directives • Assigning Values to Inquiry Directives • Unresolvable Inquiry Directives Predefined Inquiry Directives The predefined inquiry directives are: • $$PLSQL_LINE A PLS_INTEGER literal whose value is the number of the source line on which the directive appears in the current PL/SQL unit. An example of $$PLSQL_LINE in a selection directive is: $IF $$PLSQL_LINE = 32 $THEN ... • $$PLSQL_UNIT A VARCHAR2 literal that contains the name of the current PL/SQL unit. If the current PL/SQL unit is an anonymous block, then $$PLSQL_UNIT contains a NULL value. • $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER A VARCHAR2 literal that contains the name of the owner of the current PL/SQL unit. If the current PL/SQL unit is an anonymous block, then $ $PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER contains a NULL value. • $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE A VARCHAR2 literal that contains the type of the current PL/SQL unit— ANONYMOUS BLOCK, FUNCTION, PACKAGE, PACKAGE BODY, PROCEDURE, TRIGGER, TYPE, or TYPE BODY. Inside an anonymous block or non-DML trigger, $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE has the value ANONYMOUS BLOCK. • $$plsql_compilation_parameter The name plsql_compilation_parameter is a PL/SQL compilation parameter (for example, PLSCOPE_SETTINGS). For descriptions of these parameters, see Table 1-2. Because a selection directive needs a BOOLEAN static expression, you cannot use $ $PLSQL_UNIT, $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER, or $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE in a VARCHAR2 comparison such as: $IF $$PLSQL_UNIT = 'AWARD_BONUS' $THEN ... $IF $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER IS HR $THEN ... $IF $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE IS FUNCTION $THEN ... However, you can compare the preceding directives to NULL. For example: $IF $$PLSQL_UNIT IS NULL $THEN ... $IF $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER IS NOT NULL $THEN ... $IF $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE IS NULL $THEN ... Conditional Compilation 2-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 99. Example 2-54 Predefined Inquiry Directives In this example, a SQL*Plus script, uses several predefined inquiry directives as PLS_INTEGER and VARCHAR2 literals to show how their values are assigned. SQL> CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p 2 AUTHID DEFINER IS 3 i PLS_INTEGER; 4 BEGIN 5 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inside p'); 6 i := $$PLSQL_LINE; 7 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('i = ' || i); 8 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_LINE = ' || $$PLSQL_LINE); 9 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_UNIT = ' || $$PLSQL_UNIT); 10 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER = ' || $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER); 11 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE = ' || $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE); 12 END; 13 / Procedure created. SQL> BEGIN 2 p; 3 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Outside p'); 4 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_LINE = ' || $$PLSQL_LINE); 5 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_UNIT = ' || $$PLSQL_UNIT); 6 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER = ' || $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER); 7 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE = ' || $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE); 8 END; 9 / Result: Inside p i = 6 $$PLSQL_LINE = 8 $$PLSQL_UNIT = P $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER = HR $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE = PROCEDURE Outside p $$PLSQL_LINE = 4 $$PLSQL_UNIT = $$PLSQL_UNIT_OWNER = $$PLSQL_UNIT_TYPE = ANONYMOUS BLOCK PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Example 2-55 Displaying Values of PL/SQL Compilation Parameters This example displays the current values of PL/SQL the compilation parameters. Note: In the SQL*Plus environment, you can display the current values of initialization parameters, including the PL/SQL compilation parameters, with the command SHOW PARAMETERS. For more information about the SHOW command and its PARAMETERS option, see SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference. Conditional Compilation PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-49
- 100. BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSCOPE_SETTINGS = ' || $$PLSCOPE_SETTINGS); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_CCFLAGS = ' || $$PLSQL_CCFLAGS); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_CODE_TYPE = ' || $$PLSQL_CODE_TYPE); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL = ' || $$PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$PLSQL_WARNINGS = ' || $$PLSQL_WARNINGS); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('$$NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS = ' || $$NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS); END; / Result: $$PLSCOPE_SETTINGS = IDENTIFIERS:NONE $$PLSQL_CCFLAGS = $$PLSQL_CODE_TYPE = INTERPRETED $$PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL = 2 $$PLSQL_WARNINGS = ENABLE:ALL $$NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS = BYTE Assigning Values to Inquiry Directives You can assign values to inquiry directives with the PLSQL_CCFLAGS compilation parameter. For example: ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_CCFLAGS = 'name1:value1, name2:value2, ... namen:valuen' Each value must be either a BOOLEAN literal (TRUE, FALSE, or NULL) or PLS_INTEGER literal. The data type of value determines the data type of name. The same name can appear multiple times, with values of the same or different data types. Later assignments override earlier assignments. For example, this command sets the value of $$flag to 5 and its data type to PLS_INTEGER: ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_CCFLAGS = 'flag:TRUE, flag:5' Oracle recommends against using PLSQL_CCFLAGS to assign values to predefined inquiry directives, including compilation parameters. To assign values to compilation parameters, Oracle recommends using the ALTER SESSION statement. For more information about the ALTER SESSION statement, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Note: The compile-time value of PLSQL_CCFLAGS is stored with the metadata of stored PL/SQL units, which means that you can reuse the value when you explicitly recompile the units. For more information, see "PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters". For more information about PLSQL_CCFLAGS, see Oracle Database Reference. Example 2-56 PLSQL_CCFLAGS Assigns Value to Itself This example uses PLSQL_CCFLAGS to assign a value to the user-defined inquiry directive $$Some_Flag and (though not recommended) to itself. Because later assignments override earlier assignments, the resulting value of $$Some_Flag is 2 and the resulting value of PLSQL_CCFLAGS is the value that it assigns to itself (99), not Conditional Compilation 2-50 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 101. the value that the ALTER SESSION statement assigns to it ('Some_Flag:1, Some_Flag:2, PLSQL_CCFlags:99'). ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_CCFlags = 'Some_Flag:1, Some_Flag:2, PLSQL_CCFlags:99' / BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE($$Some_Flag); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE($$PLSQL_CCFlags); END; / Result: 2 99 Unresolvable Inquiry Directives If the source text is not wrapped, PL/SQL issues a warning if the value of an inquiry directive cannot be determined. If an inquiry directive ($$name) cannot be resolved, and the source text is not wrapped, then PL/SQL issues the warning PLW-6003 and substitutes NULL for the value of the unresolved inquiry directive. If the source text is wrapped, the warning message is disabled, so that the unresolved inquiry directive is not revealed. For information about wrapping PL/SQL source text, see PL/SQL Source Text Wrapping. Static Expressions A static expression is an expression whose value can be determined at compile time— that is, it does not include character comparisons, variables, or function invocations. Static expressions are the only expressions that can appear in conditional compilation directives. Topics • PLS_INTEGER Static Expressions • BOOLEAN Static Expressions • VARCHAR2 Static Expressions • Static Constants • DBMS_DB_VERSION Package See Also: "Expressions" for general information about expressions PLS_INTEGER Static Expressions PLS_INTEGER static expressions are: • PLS_INTEGER literals For information about literals, see "Literals". Conditional Compilation PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-51
- 102. • PLS_INTEGER static constants For information about static constants, see "Static Constants". • NULL See Also: "PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types" for information about the PLS_INTEGER data type BOOLEAN Static Expressions BOOLEAN static expressions are: • BOOLEAN literals (TRUE, FALSE, or NULL) • BOOLEAN static constants For information about static constants, see "Static Constants". • Where x and y are PLS_INTEGER static expressions: – x > y – x < y – x >= y – x <= y – x = y – x <> y For information about PLS_INTEGER static expressions, see "PLS_INTEGER Static Expressions". • Where x and y are BOOLEAN expressions: – NOT y – x AND y – x OR y – x > y – x >= y – x = y – x <= y – x <> y For information about BOOLEAN expressions, see "BOOLEAN Expressions". • Where x is a static expression: – x IS NULL Conditional Compilation 2-52 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 103. – x IS NOT NULL For information about static expressions, see "Static Expressions". See Also: "BOOLEAN Data Type" for information about the BOOLEAN data type VARCHAR2 Static Expressions VARCHAR2 static expressions are: • String literal with maximum size of 32,767 bytes For information about literals, see "Literals". • NULL • TO_CHAR(x), where x is a PLS_INTEGER static expression For information about the TO_CHAR function, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. • TO_CHAR(x, f, n) where x is a PLS_INTEGER static expression and f and n are VARCHAR2 static expressions For information about the TO_CHAR function, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. • x || y where x and y are VARCHAR2 or PLS_INTEGER static expressions For information about PLS_INTEGER static expressions, see "PLS_INTEGER Static Expressions". See Also: "CHAR and VARCHAR2 Variables" for information about the VARCHAR2 data type Static Constants A static constant is declared in a package specification with this syntax: constant_name CONSTANT data_type := static_expression; The type of static_expression must be the same as data_type (either BOOLEAN or PLS_INTEGER). The static constant must always be referenced as package_name.constant_name, even in the body of the package_name package. If you use constant_name in the BOOLEAN expression in a conditional compilation directive in a PL/SQL unit, then the PL/SQL unit depends on the package package_name. If you alter the package specification, the dependent PL/SQL unit might become invalid and need recompilation (for information about the invalidation of dependent objects, see Oracle Database Development Guide). If you use a package with static constants to control conditional compilation in multiple PL/SQL units, Oracle recommends that you create only the package Conditional Compilation PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-53
- 104. specification, and dedicate it exclusively to controlling conditional compilation. This practice minimizes invalidations caused by altering the package specification. To control conditional compilation in a single PL/SQL unit, you can set flags in the PLSQL_CCFLAGS compilation parameter. For information about this parameter, see "Assigning Values to Inquiry Directives" and Oracle Database Reference. In Example 2-57, the package my_debug defines the static constants debug and trace to control debugging and tracing in multiple PL/SQL units. The procedure my_proc1 uses only debug, and the procedure my_proc2 uses only trace, but both procedures depend on the package. However, the recompiled code might not be different. For example, if you only change the value of debug to FALSE and then recompile the two procedures, the compiled code for my_proc1 changes, but the compiled code for my_proc2 does not. See Also: • "Constant Declarations" for general information about declaring constants • PL/SQL Packages for more information about packages • Oracle Database Development Guide for more information about schema object dependencies Example 2-57 Static Constants CREATE PACKAGE my_debug IS debug CONSTANT BOOLEAN := TRUE; trace CONSTANT BOOLEAN := TRUE; END my_debug; / CREATE PROCEDURE my_proc1 AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN $IF my_debug.debug $THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line('Debugging ON'); $ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line('Debugging OFF'); $END END my_proc1; / CREATE PROCEDURE my_proc2 AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN $IF my_debug.trace $THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line('Tracing ON'); $ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line('Tracing OFF'); $END END my_proc2; / DBMS_DB_VERSION Package The DBMS_DB_VERSION package specifies the Oracle version numbers and other information useful for simple conditional compilation selections based on Oracle versions. The DBMS_DB_VERSION package provides these static constants: Conditional Compilation 2-54 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 105. • The PLS_INTEGER constant VERSION identifies the current Oracle Database version. • The PLS_INTEGER constant RELEASE identifies the current Oracle Database release number. • Each BOOLEAN constant of the form VER_LE_v has the value TRUE if the database version is less than or equal to v; otherwise, it has the value FALSE. • Each BOOLEAN constant of the form VER_LE_v_r has the value TRUE if the database version is less than or equal to v and release is less than or equal to r; otherwise, it has the value FALSE. For more information about the DBMS_DB_VERSION package, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. Conditional Compilation Examples Examples of conditional compilation using selection and user-defined inquiry directives. Example 2-58 Code for Checking Database Version This example generates an error message if the database version and release is less than Oracle Database 10g Release 2; otherwise, it displays a message saying that the version and release are supported and uses a COMMIT statement that became available at Oracle Database 10g Release 2. BEGIN $IF DBMS_DB_VERSION.VER_LE_10_1 $THEN -- selection directive begins $ERROR 'unsupported database release' $END -- error directive $ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Release ' || DBMS_DB_VERSION.VERSION || '.' || DBMS_DB_VERSION.RELEASE || ' is supported.' ); -- This COMMIT syntax is newly supported in 10.2: COMMIT WRITE IMMEDIATE NOWAIT; $END -- selection directive ends END; / Result: Release 12.1 is supported. Example 2-59 Compiling Different Code for Different Database Versions This example sets the values of the user-defined inquiry directives $$my_debug and $ $my_tracing and then uses conditional compilation: • In the specification of package my_pkg, to determine the base type of the subtype my_real (BINARY_DOUBLE is available only for Oracle Database versions 10g and later.) • In the body of package my_pkg, to compute the values of my_pi and my_e differently for different database versions • In the procedure circle_area, to compile some code only if the inquiry directive $$my_debug has the value TRUE. Conditional Compilation PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-55
- 106. ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_CCFLAGS = 'my_debug:FALSE, my_tracing:FALSE'; CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE my_pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS SUBTYPE my_real IS $IF DBMS_DB_VERSION.VERSION < 10 $THEN NUMBER; $ELSE BINARY_DOUBLE; $END my_pi my_real; my_e my_real; END my_pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY my_pkg AS BEGIN $IF DBMS_DB_VERSION.VERSION < 10 $THEN my_pi := 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288420; my_e := 2.71828182845904523536028747135266249775; $ELSE my_pi := 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288420d; my_e := 2.71828182845904523536028747135266249775d; $END END my_pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE circle_area(radius my_pkg.my_real) AUTHID DEFINER IS my_area my_pkg.my_real; my_data_type VARCHAR2(30); BEGIN my_area := my_pkg.my_pi * (radius**2); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Radius: ' || TO_CHAR(radius) || ' Area: ' || TO_CHAR(my_area)); $IF $$my_debug $THEN SELECT DATA_TYPE INTO my_data_type FROM USER_ARGUMENTS WHERE OBJECT_NAME = 'CIRCLE_AREA' AND ARGUMENT_NAME = 'RADIUS'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Data type of the RADIUS argument is: ' || my_data_type); $END END; / CALL DBMS_PREPROCESSOR.PRINT_POST_PROCESSED_SOURCE ('PACKAGE', 'HR', 'MY_PKG'); Result: PACKAGE my_pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS SUBTYPE my_real IS BINARY_DOUBLE; my_pi my_real; my_e my_real; END my_pkg; Call completed. Conditional Compilation 2-56 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 107. Retrieving and Printing Post-Processed Source Text The DBMS_PREPROCESSOR package provides subprograms that retrieve and print the source text of a PL/SQL unit in its post-processed form. For information about the DBMS_PREPROCESSOR package, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. Example 2-60 Displaying Post-Processed Source Textsource text This example invokes the procedure DBMS_PREPROCESSOR.PRINT_POST_PROCESSED_SOURCE to print the post- processed form of my_pkg (from "Example 2-59"). Lines of code in "Example 2-59" that are not included in the post-processed text appear as blank lines. CALL DBMS_PREPROCESSOR.PRINT_POST_PROCESSED_SOURCE ( 'PACKAGE', 'HR', 'MY_PKG' ); Result: PACKAGE my_pkg AUTHID DEFINERs AS SUBTYPE my_real IS BINARY_DOUBLE; my_pi my_real; my_e my_real; END my_pkg; Conditional Compilation Directive Restrictions Conditional compilation directives are subject to these semantic restrictions. A conditional compilation directive cannot appear in the specification of a schema- level user-defined type (created with the "CREATE TYPE Statement"). This type specification specifies the attribute structure of the type, which determines the attribute structure of dependent types and the column structure of dependent tables. Caution: Using a conditional compilation directive to change the attribute structure of a type can cause dependent objects to "go out of sync" or dependent tables to become inaccessible. Oracle recommends that you change the attribute structure of a type only with the "ALTER TYPE Statement". The ALTER TYPE statement propagates changes to dependent objects. The SQL parser imposes these restrictions on the location of the first conditional compilation directive in a stored PL/SQL unit or anonymous block: • In a package specification, a package body, a type body, and in a schema-level subprogram with no formal parameters, the first conditional compilation directive cannot appear before the keyword IS or AS. • In a schema-level subprogram with at least one formal parameter, the first conditional compilation directive cannot appear before the left parenthesis that follows the subprogram name. This example is correct: Conditional Compilation PL/SQL Language Fundamentals 2-57
- 108. CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE my_proc ( $IF $$xxx $THEN i IN PLS_INTEGER $ELSE i IN INTEGER $END ) IS BEGIN NULL; END my_proc; / • In a trigger or an anonymous block, the first conditional compilation directive cannot appear before the keyword DECLARE or BEGIN, whichever comes first. The SQL parser also imposes this restriction: If an anonymous block uses a placeholder, the placeholder cannot appear in a conditional compilation directive. For example: BEGIN :n := 1; -- valid use of placeholder $IF ... $THEN :n := 1; -- invalid use of placeholder $END Conditional Compilation 2-58 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 109. 3 PL/SQL Data Types Every PL/SQL constant, variable, parameter, and function return value has a data type that determines its storage format and its valid values and operations. This chapter explains scalar data types, which store values with no internal components. A scalar data type can have subtypes. A subtype is a data type that is a subset of another data type, which is its base type. A subtype has the same valid operations as its base type. A data type and its subtypes comprise a data type family. PL/SQL predefines many types and subtypes in the package STANDARD and lets you define your own subtypes. The PL/SQL scalar data types are: • The SQL data types • BOOLEAN • PLS_INTEGER • BINARY_INTEGER • REF CURSOR • User-defined subtypes Topics • SQL Data Types • BOOLEAN Data Type • PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types • SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype of PLS_INTEGER • User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes PL/SQL Data Types 3-1
- 110. See Also: • "PL/SQL Collections and Records" for information about composite data types • "Cursor Variables" for information about REF CURSOR • "CREATE TYPE Statement" for information about creating schema-level user-defined data types • "PL/SQL Predefined Data Types" for the predefined PL/SQL data types and subtypes, grouped by data type family SQL Data Types The PL/SQL data types include the SQL data types. For information about the SQL data types, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference —all information there about data types and subtypes, data type comparison rules, data conversion, literals, and format models applies to both SQL and PL/SQL, except as noted here: • Different Maximum Sizes • Additional PL/SQL Constants for BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE • Additional PL/SQL Subtypes of BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE Unlike SQL, PL/SQL lets you declare variables, to which the following topics apply: • CHAR and VARCHAR2 Variables • LONG and LONG RAW Variables • ROWID and UROWID Variables Different Maximum Sizes The SQL data types listed in Table 3-1 have different maximum sizes in PL/SQL and SQL. Table 3-1 Data Types with Different Maximum Sizes in PL/SQL and SQL Data Type Maximum Size in PL/SQL Maximum Size in SQL CHAR1 32,767 bytes 2,000 bytes NCHAR1 32,767 bytes 2,000 bytes RAW1 32,767 bytes 2,000 bytes2 VARCHAR21 32,767 bytes 4,000 bytes2 NVARCHAR21 32,767 bytes 4,000 bytes2 LONG3 32,760 bytes 2 gigabytes (GB) - 1 LONG RAW3 32,760 bytes 2 GB SQL Data Types 3-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 111. Table 3-1 (Cont.) Data Types with Different Maximum Sizes in PL/SQL and SQL Data Type Maximum Size in PL/SQL Maximum Size in SQL BLOB 128 terabytes (TB) (4 GB - 1) * database_block_size CLOB 128 TB (4 GB - 1) * database_block_size NCLOB 128 TB (4 GB - 1) * database_block_size 1 When specifying the maximum size of a value of this data type in PL/SQL, use an integer literal (not a constant or variable) whose value is in the range from 1 through 32,767. 2 To eliminate this size difference, follow the instructions in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. 3 Supported only for backward compatibility with existing applications. Additional PL/SQL Constants for BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE The SQL data types BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE represent single-precision and double-precision IEEE 754-format floating-point numbers, respectively. BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE computations do not raise exceptions, so you must check the values that they produce for conditions such as overflow and underflow by comparing them to predefined constants (for examples, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference). PL/SQL has more of these constants than SQL does. Table 3-2 lists and describes the predefined PL/SQL constants for BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE, and identifies those that SQL also defines. Table 3-2 Predefined PL/SQL BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE Constants Constant Description BINARY_FLOAT_NAN1 BINARY_FLOAT value for which the condition IS NAN (not a number) is true BINARY_FLOAT_INFINITY1 Single-precision positive infinity BINARY_FLOAT_MAX_NORMAL Maximum normal BINARY_FLOAT value BINARY_FLOAT_MIN_NORMAL Minimum normal BINARY_FLOAT value BINARY_FLOAT_MAX_SUBNORMAL Maximum subnormal BINARY_FLOAT value BINARY_FLOAT_MIN_SUBNORMAL Minimum subnormal BINARY_FLOAT value BINARY_DOUBLE_NAN1 BINARY_DOUBLE value for which the condition IS NAN (not a number) is true BINARY_DOUBLE_INFINITY1 Double-precision positive infinity BINARY_DOUBLE_MAX_NORMAL Maximum normal BINARY_DOUBLE value BINARY_DOUBLE_MIN_NORMAL Minimum normal BINARY_DOUBLE value BINARY_DOUBLE_MAX_SUBNORMAL Maximum subnormal BINARY_DOUBLE value BINARY_DOUBLE_MIN_SUBNORMAL Minimum subnormal BINARY_DOUBLE value 1 SQL also predefines this constant. SQL Data Types PL/SQL Data Types 3-3
- 112. Additional PL/SQL Subtypes of BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE PL/SQL predefines these subtypes: • SIMPLE_FLOAT, a subtype of SQL data type BINARY_FLOAT • SIMPLE_DOUBLE, a subtype of SQL data type BINARY_DOUBLE Each subtype has the same range as its base type and has a NOT NULL constraint (explained in "NOT NULL Constraint"). If you know that a variable will never have the value NULL, declare it as SIMPLE_FLOAT or SIMPLE_DOUBLE, rather than BINARY_FLOAT or BINARY_DOUBLE. Without the overhead of checking for nullness, the subtypes provide significantly better performance than their base types. The performance improvement is greater with PLSQL_CODE_TYPE='NATIVE' than with PLSQL_CODE_TYPE='INTERPRETED' (for more information, see "Use Data Types that Use Hardware Arithmetic"). CHAR and VARCHAR2 Variables Topics • Assigning or Inserting Too-Long Values • Declaring Variables for Multibyte Characters • Differences Between CHAR and VARCHAR2 Data Types Assigning or Inserting Too-Long Values If the value that you assign to a character variable is longer than the maximum size of the variable, an error occurs. For example: DECLARE c VARCHAR2(3 CHAR); BEGIN c := 'abc '; END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error: character string buffer too small ORA-06512: at line 4 Similarly, if you insert a character variable into a column, and the value of the variable is longer than the defined width of the column, an error occurs. For example: DROP TABLE t; CREATE TABLE t (c CHAR(3 CHAR)); DECLARE s VARCHAR2(5 CHAR) := 'abc '; BEGIN INSERT INTO t(c) VALUES(s); SQL Data Types 3-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 113. END; / Result: BEGIN * ERROR at line 1: ORA-12899: value too large for column "HR"."T"."C" (actual: 5, maximum: 3) ORA-06512: at line 4 To strip trailing blanks from a character value before assigning it to a variable or inserting it into a column, use the RTRIM function, explained in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. For example: DECLARE c VARCHAR2(3 CHAR); BEGIN c := RTRIM('abc '); INSERT INTO t(c) VALUES(RTRIM('abc ')); END; / Result: PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Declaring Variables for Multibyte Characters The maximum size of a CHAR or VARCHAR2 variable is 32,767 bytes, whether you specify the maximum size in characters or bytes. The maximum number of characters in the variable depends on the character set type and sometimes on the characters themselves: Character Set Type Maximum Number of Characters Single-byte character set 32,767 n-byte fixed-width multibyte character set (for example, AL16UTF16) FLOOR(32,767/n) n-byte variable-width multibyte character set with character widths between 1 and n bytes (for example, JA16SJIS or AL32UTF8) Depends on characters themselves—can be anything from 32,767 (for a string containing only 1-byte characters) through FLOOR(32,767/n) (for a string containing only n-byte characters). When declaring a CHAR or VARCHAR2 variable, to ensure that it can always hold n characters in any multibyte character set, declare its length in characters—that is, CHAR(n CHAR) or VARCHAR2(n CHAR), where n does not exceed FLOOR(32767/4) = 8191. See Also: Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for information about Oracle Database character set support SQL Data Types PL/SQL Data Types 3-5
- 114. Differences Between CHAR and VARCHAR2 Data Types CHAR and VARCHAR2 data types differ in: • Predefined Subtypes • How Blank-Padding Works • Value Comparisons Predefined Subtypes The CHAR data type has one predefined subtype in both PL/SQL and SQL— CHARACTER. The VARCHAR2 data type has one predefined subtype in both PL/SQL and SQL, VARCHAR, and an additional predefined subtype in PL/SQL, STRING. Each subtype has the same range of values as its base type. Note: In a future PL/SQL release, to accommodate emerging SQL standards, VARCHAR might become a separate data type, no longer synonymous with VARCHAR2. How Blank-Padding Works This explains the differences and considerations of using blank-padding with CHAR and VARCHAR2. Consider these situations: • The value that you assign to a variable is shorter than the maximum size of the variable. • The value that you insert into a column is shorter than the defined width of the column. • The value that you retrieve from a column into a variable is shorter than the maximum size of the variable. If the data type of the receiver is CHAR, PL/SQL blank-pads the value to the maximum size. Information about trailing blanks in the original value is lost. If the data type of the receiver is VARCHAR2, PL/SQL neither blank-pads the value nor strips trailing blanks. Character values are assigned intact, and no information is lost. Example 3-1 CHAR and VARCHAR2 Blank-Padding Difference In this example, both the CHAR variable and the VARCHAR2 variable have the maximum size of 10 characters. Each variable receives a five-character value with one trailing blank. The value assigned to the CHAR variable is blank-padded to 10 characters, and you cannot tell that one of the six trailing blanks in the resulting value was in the original value. The value assigned to the VARCHAR2 variable is not changed, and you can see that it has one trailing blank. DECLARE first_name CHAR(10 CHAR); last_name VARCHAR2(10 CHAR); SQL Data Types 3-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 115. BEGIN first_name := 'John '; last_name := 'Chen '; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('*' || first_name || '*'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('*' || last_name || '*'); END; / Result: *John * *Chen * Value Comparisons The SQL rules for comparing character values apply to PL/SQL character variables. Whenever one or both values in the comparison have the data type VARCHAR2 or NVARCHAR2, nonpadded comparison semantics apply; otherwise, blank-padded semantics apply. For more information, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. LONG and LONG RAW Variables Note: Oracle supports the LONG and LONG RAW data types only for backward compatibility with existing applications. For new applications: • Instead of LONG, use VARCHAR2(32760), BLOB, CLOB or NCLOB. • Instead of LONG RAW, use BLOB. You can insert any LONG value into a LONG column. You can insert any LONG RAW value into a LONG RAW column. You cannot retrieve a value longer than 32,760 bytes from a LONG or LONG RAW column into a LONG or LONG RAW variable. You can insert any CHAR or VARCHAR2 value into a LONG column. You cannot retrieve a value longer than 32,767 bytes from a LONG column into a CHAR or VARCHAR2 variable. You can insert any RAW value into a LONG RAW column. You cannot retrieve a value longer than 32,767 bytes from a LONG RAW column into a RAW variable. See Also: "Trigger LONG and LONG RAW Data Type Restrictions" for restrictions on LONG and LONG RAW data types in triggers ROWID and UROWID Variables When you retrieve a rowid into a ROWID variable, use the ROWIDTOCHAR function to convert the binary value to a character value. For information about this function, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. SQL Data Types PL/SQL Data Types 3-7
- 116. To convert the value of a ROWID variable to a rowid, use the CHARTOROWID function, explained in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. If the value does not represent a valid rowid, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception SYS_INVALID_ROWID. To retrieve a rowid into a UROWID variable, or to convert the value of a UROWID variable to a rowid, use an assignment statement; conversion is implicit. Note: • UROWID is a more versatile data type than ROWID, because it is compatible with both logical and physical rowids. • When you update a row in a table compressed with Hybrid Columnar Compression (HCC), the ROWID of the row changes. HCC, a feature of certain Oracle storage systems, is described in Oracle Database Concepts. See Also: Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for information about the DBMS_ROWID package, whose subprograms let you create and return information about ROWID values (but not UROWID values) BOOLEAN Data Type The PL/SQL data type BOOLEAN stores logical values, which are the Boolean values TRUE and FALSE and the value NULL. NULL represents an unknown value. The syntax for declaring an BOOLEAN variable is: variable_name BOOLEAN The only value that you can assign to a BOOLEAN variable is a BOOLEAN expression. For details, see "BOOLEAN Expressions". Because SQL has no data type equivalent to BOOLEAN, you cannot: • Assign a BOOLEAN value to a database table column • Select or fetch the value of a database table column into a BOOLEAN variable • Use a BOOLEAN value in a SQL function (However, a SQL query can invoke a PL/SQL function that has a BOOLEAN parameter, as in Example 3-3.) • Use a BOOLEAN expression in a SQL statement, except as an argument to a PL/SQL function invoked in a SQL query, or in a PL/SQL anonymous block. Note: An argument to a PL/SQL function invoked in a static SQL query cannot be a BOOLEAN literal. The workaround is to assign the literal to a variable and then pass the variable to the function, as in Example 3-3. BOOLEAN Data Type 3-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 117. You cannot pass a BOOLEAN value to the DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT or DBMS_OUTPUT.PUTLINE subprogram. To print a BOOLEAN value, use an IF or CASE statement to translate it to a character value (for information about these statements, see "Conditional Selection Statements"). In Example 3-2, the procedure accepts a BOOLEAN parameter and uses a CASE statement to print Unknown if the value of the parameter is NULL, Yes if it is TRUE, and No if it is FALSE. See Also: Example 2-35, which creates a print_boolean procedure that uses an IF statement. In Example 3-3, a SQL statement invokes a PL/SQL function that has a BOOLEAN parameter. Example 3-2 Printing BOOLEAN Values CREATE PROCEDURE print_boolean (b BOOLEAN) AS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line ( CASE WHEN b IS NULL THEN 'Unknown' WHEN b THEN 'Yes' WHEN NOT b THEN 'No' END ); END; / BEGIN print_boolean(TRUE); print_boolean(FALSE); print_boolean(NULL); END; / Result: Yes No Unknown Example 3-3 SQL Statement Invokes PL/SQL Function with BOOLEAN Parameter CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION f (x BOOLEAN, y PLS_INTEGER) RETURN employees.employee_id%TYPE AUTHID CURRENT_USER AS BEGIN IF x THEN RETURN y; ELSE RETURN 2*y; END IF; END; / DECLARE name employees.last_name%TYPE; BOOLEAN Data Type PL/SQL Data Types 3-9
- 118. b BOOLEAN := TRUE; BEGIN SELECT last_name INTO name FROM employees WHERE employee_id = f(b, 100); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(name); b := FALSE; SELECT last_name INTO name FROM employees WHERE employee_id = f(b, 100); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(name); END; / Result: King Whalen PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types The PL/SQL data types PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER are identical. For simplicity, this document uses PLS_INTEGER to mean both PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER. The PLS_INTEGER data type stores signed integers in the range -2,147,483,648 through 2,147,483,647, represented in 32 bits. The PLS_INTEGER data type has these advantages over the NUMBER data type and NUMBER subtypes: • PLS_INTEGER values require less storage. • PLS_INTEGER operations use hardware arithmetic, so they are faster than NUMBER operations, which use library arithmetic. For efficiency, use PLS_INTEGER values for all calculations in its range. Topics • Preventing PLS_INTEGER Overflow • Predefined PLS_INTEGER Subtypes • SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype of PLS_INTEGER Preventing PLS_INTEGER Overflow A calculation with two PLS_INTEGER values that overflows the PLS_INTEGER range raises an overflow exception. For calculations outside the PLS_INTEGER range, use INTEGER, a predefined subtype of the NUMBER data type. PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types 3-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 119. Example 3-4 PLS_INTEGER Calculation Raises Overflow Exception This example shows that a calculation with two PLS_INTEGER values that overflows the PLS_INTEGER range raises an overflow exception, even if you assign the result to a NUMBER data type. DECLARE p1 PLS_INTEGER := 2147483647; p2 PLS_INTEGER := 1; n NUMBER; BEGIN n := p1 + p2; END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01426: numeric overflow ORA-06512: at line 6 Example 3-5 Preventing Example 3-4 Overflow This example shows the correct use of the INTEGER predefined subtype for calculations outside the PLS_INTEGER range. DECLARE p1 PLS_INTEGER := 2147483647; p2 INTEGER := 1; n NUMBER; BEGIN n := p1 + p2; END; / Result: PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Predefined PLS_INTEGER Subtypes This summary lists the predefined subtypes of the PLS_INTEGER data type and describes the data they store. Table 3-3 Predefined Subtypes of PLS_INTEGER Data Type Data Type Data Description NATURAL Nonnegative PLS_INTEGER value NATURALN Nonnegative PLS_INTEGER value with NOT NULL constraint POSITIVE Positive PLS_INTEGER value POSITIVEN Positive PLS_INTEGER value with NOT NULL constraint SIGNTYPE PLS_INTEGER value -1, 0, or 1 (useful for programming tri-state logic) SIMPLE_INTEGER PLS_INTEGER value with NOT NULL constraint. PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types PL/SQL Data Types 3-11
- 120. PLS_INTEGER and its subtypes can be implicitly converted to these data types: • CHAR • VARCHAR2 • NUMBER • LONG All of the preceding data types except LONG, and all PLS_INTEGER subtypes, can be implicitly converted to PLS_INTEGER. A PLS_INTEGER value can be implicitly converted to a PLS_INTEGER subtype only if the value does not violate a constraint of the subtype. See Also: • "NOT NULL Constraint"for information about the NOT NULL constraint • "SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype of PLS_INTEGER" for more information about SIMPLE_INTEGER Example 3-6 Violating Constraint of SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype This example shows that casting the PLS_INTEGER value NULL to the SIMPLE_INTEGER subtype raises an exception. DECLARE a SIMPLE_INTEGER := 1; b PLS_INTEGER := NULL; BEGIN a := b; END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error ORA-06512: at line 5 SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype of PLS_INTEGER SIMPLE_INTEGER is a predefined subtype of the PLS_INTEGER data type. SIMPLE_INTEGER has the same range as PLS_INTEGER and has a NOT NULL constraint. It differs significantly from PLS_INTEGER in its overflow semantics. If you know that a variable will never have the value NULL or need overflow checking, declare it as SIMPLE_INTEGER rather than PLS_INTEGER. Without the overhead of checking for nullness and overflow, SIMPLE_INTEGER performs significantly better than PLS_INTEGER. Topics • SIMPLE_INTEGER Overflow Semantics PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types 3-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 121. • Expressions with Both SIMPLE_INTEGER and Other Operands • Integer Literals in SIMPLE_INTEGER Range See Also: "NOT NULL Constraint" SIMPLE_INTEGER Overflow Semantics If and only if all operands in an expression have the data type SIMPLE_INTEGER, PL/SQL uses two's complement arithmetic and ignores overflows. Because overflows are ignored, values can wrap from positive to negative or from negative to positive; for example: 230 + 230 = 0x40000000 + 0x40000000 = 0x80000000 = -231 -231 + -231 = 0x80000000 + 0x80000000 = 0x00000000 = 0 For example, this block runs without errors: DECLARE n SIMPLE_INTEGER := 2147483645; BEGIN FOR j IN 1..4 LOOP n := n + 1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(TO_CHAR(n, 'S9999999999')); END LOOP; FOR j IN 1..4 LOOP n := n - 1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(TO_CHAR(n, 'S9999999999')); END LOOP; END; / Result: +2147483646 +2147483647 -2147483648 -2147483647 -2147483648 +2147483647 +2147483646 +2147483645 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Expressions with Both SIMPLE_INTEGER and Other Operands If an expression has both SIMPLE_INTEGER and other operands, PL/SQL implicitly converts the SIMPLE_INTEGER values to PLS_INTEGER NOT NULL. The PL/SQL compiler issues a warning when SIMPLE_INTEGER and other values are mixed in a way that might negatively impact performance by inhibiting some optimizations. Integer Literals in SIMPLE_INTEGER Range Integer literals in the SIMPLE_INTEGER range have the data type SIMPLE_INTEGER. PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types PL/SQL Data Types 3-13
- 122. However, to ensure backward compatibility, when all operands in an arithmetic expression are integer literals, PL/SQL treats the integer literals as if they were cast to PLS_INTEGER. User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes PL/SQL lets you define your own subtypes. The base type can be any scalar or user-defined PL/SQL data type specifier such as CHAR, DATE, or RECORD (including a previously defined user-defined subtype). Note: The information in this topic applies to both user-defined subtypes and the predefined subtypes listed in PL/SQL Predefined Data Types. Subtypes can: • Provide compatibility with ANSI/ISO data types • Show the intended use of data items of that type • Detect out-of-range values Topics • Unconstrained Subtypes • Constrained Subtypes • Subtypes with Base Types in Same Data Type Family Unconstrained Subtypes An unconstrained subtype has the same set of values as its base type, so it is only another name for the base type. Therefore, unconstrained subtypes of the same base type are interchangeable with each other and with the base type. No data type conversion occurs. To define an unconstrained subtype, use this syntax: SUBTYPE subtype_name IS base_type For information about subtype_name and base_type, see subtype_definition. An example of an unconstrained subtype, which PL/SQL predefines for compatibility with ANSI, is: SUBTYPE "DOUBLE PRECISION" IS FLOAT Example 3-7 User-Defined Unconstrained Subtypes Show Intended Use In this example, the unconstrained subtypes Balance and Counter show the intended uses of data items of their types. DECLARE SUBTYPE Balance IS NUMBER; checking_account Balance(6,2); savings_account Balance(8,2); User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes 3-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 123. certificate_of_deposit Balance(8,2); max_insured CONSTANT Balance(8,2) := 250000.00; SUBTYPE Counter IS NATURAL; accounts Counter := 1; deposits Counter := 0; withdrawals Counter := 0; overdrafts Counter := 0; PROCEDURE deposit ( account IN OUT Balance, amount IN Balance ) IS BEGIN account := account + amount; deposits := deposits + 1; END; BEGIN NULL; END; / Constrained Subtypes A constrained subtype has only a subset of the values of its base type. If the base type lets you specify size, precision and scale, or a range of values, then you can specify them for its subtypes. The subtype definition syntax is: SUBTYPE subtype_name IS base_type { precision [, scale ] | RANGE low_value .. high_value } [ NOT NULL ] Otherwise, the only constraint that you can put on its subtypes is NOT NULL: SUBTYPE subtype_name IS base_type [ NOT NULL ] Note: The only base types for which you can specify a range of values are PLS_INTEGER and its subtypes (both predefined and user-defined). A constrained subtype can be implicitly converted to its base type, but the base type can be implicitly converted to the constrained subtype only if the value does not violate a constraint of the subtype. A constrained subtype can be implicitly converted to another constrained subtype with the same base type only if the source value does not violate a constraint of the target subtype. User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes PL/SQL Data Types 3-15
- 124. See Also: • "subtype_definition ::=" syntax diagram • "subtype_definition"semantic description • "Example 3-6", "Violating Constraint of SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype" • "Formal Parameters of Constrained Subtypes" • "NOT NULL Constraint" Example 3-8 User-Defined Constrained Subtype Detects Out-of-Range Values In this example, the constrained subtype Balance detects out-of-range values. DECLARE SUBTYPE Balance IS NUMBER(8,2); checking_account Balance; savings_account Balance; BEGIN checking_account := 2000.00; savings_account := 1000000.00; END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error: number precision too large ORA-06512: at line 9 Example 3-9 Implicit Conversion Between Constrained Subtypes with Same Base Type In this example, the three constrained subtypes have the same base type. The first two subtypes can be implicitly converted to the third subtype, but not to each other. DECLARE SUBTYPE Digit IS PLS_INTEGER RANGE 0..9; SUBTYPE Double_digit IS PLS_INTEGER RANGE 10..99; SUBTYPE Under_100 IS PLS_INTEGER RANGE 0..99; d Digit := 4; dd Double_digit := 35; u Under_100; BEGIN u := d; -- Succeeds; Under_100 range includes Digit range u := dd; -- Succeeds; Under_100 range includes Double_digit range dd := d; -- Raises error; Double_digit range does not include Digit range END; / Result: DECLARE * User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes 3-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 125. ERROR at line 1: ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error ORA-06512: at line 12 Subtypes with Base Types in Same Data Type Family If two subtypes have different base types in the same data type family, then one subtype can be implicitly converted to the other only if the source value does not violate a constraint of the target subtype. For the predefined PL/SQL data types and subtypes, grouped by data type family, see PL/SQL Predefined Data Types. Example 3-10 Implicit Conversion Between Subtypes with Base Types in Same Family In this example, the subtypes Word and Text have different base types in the same data type family. The first assignment statement implicitly converts a Word value to Text. The second assignment statement implicitly converts a Text value to Word. The third assignment statement cannot implicitly convert the Text value to Word, because the value is too long. DECLARE SUBTYPE Word IS CHAR(6); SUBTYPE Text IS VARCHAR2(15); verb Word := 'run'; sentence1 Text; sentence2 Text := 'Hurry!'; sentence3 Text := 'See Tom run.'; BEGIN sentence1 := verb; -- 3-character value, 15-character limit verb := sentence2; -- 6-character value, 6-character limit verb := sentence3; -- 12-character value, 6-character limit END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error: character string buffer too small ORA-06512: at line 13 User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes PL/SQL Data Types 3-17
- 126. User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes 3-18 PL/SQL Language Reference
- 127. 4 PL/SQL Control Statements PL/SQL has three categories of control statements: conditional selection statements, loop statements and sequential control statements. PL/SQL categories of control statements are: • Conditional selection statements, which run different statements for different data values. The conditional selection statements are IF and CASE. • Loop statements, which run the same statements with a series of different data values. The loop statements are the basic LOOP, FOR LOOP, and WHILE LOOP. The EXIT statement transfers control to the end of a loop. The CONTINUE statement exits the current iteration of a loop and transfers control to the next iteration. Both EXIT and CONTINUE have an optional WHEN clause, where you can specify a condition. • Sequential control statements, which are not crucial to PL/SQL programming. The sequential control statements are GOTO, which goes to a specified statement, and NULL, which does nothing. Topics • Conditional Selection Statements • LOOP Statements • Sequential Control Statements Conditional Selection Statements The conditional selection statements, IF and CASE, run different statements for different data values. The IF statement either runs or skips a sequence of one or more statements, depending on a condition. The IF statement has these forms: • IF THEN • IF THEN ELSE • IF THEN ELSIF The CASE statement chooses from a sequence of conditions, and runs the corresponding statement. The CASE statement has these forms: PL/SQL Control Statements 4-1
- 128. • Simple, which evaluates a single expression and compares it to several potential values. • Searched, which evaluates multiple conditions and chooses the first one that is true. The CASE statement is appropriate when a different action is to be taken for each alternative. Topics • IF THEN Statement • IF THEN ELSE Statement • IF THEN ELSIF Statement • Simple CASE Statement • Searched CASE Statement IF THEN Statement The IF THEN statement either runs or skips a sequence of one or more statements, depending on a condition. The IF THEN statement has this structure: IF condition THEN statements END IF; If the condition is true, the statements run; otherwise, the IF statement does nothing. For complete syntax, see "IF Statement". Tip: Avoid clumsy IF statements such as: IF new_balance < minimum_balance THEN overdrawn := TRUE; ELSE overdrawn := FALSE; END IF; Instead, assign the value of the BOOLEAN expression directly to a BOOLEAN variable: overdrawn := new_balance < minimum_balance; A BOOLEAN variable is either TRUE, FALSE, or NULL. Do not write: IF overdrawn = TRUE THEN RAISE insufficient_funds; END IF; Instead, write: IF overdrawn THEN RAISE insufficient_funds; END IF; Conditional Selection Statements 4-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 129. Example 4-1 IF THEN Statement In this example, the statements between THEN and END IF run if and only if the value of sales is greater than quota+200. DECLARE PROCEDURE p ( sales NUMBER, quota NUMBER, emp_id NUMBER ) IS bonus NUMBER := 0; updated VARCHAR2(3) := 'No'; BEGIN IF sales > (quota + 200) THEN bonus := (sales - quota)/4; UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + bonus WHERE employee_id = emp_id; updated := 'Yes'; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Table updated? ' || updated || ', ' || 'bonus = ' || bonus || '.' ); END p; BEGIN p(10100, 10000, 120); p(10500, 10000, 121); END; / Result: Table updated? No, bonus = 0. Table updated? Yes, bonus = 125. IF THEN ELSE Statement The IF THEN ELSE statement has this structure: IF condition THEN statements ELSE else_statements END IF; If the value of condition is true, the statements run; otherwise, the else_statements run. (For complete syntax, see "IF Statement".) In Example 4-2, the statement between THEN and ELSE runs if and only if the value of sales is greater than quota+200; otherwise, the statement between ELSE and END IF runs. IF statements can be nested, as in Example 4-3. Conditional Selection Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-3
- 130. Example 4-2 IF THEN ELSE Statement DECLARE PROCEDURE p ( sales NUMBER, quota NUMBER, emp_id NUMBER ) IS bonus NUMBER := 0; BEGIN IF sales > (quota + 200) THEN bonus := (sales - quota)/4; ELSE bonus := 50; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('bonus = ' || bonus); UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + bonus WHERE employee_id = emp_id; END p; BEGIN p(10100, 10000, 120); p(10500, 10000, 121); END; / Result: bonus = 50 bonus = 125 Example 4-3 Nested IF THEN ELSE Statements DECLARE PROCEDURE p ( sales NUMBER, quota NUMBER, emp_id NUMBER ) IS bonus NUMBER := 0; BEGIN IF sales > (quota + 200) THEN bonus := (sales - quota)/4; ELSE IF sales > quota THEN bonus := 50; ELSE bonus := 0; END IF; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('bonus = ' || bonus); UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + bonus WHERE employee_id = emp_id; END p; BEGIN Conditional Selection Statements 4-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 131. p(10100, 10000, 120); p(10500, 10000, 121); p(9500, 10000, 122); END; / Result: bonus = 50 bonus = 125 bonus = 0 IF THEN ELSIF Statement The IF THEN ELSIF statement has this structure: IF condition_1 THEN statements_1 ELSIF condition_2 THEN statements_2 [ ELSIF condition_3 THEN statements_3 ]... [ ELSE else_statements ] END IF; The IF THEN ELSIF statement runs the first statements for which condition is true. Remaining conditions are not evaluated. If no condition is true, the else_statements run, if they exist; otherwise, the IF THEN ELSIF statement does nothing. (For complete syntax, see "IF Statement".) In Example 4-4, when the value of sales is larger than 50000, both the first and second conditions are true. However, because the first condition is true, bonus is assigned the value 1500, and the second condition is never tested. After bonus is assigned the value 1500, control passes to the DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE invocation. A single IF THEN ELSIF statement is easier to understand than a logically equivalent nested IF THEN ELSE statement: -- IF THEN ELSIF statement IF condition_1 THEN statements_1; ELSIF condition_2 THEN statements_2; ELSIF condition_3 THEN statement_3; END IF; -- Logically equivalent nested IF THEN ELSE statements IF condition_1 THEN statements_1; ELSE IF condition_2 THEN statements_2; ELSE IF condition_3 THEN statements_3; END IF; END IF; END IF; Conditional Selection Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-5
- 132. Example 4-5 uses an IF THEN ELSIF statement with many ELSIF clauses to compare a single value to many possible values. For this purpose, a simple CASE statement is clearer—see Example 4-6. Example 4-4 IF THEN ELSIF Statement DECLARE PROCEDURE p (sales NUMBER) IS bonus NUMBER := 0; BEGIN IF sales > 50000 THEN bonus := 1500; ELSIF sales > 35000 THEN bonus := 500; ELSE bonus := 100; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Sales = ' || sales || ', bonus = ' || bonus || '.' ); END p; BEGIN p(55000); p(40000); p(30000); END; / Result: Sales = 55000, bonus = 1500. Sales = 40000, bonus = 500. Sales = 30000, bonus = 100. Example 4-5 IF THEN ELSIF Statement Simulates Simple CASE Statement DECLARE grade CHAR(1); BEGIN grade := 'B'; IF grade = 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent'); ELSIF grade = 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good'); ELSIF grade = 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good'); ELSIF grade = 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT. PUT_LINE('Fair'); ELSIF grade = 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('No such grade'); END IF; END; / Result: Conditional Selection Statements 4-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 133. Very Good Simple CASE Statement The simple CASE statement has this structure: CASE selector WHEN selector_value_1 THEN statements_1 WHEN selector_value_2 THEN statements_2 ... WHEN selector_value_n THEN statements_n [ ELSE else_statements ] END CASE;] The selector is an expression (typically a single variable). Each selector_value can be either a literal or an expression. (For complete syntax, see "CASE Statement".) The simple CASE statement runs the first statements for which selector_value equals selector. Remaining conditions are not evaluated. If no selector_value equals selector, the CASE statement runs else_statements if they exist and raises the predefined exception CASE_NOT_FOUND otherwise. Example 4-6 uses a simple CASE statement to compare a single value to many possible values. The CASE statement in Example 4-6 is logically equivalent to the IF THEN ELSIF statement in Example 4-5. Note: As in a simple CASE expression, if the selector in a simple CASE statement has the value NULL, it cannot be matched by WHEN NULL (see Example 2-51). Instead, use a searched CASE statement with WHEN condition IS NULL (see Example 2-53). Example 4-6 Simple CASE Statement DECLARE grade CHAR(1); BEGIN grade := 'B'; CASE grade WHEN 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent'); WHEN 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good'); WHEN 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good'); WHEN 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fair'); WHEN 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('No such grade'); END CASE; END; / Result: Very Good Conditional Selection Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-7
- 134. Searched CASE Statement The searched CASE statement has this structure: CASE WHEN condition_1 THEN statements_1 WHEN condition_2 THEN statements_2 ... WHEN condition_n THEN statements_n [ ELSE else_statements ] END CASE;] The searched CASE statement runs the first statements for which condition is true. Remaining conditions are not evaluated. If no condition is true, the CASE statement runs else_statements if they exist and raises the predefined exception CASE_NOT_FOUND otherwise. (For complete syntax, see "CASE Statement".) The searched CASE statement in Example 4-7 is logically equivalent to the simple CASE statement in Example 4-6. In both Example 4-7 and Example 4-6, the ELSE clause can be replaced by an EXCEPTION part. Example 4-8 is logically equivalent to Example 4-7. Example 4-7 Searched CASE Statement DECLARE grade CHAR(1); BEGIN grade := 'B'; CASE WHEN grade = 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent'); WHEN grade = 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good'); WHEN grade = 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good'); WHEN grade = 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fair'); WHEN grade = 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('No such grade'); END CASE; END; / Result: Very Good Example 4-8 EXCEPTION Instead of ELSE Clause in CASE Statement DECLARE grade CHAR(1); BEGIN grade := 'B'; CASE WHEN grade = 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent'); WHEN grade = 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good'); WHEN grade = 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good'); WHEN grade = 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fair'); WHEN grade = 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor'); END CASE; Conditional Selection Statements 4-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 135. EXCEPTION WHEN CASE_NOT_FOUND THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('No such grade'); END; / Result: Very Good LOOP Statements Loop statements run the same statements with a series of different values. The loop statements are: • Basic LOOP • FOR LOOP • Cursor FOR LOOP • WHILE LOOP The statements that exit a loop are: • EXIT • EXIT WHEN The statements that exit the current iteration of a loop are: • CONTINUE • CONTINUE WHEN EXIT, EXIT WHEN, CONTINUE, and CONTINUE WHEN and can appear anywhere inside a loop, but not outside a loop. Oracle recommends using these statements instead of the "GOTO Statement", which can exit a loop or the current iteration of a loop by transferring control to a statement outside the loop. (A raised exception also exits a loop. For information about exceptions, see "Overview of Exception Handling".) LOOP statements can be labeled, and LOOP statements can be nested. Labels are recommended for nested loops to improve readability. You must ensure that the label in the END LOOP statement matches the label at the beginning of the same loop statement (the compiler does not check). Topics • Basic LOOP Statement • EXIT Statement • EXIT WHEN Statement • CONTINUE Statement • CONTINUE WHEN Statement • FOR LOOP Statement • WHILE LOOP Statement LOOP Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-9
- 136. For information about the cursor FOR LOOP, see "Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements". Basic LOOP Statement The basic LOOP statement has this structure: [ label ] LOOP statements END LOOP [ label ]; With each iteration of the loop, the statements run and control returns to the top of the loop. To prevent an infinite loop, a statement or raised exception must exit the loop. See Also: "Basic LOOP Statement" EXIT Statement The EXIT statement exits the current iteration of a loop unconditionally and transfers control to the end of either the current loop or an enclosing labeled loop. In Example 4-9, the EXIT statement inside the basic LOOP statement transfers control unconditionally to the end of the current loop. See Also: "EXIT Statement" Example 4-9 Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT Statement DECLARE x NUMBER := 0; BEGIN LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); x := x + 1; IF x > 3 THEN EXIT; END IF; END LOOP; -- After EXIT, control resumes here DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' After loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); END; / Result: Inside loop: x = 0 Inside loop: x = 1 Inside loop: x = 2 Inside loop: x = 3 After loop: x = 4 LOOP Statements 4-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 137. EXIT WHEN Statement The EXIT WHEN statement exits the current iteration of a loop when the condition in its WHEN clause is true, and transfers control to the end of either the current loop or an enclosing labeled loop. Each time control reaches the EXIT WHEN statement, the condition in its WHEN clause is evaluated. If the condition is not true, the EXIT WHEN statement does nothing. To prevent an infinite loop, a statement inside the loop must make the condition true, as in Example 4-10. In Example 4-10, the EXIT WHEN statement inside the basic LOOP statement transfers control to the end of the current loop when x is greater than 3. Example 4-10 is logically equivalent to Example 4-9. See Also: "EXIT Statement" In Example 4-11, one basic LOOP statement is nested inside the other, and both have labels. The inner loop has two EXIT WHEN statements; one that exits the inner loop and one that exits the outer loop. An EXIT WHEN statement in an inner loop can transfer control to an outer loop only if the outer loop is labeled. In Example 4-12, the outer loop is not labeled; therefore, the inner loop cannot transfer control to it. Example 4-10 Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT WHEN Statement DECLARE x NUMBER := 0; BEGIN LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inside loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); x := x + 1; -- prevents infinite loop EXIT WHEN x > 3; END LOOP; -- After EXIT statement, control resumes here DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); END; / Result: Inside loop: x = 0 Inside loop: x = 1 Inside loop: x = 2 Inside loop: x = 3 After loop: x = 4 Example 4-11 Nested, Labeled Basic LOOP Statements with EXIT WHEN Statements DECLARE s PLS_INTEGER := 0; i PLS_INTEGER := 0; LOOP Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-11
- 138. j PLS_INTEGER; BEGIN <<outer_loop>> LOOP i := i + 1; j := 0; <<inner_loop>> LOOP j := j + 1; s := s + i * j; -- Sum several products EXIT inner_loop WHEN (j > 5); EXIT outer_loop WHEN ((i * j) > 15); END LOOP inner_loop; END LOOP outer_loop; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('The sum of products equals: ' || TO_CHAR(s)); END; / Result: The sum of products equals: 166 Example 4-12 Nested, Unabeled Basic LOOP Statements with EXIT WHEN Statements DECLARE i PLS_INTEGER := 0; j PLS_INTEGER := 0; BEGIN LOOP i := i + 1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('i = ' || i); LOOP j := j + 1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('j = ' || j); EXIT WHEN (j > 3); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Exited inner loop'); EXIT WHEN (i > 2); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Exited outer loop'); END; / Result: i = 1 j = 1 j = 2 j = 3 j = 4 Exited inner loop i = 2 j = 5 Exited inner loop LOOP Statements 4-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 139. i = 3 j = 6 Exited inner loop Exited outer loop PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. CONTINUE Statement The CONTINUE statement exits the current iteration of a loop unconditionally and transfers control to the next iteration of either the current loop or an enclosing labeled loop. In Example 4-13, the CONTINUE statement inside the basic LOOP statement transfers control unconditionally to the next iteration of the current loop. See Also: "CONTINUE Statement" Example 4-13 CONTINUE Statement in Basic LOOP Statement DECLARE x NUMBER := 0; BEGIN LOOP -- After CONTINUE statement, control resumes here DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); x := x + 1; IF x < 3 THEN CONTINUE; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); EXIT WHEN x = 5; END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (' After loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); END; / Result: Inside loop: x = 0 Inside loop: x = 1 Inside loop: x = 2 Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 3 Inside loop: x = 3 Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 4 Inside loop: x = 4 Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 5 After loop: x = 5 CONTINUE WHEN Statement The CONTINUE WHEN statement exits the current iteration of a loop when the condition in its WHEN clause is true, and transfers control to the next iteration of either the current loop or an enclosing labeled loop. LOOP Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-13
- 140. Each time control reaches the CONTINUE WHEN statement, the condition in its WHEN clause is evaluated. If the condition is not true, the CONTINUE WHEN statement does nothing. In Example 4-14, the CONTINUE WHEN statement inside the basic LOOP statement transfers control to the next iteration of the current loop when x is less than 3. Example 4-14 is logically equivalent to Example 4-13. See Also: "CONTINUE Statement" Example 4-14 CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Basic LOOP Statement DECLARE x NUMBER := 0; BEGIN LOOP -- After CONTINUE statement, control resumes here DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); x := x + 1; CONTINUE WHEN x < 3; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); EXIT WHEN x = 5; END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (' After loop: x = ' || TO_CHAR(x)); END; / Result: Inside loop: x = 0 Inside loop: x = 1 Inside loop: x = 2 Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 3 Inside loop: x = 3 Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 4 Inside loop: x = 4 Inside loop, after CONTINUE: x = 5 After loop: x = 5 FOR LOOP Statement The FOR LOOP statement runs one or more statements while the loop index is in a specified range. The statement has this structure: [ label ] FOR index IN [ REVERSE ] lower_bound..upper_bound LOOP statements END LOOP [ label ]; Without REVERSE, the value of index starts at lower_bound and increases by one with each iteration of the loop until it reaches upper_bound. If lower_bound is greater than upper_bound, then the statements never run. With REVERSE, the value of index starts at upper_bound and decreases by one with each iteration of the loop until it reaches lower_bound. If upper_bound is less than lower_bound, then the statements never run. LOOP Statements 4-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 141. An EXIT, EXIT WHEN, CONTINUE, or CONTINUE WHEN in the statements can cause the loop or the current iteration of the loop to end early. Tip: To process the rows of a query result set, use a cursor FOR LOOP, which has a query instead of a range of integers. For details, see "Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements". See Also: "FOR LOOP Statement" In Example 4-15, index is i, lower_bound is 1, and upper_bound is 3. The loop prints the numbers from 1 to 3. The FOR LOOP statement in Example 4-16 is the reverse of the one in Example 4-15: It prints the numbers from 3 to 1. In some languages, the FOR LOOP has a STEP clause that lets you specify a loop index increment other than 1. To simulate the STEP clause in PL/SQL, multiply each reference to the loop index by the desired increment. In Example 4-17, the FOR LOOP effectively increments the index by five. Topics • FOR LOOP Index • Lower Bound and Upper Bound • EXIT WHEN or CONTINUE WHEN Statement in FOR LOOP Statement Example 4-15 FOR LOOP Statements BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('lower_bound < upper_bound'); FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (i); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('lower_bound = upper_bound'); FOR i IN 2..2 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (i); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('lower_bound > upper_bound'); FOR i IN 3..1 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (i); END LOOP; END; / Result: lower_bound < upper_bound 1 2 LOOP Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-15
- 142. 3 lower_bound = upper_bound 2 lower_bound > upper_bound Example 4-16 Reverse FOR LOOP Statements BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('upper_bound > lower_bound'); FOR i IN REVERSE 1..3 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (i); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('upper_bound = lower_bound'); FOR i IN REVERSE 2..2 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (i); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('upper_bound < lower_bound'); FOR i IN REVERSE 3..1 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (i); END LOOP; END; / Result: upper_bound > lower_bound 3 2 1 upper_bound = lower_bound 2 upper_bound < lower_bound Example 4-17 Simulating STEP Clause in FOR LOOP Statement DECLARE step PLS_INTEGER := 5; BEGIN FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (i*step); END LOOP; END; / Result: 5 10 15 FOR LOOP Index The index of a FOR LOOP statement is implicitly declared as a variable of type PLS_INTEGER that is local to the loop. The statements in the loop can read the value of the index, but cannot change it. Statements outside the loop cannot reference the LOOP Statements 4-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 143. index. After the FOR LOOP statement runs, the index is undefined. (A loop index is sometimes called a loop counter.) In Example 4-18, the FOR LOOP statement tries to change the value of its index, causing an error. In Example 4-19, a statement outside the FOR LOOP statement references the loop index, causing an error. If the index of a FOR LOOP statement has the same name as a variable declared in an enclosing block, the local implicit declaration hides the other declaration, as Example 4-20 shows. Example 4-21 shows how to change Example 4-20 to allow the statement inside the loop to reference the variable declared in the enclosing block. In Example 4-22, the indexes of the nested FOR LOOP statements have the same name. The inner loop references the index of the outer loop by qualifying the reference with the label of the outer loop. For clarity only, the inner loop also qualifies the reference to its own index with its own label. Example 4-18 FOR LOOP Statement Tries to Change Index Value BEGIN FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP IF i < 3 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (TO_CHAR(i)); ELSE i := 2; END IF; END LOOP; END; / Result: i := 2; * ERROR at line 6: ORA-06550: line 6, column 8: PLS-00363: expression 'I' cannot be used as an assignment target ORA-06550: line 6, column 8: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Example 4-19 Outside Statement References FOR LOOP Statement Index BEGIN FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop, i is ' || TO_CHAR(i)); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Outside loop, i is ' || TO_CHAR(i)); END; / Result: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Outside loop, i is ' || TO_CHAR(i)); * ERROR at line 6: ORA-06550: line 6, column 58: LOOP Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-17
- 144. PLS-00201: identifier 'I' must be declared ORA-06550: line 6, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Example 4-20 FOR LOOP Statement Index with Same Name as Variable DECLARE i NUMBER := 5; BEGIN FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Inside loop, i is ' || TO_CHAR(i)); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Outside loop, i is ' || TO_CHAR(i)); END; / Result: Inside loop, i is 1 Inside loop, i is 2 Inside loop, i is 3 Outside loop, i is 5 Example 4-21 FOR LOOP Statement References Variable with Same Name as Index <<main>> -- Label block. DECLARE i NUMBER := 5; BEGIN FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'local: ' || TO_CHAR(i) || ', global: ' || TO_CHAR(main.i) -- Qualify reference with block label. ); END LOOP; END main; / Result: local: 1, global: 5 local: 2, global: 5 local: 3, global: 5 Example 4-22 Nested FOR LOOP Statements with Same Index Name BEGIN <<outer_loop>> FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP <<inner_loop>> FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP IF outer_loop.i = 2 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('outer: ' || TO_CHAR(outer_loop.i) || ' inner: ' || TO_CHAR(inner_loop.i)); END IF; END LOOP inner_loop; END LOOP outer_loop; END; LOOP Statements 4-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 145. / Result: outer: 2 inner: 1 outer: 2 inner: 2 outer: 2 inner: 3 Lower Bound and Upper Bound The lower and upper bounds of a FOR LOOP statement can be either numeric literals, numeric variables, or numeric expressions. If a bound does not have a numeric value, then PL/SQL raises the predefined exception VALUE_ERROR. In Example 4-24, the upper bound of the FOR LOOP statement is a variable whose value is determined at run time. Example 4-23 FOR LOOP Statement Bounds DECLARE first INTEGER := 1; last INTEGER := 10; high INTEGER := 100; low INTEGER := 12; BEGIN -- Bounds are numeric literals: FOR j IN -5..5 LOOP NULL; END LOOP; -- Bounds are numeric variables: FOR k IN REVERSE first..last LOOP NULL; END LOOP; -- Lower bound is numeric literal, -- Upper bound is numeric expression: FOR step IN 0..(TRUNC(high/low) * 2) LOOP NULL; END LOOP; END; / Example 4-24 Specifying FOR LOOP Statement Bounds at Run Time DROP TABLE temp; CREATE TABLE temp ( emp_no NUMBER, email_addr VARCHAR2(50) ); DECLARE emp_count NUMBER; BEGIN SELECT COUNT(employee_id) INTO emp_count FROM employees; FOR i IN 1..emp_count LOOP INSERT INTO temp (emp_no, email_addr) VALUES(i, 'to be added later'); END LOOP; LOOP Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-19
- 146. END; / EXIT WHEN or CONTINUE WHEN Statement in FOR LOOP Statement Suppose that you must exit a FOR LOOP statement immediately if a certain condition arises. You can put the condition in an EXIT WHEN statement inside the FOR LOOP statement. In Example 4-25, the FOR LOOP statement executes 10 times unless the FETCH statement inside it fails to return a row, in which case it ends immediately. Now suppose that the FOR LOOP statement that you must exit early is nested inside another FOR LOOP statement. If, when you exit the inner loop early, you also want to exit the outer loop, then label the outer loop and specify its name in the EXIT WHEN statement, as in Example 4-26. If you want to exit the inner loop early but complete the current iteration of the outer loop, then label the outer loop and specify its name in the CONTINUE WHEN statement, as in Example 4-27. See Also: "Overview of Exception Handling" for information about exceptions, which can also cause a loop to end immediately if a certain condition arises Example 4-25 EXIT WHEN Statement in FOR LOOP Statement DECLARE v_employees employees%ROWTYPE; CURSOR c1 is SELECT * FROM employees; BEGIN OPEN c1; -- Fetch entire row into v_employees record: FOR i IN 1..10 LOOP FETCH c1 INTO v_employees; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; -- Process data here END LOOP; CLOSE c1; END; / Example 4-26 EXIT WHEN Statement in Inner FOR LOOP Statement DECLARE v_employees employees%ROWTYPE; CURSOR c1 is SELECT * FROM employees; BEGIN OPEN c1; -- Fetch entire row into v_employees record: <<outer_loop>> FOR i IN 1..10 LOOP -- Process data here FOR j IN 1..10 LOOP FETCH c1 INTO v_employees; EXIT outer_loop WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; -- Process data here END LOOP; LOOP Statements 4-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 147. END LOOP outer_loop; CLOSE c1; END; / Example 4-27 CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Inner FOR LOOP Statement DECLARE v_employees employees%ROWTYPE; CURSOR c1 is SELECT * FROM employees; BEGIN OPEN c1; -- Fetch entire row into v_employees record: <<outer_loop>> FOR i IN 1..10 LOOP -- Process data here FOR j IN 1..10 LOOP FETCH c1 INTO v_employees; CONTINUE outer_loop WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; -- Process data here END LOOP; END LOOP outer_loop; CLOSE c1; END; / WHILE LOOP Statement The WHILE LOOP statement runs one or more statements while a condition is true. It has this structure: [ label ] WHILE condition LOOP statements END LOOP [ label ]; If the condition is true, the statements run and control returns to the top of the loop, where condition is evaluated again. If the condition is not true, control transfers to the statement after the WHILE LOOP statement. To prevent an infinite loop, a statement inside the loop must make the condition false or null. For complete syntax, see "WHILE LOOP Statement". An EXIT, EXIT WHEN, CONTINUE, or CONTINUE WHEN in the statements can cause the loop or the current iteration of the loop to end early. Some languages have a LOOP UNTIL or REPEAT UNTIL structure, which tests a condition at the bottom of the loop instead of at the top, so that the statements run at least once. To simulate this structure in PL/SQL, use a basic LOOP statement with an EXIT WHEN statement: LOOP statements EXIT WHEN condition; END LOOP; In Example 4-28, the statements in the first WHILE LOOP statement never run, and the statements in the second WHILE LOOP statement run once. LOOP Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-21
- 148. Example 4-28 WHILE LOOP Statements DECLARE done BOOLEAN := FALSE; BEGIN WHILE done LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('This line does not print.'); done := TRUE; -- This assignment is not made. END LOOP; WHILE NOT done LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Hello, world!'); done := TRUE; END LOOP; END; / Result: Hello, world! Sequential Control Statements Unlike the IF and LOOP statements, the sequential control statements GOTO and NULL are not crucial to PL/SQL programming. The GOTO statement, which goes to a specified statement, is seldom needed. Occasionally, it simplifies logic enough to warrant its use. The NULL statement, which does nothing, can improve readability by making the meaning and action of conditional statements clear. Topics • GOTO Statement • NULL Statement GOTO Statement The GOTO statement transfers control to a label unconditionally. The label must be unique in its scope and must precede an executable statement or a PL/SQL block. When run, the GOTO statement transfers control to the labeled statement or block. For GOTO statement restrictions, see "GOTO Statement". Use GOTO statements sparingly—overusing them results in code that is hard to understand and maintain. Do not use a GOTO statement to transfer control from a deeply nested structure to an exception handler. Instead, raise an exception. For information about the PL/SQL exception-handling mechanism, see PL/SQL Error Handling. A label can appear only before a block (as in Example 4-21) or before a statement (as in Example 4-29), not in a statement, as in Example 4-30. To correct Example 4-30, add a NULL statement, as in Example 4-31. A GOTO statement can transfer control to an enclosing block from the current block, as in Example 4-32. The GOTO statement transfers control to the first enclosing block in which the referenced label appears. Sequential Control Statements 4-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 149. The GOTO statement in Example 4-33 transfers control into an IF statement, causing an error. Example 4-29 GOTO Statement DECLARE p VARCHAR2(30); n PLS_INTEGER := 37; BEGIN FOR j in 2..ROUND(SQRT(n)) LOOP IF n MOD j = 0 THEN p := ' is not a prime number'; GOTO print_now; END IF; END LOOP; p := ' is a prime number'; <<print_now>> DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(TO_CHAR(n) || p); END; / Result: 37 is a prime number Example 4-30 Incorrect Label Placement DECLARE done BOOLEAN; BEGIN FOR i IN 1..50 LOOP IF done THEN GOTO end_loop; END IF; <<end_loop>> END LOOP; END; / Result: END LOOP; * ERROR at line 9: ORA-06550: line 9, column 3: PLS-00103: Encountered the symbol "END" when expecting one of the following: ( begin case declare exit for goto if loop mod null raise return select update while with <an identifier> <a double-quoted delimited-identifier> <a bind variable> << continue close current delete fetch lock insert open rollback savepoint set sql run commit forall merge pipe purge Example 4-31 GOTO Statement Goes to Labeled NULL Statement DECLARE done BOOLEAN; BEGIN FOR i IN 1..50 LOOP IF done THEN Sequential Control Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-23
- 150. GOTO end_loop; END IF; <<end_loop>> NULL; END LOOP; END; / Example 4-32 GOTO Statement Transfers Control to Enclosing Block DECLARE v_last_name VARCHAR2(25); v_emp_id NUMBER(6) := 120; BEGIN <<get_name>> SELECT last_name INTO v_last_name FROM employees WHERE employee_id = v_emp_id; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (v_last_name); v_emp_id := v_emp_id + 5; IF v_emp_id < 120 THEN GOTO get_name; END IF; END; END; / Result: Weiss Example 4-33 GOTO Statement Cannot Transfer Control into IF Statement DECLARE valid BOOLEAN := TRUE; BEGIN GOTO update_row; IF valid THEN <<update_row>> NULL; END IF; END; / Result: GOTO update_row; * ERROR at line 4: ORA-06550: line 4, column 3: PLS-00375: illegal GOTO statement; this GOTO cannot transfer control to label 'UPDATE_ROW' ORA-06550: line 6, column 12: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Sequential Control Statements 4-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 151. NULL Statement The NULL statement only passes control to the next statement. Some languages refer to such an instruction as a no-op (no operation). Some uses for the NULL statement are: • To provide a target for a GOTO statement, as in Example 4-31. • To improve readability by making the meaning and action of conditional statements clear, as in Example 4-34 • To create placeholders and stub subprograms, as in Example 4-35 • To show that you are aware of a possibility, but that no action is necessary, as in Example 4-36 In Example 4-34, the NULL statement emphasizes that only salespersons receive commissions. In Example 4-35, the NULL statement lets you compile this subprogram and fill in the real body later. Note: Using the NULL statement might raise an unreachable code warning if warnings are enabled. For information about warnings, see "Compile-Time Warnings". In Example 4-36, the NULL statement shows that you have chosen to take no action for grades other than A, B, C, D, and F. Example 4-34 NULL Statement Showing No Action DECLARE v_job_id VARCHAR2(10); v_emp_id NUMBER(6) := 110; BEGIN SELECT job_id INTO v_job_id FROM employees WHERE employee_id = v_emp_id; IF v_job_id = 'SA_REP' THEN UPDATE employees SET commission_pct = commission_pct * 1.2; ELSE NULL; -- Employee is not a sales rep END IF; END; / Example 4-35 NULL Statement as Placeholder During Subprogram Creation CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE award_bonus ( emp_id NUMBER, bonus NUMBER ) AUTHID DEFINER AS BEGIN -- Executable part starts here NULL; -- Placeholder Sequential Control Statements PL/SQL Control Statements 4-25
- 152. -- (raises "unreachable code" if warnings enabled) END award_bonus; / Example 4-36 NULL Statement in ELSE Clause of Simple CASE Statement CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE print_grade ( grade CHAR ) AUTHID DEFINER AS BEGIN CASE grade WHEN 'A' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Excellent'); WHEN 'B' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Very Good'); WHEN 'C' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Good'); WHEN 'D' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fair'); WHEN 'F' THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Poor'); ELSE NULL; END CASE; END; / BEGIN print_grade('A'); print_grade('S'); END; / Result: Excellent Sequential Control Statements 4-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 153. 5 PL/SQL Collections and Records PL/SQL lets you define two kinds of composite data types, collection and record. A composite data type stores values that have internal components. You can pass entire composite variables to subprograms as parameters, and you can access internal components of composite variables individually. Internal components can be either scalar or composite. You can use scalar components wherever you can use scalar variables. You can use composite components wherever you can use composite variables of the same type. Note: If you pass a composite variable as a parameter to a remote subprogram, then you must create a redundant loop-back DATABASE LINK, so that when the remote subprogram compiles, the type checker that verifies the source uses the same definition of the user-defined composite variable type as the invoker uses. In a collection, the internal components always have the same data type, and are called elements. You can access each element of a collection variable by its unique index, with this syntax: variable_name(index). To create a collection variable, you either define a collection type and then create a variable of that type or use %TYPE. In a record, the internal components can have different data types, and are called fields. You can access each field of a record variable by its name, with this syntax: variable_name.field_name. To create a record variable, you either define a RECORD type and then create a variable of that type or use %ROWTYPE or %TYPE. You can create a collection of records, and a record that contains collections. Collection Topics • Collection Types • Associative Arrays • Varrays (Variable-Size Arrays) • Nested Tables • Collection Constructors • Assigning Values to Collection Variables • Multidimensional Collections • Collection Comparisons PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-1
- 154. • Collection Methods • Collection Types Defined in Package Specifications See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the CREATE DATABASE LINK statement • "Querying a Collection" • "BULK COLLECT Clause" for information about retrieving query results into a collection • "Collection Variable Declaration" for syntax and semantics of collection type definition and collection variable declaration Record Topics • Record Variables • Assigning Values to Record Variables • Record Comparisons • Inserting Records into Tables • Updating Rows with Records • Restrictions on Record Inserts and Updates Note: The components of an explicitly listed composite data structure (such as a collection constructor or record initializer) can be evaluated in any order. If a program determines order of evaluation, then at the point where the program does so, its behavior is undefined. Collection Types PL/SQL has three collection types—associative array, VARRAY (variable-size array), and nested table. Table 5-1 summarizes their similarities and differences. Table 5-1 PL/SQL Collection Types Collection Type Number of Elements Index Type Dense or Sparse Uninitialized Status Where Defined Can Be ADT Attribute Data Type Associative array (or index-by table) Unspecified String or PLS_INT EGER Either Empty In PL/SQL block or package No Collection Types 5-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 155. Table 5-1 (Cont.) PL/SQL Collection Types Collection Type Number of Elements Index Type Dense or Sparse Uninitialized Status Where Defined Can Be ADT Attribute Data Type VARRAY (variable- size array) Specified Integer Always dense Null In PL/SQL block or package or at schema level Only if defined at schema level Nested table Unspecified Integer Starts dense, can become sparse Null In PL/SQL block or package or at schema level Only if defined at schema level Number of Elements If the number of elements is specified, it is the maximum number of elements in the collection. If the number of elements is unspecified, the maximum number of elements in the collection is the upper limit of the index type. Dense or Sparse A dense collection has no gaps between elements—every element between the first and last element is defined and has a value (the value can be NULL unless the element has a NOT NULL constraint). A sparse collection has gaps between elements. Uninitialized Status An empty collection exists but has no elements. To add elements to an empty collection, invoke the EXTEND method (described in "EXTEND Collection Method"). A null collection (also called an atomically null collection) does not exist. To change a null collection to an existing collection, you must initialize it, either by making it empty or by assigning a non-NULL value to it (for details, see "Collection Constructors" and "Assigning Values to Collection Variables"). You cannot use the EXTEND method to initialize a null collection. Where Defined A collection type defined in a PL/SQL block is a local type. It is available only in the block, and is stored in the database only if the block is in a standalone or package subprogram. (Standalone and package subprograms are explained in "Nested, Package, and Standalone Subprograms".) A collection type defined in a package specification is a public item. You can reference it from outside the package by qualifying it with the package name (package_name.type_name). It is stored in the database until you drop the package. (Packages are explained in PL/SQL Packages.) A collection type defined at schema level is a standalone type. You create it with the "CREATE TYPE Statement". It is stored in the database until you drop it with the "DROP TYPE Statement". Collection Types PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-3
- 156. Note: A collection type defined in a package specification is incompatible with an identically defined local or standalone collection type (see Example 5-31 and Example 5-32). Can Be ADT Attribute Data Type To be an ADT attribute data type, a collection type must be a standalone collection type. For other restrictions, see Restrictions on datatype. Translating Non-PL/SQL Composite Types to PL/SQL Composite Types If you have code or business logic that uses another language, you can usually translate the array and set types of that language directly to PL/SQL collection types. For example: Non-PL/SQL Composite Type Equivalent PL/SQL Composite Type Hash table Associative array Unordered table Associative array Set Nested table Bag Nested table Array VARRAY See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the CAST function, which converts one SQL data type or collection-typed value into another SQL data type or collection-typed value. Associative Arrays An associative array (formerly called PL/SQL table or index-by table) is a set of key- value pairs. Each key is a unique index, used to locate the associated value with the syntax variable_name(index). The data type of index can be either a string type (VARCHAR2, VARCHAR, STRING, or LONG) or PLS_INTEGER. Indexes are stored in sort order, not creation order. For string types, sort order is determined by the initialization parameters NLS_SORT and NLS_COMP. Like a database table, an associative array: • Is empty (but not null) until you populate it • Can hold an unspecified number of elements, which you can access without knowing their positions Unlike a database table, an associative array: • Does not need disk space or network operations Associative Arrays 5-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 157. • Cannot be manipulated with DML statements Topics • Declaring Associative Array Constants • NLS Parameter Values Affect Associative Arrays Indexed by String • Appropriate Uses for Associative Arrays See Also: • Table 5-1 for a summary of associative array characteristics • "assoc_array_type_def ::=" for the syntax of an associative array type definition Example 5-1 Associative Array Indexed by String This example defines a type of associative array indexed by string, declares a variable of that type, populates the variable with three elements, changes the value of one element, and prints the values (in sort order, not creation order). (FIRST and NEXT are collection methods, described in "Collection Methods".) Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Associative Array Indexed by String DECLARE -- Associative array indexed by string: TYPE population IS TABLE OF NUMBER -- Associative array type INDEX BY VARCHAR2(64); -- indexed by string city_population population; -- Associative array variable i VARCHAR2(64); -- Scalar variable BEGIN -- Add elements (key-value pairs) to associative array: city_population('Smallville') := 2000; city_population('Midland') := 750000; city_population('Megalopolis') := 1000000; -- Change value associated with key 'Smallville': city_population('Smallville') := 2001; -- Print associative array: i := city_population.FIRST; -- Get first element of array WHILE i IS NOT NULL LOOP DBMS_Output.PUT_LINE ('Population of ' || i || ' is ' || city_population(i)); i := city_population.NEXT(i); -- Get next element of array Associative Arrays PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-5
- 158. END LOOP; END; / Result: Population of Megalopolis is 1000000 Population of Midland is 750000 Population of Smallville is 2001 Example 5-2 Function Returns Associative Array Indexed by PLS_INTEGER This example defines a type of associative array indexed by PLS_INTEGER and a function that returns an associative array of that type. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Function Returns Associative Array Indexed by PLS_INTEGER DECLARE TYPE sum_multiples IS TABLE OF PLS_INTEGER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; n PLS_INTEGER := 5; -- number of multiples to sum for display sn PLS_INTEGER := 10; -- number of multiples to sum m PLS_INTEGER := 3; -- multiple FUNCTION get_sum_multiples ( multiple IN PLS_INTEGER, num IN PLS_INTEGER ) RETURN sum_multiples IS s sum_multiples; BEGIN FOR i IN 1..num LOOP s(i) := multiple * ((i * (i + 1)) / 2); -- sum of multiples END LOOP; RETURN s; END get_sum_multiples; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Sum of the first ' || TO_CHAR(n) || ' multiples of ' || TO_CHAR(m) || ' is ' || TO_CHAR(get_sum_multiples (m, sn)(n)) ); END; / Result: Sum of the first 5 multiples of 3 is 45 Declaring Associative Array Constants When declaring an associative array constant, you must create a function that populates the associative array with its initial value and then invoke the function in the constant declaration. For information about constructors, see "Collection Constructors". Associative Arrays 5-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 159. Example 5-3 Declaring Associative Array Constant In this example, the function does for the associative array what a constructor does for a varray or nested table. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Declaring Associative Array Constant CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE My_Types AUTHID CURRENT_USER IS TYPE My_AA IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(20) INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; FUNCTION Init_My_AA RETURN My_AA; END My_Types; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY My_Types IS FUNCTION Init_My_AA RETURN My_AA IS Ret My_AA; BEGIN Ret(-10) := '-ten'; Ret(0) := 'zero'; Ret(1) := 'one'; Ret(2) := 'two'; Ret(3) := 'three'; Ret(4) := 'four'; Ret(9) := 'nine'; RETURN Ret; END Init_My_AA; END My_Types; / DECLARE v CONSTANT My_Types.My_AA := My_Types.Init_My_AA(); BEGIN DECLARE Idx PLS_INTEGER := v.FIRST(); BEGIN WHILE Idx IS NOT NULL LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(TO_CHAR(Idx, '999')||LPAD(v(Idx), 7)); Idx := v.NEXT(Idx); END LOOP; END; END; / Result: -10 -ten 0 zero 1 one 2 two 3 three 4 four 9 nine PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Associative Arrays PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-7
- 160. NLS Parameter Values Affect Associative Arrays Indexed by String National Language Support (NLS) parameters such as NLS_SORT, NLS_COMP, and NLS_DATE_FORMAT affect associative arrays indexed by string. Topics • Changing NLS Parameter Values After Populating Associative Arrays • Indexes of Data Types Other Than VARCHAR2 • Passing Associative Arrays to Remote Databases See Also: Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for information about linguistic sort parameters Changing NLS Parameter Values After Populating Associative Arrays The initialization parameters NLS_SORT and NLS_COMP determine the storage order of string indexes of an associative array. If you change the value of either parameter after populating an associative array indexed by string, then the collection methods FIRST, LAST, NEXT, and PRIOR might return unexpected values or raise exceptions. If you must change these parameter values during your session, restore their original values before operating on associative arrays indexed by string. See Also: Collection Methods for more information about FIRST, LAST, NEXT, and PRIOR Indexes of Data Types Other Than VARCHAR2 In the declaration of an associative array indexed by string, the string type must be VARCHAR2 or one of its subtypes. However, you can populate the associative array with indexes of any data type that the TO_CHAR function can convert to VARCHAR2. If your indexes have data types other than VARCHAR2 and its subtypes, ensure that these indexes remain consistent and unique if the values of initialization parameters change. For example: • Do not use TO_CHAR(SYSDATE) as an index. If the value of NLS_DATE_FORMAT changes, then the value of (TO_CHAR(SYSDATE)) might also change. • Do not use different NVARCHAR2 indexes that might be converted to the same VARCHAR2 value. • Do not use CHAR or VARCHAR2 indexes that differ only in case, accented characters, or punctuation characters. If the value of NLS_SORT ends in _CI (case-insensitive comparisons) or _AI (accent- and case-insensitive comparisons), then indexes that differ only in case, Associative Arrays 5-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 161. accented characters, or punctuation characters might be converted to the same value. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about TO_CHAR Passing Associative Arrays to Remote Databases If you pass an associative array as a parameter to a remote database, and the local and the remote databases have different NLS_SORT or NLS_COMP values, then: • The collection method FIRST, LAST, NEXT or PRIOR (described in "Collection Methods") might return unexpected values or raise exceptions. • Indexes that are unique on the local database might not be unique on the remote database, raising the predefined exception VALUE_ERROR. Appropriate Uses for Associative Arrays An associative array is appropriate for: • A relatively small lookup table, which can be constructed in memory each time you invoke the subprogram or initialize the package that declares it • Passing collections to and from the database server Declare formal subprogram parameters of associative array types. With Oracle Call Interface (OCI) or an Oracle precompiler, bind the host arrays to the corresponding actual parameters. PL/SQL automatically converts between host arrays and associative arrays indexed by PLS_INTEGER. Note: You cannot bind an associative array indexed by VARCHAR. Note: You cannot declare an associative array type at schema level. Therefore, to pass an associative array variable as a parameter to a standalone subprogram, you must declare the type of that variable in a package specification. Doing so makes the type available to both the invoked subprogram (which declares a formal parameter of that type) and the invoking subprogram or anonymous block (which declares and passes the variable of that type). See Example 10-2. Tip: The most efficient way to pass collections to and from the database server is to use associative arrays with the FORALL statement or BULK COLLECT clause. For details, see "FORALL Statement" and "BULK COLLECT Clause". An associative array is intended for temporary data storage. To make an associative array persistent for the life of a database session, declare it in a package specification and populate it in the package body. Associative Arrays PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-9
- 162. Varrays (Variable-Size Arrays) A varray (variable-size array) is an array whose number of elements can vary from zero (empty) to the declared maximum size. To access an element of a varray variable, use the syntax variable_name(index). The lower bound of index is 1; the upper bound is the current number of elements. The upper bound changes as you add or delete elements, but it cannot exceed the maximum size. When you store and retrieve a varray from the database, its indexes and element order remain stable. Figure 5-1shows a varray variable named Grades, which has maximum size 10 and contains seven elements. Grades(n) references the nth element of Grades. The upper bound of Grades is 7, and it cannot exceed 10. Figure 5-1 Varray of Maximum Size 10 with 7 Elements Varray Grades B (1) C (2) A (3) A (4) C (5) D (6) B (7) Maximum Size = 10 The database stores a varray variable as a single object. If a varray variable is less than 4 KB, it resides inside the table of which it is a column; otherwise, it resides outside the table but in the same tablespace. An uninitialized varray variable is a null collection. You must initialize it, either by making it empty or by assigning a non-NULL value to it. For details, see "Collection Constructors" and "Assigning Values to Collection Variables". Topics • Appropriate Uses for Varrays See Also: • Table 5-1 for a summary of varray characteristics • "varray_type_def ::=" for the syntax of a VARRAY type definition • "CREATE TYPE Statement" for information about creating standalone VARRAY types • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about varrays Example 5-4 Varray (Variable-Size Array) This example defines a local VARRAY type, declares a variable of that type (initializing it with a constructor), and defines a procedure that prints the varray. The example invokes the procedure three times: After initializing the variable, after changing the values of two elements individually, and after using a constructor to the change the values of all elements. (For an example of a procedure that prints a varray that might be null or empty, see Example 5-24.) Varrays (Variable-Size Arrays) 5-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 163. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Varray (Variable- Size Array) DECLARE TYPE Foursome IS VARRAY(4) OF VARCHAR2(15); -- VARRAY type -- varray variable initialized with constructor: team Foursome := Foursome('John', 'Mary', 'Alberto', 'Juanita'); PROCEDURE print_team (heading VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(heading); FOR i IN 1..4 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(i || '.' || team(i)); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---'); END; BEGIN print_team('2001 Team:'); team(3) := 'Pierre'; -- Change values of two elements team(4) := 'Yvonne'; print_team('2005 Team:'); -- Invoke constructor to assign new values to varray variable: team := Foursome('Arun', 'Amitha', 'Allan', 'Mae'); print_team('2009 Team:'); END; / Result: 2001 Team: 1.John 2.Mary 3.Alberto 4.Juanita --- 2005 Team: 1.John 2.Mary 3.Pierre 4.Yvonne --- 2009 Team: 1.Arun 2.Amitha 3.Allan 4.Mae --- Varrays (Variable-Size Arrays) PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-11
- 164. Appropriate Uses for Varrays A varray is appropriate when: • You know the maximum number of elements. • You usually access the elements sequentially. Because you must store or retrieve all elements at the same time, a varray might be impractical for large numbers of elements. Nested Tables In the database, a nested table is a column type that stores an unspecified number of rows in no particular order. When you retrieve a nested table value from the database into a PL/SQL nested table variable, PL/SQL gives the rows consecutive indexes, starting at 1. Using these indexes, you can access the individual rows of the nested table variable. The syntax is variable_name(index). The indexes and row order of a nested table might not remain stable as you store and retrieve the nested table from the database. The amount of memory that a nested table variable occupies can increase or decrease dynamically, as you add or delete elements. An uninitialized nested table variable is a null collection. You must initialize it, either by making it empty or by assigning a non-NULL value to it. For details, see "Collection Constructors" and "Assigning Values to Collection Variables". Note: Example 5-17, Example 5-19, and Example 5-20 reuse nt_type and print_nt. Topics • Important Differences Between Nested Tables and Arrays • Appropriate Uses for Nested Tables See Also: • Table 5-1 for a summary of nested table characteristics • "nested_table_type_def ::=" for the syntax of a nested table type definition • "CREATE TYPE Statement" for information about creating standalone nested table types • "INSTEAD OF DML Triggers" for information about triggers that update nested table columns of views • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about nested tables Nested Tables 5-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 165. Example 5-5 Nested Table of Local Type This example defines a local nested table type, declares a variable of that type (initializing it with a constructor), and defines a procedure that prints the nested table. (The procedure uses the collection methods FIRST and LAST, described in "Collection Methods".) The example invokes the procedure three times: After initializing the variable, after changing the value of one element, and after using a constructor to the change the values of all elements. After the second constructor invocation, the nested table has only two elements. Referencing element 3 would raise error ORA-06533. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Nested Table of Local Type DECLARE TYPE Roster IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(15); -- nested table type -- nested table variable initialized with constructor: names Roster := Roster('D Caruso', 'J Hamil', 'D Piro', 'R Singh'); PROCEDURE print_names (heading VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(heading); FOR i IN names.FIRST .. names.LAST LOOP -- For first to last element DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(names(i)); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---'); END; BEGIN print_names('Initial Values:'); names(3) := 'P Perez'; -- Change value of one element print_names('Current Values:'); names := Roster('A Jansen', 'B Gupta'); -- Change entire table print_names('Current Values:'); END; / Result: Initial Values: D Caruso J Hamil D Piro R Singh --- Current Values: D Caruso J Hamil P Perez R Singh --- Current Values: Nested Tables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-13
- 166. A Jansen B Gupta Example 5-6 Nested Table of Standalone Type This example defines a standalone nested table type, nt_type, and a standalone procedure to print a variable of that type, print_nt. An anonymous block declares a variable of type nt_type, initializing it to empty with a constructor, and invokes print_nt twice: After initializing the variable and after using a constructor to the change the values of all elements. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Nested Table of Standalone Type CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE nt_type IS TABLE OF NUMBER; / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE print_nt (nt nt_type) AUTHID DEFINER IS i NUMBER; BEGIN i := nt.FIRST; IF i IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('nt is empty'); ELSE WHILE i IS NOT NULL LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('nt.(' || i || ') = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(nt(i)), 'NULL')); i := nt.NEXT(i); END LOOP; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---'); END print_nt; / DECLARE nt nt_type := nt_type(); -- nested table variable initialized to empty BEGIN print_nt(nt); nt := nt_type(90, 9, 29, 58); print_nt(nt); END; / Result: nt is empty --- nt.(1) = 90 nt.(2) = 9 nt.(3) = 29 nt.(4) = 58 --- Important Differences Between Nested Tables and Arrays Conceptually, a nested table is like a one-dimensional array with an arbitrary number of elements. However, a nested table differs from an array in these important ways: Nested Tables 5-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 167. • An array has a declared number of elements, but a nested table does not. The size of a nested table can increase dynamically. • An array is always dense. A nested array is dense initially, but it can become sparse, because you can delete elements from it. Figure 5-2 shows the important differences between a nested table and an array. Figure 5-2 Array and Nested Table Array of Integers 321 x(1) 17 x(2) 99 x(3) 407 x(4) 83 x(5) 622 x(6) 105 x(7) 19 x(8) 67 x(9) 278 x(10) Fixed Upper Bound Nested Table after Deletions 321 x(1) 17 99 x(3) 407 x(4) 83 622 x(6) 105 x(7) 19 x(8) 67 278 x(10) Upper limit of index type Appropriate Uses for Nested Tables A nested table is appropriate when: • The number of elements is not set. • Index values are not consecutive. • You must delete or update some elements, but not all elements simultaneously. Nested table data is stored in a separate store table, a system-generated database table. When you access a nested table, the database joins the nested table with its store table. This makes nested tables suitable for queries and updates that affect only some elements of the collection. • You would create a separate lookup table, with multiple entries for each row of the main table, and access it through join queries. Collection Constructors A collection constructor (constructor) is a system-defined function with the same name as a collection type, which returns a collection of that type. Note: This topic applies only to varrays and nested tables. Associative arrays do not have constructors. In this topic, collection means varray or nested table. The syntax of a constructor invocation is: collection_type ( [ value [, value ]... ] ) If the parameter list is empty, the constructor returns an empty collection. Otherwise, the constructor returns a collection that contains the specified values. For semantic details, see "collection_constructor". You can assign the returned collection to a collection variable (of the same type) in the variable declaration and in the executable part of a block. Collection Constructors PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-15
- 168. Example 5-7 Initializing Collection (Varray) Variable to Empty This example invokes a constructor twice: to initialize the varray variable team to empty in its declaration, and to give it new values in the executable part of the block. The procedure print_team shows the initial and final values of team. To determine when team is empty, print_team uses the collection method COUNT, described in "Collection Methods". (For an example of a procedure that prints a varray that might be null, see Example 5-24.) Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Initializing Collection (Varray) Variable to Empty DECLARE TYPE Foursome IS VARRAY(4) OF VARCHAR2(15); team Foursome := Foursome(); -- initialize to empty PROCEDURE print_team (heading VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(heading); IF team.COUNT = 0 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Empty'); ELSE FOR i IN 1..4 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(i || '.' || team(i)); END LOOP; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---'); END; BEGIN print_team('Team:'); team := Foursome('John', 'Mary', 'Alberto', 'Juanita'); print_team('Team:'); END; / Result: Team: Empty --- Team: 1.John 2.Mary 3.Alberto 4.Juanita --- Assigning Values to Collection Variables You can assign a value to a collection variable in these ways: • Invoke a constructor to create a collection and assign it to the collection variable. Assigning Values to Collection Variables 5-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 169. • Use the assignment statement to assign it the value of another existing collection variable. • Pass it to a subprogram as an OUT or IN OUT parameter, and then assign the value inside the subprogram. To assign a value to a scalar element of a collection variable, reference the element as collection_variable_name(index) and assign it a value. Topics • Data Type Compatibility • Assigning Null Values to Varray or Nested Table Variables • Assigning Set Operation Results to Nested Table Variables See Also: • "Collection Constructors" • "Assignment Statement" syntax diagram • "Assigning Values to Variables" for instructions on how to assign a value to a scalar element of a collection variable • "BULK COLLECT Clause" Data Type Compatibility You can assign a collection to a collection variable only if they have the same data type. Having the same element type is not enough. Example 5-8 Data Type Compatibility for Collection Assignment In this example, VARRAY types triplet and trio have the same element type, VARCHAR(15). Collection variables group1 and group2 have the same data type, triplet, but collection variable group3 has the data type trio. The assignment of group1 to group2 succeeds, but the assignment of group1 to group3 fails. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Data Type Compatibility for Collection Assignment DECLARE TYPE triplet IS VARRAY(3) OF VARCHAR2(15); TYPE trio IS VARRAY(3) OF VARCHAR2(15); group1 triplet := triplet('Jones', 'Wong', 'Marceau'); group2 triplet; group3 trio; BEGIN group2 := group1; -- succeeds group3 := group1; -- fails END; / Assigning Values to Collection Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-17
- 170. Result: ORA-06550: line 10, column 13: PLS-00382: expression is of wrong type Assigning Null Values to Varray or Nested Table Variables To a varray or nested table variable, you can assign the value NULL or a null collection of the same data type. Either assignment makes the variable null. Example 5-9 initializes the nested table variable dept_names to a non-null value; assigns a null collection to it, making it null; and re-initializes it to a different non-null value. Example 5-9 Assigning Null Value to Nested Table Variable Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Assigning Null Value to Nested Table Variable DECLARE TYPE dnames_tab IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(30); dept_names dnames_tab := dnames_tab( 'Shipping','Sales','Finance','Payroll'); -- Initialized to non-null value empty_set dnames_tab; -- Not initialized, therefore null PROCEDURE print_dept_names_status IS BEGIN IF dept_names IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_names is null.'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_names is not null.'); END IF; END print_dept_names_status; BEGIN print_dept_names_status; dept_names := empty_set; -- Assign null collection to dept_names. print_dept_names_status; dept_names := dnames_tab ( 'Shipping','Sales','Finance','Payroll'); -- Re-initialize dept_names print_dept_names_status; END; / Result: dept_names is not null. dept_names is null. dept_names is not null. Assigning Set Operation Results to Nested Table Variables To a nested table variable, you can assign the result of a SQL MULTISET operation or SQL SET function invocation. Assigning Values to Collection Variables 5-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 171. The SQL MULTISET operators combine two nested tables into a single nested table. The elements of the two nested tables must have comparable data types. For information about the MULTISET operators, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. The SQL SET function takes a nested table argument and returns a nested table of the same data type whose elements are distinct (the function eliminates duplicate elements). For information about the SET function, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Example 5-10 Assigning Set Operation Results to Nested Table Variable This example assigns the results of several MULTISET operations and one SET function invocation of the nested table variable answer, using the procedure print_nested_table to print answer after each assignment. The procedure uses the collection methods FIRST and LAST, described in "Collection Methods". Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Assigning Set Operation Results to Nested Table Variable DECLARE TYPE nested_typ IS TABLE OF NUMBER; nt1 nested_typ := nested_typ(1,2,3); nt2 nested_typ := nested_typ(3,2,1); nt3 nested_typ := nested_typ(2,3,1,3); nt4 nested_typ := nested_typ(1,2,4); answer nested_typ; PROCEDURE print_nested_table (nt nested_typ) IS output VARCHAR2(128); BEGIN IF nt IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Result: null set'); ELSIF nt.COUNT = 0 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Result: empty set'); ELSE FOR i IN nt.FIRST .. nt.LAST LOOP -- For first to last element output := output || nt(i) || ' '; END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Result: ' || output); END IF; END print_nested_table; BEGIN answer := nt1 MULTISET UNION nt4; print_nested_table(answer); answer := nt1 MULTISET UNION nt3; print_nested_table(answer); answer := nt1 MULTISET UNION DISTINCT nt3; print_nested_table(answer); answer := nt2 MULTISET INTERSECT nt3; print_nested_table(answer); answer := nt2 MULTISET INTERSECT DISTINCT nt3; print_nested_table(answer); answer := SET(nt3); print_nested_table(answer); Assigning Values to Collection Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-19
- 172. answer := nt3 MULTISET EXCEPT nt2; print_nested_table(answer); answer := nt3 MULTISET EXCEPT DISTINCT nt2; print_nested_table(answer); END; / Result: Result: 1 2 3 1 2 4 Result: 1 2 3 2 3 1 3 Result: 1 2 3 Result: 3 2 1 Result: 3 2 1 Result: 2 3 1 Result: 3 Result: empty set Multidimensional Collections Although a collection has only one dimension, you can model a multidimensional collection with a collection whose elements are collections. Example 5-11 Two-Dimensional Varray (Varray of Varrays) In this example, nva is a two-dimensional varray—a varray of varrays of integers. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Two-Dimensional Varray (Varray of Varrays) DECLARE TYPE t1 IS VARRAY(10) OF INTEGER; -- varray of integer va t1 := t1(2,3,5); TYPE nt1 IS VARRAY(10) OF t1; -- varray of varray of integer nva nt1 := nt1(va, t1(55,6,73), t1(2,4), va); i INTEGER; va1 t1; BEGIN i := nva(2)(3); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('i = ' || i); nva.EXTEND; nva(5) := t1(56, 32); -- replace inner varray elements nva(4) := t1(45,43,67,43345); -- replace an inner integer element nva(4)(4) := 1; -- replace 43345 with 1 nva(4).EXTEND; -- add element to 4th varray element nva(4)(5) := 89; -- store integer 89 there END; / Result: i = 73 Multidimensional Collections 5-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 173. Example 5-12 Nested Tables of Nested Tables and Varrays of Integers In this example, ntb1 is a nested table of nested tables of strings, and ntb2 is a nested table of varrays of integers. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Nested Tables of Nested Tables and Varrays of Integers DECLARE TYPE tb1 IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(20); -- nested table of strings vtb1 tb1 := tb1('one', 'three'); TYPE ntb1 IS TABLE OF tb1; -- nested table of nested tables of strings vntb1 ntb1 := ntb1(vtb1); TYPE tv1 IS VARRAY(10) OF INTEGER; -- varray of integers TYPE ntb2 IS TABLE OF tv1; -- nested table of varrays of integers vntb2 ntb2 := ntb2(tv1(3,5), tv1(5,7,3)); BEGIN vntb1.EXTEND; vntb1(2) := vntb1(1); vntb1.DELETE(1); -- delete first element of vntb1 vntb1(2).DELETE(1); -- delete first string from second table in nested table END; / Example 5-13 Nested Tables of Associative Arrays and Varrays of Strings In this example, aa1 is an associative array of associative arrays, and ntb2 is a nested table of varrays of strings. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Nested Tables of Associative Arrays and Varrays of Strings DECLARE TYPE tb1 IS TABLE OF INTEGER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; -- associative arrays v4 tb1; v5 tb1; TYPE aa1 IS TABLE OF tb1 INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; -- associative array of v2 aa1; -- associative arrays TYPE va1 IS VARRAY(10) OF VARCHAR2(20); -- varray of strings v1 va1 := va1('hello', 'world'); TYPE ntb2 IS TABLE OF va1 INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; -- associative array of varrays v3 ntb2; BEGIN v4(1) := 34; -- populate associative array v4(2) := 46456; v4(456) := 343; Multidimensional Collections PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-21
- 174. v2(23) := v4; -- populate associative array of associative arrays v3(34) := va1(33, 456, 656, 343); -- populate associative array varrays v2(35) := v5; -- assign empty associative array to v2(35) v2(35)(2) := 78; END; / Collection Comparisons To determine if one collection variable is less than another (for example), you must define what less than means in that context and write a function that returns TRUE or FALSE. You cannot compare associative array variables to the value NULL or to each other. Except for Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality, you cannot natively compare two collection variables with relational operators. This restriction also applies to implicit comparisons. For example, a collection variable cannot appear in a DISTINCT, GROUP BY, or ORDER BY clause. Topics • Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL • Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality • Comparing Nested Tables with SQL Multiset Conditions See Also: • Table 2-5 • PL/SQL Subprograms for information about writing functions Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL Use the IS[NOT] NULL operator when comparing to the NULL value. You can compare varray and nested table variables to the value NULL with the "IS [NOT] NULL Operator", but not with the relational operators equal (=) and not equal (<>, !=, ~=, or ^=). Example 5-14 Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL This example compares a varray variable and a nested table variable to NULL correctly. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Comparing Varray and Nested Table Variables to NULL DECLARE TYPE Foursome IS VARRAY(4) OF VARCHAR2(15); -- VARRAY type team Foursome; -- varray variable Collection Comparisons 5-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 175. TYPE Roster IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(15); -- nested table type names Roster := Roster('Adams', 'Patel'); -- nested table variable BEGIN IF team IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('team IS NULL'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('team IS NOT NULL'); END IF; IF names IS NOT NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('names IS NOT NULL'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('names IS NULL'); END IF; END; / Result: team IS NULL names IS NOT NULL Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality Two nested table variables are equal if and only if they have the same set of elements (in any order). If two nested table variables have the same nested table type, and that nested table type does not have elements of a record type, then you can compare the two variables for equality or inequality with the relational operators equal (=) and not equal (<>, !=, ~=, ^=). See Also: "Record Comparisons" Example 5-15 Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality This example compares nested table variables for equality and inequality with relational operators. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Comparing Nested Tables for Equality and Inequality DECLARE TYPE dnames_tab IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(30); -- element type is not record type dept_names1 dnames_tab := dnames_tab('Shipping','Sales','Finance','Payroll'); dept_names2 dnames_tab := dnames_tab('Sales','Finance','Shipping','Payroll'); dept_names3 dnames_tab := Collection Comparisons PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-23
- 176. dnames_tab('Sales','Finance','Payroll'); BEGIN IF dept_names1 = dept_names2 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_names1 = dept_names2'); END IF; IF dept_names2 != dept_names3 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_names2 != dept_names3'); END IF; END; / Result: dept_names1 = dept_names2 dept_names2 != dept_names3 Comparing Nested Tables with SQL Multiset Conditions You can compare nested table variables, and test some of their properties, with SQL multiset conditions. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about multiset conditions • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for details about CARDINALITY syntax • Oracle Database SQL Language Referencefor details about SET syntax Example 5-16 Comparing Nested Tables with SQL Multiset Conditions This example uses the SQL multiset conditions and two SQL functions that take nested table variable arguments, CARDINALITY and SET . Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Comparing Nested Tables with SQL Multiset Conditions DECLARE TYPE nested_typ IS TABLE OF NUMBER; nt1 nested_typ := nested_typ(1,2,3); nt2 nested_typ := nested_typ(3,2,1); nt3 nested_typ := nested_typ(2,3,1,3); nt4 nested_typ := nested_typ(1,2,4); PROCEDURE testify ( truth BOOLEAN := NULL, quantity NUMBER := NULL ) IS BEGIN IF truth IS NOT NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( Collection Comparisons 5-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 177. CASE truth WHEN TRUE THEN 'True' WHEN FALSE THEN 'False' END ); END IF; IF quantity IS NOT NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(quantity); END IF; END; BEGIN testify(truth => (nt1 IN (nt2,nt3,nt4))); -- condition testify(truth => (nt1 SUBMULTISET OF nt3)); -- condition testify(truth => (nt1 NOT SUBMULTISET OF nt4)); -- condition testify(truth => (4 MEMBER OF nt1)); -- condition testify(truth => (nt3 IS A SET)); -- condition testify(truth => (nt3 IS NOT A SET)); -- condition testify(truth => (nt1 IS EMPTY)); -- condition testify(quantity => (CARDINALITY(nt3))); -- function testify(quantity => (CARDINALITY(SET(nt3)))); -- 2 functions END; / Result: True True True False False True False 4 3 Collection Methods A collection method is a PL/SQL subprogram—either a function that returns information about a collection or a procedure that operates on a collection. Collection methods make collections easier to use and your applications easier to maintain. Table 5-2 summarizes the collection methods. Note: With a null collection, EXISTS is the only collection method that does not raise the predefined exception COLLECTION_IS_NULL. Table 5-2 Collection Methods Method Type Description DELETE Procedure Deletes elements from collection. TRIM Procedure Deletes elements from end of varray or nested table. EXTEND Procedure Adds elements to end of varray or nested table. Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-25
- 178. Table 5-2 (Cont.) Collection Methods Method Type Description EXISTS Function Returns TRUE if and only if specified element of varray or nested table exists. FIRST Function Returns first index in collection. LAST Function Returns last index in collection. COUNT Function Returns number of elements in collection. LIMIT Function Returns maximum number of elements that collection can have. PRIOR Function Returns index that precedes specified index. NEXT Function Returns index that succeeds specified index. The basic syntax of a collection method invocation is: collection_name.method For detailed syntax, see "Collection Method Invocation". A collection method invocation can appear anywhere that an invocation of a PL/SQL subprogram of its type (function or procedure) can appear, except in a SQL statement. (For general information about PL/SQL subprograms, see PL/SQL Subprograms.) In a subprogram, a collection parameter assumes the properties of the argument bound to it. You can apply collection methods to such parameters. For varray parameters, the value of LIMIT is always derived from the parameter type definition, regardless of the parameter mode. Topics • DELETE Collection Method • TRIM Collection Method • EXTEND Collection Method • EXISTS Collection Method • FIRST and LAST Collection Methods • COUNT Collection Method • LIMIT Collection Method • PRIOR and NEXT Collection Methods DELETE Collection Method DELETE is a procedure that deletes elements from a collection. This method has these forms: • DELETE deletes all elements from a collection of any type. This operation immediately frees the memory allocated to the deleted elements. Collection Methods 5-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 179. • From an associative array or nested table (but not a varray): – DELETE(n) deletes the element whose index is n, if that element exists; otherwise, it does nothing. – DELETE(m,n) deletes all elements whose indexes are in the range m..n, if both m and n exist and m <= n; otherwise, it does nothing. For these two forms of DELETE, PL/SQL keeps placeholders for the deleted elements. Therefore, the deleted elements are included in the internal size of the collection, and you can restore a deleted element by assigning a valid value to it. Example 5-17 DELETE Method with Nested Table This example declares a nested table variable, initializing it with six elements; deletes and then restores the second element; deletes a range of elements and then restores one of them; and then deletes all elements. The restored elements occupy the same memory as the corresponding deleted elements. The procedure print_nt prints the nested table variable after initialization and after each DELETE operation. The type nt_type and procedure print_nt are defined in Example 5-6. DECLARE nt nt_type := nt_type(11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66); BEGIN print_nt(nt); nt.DELETE(2); -- Delete second element print_nt(nt); nt(2) := 2222; -- Restore second element print_nt(nt); nt.DELETE(2, 4); -- Delete range of elements print_nt(nt); nt(3) := 3333; -- Restore third element print_nt(nt); nt.DELETE; -- Delete all elements print_nt(nt); END; / Result: nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 44 nt.(5) = 55 nt.(6) = 66 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 44 nt.(5) = 55 nt.(6) = 66 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 2222 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 44 Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-27
- 180. nt.(5) = 55 nt.(6) = 66 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(5) = 55 nt.(6) = 66 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(3) = 3333 nt.(5) = 55 nt.(6) = 66 --- nt is empty --- Example 5-18 DELETE Method with Associative Array Indexed by String This example populates an associative array indexed by string and deletes all elements, which frees the memory allocated to them. Next, the example replaces the deleted elements—that is, adds new elements that have the same indexes as the deleted elements. The new replacement elements do not occupy the same memory as the corresponding deleted elements. Finally, the example deletes one element and then a range of elements. The procedure print_aa_str shows the effects of the operations. DECLARE TYPE aa_type_str IS TABLE OF INTEGER INDEX BY VARCHAR2(10); aa_str aa_type_str; PROCEDURE print_aa_str IS i VARCHAR2(10); BEGIN i := aa_str.FIRST; IF i IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('aa_str is empty'); ELSE WHILE i IS NOT NULL LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('aa_str.(' || i || ') = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(aa_str(i)), 'NULL')); i := aa_str.NEXT(i); END LOOP; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---'); END print_aa_str; BEGIN aa_str('M') := 13; aa_str('Z') := 26; aa_str('C') := 3; print_aa_str; aa_str.DELETE; -- Delete all elements print_aa_str; aa_str('M') := 13; -- Replace deleted element with same value aa_str('Z') := 260; -- Replace deleted element with new value aa_str('C') := 30; -- Replace deleted element with new value aa_str('W') := 23; -- Add new element aa_str('J') := 10; -- Add new element Collection Methods 5-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 181. aa_str('N') := 14; -- Add new element aa_str('P') := 16; -- Add new element aa_str('W') := 23; -- Add new element aa_str('J') := 10; -- Add new element print_aa_str; aa_str.DELETE('C'); -- Delete one element print_aa_str; aa_str.DELETE('N','W'); -- Delete range of elements print_aa_str; aa_str.DELETE('Z','M'); -- Does nothing print_aa_str; END; / Result: aa_str.(C) = 3 aa_str.(M) = 13 aa_str.(Z) = 26 --- aa_str is empty --- aa_str.(C) = 30 aa_str.(J) = 10 aa_str.(M) = 13 aa_str.(N) = 14 aa_str.(P) = 16 aa_str.(W) = 23 aa_str.(Z) = 260 --- aa_str.(J) = 10 aa_str.(M) = 13 aa_str.(N) = 14 aa_str.(P) = 16 aa_str.(W) = 23 aa_str.(Z) = 260 --- aa_str.(J) = 10 aa_str.(M) = 13 aa_str.(Z) = 260 --- aa_str.(J) = 10 aa_str.(M) = 13 aa_str.(Z) = 260 --- TRIM Collection Method TRIM is a procedure that deletes elements from the end of a varray or nested table. This method has these forms: • TRIM removes one element from the end of the collection, if the collection has at least one element; otherwise, it raises the predefined exception SUBSCRIPT_BEYOND_COUNT. Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-29
- 182. • TRIM(n) removes n elements from the end of the collection, if there are at least n elements at the end; otherwise, it raises the predefined exception SUBSCRIPT_BEYOND_COUNT. TRIM operates on the internal size of a collection. That is, if DELETE deletes an element but keeps a placeholder for it, then TRIM considers the element to exist. Therefore, TRIM can delete a deleted element. PL/SQL does not keep placeholders for trimmed elements. Therefore, trimmed elements are not included in the internal size of the collection, and you cannot restore a trimmed element by assigning a valid value to it. Caution: Do not depend on interaction between TRIM and DELETE. Treat nested tables like either fixed-size arrays (and use only DELETE) or stacks (and use only TRIM and EXTEND). Example 5-19 TRIM Method with Nested Table This example declares a nested table variable, initializing it with six elements; trims the last element; deletes the fourth element; and then trims the last two elements—one of which is the deleted fourth element. The procedure print_nt prints the nested table variable after initialization and after the TRIM and DELETE operations. The type nt_type and procedure print_nt are defined in Example 5-6. DECLARE nt nt_type := nt_type(11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66); BEGIN print_nt(nt); nt.TRIM; -- Trim last element print_nt(nt); nt.DELETE(4); -- Delete fourth element print_nt(nt); nt.TRIM(2); -- Trim last two elements print_nt(nt); END; / Result: nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 44 nt.(5) = 55 nt.(6) = 66 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 44 nt.(5) = 55 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 Collection Methods 5-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 183. nt.(3) = 33 nt.(5) = 55 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 nt.(3) = 33 --- EXTEND Collection Method EXTEND is a procedure that adds elements to the end of a varray or nested table. The collection can be empty, but not null. (To make a collection empty or add elements to a null collection, use a constructor. For more information, see "Collection Constructors".) The EXTEND method has these forms: • EXTEND appends one null element to the collection. • EXTEND(n) appends n null elements to the collection. • EXTEND(n,i) appends n copies of the ith element to the collection. Note: EXTEND(n,i) is the only form that you can use for a collection whose elements have the NOT NULL constraint. EXTEND operates on the internal size of a collection. That is, if DELETE deletes an element but keeps a placeholder for it, then EXTEND considers the element to exist. Example 5-20 EXTEND Method with Nested Table This example declares a nested table variable, initializing it with three elements; appends two copies of the first element; deletes the fifth (last) element; and then appends one null element. Because EXTEND considers the deleted fifth element to exist, the appended null element is the sixth element. The procedure print_nt prints the nested table variable after initialization and after the EXTEND and DELETE operations. The type nt_type and procedure print_nt are defined in Example 5-6. DECLARE nt nt_type := nt_type(11, 22, 33); BEGIN print_nt(nt); nt.EXTEND(2,1); -- Append two copies of first element print_nt(nt); nt.DELETE(5); -- Delete fifth element print_nt(nt); nt.EXTEND; -- Append one null element print_nt(nt); END; / Result: nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-31
- 184. nt.(3) = 33 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 11 nt.(5) = 11 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 11 --- nt.(1) = 11 nt.(2) = 22 nt.(3) = 33 nt.(4) = 11 nt.(6) = NULL --- EXISTS Collection Method EXISTS is a function that tells you whether the specified element of a varray or nested table exists. EXISTS(n) returns TRUE if the nth element of the collection exists and FALSE otherwise. If n is out of range, EXISTS returns FALSE instead of raising the predefined exception SUBSCRIPT_OUTSIDE_LIMIT. For a deleted element, EXISTS(n) returns FALSE, even if DELETE kept a placeholder for it. Example 5-21 EXISTS Method with Nested Table This example initializes a nested table with four elements, deletes the second element, and prints either the value or status of elements 1 through 6. DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF INTEGER; n NumList := NumList(1,3,5,7); BEGIN n.DELETE(2); -- Delete second element FOR i IN 1..6 LOOP IF n.EXISTS(i) THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('n(' || i || ') = ' || n(i)); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('n(' || i || ') does not exist'); END IF; END LOOP; END; / Result: n(1) = 1 n(2) does not exist n(3) = 5 n(4) = 7 n(5) does not exist n(6) does not exist Collection Methods 5-32 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 185. FIRST and LAST Collection Methods FIRST and LAST are functions. If the collection has at least one element, FIRST and LAST return the indexes of the first and last elements, respectively (ignoring deleted elements, even if DELETE kept placeholders for them). If the collection has only one element, FIRST and LAST return the same index. If the collection is empty, FIRST and LAST return NULL. Topics • FIRST and LAST Methods for Associative Array • FIRST and LAST Methods for Varray • FIRST and LAST Methods for Nested Table FIRST and LAST Methods for Associative Array For an associative array indexed by PLS_INTEGER, the first and last elements are those with the smallest and largest indexes, respectively. For an associative array indexed by string, the first and last elements are those with the lowest and highest key values, respectively. Key values are in sorted order (for more information, see "NLS Parameter Values Affect Associative Arrays Indexed by String"). Example 5-22 FIRST and LAST Values for Associative Array Indexed by PLS_INTEGER This example shows the values of FIRST and LAST for an associative array indexed by PLS_INTEGER, deletes the first and last elements, and shows the values of FIRST and LAST again. DECLARE TYPE aa_type_int IS TABLE OF INTEGER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; aa_int aa_type_int; PROCEDURE print_first_and_last IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('FIRST = ' || aa_int.FIRST); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('LAST = ' || aa_int.LAST); END print_first_and_last; BEGIN aa_int(1) := 3; aa_int(2) := 6; aa_int(3) := 9; aa_int(4) := 12; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before deletions:'); print_first_and_last; aa_int.DELETE(1); aa_int.DELETE(4); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After deletions:'); print_first_and_last; END; / Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-33
- 186. Result: Before deletions: FIRST = 1 LAST = 4 After deletions: FIRST = 2 LAST = 3 Example 5-23 FIRST and LAST Values for Associative Array Indexed by String This example shows the values of FIRST and LAST for an associative array indexed by string, deletes the first and last elements, and shows the values of FIRST and LAST again. DECLARE TYPE aa_type_str IS TABLE OF INTEGER INDEX BY VARCHAR2(10); aa_str aa_type_str; PROCEDURE print_first_and_last IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('FIRST = ' || aa_str.FIRST); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('LAST = ' || aa_str.LAST); END print_first_and_last; BEGIN aa_str('Z') := 26; aa_str('A') := 1; aa_str('K') := 11; aa_str('R') := 18; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before deletions:'); print_first_and_last; aa_str.DELETE('A'); aa_str.DELETE('Z'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After deletions:'); print_first_and_last; END; / Result: Before deletions: FIRST = A LAST = Z After deletions: FIRST = K LAST = R FIRST and LAST Methods for Varray For a varray that is not empty, FIRST always returns 1. For every varray, LAST always equals COUNT. Example 5-24 Printing Varray with FIRST and LAST in FOR LOOP This example prints the varray team using a FOR LOOP statement with the bounds team.FIRST and team.LAST. Because a varray is always dense, team(i) inside the loop always exists. Collection Methods 5-34 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 187. DECLARE TYPE team_type IS VARRAY(4) OF VARCHAR2(15); team team_type; PROCEDURE print_team (heading VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(heading); IF team IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Does not exist'); ELSIF team.FIRST IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Has no members'); ELSE FOR i IN team.FIRST..team.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(i || '. ' || team(i)); END LOOP; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---'); END; BEGIN print_team('Team Status:'); team := team_type(); -- Team is funded, but nobody is on it. print_team('Team Status:'); team := team_type('John', 'Mary'); -- Put 2 members on team. print_team('Initial Team:'); team := team_type('Arun', 'Amitha', 'Allan', 'Mae'); -- Change team. print_team('New Team:'); END; / Result: Team Status: Does not exist --- Team Status: Has no members --- Initial Team: 1. John 2. Mary --- New Team: 1. Arun 2. Amitha 3. Allan 4. Mae --- Related Topic • Example 5-26 Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-35
- 188. FIRST and LAST Methods for Nested Table For a nested table, LAST equals COUNT unless you delete elements from its middle, in which case LAST is larger than COUNT. Example 5-25 Printing Nested Table with FIRST and LAST in FOR LOOP This example prints the nested table team using a FOR LOOP statement with the bounds team.FIRST and team.LAST. Because a nested table can be sparse, the FOR LOOP statement prints team(i) only if team.EXISTS(i) is TRUE. DECLARE TYPE team_type IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(15); team team_type; PROCEDURE print_team (heading VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(heading); IF team IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Does not exist'); ELSIF team.FIRST IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Has no members'); ELSE FOR i IN team.FIRST..team.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(i || '. '); IF team.EXISTS(i) THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(team(i)); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('(to be hired)'); END IF; END LOOP; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---'); END; BEGIN print_team('Team Status:'); team := team_type(); -- Team is funded, but nobody is on it. print_team('Team Status:'); team := team_type('Arun', 'Amitha', 'Allan', 'Mae'); -- Add members. print_team('Initial Team:'); team.DELETE(2,3); -- Remove 2nd and 3rd members. print_team('Current Team:'); END; / Result: Team Status: Does not exist --- Team Status: Has no members --- Initial Team: 1. Arun Collection Methods 5-36 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 189. 2. Amitha 3. Allan 4. Mae --- Current Team: 1. Arun 2. (to be hired) 3. (to be hired) 4. Mae --- Related Topic • Example 5-27 COUNT Collection Method COUNT is a function that returns the number of elements in the collection (ignoring deleted elements, even if DELETE kept placeholders for them). Topics • COUNT Method for Varray • COUNT Method for Nested Table COUNT Method for Varray For a varray, COUNT always equals LAST. If you increase or decrease the size of a varray (with the EXTEND or TRIM method), the value of COUNT changes. Example 5-26 COUNT and LAST Values for Varray This example shows the values of COUNT and LAST for a varray after initialization with four elements, after EXTEND(3), and after TRIM(5). DECLARE TYPE NumList IS VARRAY(10) OF INTEGER; n NumList := NumList(1,3,5,7); PROCEDURE print_count_and_last IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('n.COUNT = ' || n.COUNT || ', '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('n.LAST = ' || n.LAST); END print_count_and_last; BEGIN print_count_and_last; n.EXTEND(3); print_count_and_last; n.TRIM(5); print_count_and_last; END; / Result: n.COUNT = 4, n.LAST = 4 n.COUNT = 7, n.LAST = 7 n.COUNT = 2, n.LAST = 2 Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-37
- 190. COUNT Method for Nested Table For a nested table, COUNT equals LAST unless you delete elements from the middle of the nested table, in which case COUNT is smaller than LAST. Example 5-27 COUNT and LAST Values for Nested Table This example shows the values of COUNT and LAST for a nested table after initialization with four elements, after deleting the third element, and after adding two null elements to the end. Finally, the example prints the status of elements 1 through 8. DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF INTEGER; n NumList := NumList(1,3,5,7); PROCEDURE print_count_and_last IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('n.COUNT = ' || n.COUNT || ', '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('n.LAST = ' || n.LAST); END print_count_and_last; BEGIN print_count_and_last; n.DELETE(3); -- Delete third element print_count_and_last; n.EXTEND(2); -- Add two null elements to end print_count_and_last; FOR i IN 1..8 LOOP IF n.EXISTS(i) THEN IF n(i) IS NOT NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('n(' || i || ') = ' || n(i)); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('n(' || i || ') = NULL'); END IF; ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('n(' || i || ') does not exist'); END IF; END LOOP; END; / Result: n.COUNT = 4, n.LAST = 4 n.COUNT = 3, n.LAST = 4 n.COUNT = 5, n.LAST = 6 n(1) = 1 n(2) = 3 n(3) does not exist n(4) = 7 n(5) = NULL n(6) = NULL n(7) does not exist n(8) does not exist Collection Methods 5-38 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 191. LIMIT Collection Method LIMIT is a function that returns the maximum number of elements that the collection can have. If the collection has no maximum number of elements, LIMIT returns NULL. Only a varray has a maximum size. Example 5-28 LIMIT and COUNT Values for Different Collection Types This example prints the values of LIMIT and COUNT for an associative array with four elements, a varray with two elements, and a nested table with three elements. DECLARE TYPE aa_type IS TABLE OF INTEGER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; aa aa_type; -- associative array TYPE va_type IS VARRAY(4) OF INTEGER; va va_type := va_type(2,4); -- varray TYPE nt_type IS TABLE OF INTEGER; nt nt_type := nt_type(1,3,5); -- nested table BEGIN aa(1):=3; aa(2):=6; aa(3):=9; aa(4):= 12; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('aa.COUNT = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(aa.COUNT), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('aa.LIMIT = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(aa.LIMIT), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('va.COUNT = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(va.COUNT), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('va.LIMIT = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(va.LIMIT), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('nt.COUNT = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(nt.COUNT), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('nt.LIMIT = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(nt.LIMIT), 'NULL')); END; / Result: aa.COUNT = 4 aa.LIMIT = NULL va.COUNT = 2 va.LIMIT = 4 nt.COUNT = 3 nt.LIMIT = NULL PRIOR and NEXT Collection Methods PRIOR and NEXT are functions that let you move backward and forward in the collection (ignoring deleted elements, even if DELETE kept placeholders for them). These methods are useful for traversing sparse collections. Given an index: Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-39
- 192. • PRIOR returns the index of the preceding existing element of the collection, if one exists. Otherwise, PRIOR returns NULL. For any collection c, c.PRIOR(c.FIRST) returns NULL. • NEXT returns the index of the succeeding existing element of the collection, if one exists. Otherwise, NEXT returns NULL. For any collection c, c.NEXT(c.LAST) returns NULL. The given index need not exist. However, if the collection c is a varray, and the index exceeds c.LIMIT, then: • c.PRIOR(index) returns c.LAST. • c.NEXT(index) returns NULL. For example: DECLARE TYPE Arr_Type IS VARRAY(10) OF NUMBER; v_Numbers Arr_Type := Arr_Type(); BEGIN v_Numbers.EXTEND(4); v_Numbers (1) := 10; v_Numbers (2) := 20; v_Numbers (3) := 30; v_Numbers (4) := 40; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(v_Numbers.prior (3400), -1)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(v_Numbers.next (3400), -1)); END; / Result: 4 -1 For an associative array indexed by string, the prior and next indexes are determined by key values, which are in sorted order (for more information, see "NLS Parameter Values Affect Associative Arrays Indexed by String"). Example 5-1 uses FIRST, NEXT, and a WHILE LOOP statement to print the elements of an associative array. Example 5-29 PRIOR and NEXT Methods This example initializes a nested table with six elements, deletes the fourth element, and then shows the values of PRIOR and NEXT for elements 1 through 7. Elements 4 and 7 do not exist. Element 2 exists, despite its null value. DECLARE TYPE nt_type IS TABLE OF NUMBER; nt nt_type := nt_type(18, NULL, 36, 45, 54, 63); BEGIN nt.DELETE(4); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('nt(4) was deleted.'); FOR i IN 1..7 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('nt.PRIOR(' || i || ') = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(nt.PRIOR(i)), 'NULL')); Collection Methods 5-40 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 193. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('nt.NEXT(' || i || ') = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(nt.NEXT(i)), 'NULL')); END LOOP; END; / Result: nt(4) was deleted. nt.PRIOR(1) = NULL nt.NEXT(1) = 2 nt.PRIOR(2) = 1 nt.NEXT(2) = 3 nt.PRIOR(3) = 2 nt.NEXT(3) = 5 nt.PRIOR(4) = 3 nt.NEXT(4) = 5 nt.PRIOR(5) = 3 nt.NEXT(5) = 6 nt.PRIOR(6) = 5 nt.NEXT(6) = NULL nt.PRIOR(7) = 6 nt.NEXT(7) = NULL Example 5-30 Printing Elements of Sparse Nested Table This example prints the elements of a sparse nested table from first to last, using FIRST and NEXT, and from last to first, using LAST and PRIOR. DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; n NumList := NumList(1, 2, NULL, NULL, 5, NULL, 7, 8, 9, NULL); idx INTEGER; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('First to last:'); idx := n.FIRST; WHILE idx IS NOT NULL LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('n(' || idx || ') = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(n(idx)), 'NULL')); idx := n.NEXT(idx); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('--------------'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Last to first:'); idx := n.LAST; WHILE idx IS NOT NULL LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('n(' || idx || ') = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(n(idx)), 'NULL')); idx := n.PRIOR(idx); END LOOP; END; / Result: First to last: n(1) = 1 n(2) = 2 n(3) = NULL n(4) = NULL Collection Methods PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-41
- 194. n(5) = 5 n(6) = NULL n(7) = 7 n(8) = 8 n(9) = 9 n(10) = NULL -------------- Last to first: n(10) = NULL n(9) = 9 n(8) = 8 n(7) = 7 n(6) = NULL n(5) = 5 n(4) = NULL n(3) = NULL n(2) = 2 n(1) = 1 Collection Types Defined in Package Specifications A collection type defined in a package specification is incompatible with an identically defined local or standalone collection type. Note: The examples in this topic define packages and procedures, which are explained in PL/SQL Packages and PL/SQL Subprograms, respectively. Example 5-31 Identically Defined Package and Local Collection Types In this example, the package specification and the anonymous block define the collection type NumList identically. The package defines a procedure, print_numlist, which has a NumList parameter. The anonymous block declares the variable n1 of the type pkg.NumList (defined in the package) and the variable n2 of the type NumList (defined in the block). The anonymous block can pass n1 to print_numlist, but it cannot pass n2 to print_numlist. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Identically Defined Package and Local Collection Types CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AS TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; PROCEDURE print_numlist (nums NumList); END pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg AS PROCEDURE print_numlist (nums NumList) IS BEGIN FOR i IN nums.FIRST..nums.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(nums(i)); END LOOP; END; END pkg; / Collection Types Defined in Package Specifications 5-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 195. DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; -- local type identical to package type n1 pkg.NumList := pkg.NumList(2,4); -- package type n2 NumList := NumList(6,8); -- local type BEGIN pkg.print_numlist(n1); -- succeeds pkg.print_numlist(n2); -- fails END; / Result: pkg.print_numlist(n2); -- fails * ERROR at line 7: ORA-06550: line 7, column 3: PLS-00306: wrong number or types of arguments in call to 'PRINT_NUMLIST' ORA-06550: line 7, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Example 5-32 Identically Defined Package and Standalone Collection Types This example defines a standalone collection type NumList that is identical to the collection type NumList defined in the package specification in Example 5-31. The anonymous block declares the variable n1 of the type pkg.NumList (defined in the package) and the variable n2 of the standalone type NumList. The anonymous block can pass n1 to print_numlist, but it cannot pass n2 to print_numlist. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Identically Defined Package and Standalone Collection Types CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; -- standalone collection type identical to package type / DECLARE n1 pkg.NumList := pkg.NumList(2,4); -- package type n2 NumList := NumList(6,8); -- standalone type BEGIN pkg.print_numlist(n1); -- succeeds pkg.print_numlist(n2); -- fails END; / Result: pkg.print_numlist(n2); -- fails * ERROR at line 7: ORA-06550: line 7, column 3: PLS-00306: wrong number or types of arguments in call to 'PRINT_NUMLIST' ORA-06550: line 7, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Record Variables You can create a record variable in any of these ways: Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-43
- 196. • Define a RECORD type and then declare a variable of that type. • Use %ROWTYPE to declare a record variable that represents either a full or partial row of a database table or view. • Use %TYPE to declare a record variable of the same type as a previously declared record variable. For syntax and semantics, see "Record Variable Declaration". Topics • Initial Values of Record Variables • Declaring Record Constants • RECORD Types • Declaring Items using the %ROWTYPE Attribute Initial Values of Record Variables For a record variable of a RECORD type, the initial value of each field is NULL unless you specify a different initial value for it when you define the type. For a record variable declared with %ROWTYPE or %TYPE, the initial value of each field is NULL. The variable does not inherit the initial value of the referenced item. Declaring Record Constants When declaring a record constant, you must create a function that populates the record with its initial value and then invoke the function in the constant declaration. Example 5-33 Declaring Record Constant This example creates a function that populates the record with its initial value and then invoke the function in the constant declaration. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Declaring Record Constant CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE My_Types AUTHID CURRENT_USER IS TYPE My_Rec IS RECORD (a NUMBER, b NUMBER); FUNCTION Init_My_Rec RETURN My_Rec; END My_Types; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY My_Types IS FUNCTION Init_My_Rec RETURN My_Rec IS Rec My_Rec; BEGIN Rec.a := 0; Rec.b := 1; RETURN Rec; END Init_My_Rec; END My_Types; / DECLARE r CONSTANT My_Types.My_Rec := My_Types.Init_My_Rec(); Record Variables 5-44 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 197. BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('r.a = ' || r.a); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('r.b = ' || r.b); END; / Result: r.a = 0 r.b = 1 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. RECORD Types A RECORD type defined in a PL/SQL block is a local type. It is available only in the block, and is stored in the database only if the block is in a standalone or package subprogram. A RECORD type defined in a package specification is a public item. You can reference it from outside the package by qualifying it with the package name (package_name.type_name). It is stored in the database until you drop the package with the DROP PACKAGE statement. You cannot create a RECORD type at schema level. Therefore, a RECORD type cannot be an ADT attribute data type. To define a RECORD type, specify its name and define its fields. To define a field, specify its name and data type. By default, the initial value of a field is NULL. You can specify the NOT NULL constraint for a field, in which case you must also specify a non- NULL initial value. Without the NOT NULL constraint, a non-NULL initial value is optional. A RECORD type defined in a package specification is incompatible with an identically defined local RECORD type. See Also: • PL/SQL Packages • PL/SQL Subprograms • Nested, Package, and Standalone Subprograms • Example 5-37, "" Example 5-34 RECORD Type Definition and Variable Declaration This example defines a RECORD type named DeptRecTyp, specifying an initial value for each field. Then it declares a variable of that type named dept_rec and prints its fields. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at RECORD Type Definition and Variable Declaration Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-45
- 198. DECLARE TYPE DeptRecTyp IS RECORD ( dept_id NUMBER(4) NOT NULL := 10, dept_name VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL := 'Administration', mgr_id NUMBER(6) := 200, loc_id NUMBER(4) := 1700 ); dept_rec DeptRecTyp; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_id: ' || dept_rec.dept_id); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_name: ' || dept_rec.dept_name); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('mgr_id: ' || dept_rec.mgr_id); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('loc_id: ' || dept_rec.loc_id); END; / Result: dept_id: 10 dept_name: Administration mgr_id: 200 loc_id: 1700 Example 5-35 RECORD Type with RECORD Field (Nested Record) This example defines two RECORD types, name_rec and contact. The type contact has a field of type name_rec. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at RECORD Type with RECORD Field (Nested Record) DECLARE TYPE name_rec IS RECORD ( first employees.first_name%TYPE, last employees.last_name%TYPE ); TYPE contact IS RECORD ( name name_rec, -- nested record phone employees.phone_number%TYPE ); friend contact; BEGIN friend.name.first := 'John'; friend.name.last := 'Smith'; friend.phone := '1-650-555-1234'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( friend.name.first || ' ' || friend.name.last || ', ' || friend.phone ); END; / Record Variables 5-46 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 199. Result: John Smith, 1-650-555-1234 Example 5-36 RECORD Type with Varray Field This defines a VARRAY type, full_name, and a RECORD type, contact. The type contact has a field of type full_name. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at RECORD Type with Varray Field DECLARE TYPE full_name IS VARRAY(2) OF VARCHAR2(20); TYPE contact IS RECORD ( name full_name := full_name('John', 'Smith'), -- varray field phone employees.phone_number%TYPE ); friend contact; BEGIN friend.phone := '1-650-555-1234'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( friend.name(1) || ' ' || friend.name(2) || ', ' || friend.phone ); END; / Result: John Smith, 1-650-555-1234 Example 5-37 Identically Defined Package and Local RECORD Types In this example, the package pkg and the anonymous block define the RECORD type rec_type identically. The package defines a procedure, print_rec_type, which has a rec_type parameter. The anonymous block declares the variable r1 of the package type (pkg.rec_type) and the variable r2 of the local type (rec_type). The anonymous block can pass r1 to print_rec_type, but it cannot pass r2 to print_rec_type. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at Identically Defined Package and Local RECORD Types CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AS TYPE rec_type IS RECORD ( -- package RECORD type f1 INTEGER, f2 VARCHAR2(4) ); Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-47
- 200. PROCEDURE print_rec_type (rec rec_type); END pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg AS PROCEDURE print_rec_type (rec rec_type) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(rec.f1); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(rec.f2); END; END pkg; / DECLARE TYPE rec_type IS RECORD ( -- local RECORD type f1 INTEGER, f2 VARCHAR2(4) ); r1 pkg.rec_type; -- package type r2 rec_type; -- local type BEGIN r1.f1 := 10; r1.f2 := 'abcd'; r2.f1 := 25; r2.f2 := 'wxyz'; pkg.print_rec_type(r1); -- succeeds pkg.print_rec_type(r2); -- fails END; / Result: pkg.print_rec_type(r2); -- fails * ERROR at line 14: ORA-06550: line 14, column 3: PLS-00306: wrong number or types of arguments in call to 'PRINT_REC_TYPE' Declaring Items using the %ROWTYPE Attribute The %ROWTYPE attribute lets you declare a record variable that represents either a full or partial row of a database table or view. For the syntax and semantics details, see %ROWTYPE Attribute. Topics • Declaring a Record Variable that Always Represents Full Row • Declaring a Record Variable that Can Represent Partial Row • %ROWTYPE Attribute and Virtual Columns • %ROWTYPE Attribute and Invisible Columns Declaring a Record Variable that Always Represents Full Row To declare a record variable that always represents a full row of a database table or view, use this syntax: variable_name table_or_view_name%ROWTYPE; For every column of the table or view, the record has a field with the same name and data type. Record Variables 5-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 201. See Also: "%ROWTYPE Attribute" for more information about %ROWTYPE Example 5-38 %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Full Database Table Row This example declares a record variable that represents a row of the table departments, assigns values to its fields, and prints them. Compare this example to Example 5-34. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Full Database Table Row DECLARE dept_rec departments%ROWTYPE; BEGIN -- Assign values to fields: dept_rec.department_id := 10; dept_rec.department_name := 'Administration'; dept_rec.manager_id := 200; dept_rec.location_id := 1700; -- Print fields: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_id: ' || dept_rec.department_id); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dept_name: ' || dept_rec.department_name); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('mgr_id: ' || dept_rec.manager_id); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('loc_id: ' || dept_rec.location_id); END; / Result: dept_id: 10 dept_name: Administration mgr_id: 200 loc_id: 1700 Example 5-39 %ROWTYPE Variable Does Not Inherit Initial Values or Constraints This example creates a table with two columns, each with an initial value and a NOT NULL constraint. Then it declares a record variable that represents a row of the table and prints its fields, showing that they did not inherit the initial values or NOT NULL constraints. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at %ROWTYPE Variable Does Not Inherit Initial Values or Constraints DROP TABLE t1; CREATE TABLE t1 ( c1 INTEGER DEFAULT 0 NOT NULL, Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-49
- 202. c2 INTEGER DEFAULT 1 NOT NULL ); DECLARE t1_row t1%ROWTYPE; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('t1.c1 = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(t1_row.c1), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('t1.c2 = '); print(t1_row.c2); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(t1_row.c2), 'NULL')); END; / Result: t1.c1 = NULL t1.c2 = NULL Declaring a Record Variable that Can Represent Partial Row To declare a record variable that can represent a partial row of a database table or view, use this syntax: variable_name cursor%ROWTYPE; A cursor is associated with a query. For every column that the query selects, the record variable must have a corresponding, type-compatible field. If the query selects every column of the table or view, then the variable represents a full row; otherwise, the variable represents a partial row. The cursor must be either an explicit cursor or a strong cursor variable. See Also: • "FETCH Statement" for complete syntax • "Cursors Overview" for information about cursors • "Explicit Cursors" for information about explicit cursors • "Cursor Variables" for information about cursor variables • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about joins Example 5-40 %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Partial Database Table Row This example defines an explicit cursor whose query selects only the columns first_name, last_name, and phone_number from the employees table in the sample schema HR. Then the example declares a record variable that has a field for each column that the cursor selects. The variable represents a partial row of employees. Compare this example to Example 5-35. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Partial Database Table Row Record Variables 5-50 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 203. DECLARE CURSOR c IS SELECT first_name, last_name, phone_number FROM employees; friend c%ROWTYPE; BEGIN friend.first_name := 'John'; friend.last_name := 'Smith'; friend.phone_number := '1-650-555-1234'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( friend.first_name || ' ' || friend.last_name || ', ' || friend.phone_number ); END; / Result: John Smith, 1-650-555-1234 Example 5-41 %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Join Row This example defines an explicit cursor whose query is a join and then declares a record variable that has a field for each column that the cursor selects. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at %ROWTYPE Variable Represents Join Row DECLARE CURSOR c2 IS SELECT employee_id, email, employees.manager_id, location_id FROM employees, departments WHERE employees.department_id = departments.department_id; join_rec c2%ROWTYPE; -- includes columns from two tables BEGIN NULL; END; / %ROWTYPE Attribute and Virtual Columns If you use the %ROWTYPE attribute to define a record variable that represents a full row of a table that has a virtual column, then you cannot insert that record into the table. Instead, you must insert the individual record fields into the table, excluding the virtual column. Example 5-42 Inserting %ROWTYPE Record into Table (Wrong) This example creates a record variable that represents a full row of a table that has a virtual column, populates the record, and inserts the record into the table, causing ORA-54013. Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-51
- 204. DROP TABLE plch_departure; CREATE TABLE plch_departure ( destination VARCHAR2(100), departure_time DATE, delay NUMBER(10), expected GENERATED ALWAYS AS (departure_time + delay/24/60/60) ); DECLARE dep_rec plch_departure%ROWTYPE; BEGIN dep_rec.destination := 'X'; dep_rec.departure_time := SYSDATE; dep_rec.delay := 1500; INSERT INTO plch_departure VALUES dep_rec; END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-54013: INSERT operation disallowed on virtual columns ORA-06512: at line 8 Example 5-43 Inserting %ROWTYPE Record into Table (Right) This solves the problem in Example 5-42 by inserting the individual record fields into the table, excluding the virtual column. DECLARE dep_rec plch_departure%rowtype; BEGIN dep_rec.destination := 'X'; dep_rec.departure_time := SYSDATE; dep_rec.delay := 1500; INSERT INTO plch_departure (destination, departure_time, delay) VALUES (dep_rec.destination, dep_rec.departure_time, dep_rec.delay); end; / Result: PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. %ROWTYPE Attribute and Invisible Columns Suppose that you use the %ROWTYPE attribute to define a record variable that represents a row of a table that has an invisible column, and then you make the invisible column visible. If you define the record variable with a cursor, as in "Declaring a Record Variable that Can Represent Partial Row", then making the invisible column visible does not change the structure of the record variable. However, if you define the record variable as in "Declaring a Record Variable that Always Represents Full Row" and use a SELECT * INTO statement to assign values to Record Variables 5-52 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 205. the record, then making the invisible column visible does change the structure of the record—see Example 5-44. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for general information about invisible columns Example 5-44 %ROWTYPE Affected by Making Invisible Column Visible CREATE TABLE t (a INT, b INT, c INT INVISIBLE); INSERT INTO t (a, b, c) VALUES (1, 2, 3); COMMIT; DECLARE t_rec t%ROWTYPE; -- t_rec has fields a and b, but not c BEGIN SELECT * INTO t_rec FROM t WHERE ROWNUM < 2; -- t_rec(a)=1, t_rec(b)=2 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('c = ' || t_rec.c); END; / Result: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('c = ' || t_rec.c); * ERROR at line 5: ORA-06550: line 5, column 40: PLS-00302: component 'C' must be declared ORA-06550: line 5, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Make invisible column visible: ALTER TABLE t MODIFY (c VISIBLE); Result: Table altered. Repeat preceding anonymous block: DECLARE t_rec t%ROWTYPE; -- t_rec has fields a, b, and c BEGIN SELECT * INTO t_rec FROM t WHERE ROWNUM < 2; -- t_rec(a)=1, t_rec(b)=2, -- t_rec(c)=3 DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('c = ' || t_rec.c); END; / Result: c = 3 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-53
- 206. Assigning Values to Record Variables A record variable means either a record variable or a record component of a composite variable. To any record variable, you can assign a value to each field individually. In some cases, you can assign the value of one record variable to another record variable. If a record variable represents a full or partial row of a database table or view, you can assign the represented row to the record variable. Topics • Assigning One Record Variable to Another • Assigning Full or Partial Rows to Record Variables • Assigning NULL to a Record Variable Assigning One Record Variable to Another You can assign the value of one record variable to another record variable only in these cases: • The two variables have the same RECORD type. • The target variable is declared with a RECORD type, the source variable is declared with %ROWTYPE, their fields match in number and order, and corresponding fields have the same data type. For record components of composite variables, the types of the composite variables need not match. Example 5-45 Assigning Record to Another Record of Same RECORD Type In this example, name1 and name2 have the same RECORD type, so you can assign the value of name1 to name2. DECLARE TYPE name_rec IS RECORD ( first employees.first_name%TYPE DEFAULT 'John', last employees.last_name%TYPE DEFAULT 'Doe' ); name1 name_rec; name2 name_rec; BEGIN name1.first := 'Jane'; name1.last := 'Smith'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('name1: ' || name1.first || ' ' || name1.last); name2 := name1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('name2: ' || name2.first || ' ' || name2.last); END; / Result: name1: Jane Smith name2: Jane Smith Assigning Values to Record Variables 5-54 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 207. Example 5-46 Assigning %ROWTYPE Record to RECORD Type Record In this example, the target variable is declared with a RECORD type, the source variable is declared with %ROWTYPE, their fields match in number and order, and corresponding fields have the same data type. DECLARE TYPE name_rec IS RECORD ( first employees.first_name%TYPE DEFAULT 'John', last employees.last_name%TYPE DEFAULT 'Doe' ); CURSOR c IS SELECT first_name, last_name FROM employees; target name_rec; source c%ROWTYPE; BEGIN source.first_name := 'Jane'; source.last_name := 'Smith'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'source: ' || source.first_name || ' ' || source.last_name ); target := source; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'target: ' || target.first || ' ' || target.last ); END; / Result: source: Jane Smith target: Jane Smith Example 5-47 Assigning Nested Record to Another Record of Same RECORD Type This example assigns the value of one nested record to another nested record. The nested records have the same RECORD type, but the records in which they are nested do not. DECLARE TYPE name_rec IS RECORD ( first employees.first_name%TYPE, last employees.last_name%TYPE ); TYPE phone_rec IS RECORD ( name name_rec, -- nested record phone employees.phone_number%TYPE ); TYPE email_rec IS RECORD ( name name_rec, -- nested record email employees.email%TYPE ); phone_contact phone_rec; Assigning Values to Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-55
- 208. email_contact email_rec; BEGIN phone_contact.name.first := 'John'; phone_contact.name.last := 'Smith'; phone_contact.phone := '1-650-555-1234'; email_contact.name := phone_contact.name; email_contact.email := ( email_contact.name.first || '.' || email_contact.name.last || '@' || 'example.com' ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (email_contact.email); END; / Result: [email protected] Assigning Full or Partial Rows to Record Variables If a record variable represents a full or partial row of a database table or view, you can assign the represented row to the record variable. Topics • Using SELECT INTO to Assign a Row to a Record Variable • Using FETCH to Assign a Row to a Record Variable • Using SQL Statements to Return Rows in PL/SQL Record Variables Using SELECT INTO to Assign a Row to a Record Variable The syntax of a simple SELECT INTO statement is: SELECT select_list INTO record_variable_name FROM table_or_view_name; For each column in select_list, the record variable must have a corresponding, type-compatible field. The columns in select_list must appear in the same order as the record fields. See Also: "SELECT INTO Statement" for complete syntax Example 5-48 SELECT INTO Assigns Values to Record Variable In this example, the record variable rec1 represents a partial row of the employees table—the columns last_name and employee_id. The SELECT INTO statement selects from employees the row for which job_id is 'AD_PRES' and assigns the values of the columns last_name and employee_id in that row to the corresponding fields of rec1. DECLARE TYPE RecordTyp IS RECORD ( Assigning Values to Record Variables 5-56 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 209. last employees.last_name%TYPE, id employees.employee_id%TYPE ); rec1 RecordTyp; BEGIN SELECT last_name, employee_id INTO rec1 FROM employees WHERE job_id = 'AD_PRES'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Employee #' || rec1.id || ' = ' || rec1.last); END; / Result: Employee #100 = King Using FETCH to Assign a Row to a Record Variable The syntax of a simple FETCH statement is: FETCH cursor INTO record_variable_name; A cursor is associated with a query. For every column that the query selects, the record variable must have a corresponding, type-compatible field. The cursor must be either an explicit cursor or a strong cursor variable. See Also: • "FETCH Statement" for complete syntax • "Cursors Overview" for information about all cursors • "Explicit Cursors" for information about explicit cursors • "Cursor Variables" for information about cursor variables Example 5-49 FETCH Assigns Values to Record that Function Returns In this example, each variable of RECORD type EmpRecTyp represents a partial row of the employees table—the columns employee_id and salary. Both the cursor and the function return a value of type EmpRecTyp. In the function, a FETCH statement assigns the values of the columns employee_id and salary to the corresponding fields of a local variable of type EmpRecTyp. DECLARE TYPE EmpRecTyp IS RECORD ( emp_id employees.employee_id%TYPE, salary employees.salary%TYPE ); CURSOR desc_salary RETURN EmpRecTyp IS SELECT employee_id, salary FROM employees ORDER BY salary DESC; highest_paid_emp EmpRecTyp; next_highest_paid_emp EmpRecTyp; Assigning Values to Record Variables PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-57
- 210. FUNCTION nth_highest_salary (n INTEGER) RETURN EmpRecTyp IS emp_rec EmpRecTyp; BEGIN OPEN desc_salary; FOR i IN 1..n LOOP FETCH desc_salary INTO emp_rec; END LOOP; CLOSE desc_salary; RETURN emp_rec; END nth_highest_salary; BEGIN highest_paid_emp := nth_highest_salary(1); next_highest_paid_emp := nth_highest_salary(2); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( 'Highest Paid: #' || highest_paid_emp.emp_id || ', $' || highest_paid_emp.salary ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( 'Next Highest Paid: #' || next_highest_paid_emp.emp_id || ', $' || next_highest_paid_emp.salary ); END; / Result: Highest Paid: #100, $24000 Next Highest Paid: #101, $17000 Using SQL Statements to Return Rows in PL/SQL Record Variables The SQL statements INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE have an optional RETURNING INTO clause that can return the affected row in a PL/SQL record variable. For information about this clause, see "RETURNING INTO Clause". Example 5-50 UPDATE Statement Assigns Values to Record Variable In this example, the UPDATE statement updates the salary of an employee and returns the name and new salary of the employee in a record variable. DECLARE TYPE EmpRec IS RECORD ( last_name employees.last_name%TYPE, salary employees.salary%TYPE ); emp_info EmpRec; old_salary employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN SELECT salary INTO old_salary FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 100; UPDATE employees SET salary = salary * 1.1 WHERE employee_id = 100 RETURNING last_name, salary INTO emp_info; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( Assigning Values to Record Variables 5-58 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 211. 'Salary of ' || emp_info.last_name || ' raised from ' || old_salary || ' to ' || emp_info.salary ); END; / Result: Salary of King raised from 24000 to 26400 Assigning NULL to a Record Variable Assigning the value NULL to a record variable assigns the value NULL to each of its fields. This assignment is recursive; that is, if a field is a record, then its fields are also assigned the value NULL. Example 5-51 Assigning NULL to Record Variable This example prints the fields of a record variable (one of which is a record) before and after assigning NULL to it. DECLARE TYPE age_rec IS RECORD ( years INTEGER DEFAULT 35, months INTEGER DEFAULT 6 ); TYPE name_rec IS RECORD ( first employees.first_name%TYPE DEFAULT 'John', last employees.last_name%TYPE DEFAULT 'Doe', age age_rec ); name name_rec; PROCEDURE print_name AS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(NVL(name.first, 'NULL') || ' '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(NVL(name.last, 'NULL') || ', '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(NVL(TO_CHAR(name.age.years), 'NULL') || ' yrs '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(name.age.months), 'NULL') || ' mos'); END; BEGIN print_name; name := NULL; print_name; END; / Result: John Doe, 35 yrs 6 mos NULL NULL, NULL yrs NULL mos Record Comparisons Records cannot be tested natively for nullity, equality, or inequality. These BOOLEAN expressions are illegal: Record Comparisons PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-59
- 212. • My_Record IS NULL • My_Record_1 = My_Record_2 • My_Record_1 > My_Record_2 You must write your own functions to implement such tests. For information about writing functions, see PL/SQL Subprograms. Inserting Records into Tables The PL/SQL extension to the SQL INSERT statement lets you insert a record into a table. The record must represent a row of the table. For more information, see "INSERT Statement Extension". For restrictions on inserting records into tables, see "Restrictions on Record Inserts and Updates". To efficiently insert a collection of records into a table, put the INSERT statement inside a FORALL statement. For information about the FORALL statement, see "FORALL Statement". Example 5-52 Initializing Table by Inserting Record of Default Values This example creates the table schedule and initializes it by putting default values in a record and inserting the record into the table for each week. (The COLUMN formatting commands are from SQL*Plus.) DROP TABLE schedule; CREATE TABLE schedule ( week NUMBER, Mon VARCHAR2(10), Tue VARCHAR2(10), Wed VARCHAR2(10), Thu VARCHAR2(10), Fri VARCHAR2(10), Sat VARCHAR2(10), Sun VARCHAR2(10) ); DECLARE default_week schedule%ROWTYPE; i NUMBER; BEGIN default_week.Mon := '0800-1700'; default_week.Tue := '0800-1700'; default_week.Wed := '0800-1700'; default_week.Thu := '0800-1700'; default_week.Fri := '0800-1700'; default_week.Sat := 'Day Off'; default_week.Sun := 'Day Off'; FOR i IN 1..6 LOOP default_week.week := i; INSERT INTO schedule VALUES default_week; END LOOP; END; / COLUMN week FORMAT 99 COLUMN Mon FORMAT A9 Inserting Records into Tables 5-60 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 213. COLUMN Tue FORMAT A9 COLUMN Wed FORMAT A9 COLUMN Thu FORMAT A9 COLUMN Fri FORMAT A9 COLUMN Sat FORMAT A9 COLUMN Sun FORMAT A9 SELECT * FROM schedule; Result: WEEK MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN ---- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- 1 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off 2 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off 3 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off 4 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off 5 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off 6 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off Updating Rows with Records The PL/SQL extension to the SQL UPDATE statement lets you update one or more table rows with a record. The record must represent a row of the table. For more information, see "UPDATE Statement Extensions". For restrictions on updating table rows with a record, see "Restrictions on Record Inserts and Updates". To efficiently update a set of rows with a collection of records, put the UPDATE statement inside a FORALL statement. For information about the FORALL statement, see "FORALL Statement". Example 5-53 Updating Rows with Record This example updates the first three weeks of the table schedule (defined in Example 5-52) by putting the new values in a record and updating the first three rows of the table with that record. DECLARE default_week schedule%ROWTYPE; BEGIN default_week.Mon := 'Day Off'; default_week.Tue := '0900-1800'; default_week.Wed := '0900-1800'; default_week.Thu := '0900-1800'; default_week.Fri := '0900-1800'; default_week.Sat := '0900-1800'; default_week.Sun := 'Day Off'; FOR i IN 1..3 LOOP default_week.week := i; UPDATE schedule SET ROW = default_week WHERE week = i; END LOOP; END; / SELECT * FROM schedule; Updating Rows with Records PL/SQL Collections and Records 5-61
- 214. Result: WEEK MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN ---- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- 1 Day Off 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 Day Off 2 Day Off 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 Day Off 3 Day Off 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 0900-1800 Day Off 4 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off 5 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off 6 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 0800-1700 Day Off Day Off Restrictions on Record Inserts and Updates These restrictions apply to record inserts and updates: • Record variables are allowed only in these places: – On the right side of the SET clause in an UPDATE statement – In the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement – In the INTO subclause of a RETURNING clause Record variables are not allowed in a SELECT list, WHERE clause, GROUP BY clause, or ORDER BY clause. • The keyword ROW is allowed only on the left side of a SET clause. Also, you cannot use ROW with a subquery. • In an UPDATE statement, only one SET clause is allowed if ROW is used. • If the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement contains a record variable, no other variable or value is allowed in the clause. • If the INTO subclause of a RETURNING clause contains a record variable, no other variable or value is allowed in the subclause. • These are not supported: – Nested RECORD types – Functions that return a RECORD type – Record inserts and updates using the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement. Restrictions on Record Inserts and Updates 5-62 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 215. 6 PL/SQL Static SQL Static SQL is a PL/SQL feature that allows SQL syntax directly in a PL/SQL statement. This chapter describes static SQL and explains how to use it. Topics • Description of Static SQL • Cursors Overview • Processing Query Result Sets • Cursor Variables • CURSOR Expressions • Transaction Processing and Control • Autonomous Transactions See Also: "Resolution of Names in Static SQL Statements" Description of Static SQL Static SQL has the same syntax as SQL, except as noted. Topics • Statements • Pseudocolumns Statements These are the PL/SQL static SQL statements, which have the same syntax as the corresponding SQL statements, except as noted: • SELECT (this statement is also called a query) For the PL/SQL syntax, see "SELECT INTO Statement". • Data manipulation language (DML) statements: – INSERT PL/SQL Static SQL 6-1
- 216. For the PL/SQL syntax, see "INSERT Statement Extension". – UPDATE For the PL/SQL syntax, see "UPDATE Statement Extensions". – DELETE For the PL/SQL syntax, see "DELETE Statement Extension". – MERGE (for syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) Note: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference defines DML differently. • Transaction control language (TCL) statements: – COMMIT (for syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) – ROLLBACK (for syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) – SAVEPOINT (for syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) – SET TRANSACTION (for syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) • LOCK TABLE (for syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) A PL/SQL static SQL statement can have a PL/SQL identifier wherever its SQL counterpart can have a placeholder for a bind variable. The PL/SQL identifier must identify either a variable or a formal parameter. To use PL/SQL identifiers for table names, column names, and so on, use the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement, explained in "Native Dynamic SQL" Note: After PL/SQL code runs a DML statement, the values of some variables are undefined. For example: • After a FETCH or SELECT statement raises an exception, the values of the define variables after that statement are undefined. • After a DML statement that affects zero rows, the values of the OUT bind variables are undefined, unless the DML statement is a BULK or multiple- row operation. Example 6-1 Static SQL Statements In this example, a PL/SQL anonymous block declares three PL/SQL variables and uses them in the static SQL statements INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE. The block also uses the static SQL statement COMMIT. DROP TABLE employees_temp; CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT employee_id, first_name, last_name FROM employees; DECLARE Description of Static SQL 6-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 217. emp_id employees_temp.employee_id%TYPE := 299; emp_first_name employees_temp.first_name%TYPE := 'Bob'; emp_last_name employees_temp.last_name%TYPE := 'Henry'; BEGIN INSERT INTO employees_temp (employee_id, first_name, last_name) VALUES (emp_id, emp_first_name, emp_last_name); UPDATE employees_temp SET first_name = 'Robert' WHERE employee_id = emp_id; DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE employee_id = emp_id RETURNING first_name, last_name INTO emp_first_name, emp_last_name; COMMIT; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (emp_first_name || ' ' || emp_last_name); END; / Result: Robert Henry Pseudocolumns A pseudocolumn behaves like a table column, but it is not stored in the table. For general information about pseudocolumns, including restrictions, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Static SQL includes these SQL pseudocolumns: • CURRVAL and NEXTVAL, described in "CURRVAL and NEXTVAL in PL/SQL". • LEVEL, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference • OBJECT_VALUE, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference See Also: "OBJECT_VALUE Pseudocolumn" for information about using OBJECT_VALUE in triggers • ROWID, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference See Also: "Simulating CURRENT OF Clause with ROWID Pseudocolumn" • ROWNUM, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference CURRVAL and NEXTVAL in PL/SQL After a sequence is created, you can access its values in SQL statements with the CURRVAL pseudocolumn, which returns the current value of the sequence, or the NEXTVAL pseudocolumn, which increments the sequence and returns the new value. Description of Static SQL PL/SQL Static SQL 6-3
- 218. To reference these pseudocolumns, use dot notation—for example, sequence_name.CURRVAL. Note: Each time you reference sequence_name.NEXTVAL, the sequence is incremented immediately and permanently, whether you commit or roll back the transaction. You can use sequence_name.CURRVAL and sequence_name.NEXTVAL in a PL/SQL expression wherever you can use a NUMBER expression. However: • Using sequence_name.CURRVAL or sequence_name.NEXTVAL to provide a default value for an ADT method parameter causes a compilation error. • PL/SQL evaluates every occurrence of sequence_name.CURRVAL and sequence_name.NEXTVAL (unlike SQL, which evaluates a sequence expression for every row in which it appears). See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for general information about sequences • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for CURRVAL and NEXTVAL complete syntax Example 6-2 CURRVAL and NEXTVAL Pseudocolumns This example generates a sequence number for the sequence HR.EMPLOYEES_SEQ and refers to that number in multiple statements. DROP TABLE employees_temp; CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT employee_id, first_name, last_name FROM employees; DROP TABLE employees_temp2; CREATE TABLE employees_temp2 AS SELECT employee_id, first_name, last_name FROM employees; DECLARE seq_value NUMBER; BEGIN -- Generate initial sequence number seq_value := employees_seq.NEXTVAL; -- Print initial sequence number: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Initial sequence value: ' || TO_CHAR(seq_value) ); -- Use NEXTVAL to create unique number when inserting data: Description of Static SQL 6-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 219. INSERT INTO employees_temp (employee_id, first_name, last_name) VALUES (employees_seq.NEXTVAL, 'Lynette', 'Smith'); -- Use CURRVAL to store same value somewhere else: INSERT INTO employees_temp2 VALUES (employees_seq.CURRVAL, 'Morgan', 'Smith'); /* Because NEXTVAL values might be referenced by different users and applications, and some NEXTVAL values might not be stored in database, there might be gaps in sequence. */ -- Use CURRVAL to specify record to delete: seq_value := employees_seq.CURRVAL; DELETE FROM employees_temp2 WHERE employee_id = seq_value; -- Update employee_id with NEXTVAL for specified record: UPDATE employees_temp SET employee_id = employees_seq.NEXTVAL WHERE first_name = 'Lynette' AND last_name = 'Smith'; -- Display final value of CURRVAL: seq_value := employees_seq.CURRVAL; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Ending sequence value: ' || TO_CHAR(seq_value) ); END; / Cursors Overview A cursor is a pointer to a private SQL area that stores information about processing a specific SELECT or DML statement. Note: The cursors that this topic explains are session cursors. A session cursor lives in session memory until the session ends, when it ceases to exist. A cursor that is constructed and managed by PL/SQL is an implicit cursor. A cursor that you construct and manage is an explicit cursor. You can get information about any session cursor from its attributes (which you can reference in procedural statements, but not in SQL statements). To list the session cursors that each user session currently has opened and parsed, query the dynamic performance view V$OPEN_CURSOR. The number of cursors that a session can have open simultaneously is determined by: Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-5
- 220. • The amount of memory available to the session • The value of the initialization parameter OPEN_CURSORS Note: Generally, PL/SQL parses an explicit cursor only the first time the session opens it and parses a SQL statement (creating an implicit cursor) only the first time the statement runs. All parsed SQL statements are cached. A SQL statement is reparsed only if it is aged out of the cache by a new SQL statement. Although you must close an explicit cursor before you can reopen it, PL/SQL need not reparse the associated query. If you close and immediately reopen an explicit cursor, PL/SQL does not reparse the associated query. Topics • Implicit Cursors • Explicit Cursors See Also: • Oracle Database Reference for information about the dynamic performance view V$OPEN_CURSOR • Oracle Database Reference for information about the initialization parameter OPEN_CURSORS Implicit Cursors An implicit cursor is a session cursor that is constructed and managed by PL/SQL. PL/SQL opens an implicit cursor every time you run a SELECT or DML statement. You cannot control an implicit cursor, but you can get information from its attributes. The syntax of an implicit cursor attribute value is SQLattribute (therefore, an implicit cursor is also called a SQL cursor). SQLattribute always refers to the most recently run SELECT or DML statement. If no such statement has run, the value of SQLattribute is NULL. An implicit cursor closes after its associated statement runs; however, its attribute values remain available until another SELECT or DML statement runs. The most recently run SELECT or DML statement might be in a different scope. To save an attribute value for later use, assign it to a local variable immediately. Otherwise, other operations, such as subprogram invocations, might change the value of the attribute before you can test it. The implicit cursor attributes are: • SQL%ISOPEN Attribute: Is the Cursor Open? • SQL%FOUND Attribute: Were Any Rows Affected? • SQL%NOTFOUND Attribute: Were No Rows Affected? Cursors Overview 6-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 221. • SQL%ROWCOUNT Attribute: How Many Rows Were Affected? • SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT (see "Getting Number of Rows Affected by FORALL Statement" • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS (see "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes" See Also: "Implicit Cursor Attribute" for complete syntax and semantics SQL%ISOPEN Attribute: Is the Cursor Open? SQL%ISOPEN always returns FALSE, because an implicit cursor always closes after its associated statement runs. SQL%FOUND Attribute: Were Any Rows Affected? SQL%FOUND returns: • NULL if no SELECT or DML statement has run • TRUE if a SELECT statement returned one or more rows or a DML statement affected one or more rows • FALSE otherwise Example 6-3 uses SQL%FOUND to determine if a DELETE statement affected any rows. Example 6-3 SQL%FOUND Implicit Cursor Attribute DROP TABLE dept_temp; CREATE TABLE dept_temp AS SELECT * FROM departments; CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p ( dept_no NUMBER ) AUTHID CURRENT_USER AS BEGIN DELETE FROM dept_temp WHERE department_id = dept_no; IF SQL%FOUND THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Delete succeeded for department number ' || dept_no ); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('No department number ' || dept_no); END IF; END; / BEGIN p(270); p(400); END; / Result: Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-7
- 222. Delete succeeded for department number 270 No department number 400 SQL%NOTFOUND Attribute: Were No Rows Affected? SQL%NOTFOUND (the logical opposite of SQL%FOUND) returns: • NULL if no SELECT or DML statement has run • FALSE if a SELECT statement returned one or more rows or a DML statement affected one or more rows • TRUE otherwise The SQL%NOTFOUND attribute is not useful with the PL/SQL SELECT INTO statement, because: • If the SELECT INTO statement returns no rows, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception NO_DATA_FOUND immediately, before you can check SQL%NOTFOUND. • A SELECT INTO statement that invokes a SQL aggregate function always returns a value (possibly NULL). After such a statement, the SQL%NOTFOUND attribute is always FALSE, so checking it is unnecessary. SQL%ROWCOUNT Attribute: How Many Rows Were Affected? SQL%ROWCOUNT returns: • NULL if no SELECT or DML statement has run • Otherwise, the number of rows returned by a SELECT statement or affected by a DML statement (an INTEGER) Note: If a server is Oracle Database 12c or later and its client is Oracle Database 11g2 or earlier (or the reverse), then the maximum number that SQL%ROWCOUNT returns is 4,294,967,295. Example 6-4 uses SQL%ROWCOUNT to determine the number of rows that were deleted. If a SELECT INTO statement without a BULK COLLECT clause returns multiple rows, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception TOO_MANY_ROWS and SQL%ROWCOUNT returns 1, not the actual number of rows that satisfy the query. The value of SQL%ROWCOUNT attribute is unrelated to the state of a transaction. Therefore: • When a transaction rolls back to a savepoint, the value of SQL%ROWCOUNT is not restored to the value it had before the savepoint. • When an autonomous transaction ends, SQL%ROWCOUNT is not restored to the original value in the parent transaction. Example 6-4 SQL%ROWCOUNT Implicit Cursor Attribute DROP TABLE employees_temp; CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT * FROM employees; Cursors Overview 6-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 223. DECLARE mgr_no NUMBER(6) := 122; BEGIN DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE manager_id = mgr_no; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Number of employees deleted: ' || TO_CHAR(SQL%ROWCOUNT)); END; / Result: Number of employees deleted: 8 Explicit Cursors An explicit cursor is a session cursor that you construct and manage. You must declare and define an explicit cursor, giving it a name and associating it with a query (typically, the query returns multiple rows). Then you can process the query result set in either of these ways: • Open the explicit cursor (with the OPEN statement), fetch rows from the result set (with the FETCH statement), and close the explicit cursor (with the CLOSE statement). • Use the explicit cursor in a cursor FOR LOOP statement (see "Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements". You cannot assign a value to an explicit cursor, use it in an expression, or use it as a formal subprogram parameter or host variable. You can do those things with a cursor variable (see "Cursor Variables"). Unlike an implicit cursor, you can reference an explicit cursor or cursor variable by its name. Therefore, an explicit cursor or cursor variable is called a named cursor. Topics • Declaring and Defining Explicit Cursors • Opening and Closing Explicit Cursors • Fetching Data with Explicit Cursors • Variables in Explicit Cursor Queries • When Explicit Cursor Queries Need Column Aliases • Explicit Cursors that Accept Parameters • Explicit Cursor Attributes Declaring and Defining Explicit Cursors You can either declare an explicit cursor first and then define it later in the same block, subprogram, or package, or declare and define it at the same time. An explicit cursor declaration, which only declares a cursor, has this syntax: CURSOR cursor_name [ parameter_list ] RETURN return_type; An explicit cursor definition has this syntax: Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-9
- 224. CURSOR cursor_name [ parameter_list ] [ RETURN return_type ] IS select_statement; If you declared the cursor earlier, then the explicit cursor definition defines it; otherwise, it both declares and defines it. Example 6-5 declares and defines three explicit cursors. See Also: • "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition" for the complete syntax and semantics of explicit cursor declaration and definition • "Explicit Cursors that Accept Parameters" Example 6-5 Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition DECLARE CURSOR c1 RETURN departments%ROWTYPE; -- Declare c1 CURSOR c2 IS -- Declare and define c2 SELECT employee_id, job_id, salary FROM employees WHERE salary > 2000; CURSOR c1 RETURN departments%ROWTYPE IS -- Define c1, SELECT * FROM departments -- repeating return type WHERE department_id = 110; CURSOR c3 RETURN locations%ROWTYPE; -- Declare c3 CURSOR c3 IS -- Define c3, SELECT * FROM locations -- omitting return type WHERE country_id = 'JP'; BEGIN NULL; END; / Opening and Closing Explicit Cursors After declaring and defining an explicit cursor, you can open it with the OPEN statement, which does the following: 1. Allocates database resources to process the query 2. Processes the query; that is: a. Identifies the result set If the query references variables or cursor parameters, their values affect the result set. For details, see "Variables in Explicit Cursor Queries" and "Explicit Cursors that Accept Parameters". b. If the query has a FOR UPDATE clause, locks the rows of the result set For details, see "SELECT FOR UPDATE and FOR UPDATE Cursors". 3. Positions the cursor before the first row of the result set Cursors Overview 6-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 225. You close an open explicit cursor with the CLOSE statement, thereby allowing its resources to be reused. After closing a cursor, you cannot fetch records from its result set or reference its attributes. If you try, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR. You can reopen a closed cursor. You must close an explicit cursor before you try to reopen it. Otherwise, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN. See Also: • "OPEN Statement" for its syntax and semantics • "CLOSE Statement" for its syntax and semantics Fetching Data with Explicit Cursors After opening an explicit cursor, you can fetch the rows of the query result set with the FETCH statement. The basic syntax of a FETCH statement that returns one row is: FETCH cursor_name INTO into_clause The into_clause is either a list of variables or a single record variable. For each column that the query returns, the variable list or record must have a corresponding type-compatible variable or field. The %TYPE and %ROWTYPE attributes are useful for declaring variables and records for use in FETCH statements. The FETCH statement retrieves the current row of the result set, stores the column values of that row into the variables or record, and advances the cursor to the next row. Typically, you use the FETCH statement inside a LOOP statement, which you exit when the FETCH statement runs out of rows. To detect this exit condition, use the cursor attribute %NOTFOUND (described in "%NOTFOUND Attribute: Has No Row Been Fetched?"). PL/SQL does not raise an exception when a FETCH statement returns no rows. Example 6-6 fetches the result sets of two explicit cursors one row at a time, using FETCH and %NOTFOUND inside LOOP statements. The first FETCH statement retrieves column values into variables. The second FETCH statement retrieves column values into a record. The variables and record are declared with %TYPE and %ROWTYPE, respectively. Example 6-7 fetches the first five rows of a result set into five records, using five FETCH statements, each of which fetches into a different record variable. The record variables are declared with %ROWTYPE. See Also: • "FETCH Statement" for its complete syntax and semantics • "FETCH Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause" for information about FETCH statements that return more than one row at a time Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-11
- 226. Example 6-6 FETCH Statements Inside LOOP Statements DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name, job_id FROM employees WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, 'S[HT]_CLERK') ORDER BY last_name; v_lastname employees.last_name%TYPE; -- variable for last_name v_jobid employees.job_id%TYPE; -- variable for job_id CURSOR c2 IS SELECT * FROM employees WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, '[ACADFIMKSA]_M[ANGR]') ORDER BY job_id; v_employees employees%ROWTYPE; -- record variable for row of table BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP -- Fetches 2 columns into variables FETCH c1 INTO v_lastname, v_jobid; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_lastname, 25, ' ') || v_jobid ); END LOOP; CLOSE c1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( '-------------------------------------' ); OPEN c2; LOOP -- Fetches entire row into the v_employees record FETCH c2 INTO v_employees; EXIT WHEN c2%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_employees.last_name, 25, ' ') || v_employees.job_id ); END LOOP; CLOSE c2; END; / Result: Atkinson ST_CLERK Bell SH_CLERK Bissot ST_CLERK ... Walsh SH_CLERK ------------------------------------- Higgins AC_MGR Greenberg FI_MGR Hartstein MK_MAN ... Zlotkey SA_MAN Example 6-7 Fetching Same Explicit Cursor into Different Variables DECLARE CURSOR c IS SELECT e.job_id, j.job_title FROM employees e, jobs j WHERE e.job_id = j.job_id AND e.manager_id = 100 ORDER BY last_name; Cursors Overview 6-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 227. -- Record variables for rows of cursor result set: job1 c%ROWTYPE; job2 c%ROWTYPE; job3 c%ROWTYPE; job4 c%ROWTYPE; job5 c%ROWTYPE; BEGIN OPEN c; FETCH c INTO job1; -- fetches first row FETCH c INTO job2; -- fetches second row FETCH c INTO job3; -- fetches third row FETCH c INTO job4; -- fetches fourth row FETCH c INTO job5; -- fetches fifth row CLOSE c; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(job1.job_title || ' (' || job1.job_id || ')'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(job2.job_title || ' (' || job2.job_id || ')'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(job3.job_title || ' (' || job3.job_id || ')'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(job4.job_title || ' (' || job4.job_id || ')'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(job5.job_title || ' (' || job5.job_id || ')'); END; / Result: Sales Manager (SA_MAN) Administration Vice President (AD_VP) Sales Manager (SA_MAN) Stock Manager (ST_MAN) Marketing Manager (MK_MAN) PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Variables in Explicit Cursor Queries An explicit cursor query can reference any variable in its scope. When you open an explicit cursor, PL/SQL evaluates any variables in the query and uses those values when identifying the result set. Changing the values of the variables later does not change the result set. In Example 6-8, the explicit cursor query references the variable factor. When the cursor opens, factor has the value 2. Therefore, sal_multiple is always 2 times sal, despite that factor is incremented after every fetch. To change the result set, you must close the cursor, change the value of the variable, and then open the cursor again, as in Example 6-9. Example 6-8 Variable in Explicit Cursor Query—No Result Set Change DECLARE sal employees.salary%TYPE; sal_multiple employees.salary%TYPE; factor INTEGER := 2; CURSOR c1 IS SELECT salary, salary*factor FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE 'AD_%'; BEGIN OPEN c1; -- PL/SQL evaluates factor Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-13
- 228. LOOP FETCH c1 INTO sal, sal_multiple; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('factor = ' || factor); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal = ' || sal); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal_multiple = ' || sal_multiple); factor := factor + 1; -- Does not affect sal_multiple END LOOP; CLOSE c1; END; / Result: factor = 2 sal = 4400 sal_multiple = 8800 factor = 3 sal = 24000 sal_multiple = 48000 factor = 4 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 factor = 5 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 Example 6-9 Variable in Explicit Cursor Query—Result Set Change DECLARE sal employees.salary%TYPE; sal_multiple employees.salary%TYPE; factor INTEGER := 2; CURSOR c1 IS SELECT salary, salary*factor FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE 'AD_%'; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('factor = ' || factor); OPEN c1; -- PL/SQL evaluates factor LOOP FETCH c1 INTO sal, sal_multiple; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal = ' || sal); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal_multiple = ' || sal_multiple); END LOOP; CLOSE c1; factor := factor + 1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('factor = ' || factor); OPEN c1; -- PL/SQL evaluates factor LOOP FETCH c1 INTO sal, sal_multiple; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal = ' || sal); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal_multiple = ' || sal_multiple); END LOOP; CLOSE c1; Cursors Overview 6-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 229. END; / Result: factor = 2 sal = 4400 sal_multiple = 8800 sal = 24000 sal_multiple = 48000 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 factor = 3 sal = 4400 sal_multiple = 13200 sal = 24000 sal_multiple = 72000 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 51000 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 51000 When Explicit Cursor Queries Need Column Aliases When an explicit cursor query includes a virtual column (an expression), that column must have an alias if either of the following is true: • You use the cursor to fetch into a record that was declared with %ROWTYPE. • You want to reference the virtual column in your program. In Example 6-10, the virtual column in the explicit cursor needs an alias for both of the preceding reasons. See Also: Example 6-21 Example 6-10 Explicit Cursor with Virtual Column that Needs Alias DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT employee_id, (salary * .05) raise FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE '%_MAN' ORDER BY employee_id; emp_rec c1%ROWTYPE; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP FETCH c1 INTO emp_rec; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Raise for employee #' || emp_rec.employee_id || ' is $' || emp_rec.raise ); END LOOP; Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-15
- 230. CLOSE c1; END; / Result: Raise for employee #114 is $550 Raise for employee #120 is $400 Raise for employee #121 is $410 Raise for employee #122 is $395 Raise for employee #123 is $325 Raise for employee #124 is $368.445 Raise for employee #145 is $700 Raise for employee #146 is $675 Raise for employee #147 is $600 Raise for employee #148 is $550 Raise for employee #149 is $525 Raise for employee #201 is $650 Explicit Cursors that Accept Parameters You can create an explicit cursor that has formal parameters, and then pass different actual parameters to the cursor each time you open it. In the cursor query, you can use a formal cursor parameter anywhere that you can use a constant. Outside the cursor query, you cannot reference formal cursor parameters. Tip: To avoid confusion, use different names for formal and actual cursor parameters. Example 6-11 creates an explicit cursor whose two formal parameters represent a job and its maximum salary. When opened with a specified job and maximum salary, the cursor query selects the employees with that job who are overpaid (for each such employee, the query selects the first and last name and amount overpaid). Next, the example creates a procedure that prints the cursor query result set (for information about procedures, see PL/SQL Subprograms). Finally, the example opens the cursor with one set of actual parameters, prints the result set, closes the cursor, opens the cursor with different actual parameters, prints the result set, and closes the cursor. Topics • Formal Cursor Parameters with Default Values • Adding Formal Cursor Parameters with Default Values See Also: • "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition" for more information about formal cursor parameters • "OPEN Statement" for more information about actual cursor parameters Example 6-11 Explicit Cursor that Accepts Parameters DECLARE CURSOR c (job VARCHAR2, max_sal NUMBER) IS SELECT last_name, first_name, (salary - max_sal) overpayment Cursors Overview 6-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 231. FROM employees WHERE job_id = job AND salary > max_sal ORDER BY salary; PROCEDURE print_overpaid IS last_name_ employees.last_name%TYPE; first_name_ employees.first_name%TYPE; overpayment_ employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN LOOP FETCH c INTO last_name_, first_name_, overpayment_; EXIT WHEN c%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(last_name_ || ', ' || first_name_ || ' (by ' || overpayment_ || ')'); END LOOP; END print_overpaid; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('----------------------'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Overpaid Stock Clerks:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('----------------------'); OPEN c('ST_CLERK', 5000); print_overpaid; CLOSE c; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('-------------------------------'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Overpaid Sales Representatives:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('-------------------------------'); OPEN c('SA_REP', 10000); print_overpaid; CLOSE c; END; / Result: ---------------------- Overpaid Stock Clerks: ---------------------- ------------------------------- Overpaid Sales Representatives: ------------------------------- Vishney, Clara (by 500) Abel, Ellen (by 1000) Ozer, Lisa (by 1500) PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Formal Cursor Parameters with Default Values When you create an explicit cursor with formal parameters, you can specify default values for them. When a formal parameter has a default value, its corresponding actual parameter is optional. If you open the cursor without specifying the actual parameter, then the formal parameter has its default value. Example 6-12 creates an explicit cursor whose formal parameter represents a location ID. The default value of the parameter is the location ID of company headquarters. Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-17
- 232. Example 6-12 Cursor Parameters with Default Values DECLARE CURSOR c (location NUMBER DEFAULT 1700) IS SELECT d.department_name, e.last_name manager, l.city FROM departments d, employees e, locations l WHERE l.location_id = location AND l.location_id = d.location_id AND d.department_id = e.department_id ORDER BY d.department_id; PROCEDURE print_depts IS dept_name departments.department_name%TYPE; mgr_name employees.last_name%TYPE; city_name locations.city%TYPE; BEGIN LOOP FETCH c INTO dept_name, mgr_name, city_name; EXIT WHEN c%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(dept_name || ' (Manager: ' || mgr_name || ')'); END LOOP; END print_depts; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('DEPARTMENTS AT HEADQUARTERS:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('--------------------------------'); OPEN c; print_depts; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('--------------------------------'); CLOSE c; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('DEPARTMENTS IN CANADA:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('--------------------------------'); OPEN c(1800); -- Toronto print_depts; CLOSE c; OPEN c(1900); -- Whitehorse print_depts; CLOSE c; END; / Result is similar to: DEPARTMENTS AT HEADQUARTERS: -------------------------------- Administration (Manager: Whalen) Purchasing (Manager: Colmenares) Purchasing (Manager: Baida) Purchasing (Manager: Himuro) Purchasing (Manager: Raphaely) Purchasing (Manager: Khoo) Purchasing (Manager: Tobias) Executive (Manager: Kochhar) Executive (Manager: De Haan) Executive (Manager: King) Finance (Manager: Popp) Finance (Manager: Greenberg) Finance (Manager: Faviet) Cursors Overview 6-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 233. Finance (Manager: Chen) Finance (Manager: Urman) Finance (Manager: Sciarra) Accounting (Manager: Gietz) Accounting (Manager: Higgins) -------------------------------- DEPARTMENTS IN CANADA: -------------------------------- Marketing (Manager: Hartstein) Marketing (Manager: Fay) PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Adding Formal Cursor Parameters with Default Values If you add formal parameters to a cursor, and you specify default values for the added parameters, then you need not change existing references to the cursor. Compare Example 6-13 to Example 6-11. Example 6-13 Adding Formal Parameter to Existing Cursor DECLARE CURSOR c (job VARCHAR2, max_sal NUMBER, hired DATE DEFAULT TO_DATE('31-DEC-1999', 'DD-MON-YYYY')) IS SELECT last_name, first_name, (salary - max_sal) overpayment FROM employees WHERE job_id = job AND salary > max_sal AND hire_date > hired ORDER BY salary; PROCEDURE print_overpaid IS last_name_ employees.last_name%TYPE; first_name_ employees.first_name%TYPE; overpayment_ employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN LOOP FETCH c INTO last_name_, first_name_, overpayment_; EXIT WHEN c%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(last_name_ || ', ' || first_name_ || ' (by ' || overpayment_ || ')'); END LOOP; END print_overpaid; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('-------------------------------'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Overpaid Sales Representatives:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('-------------------------------'); OPEN c('SA_REP', 10000); -- existing reference print_overpaid; CLOSE c; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('------------------------------------------------'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Overpaid Sales Representatives Hired After 2004:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('------------------------------------------------'); OPEN c('SA_REP', 10000, TO_DATE('31-DEC-2004', 'DD-MON-YYYY')); -- new reference print_overpaid; CLOSE c; END; / Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-19
- 234. Result: ------------------------------- Overpaid Sales Representatives: ------------------------------- Vishney, Clara (by 500) Abel, Ellen (by 1000) Ozer, Lisa (by 1500) ------------------------------------------------ Overpaid Sales Representatives Hired After 2004: ------------------------------------------------ Vishney, Clara (by 500) Ozer, Lisa (by 1500) PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Explicit Cursor Attributes The syntax for the value of an explicit cursor attribute is cursor_name immediately followed by attribute (for example, c1%ISOPEN). Note: Explicit cursors and cursor variables (named cursors) have the same attributes. This topic applies to all named cursors except where noted. The explicit cursor attributes are: • %ISOPEN Attribute: Is the Cursor Open? • %FOUND Attribute: Has a Row Been Fetched? • %NOTFOUND Attribute: Has No Row Been Fetched? • %ROWCOUNT Attribute: How Many Rows Were Fetched? If an explicit cursor is not open, referencing any attribute except %ISOPEN raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR. See Also: "Named Cursor Attribute" for complete syntax and semantics of named cursor (explicit cursor and cursor variable) attributes %ISOPEN Attribute: Is the Cursor Open? %ISOPEN returns TRUE if its explicit cursor is open; FALSE otherwise. %ISOPEN is useful for: • Checking that an explicit cursor is not already open before you try to open it. If you try to open an explicit cursor that is already open, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN. You must close an explicit cursor before you can reopen it. Cursors Overview 6-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 235. Note: The preceding paragraph does not apply to cursor variables. • Checking that an explicit cursor is open before you try to close it. Example 6-14 opens the explicit cursor c1 only if it is not open and closes it only if it is open. Example 6-14 %ISOPEN Explicit Cursor Attribute DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name, salary FROM employees WHERE ROWNUM < 11; the_name employees.last_name%TYPE; the_salary employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN IF NOT c1%ISOPEN THEN OPEN c1; END IF; FETCH c1 INTO the_name, the_salary; IF c1%ISOPEN THEN CLOSE c1; END IF; END; / %FOUND Attribute: Has a Row Been Fetched? %FOUND returns: • NULL after the explicit cursor is opened but before the first fetch • TRUE if the most recent fetch from the explicit cursor returned a row • FALSE otherwise %FOUND is useful for determining whether there is a fetched row to process. Example 6-15 loops through a result set, printing each fetched row and exiting when there are no more rows to fetch. Example 6-15 %FOUND Explicit Cursor Attribute DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name, salary FROM employees WHERE ROWNUM < 11 ORDER BY last_name; my_ename employees.last_name%TYPE; my_salary employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP FETCH c1 INTO my_ename, my_salary; IF c1%FOUND THEN -- fetch succeeded DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Name = ' || my_ename || ', salary = ' || my_salary); Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-21
- 236. ELSE -- fetch failed EXIT; END IF; END LOOP; END; / Result: Name = Austin, salary = 4800 Name = De Haan, salary = 17000 Name = Ernst, salary = 6000 Name = Faviet, salary = 9000 Name = Greenberg, salary = 12008 Name = Hunold, salary = 9000 Name = King, salary = 24000 Name = Kochhar, salary = 17000 Name = Lorentz, salary = 4200 Name = Pataballa, salary = 4800 %NOTFOUND Attribute: Has No Row Been Fetched? %NOTFOUND (the logical opposite of %FOUND) returns: • NULL after the explicit cursor is opened but before the first fetch • FALSE if the most recent fetch from the explicit cursor returned a row • TRUE otherwise %NOTFOUND is useful for exiting a loop when FETCH fails to return a row, as in Example 6-16. Example 6-16 %NOTFOUND Explicit Cursor Attribute DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name, salary FROM employees WHERE ROWNUM < 11 ORDER BY last_name; my_ename employees.last_name%TYPE; my_salary employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP FETCH c1 INTO my_ename, my_salary; IF c1%NOTFOUND THEN -- fetch failed EXIT; ELSE -- fetch succeeded DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Name = ' || my_ename || ', salary = ' || my_salary); END IF; END LOOP; END; / Result: Name = Austin, salary = 4800 Name = De Haan, salary = 17000 Name = Ernst, salary = 6000 Name = Faviet, salary = 9000 Cursors Overview 6-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 237. Name = Greenberg, salary = 12008 Name = Hunold, salary = 9000 Name = King, salary = 24000 Name = Kochhar, salary = 17000 Name = Lorentz, salary = 4200 Name = Pataballa, salary = 4800 %ROWCOUNT Attribute: How Many Rows Were Fetched? %ROWCOUNT returns: • Zero after the explicit cursor is opened but before the first fetch • Otherwise, the number of rows fetched (an INTEGER) Note: If a server is Oracle Database 12c or later and its client is Oracle Database 11g2 or earlier (or the reverse), then the maximum number that SQL%ROWCOUNT returns is 4,294,967,295. Example 6-17 numbers and prints the rows that it fetches and prints a message after fetching the fifth row. Example 6-17 %ROWCOUNT Explicit Cursor Attribute DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name FROM employees WHERE ROWNUM < 11 ORDER BY last_name; name employees.last_name%TYPE; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP FETCH c1 INTO name; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND OR c1%NOTFOUND IS NULL; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(c1%ROWCOUNT || '. ' || name); IF c1%ROWCOUNT = 5 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('--- Fetched 5th row ---'); END IF; END LOOP; CLOSE c1; END; / Result: 1. Abel 2. Ande 3. Atkinson 4. Austin 5. Baer --- Fetched 5th row --- 6. Baida 7. Banda 8. Bates 9. Bell 10. Bernstein Cursors Overview PL/SQL Static SQL 6-23
- 238. Processing Query Result Sets In PL/SQL, as in traditional database programming, you use cursors to process query result sets. However, in PL/SQL, you can use either implicit or explicit cursors. The former need less code, but the latter are more flexible. For example, explicit cursors can accept parameters. The following PL/SQL statements use implicit cursors that PL/SQL defines and manages for you: • SELECT INTO • Implicit cursor FOR LOOP The following PL/SQL statements use explicit cursors: • Explicit cursor FOR LOOP You define the explicit cursor, but PL/SQL manages it while the statement runs. • OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE You define and manage the explicit cursor. Note: If a query returns no rows, PL/SQL raises the exception NO_DATA_FOUND. Topics • Processing Query Result Sets With SELECT INTO Statements • Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements • Processing Query Result Sets With Explicit Cursors, OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE • Processing Query Result Sets with Subqueries See Also: • "Explicit Cursors that Accept Parameters" • Oracle Database Development Guide for information about returning result sets to clients • "Exception Handler" for information about handling exceptions Processing Query Result Sets With SELECT INTO Statements Using an implicit cursor, the SELECT INTO statement retrieves values from one or more database tables (as the SQL SELECT statement does) and stores them in variables (which the SQL SELECT statement does not do). Processing Query Result Sets 6-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 239. Topics • Handling Single-Row Result Sets • Handling Large Multiple-Row Result Sets See Also: "SELECT INTO Statement" for its complete syntax and semantics Handling Single-Row Result Sets If you expect the query to return only one row, then use the SELECT INTO statement to store values from that row in either one or more scalar variables (see "Assigning Values to Variables with the SELECT INTO Statement") or one record variable (see "Using SELECT INTO to Assign a Row to a Record Variable"). If the query might return multiple rows, but you care about only the nth row, then restrict the result set to that row with the clause WHERE ROWNUM=n. For more information about the ROWNUM pseudocolumn, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Handling Large Multiple-Row Result Sets If you must assign a large quantity of table data to variables, Oracle recommends using the SELECT INTO statement with the BULK COLLECT clause. This statement retrieves an entire result set into one or more collection variables. For more information, see "SELECT INTO Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause". Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements The cursor FOR LOOP statement lets you run a SELECT statement and then immediately loop through the rows of the result set. This statement can use either an implicit or explicit cursor (but not a cursor variable). If you use the SELECT statement only in the cursor FOR LOOP statement, then specify the SELECT statement inside the cursor FOR LOOP statement, as in Example 6-18. This form of the cursor FOR LOOP statement uses an implicit cursor, and is called an implicit cursor FOR LOOP statement. Because the implicit cursor is internal to the statement, you cannot reference it with the name SQL. If you use the SELECT statement multiple times in the same PL/SQL unit, then define an explicit cursor for it and specify that cursor in the cursor FOR LOOP statement, as in Example 6-19. This form of the cursor FOR LOOP statement is called an explicit cursor FOR LOOP statement. You can use the same explicit cursor elsewhere in the same PL/SQL unit. The cursor FOR LOOP statement implicitly declares its loop index as a %ROWTYPE record variable of the type that its cursor returns. This record is local to the loop and exists only during loop execution. Statements inside the loop can reference the record and its fields. They can reference virtual columns only by aliases, as in Example 6-21. After declaring the loop index record variable, the FOR LOOP statement opens the specified cursor. With each iteration of the loop, the FOR LOOP statement fetches a row from the result set and stores it in the record. When there are no more rows to fetch, the cursor FOR LOOP statement closes the cursor. The cursor also closes if a statement inside the loop transfers control outside the loop or if PL/SQL raises an exception. Processing Query Result Sets PL/SQL Static SQL 6-25
- 240. See Also: "Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" for its complete syntax and semantics Note: When an exception is raised inside a cursor FOR LOOP statement, the cursor closes before the exception handler runs. Therefore, the values of explicit cursor attributes are not available in the handler. Example 6-18 Implicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement In this example, an implicit cursor FOR LOOP statement prints the last name and job ID of every clerk whose manager has an ID greater than 120. BEGIN FOR item IN ( SELECT last_name, job_id FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE '%CLERK%' AND manager_id > 120 ORDER BY last_name ) LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Name = ' || item.last_name || ', Job = ' || item.job_id); END LOOP; END; / Result: Name = Atkinson, Job = ST_CLERK Name = Bell, Job = SH_CLERK Name = Bissot, Job = ST_CLERK ... Name = Walsh, Job = SH_CLERK Example 6-19 Explicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement This exmaple is like Example 6-18, except that it uses an explicit cursor FOR LOOP statement. DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name, job_id FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE '%CLERK%' AND manager_id > 120 ORDER BY last_name; BEGIN FOR item IN c1 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Name = ' || item.last_name || ', Job = ' || item.job_id); END LOOP; END; / Result: Processing Query Result Sets 6-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 241. Name = Atkinson, Job = ST_CLERK Name = Bell, Job = SH_CLERK Name = Bissot, Job = ST_CLERK ... Name = Walsh, Job = SH_CLERK Example 6-20 Passing Parameters to Explicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement This example declares and defines an explicit cursor that accepts two parameters, and then uses it in an explicit cursor FOR LOOP statement to display the wages paid to employees who earn more than a specified wage in a specified department. DECLARE CURSOR c1 (job VARCHAR2, max_wage NUMBER) IS SELECT * FROM employees WHERE job_id = job AND salary > max_wage; BEGIN FOR person IN c1('ST_CLERK', 3000) LOOP -- process data record DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Name = ' || person.last_name || ', salary = ' || person.salary || ', Job Id = ' || person.job_id ); END LOOP; END; / Result: Name = Nayer, salary = 3200, Job Id = ST_CLERK Name = Bissot, salary = 3300, Job Id = ST_CLERK Name = Mallin, salary = 3300, Job Id = ST_CLERK Name = Ladwig, salary = 3600, Job Id = ST_CLERK Name = Stiles, salary = 3200, Job Id = ST_CLERK Name = Rajs, salary = 3500, Job Id = ST_CLERK Name = Davies, salary = 3100, Job Id = ST_CLERK Example 6-21 Cursor FOR Loop References Virtual Columns In this example, the implicit cursor FOR LOOP references virtual columns by their aliases, full_name and dream_salary. BEGIN FOR item IN ( SELECT first_name || ' ' || last_name AS full_name, salary * 10 AS dream_salary FROM employees WHERE ROWNUM <= 5 ORDER BY dream_salary DESC, last_name ASC ) LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (item.full_name || ' dreams of making ' || item.dream_salary); END LOOP; END; / Result: Stephen King dreams of making 240000 Lex De Haan dreams of making 170000 Processing Query Result Sets PL/SQL Static SQL 6-27
- 242. Neena Kochhar dreams of making 170000 Alexander Hunold dreams of making 90000 Bruce Ernst dreams of making 60000 Processing Query Result Sets With Explicit Cursors, OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE For full control over query result set processing, declare explicit cursors and manage them with the statements OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE. This result set processing technique is more complicated than the others, but it is also more flexible. For example, you can: • Process multiple result sets in parallel, using multiple cursors. • Process multiple rows in a single loop iteration, skip rows, or split the processing into multiple loops. • Specify the query in one PL/SQL unit but retrieve the rows in another. For instructions and examples, see "Explicit Cursors". Processing Query Result Sets with Subqueries If you process a query result set by looping through it and running another query for each row, then you can improve performance by removing the second query from inside the loop and making it a subquery of the first query. While an ordinary subquery is evaluated for each table, a correlated subquery is evaluated for each row. For more information about subqueries, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Example 6-22 Subquery in FROM Clause of Parent Query This example defines explicit cursor c1 with a query whose FROM clause contains a subquery. DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT t1.department_id, department_name, staff FROM departments t1, ( SELECT department_id, COUNT(*) AS staff FROM employees GROUP BY department_id ) t2 WHERE (t1.department_id = t2.department_id) AND staff >= 5 ORDER BY staff; BEGIN FOR dept IN c1 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Department = ' || dept.department_name || ', staff = ' || dept.staff); END LOOP; END; / Result: Department = IT, staff = 5 Department = Finance, staff = 6 Department = Purchasing, staff = 6 Processing Query Result Sets 6-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 243. Department = Sales, staff = 34 Department = Shipping, staff = 45 Example 6-23 Correlated Subquery This example returns the name and salary of each employee whose salary exceeds the departmental average. For each row in the table, the correlated subquery computes the average salary for the corresponding department. DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT department_id, last_name, salary FROM employees t WHERE salary > ( SELECT AVG(salary) FROM employees WHERE t.department_id = department_id ) ORDER BY department_id, last_name; BEGIN FOR person IN c1 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Making above-average salary = ' || person.last_name); END LOOP; END; / Result: Making above-average salary = Hartstein Making above-average salary = Raphaely Making above-average salary = Bell ... Making above-average salary = Higgins Cursor Variables A cursor variable is like an explicit cursor, except that: • It is not limited to one query. You can open a cursor variable for a query, process the result set, and then use the cursor variable for another query. • You can assign a value to it. • You can use it in an expression. • It can be a subprogram parameter. You can use cursor variables to pass query result sets between subprograms. • It can be a host variable. You can use cursor variables to pass query result sets between PL/SQL stored subprograms and their clients. • It cannot accept parameters. You cannot pass parameters to a cursor variable, but you can pass whole queries to it. The queries can include variables. A cursor variable has this flexibility because it is a pointer; that is, its value is the address of an item, not the item itself. Cursor Variables PL/SQL Static SQL 6-29
- 244. Before you can reference a cursor variable, you must make it point to a SQL work area, either by opening it or by assigning it the value of an open PL/SQL cursor variable or open host cursor variable. Note: Cursor variables and explicit cursors are not interchangeable—you cannot use one where the other is expected. For example, you cannot reference a cursor variable in a cursor FOR LOOP statement. Topics • Creating Cursor Variables • Opening and Closing Cursor Variables • Fetching Data with Cursor Variables • Assigning Values to Cursor Variables • Variables in Cursor Variable Queries • Querying a Collection • Cursor Variable Attributes • Cursor Variables as Subprogram Parameters • Cursor Variables as Host Variables See Also: • "Explicit Cursors" for more information about explicit cursors • "Restrictions on Cursor Variables" • Oracle Database Development Guide for advantages of cursor variables • Oracle Database Development Guide for disadvantages of cursor variables Creating Cursor Variables To create a cursor variable, either declare a variable of the predefined type SYS_REFCURSOR or define a REF CURSOR type and then declare a variable of that type. Note: Informally, a cursor variable is sometimes called a REF CURSOR). The basic syntax of a REF CURSOR type definition is: TYPE type_name IS REF CURSOR [ RETURN return_type ] (For the complete syntax and semantics, see "Cursor Variable Declaration".) Cursor Variables 6-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 245. If you specify return_type, then the REF CURSOR type and cursor variables of that type are strong; if not, they are weak. SYS_REFCURSOR and cursor variables of that type are weak. With a strong cursor variable, you can associate only queries that return the specified type. With a weak cursor variable, you can associate any query. Weak cursor variables are more error-prone than strong ones, but they are also more flexible. Weak REF CURSOR types are interchangeable with each other and with the predefined type SYS_REFCURSOR. You can assign the value of a weak cursor variable to any other weak cursor variable. You can assign the value of a strong cursor variable to another strong cursor variable only if both cursor variables have the same type (not merely the same return type). Note: You can partition weak cursor variable arguments to table functions only with the PARTITION BY ANY clause, not with PARTITION BY RANGE or PARTITION BY HASH. For syntax and semantics, see "parallel_enable_clause ::=" and "parallel_enable_clause". Example 6-24 defines strong and weak REF CURSOR types, variables of those types, and a variable of the predefined type SYS_REFCURSOR. In Example 6-25, return_type is a user-defined RECORD type. Example 6-24 Cursor Variable Declarations DECLARE TYPE empcurtyp IS REF CURSOR RETURN employees%ROWTYPE; -- strong type TYPE genericcurtyp IS REF CURSOR; -- weak type cursor1 empcurtyp; -- strong cursor variable cursor2 genericcurtyp; -- weak cursor variable my_cursor SYS_REFCURSOR; -- weak cursor variable TYPE deptcurtyp IS REF CURSOR RETURN departments%ROWTYPE; -- strong type dept_cv deptcurtyp; -- strong cursor variable BEGIN NULL; END; / Example 6-25 Cursor Variable with User-Defined Return Type DECLARE TYPE EmpRecTyp IS RECORD ( employee_id NUMBER, last_name VARCHAR2(25), salary NUMBER(8,2)); TYPE EmpCurTyp IS REF CURSOR RETURN EmpRecTyp; emp_cv EmpCurTyp; BEGIN NULL; END; / Cursor Variables PL/SQL Static SQL 6-31
- 246. Opening and Closing Cursor Variables After declaring a cursor variable, you can open it with the OPEN FOR statement, which does the following: 1. Associates the cursor variable with a query (typically, the query returns multiple rows) The query can include placeholders for bind variables, whose values you specify in the USING clause of the OPEN FOR statement. 2. Allocates database resources to process the query 3. Processes the query; that is: a. Identifies the result set If the query references variables, their values affect the result set. For details, see "Variables in Cursor Variable Queries". b. If the query has a FOR UPDATE clause, locks the rows of the result set For details, see "SELECT FOR UPDATE and FOR UPDATE Cursors". 4. Positions the cursor before the first row of the result set You need not close a cursor variable before reopening it (that is, using it in another OPEN FOR statement). After you reopen a cursor variable, the query previously associated with it is lost. When you no longer need a cursor variable, close it with the CLOSE statement, thereby allowing its resources to be reused. After closing a cursor variable, you cannot fetch records from its result set or reference its attributes. If you try, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR. You can reopen a closed cursor variable. See Also: • "OPEN FOR Statement" for its syntax and semantics • "CLOSE Statement" for its syntax and semantics Fetching Data with Cursor Variables After opening a cursor variable, you can fetch the rows of the query result set with the FETCH statement. The return type of the cursor variable must be compatible with the into_clause of the FETCH statement. If the cursor variable is strong, PL/SQL catches incompatibility at compile time. If the cursor variable is weak, PL/SQL catches incompatibility at run time, raising the predefined exception ROWTYPE_MISMATCH before the first fetch. Cursor Variables 6-32 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 247. See Also: • "Fetching Data with Explicit Cursors" • "FETCH Statement" for its complete syntax and semantics • "FETCH Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause" for information about FETCH statements that return more than one row at a time Example 6-26 Fetching Data with Cursor Variables This example uses one cursor variable to do what Example 6-6 does with two explicit cursors. The first OPEN FOR statement includes the query itself. The second OPEN FOR statement references a variable whose value is a query. DECLARE cv SYS_REFCURSOR; -- cursor variable v_lastname employees.last_name%TYPE; -- variable for last_name v_jobid employees.job_id%TYPE; -- variable for job_id query_2 VARCHAR2(200) := 'SELECT * FROM employees WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, ''[ACADFIMKSA]_M[ANGR]'') ORDER BY job_id'; v_employees employees%ROWTYPE; -- record variable row of table BEGIN OPEN cv FOR SELECT last_name, job_id FROM employees WHERE REGEXP_LIKE (job_id, 'S[HT]_CLERK') ORDER BY last_name; LOOP -- Fetches 2 columns into variables FETCH cv INTO v_lastname, v_jobid; EXIT WHEN cv%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_lastname, 25, ' ') || v_jobid ); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( '-------------------------------------' ); OPEN cv FOR query_2; LOOP -- Fetches entire row into the v_employees record FETCH cv INTO v_employees; EXIT WHEN cv%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE( RPAD(v_employees.last_name, 25, ' ') || v_employees.job_id ); END LOOP; CLOSE cv; END; / Result: Atkinson ST_CLERK Bell SH_CLERK Bissot ST_CLERK Cursor Variables PL/SQL Static SQL 6-33
- 248. ... Walsh SH_CLERK ------------------------------------- Higgins AC_MGR Greenberg FI_MGR Hartstein MK_MAN ... Zlotkey SA_MAN Example 6-27 Fetching from Cursor Variable into Collections This example fetches from a cursor variable into two collections (nested tables), using the BULK COLLECT clause of the FETCH statement. DECLARE TYPE empcurtyp IS REF CURSOR; TYPE namelist IS TABLE OF employees.last_name%TYPE; TYPE sallist IS TABLE OF employees.salary%TYPE; emp_cv empcurtyp; names namelist; sals sallist; BEGIN OPEN emp_cv FOR SELECT last_name, salary FROM employees WHERE job_id = 'SA_REP' ORDER BY salary DESC; FETCH emp_cv BULK COLLECT INTO names, sals; CLOSE emp_cv; -- loop through the names and sals collections FOR i IN names.FIRST .. names.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Name = ' || names(i) || ', salary = ' || sals(i)); END LOOP; END; / Result: Name = Ozer, salary = 11500 Name = Abel, salary = 11000 Name = Vishney, salary = 10500 ... Name = Kumar, salary = 6100 Assigning Values to Cursor Variables You can assign to a PL/SQL cursor variable the value of another PL/SQL cursor variable or host cursor variable. The syntax is: target_cursor_variable := source_cursor_variable; If source_cursor_variable is open, then after the assignment, target_cursor_variable is also open. The two cursor variables point to the same SQL work area. If source_cursor_variable is not open, opening target_cursor_variable after the assignment does not open source_cursor_variable. Cursor Variables 6-34 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 249. Variables in Cursor Variable Queries The query associated with a cursor variable can reference any variable in its scope. When you open a cursor variable with the OPEN FOR statement, PL/SQL evaluates any variables in the query and uses those values when identifying the result set. Changing the values of the variables later does not change the result set. To change the result set, you must change the value of the variable and then open the cursor variable again for the same query, as in Example 6-29. Example 6-28 Variable in Cursor Variable Query—No Result Set Change This example opens a cursor variable for a query that references the variable factor, which has the value 2. Therefore, sal_multiple is always 2 times sal, despite that factor is incremented after every fetch. DECLARE sal employees.salary%TYPE; sal_multiple employees.salary%TYPE; factor INTEGER := 2; cv SYS_REFCURSOR; BEGIN OPEN cv FOR SELECT salary, salary*factor FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE 'AD_%'; -- PL/SQL evaluates factor LOOP FETCH cv INTO sal, sal_multiple; EXIT WHEN cv%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('factor = ' || factor); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal = ' || sal); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal_multiple = ' || sal_multiple); factor := factor + 1; -- Does not affect sal_multiple END LOOP; CLOSE cv; END; / Result: factor = 2 sal = 4400 sal_multiple = 8800 factor = 3 sal = 24000 sal_multiple = 48000 factor = 4 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 factor = 5 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 Cursor Variables PL/SQL Static SQL 6-35
- 250. Example 6-29 Variable in Cursor Variable Query—Result Set Change DECLARE sal employees.salary%TYPE; sal_multiple employees.salary%TYPE; factor INTEGER := 2; cv SYS_REFCURSOR; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('factor = ' || factor); OPEN cv FOR SELECT salary, salary*factor FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE 'AD_%'; -- PL/SQL evaluates factor LOOP FETCH cv INTO sal, sal_multiple; EXIT WHEN cv%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal = ' || sal); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal_multiple = ' || sal_multiple); END LOOP; factor := factor + 1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('factor = ' || factor); OPEN cv FOR SELECT salary, salary*factor FROM employees WHERE job_id LIKE 'AD_%'; -- PL/SQL evaluates factor LOOP FETCH cv INTO sal, sal_multiple; EXIT WHEN cv%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal = ' || sal); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sal_multiple = ' || sal_multiple); END LOOP; CLOSE cv; END; / Result: factor = 2 sal = 4400 sal_multiple = 8800 sal = 24000 sal_multiple = 48000 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 34000 factor = 3 sal = 4400 sal_multiple = 13200 sal = 24000 sal_multiple = 72000 sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 51000 Cursor Variables 6-36 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 251. sal = 17000 sal_multiple = 51000 Querying a Collection You can query a collection if all of the following are true: • The data type of the collection was either created at schema level or declared in a package specification. • The data type of the collection element is either a scalar data type, a user-defined type, or a record type. In the query FROM clause, the collection appears in table_collection_expression as the argument of the TABLE operator. Note: In SQL contexts, you cannot use a function whose return type was declared in a package specification. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the table_collection_expression • "CREATE PACKAGE Statement" for information about the CREATE PACKAGE statement • "PL/SQL Collections and Records" for information about collection types and collection variables • Example 7-9, "Querying a Collection with Native Dynamic SQL" Example 6-30 Querying a Collection with Static SQL In this example, the cursor variable is associated with a query on an associative array of records. The nested table type, mytab, is declared in a package specification. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE rec IS RECORD(f1 NUMBER, f2 VARCHAR2(30)); TYPE mytab IS TABLE OF rec INDEX BY pls_integer; END; DECLARE v1 pkg.mytab; -- collection of records v2 pkg.rec; c1 SYS_REFCURSOR; BEGIN v1(1).f1 := 1; v1(1).f2 := 'one'; OPEN c1 FOR SELECT * FROM TABLE(v1); FETCH c1 INTO v2; CLOSE c1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Values in record are ' || v2.f1 || ' and ' || v2.f2); END; / Cursor Variables PL/SQL Static SQL 6-37
- 252. Result: Values in record are 1 and one Cursor Variable Attributes A cursor variable has the same attributes as an explicit cursor (see Explicit Cursor Attributes.). The syntax for the value of a cursor variable attribute is cursor_variable_name immediately followed by attribute (for example, cv %ISOPEN). If a cursor variable is not open, referencing any attribute except %ISOPEN raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR. Cursor Variables as Subprogram Parameters You can use a cursor variable as a subprogram parameter, which makes it useful for passing query results between subprograms. For example: • You can open a cursor variable in one subprogram and process it in a different subprogram. • In a multilanguage application, a PL/SQL subprogram can use a cursor variable to return a result set to a subprogram written in a different language. Note: The invoking and invoked subprograms must be in the same database instance. You cannot pass or return cursor variables to subprograms invoked through database links. Caution: Because cursor variables are pointers, using them as subprogram parameters increases the likelihood of subprogram parameter aliasing, which can have unintended results. For more information, see "Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Cursor Variable Parameters". When declaring a cursor variable as the formal parameter of a subprogram: • If the subprogram opens or assigns a value to the cursor variable, then the parameter mode must be IN OUT. • If the subprogram only fetches from, or closes, the cursor variable, then the parameter mode can be either IN or IN OUT. Corresponding formal and actual cursor variable parameters must have compatible return types. Otherwise, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception ROWTYPE_MISMATCH. To pass a cursor variable parameter between subprograms in different PL/SQL units, define the REF CURSOR type of the parameter in a package. When the type is in a package, multiple subprograms can use it. One subprogram can declare a formal parameter of that type, and other subprograms can declare variables of that type and pass them to the first subprogram. Cursor Variables 6-38 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 253. See Also: • • "Subprogram Parameters" for more information about subprogram parameters • "CURSOR Expressions" for information about CURSOR expressions, which can be actual parameters for formal cursor variable parameters • PL/SQL Packages, for more information about packages Example 6-31 Procedure to Open Cursor Variable for One Query This example defines, in a package, a REF CURSOR type and a procedure that opens a cursor variable parameter of that type. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE emp_data AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE empcurtyp IS REF CURSOR RETURN employees%ROWTYPE; PROCEDURE open_emp_cv (emp_cv IN OUT empcurtyp); END emp_data; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY emp_data AS PROCEDURE open_emp_cv (emp_cv IN OUT EmpCurTyp) IS BEGIN OPEN emp_cv FOR SELECT * FROM employees; END open_emp_cv; END emp_data; / Example 6-32 Opening Cursor Variable for Chosen Query (Same Return Type) In this example ,the stored procedure opens its cursor variable parameter for a chosen query. The queries have the same return type. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE emp_data AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE empcurtyp IS REF CURSOR RETURN employees%ROWTYPE; PROCEDURE open_emp_cv (emp_cv IN OUT empcurtyp, choice INT); END emp_data; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY emp_data AS PROCEDURE open_emp_cv (emp_cv IN OUT empcurtyp, choice INT) IS BEGIN IF choice = 1 THEN OPEN emp_cv FOR SELECT * FROM employees WHERE commission_pct IS NOT NULL; ELSIF choice = 2 THEN OPEN emp_cv FOR SELECT * FROM employees WHERE salary > 2500; ELSIF choice = 3 THEN OPEN emp_cv FOR SELECT * FROM employees WHERE department_id = 100; END IF; END; END emp_data; / Cursor Variables PL/SQL Static SQL 6-39
- 254. Example 6-33 Opening Cursor Variable for Chosen Query (Different Return Types) In this example,the stored procedure opens its cursor variable parameter for a chosen query. The queries have the different return types. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE admin_data AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE gencurtyp IS REF CURSOR; PROCEDURE open_cv (generic_cv IN OUT gencurtyp, choice INT); END admin_data; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY admin_data AS PROCEDURE open_cv (generic_cv IN OUT gencurtyp, choice INT) IS BEGIN IF choice = 1 THEN OPEN generic_cv FOR SELECT * FROM employees; ELSIF choice = 2 THEN OPEN generic_cv FOR SELECT * FROM departments; ELSIF choice = 3 THEN OPEN generic_cv FOR SELECT * FROM jobs; END IF; END; END admin_data; / Cursor Variables as Host Variables You can use a cursor variable as a host variable, which makes it useful for passing query results between PL/SQL stored subprograms and their clients. When a cursor variable is a host variable, PL/SQL and the client (the host environment) share a pointer to the SQL work area that stores the result set. To use a cursor variable as a host variable, declare the cursor variable in the host environment and then pass it as an input host variable (bind variable) to PL/SQL. Host cursor variables are compatible with any query return type (like weak PL/SQL cursor variables). A SQL work area remains accessible while any cursor variable points to it, even if you pass the value of a cursor variable from one scope to another. For example, in Example 6-34, the Pro*C program passes a host cursor variable to an embedded PL/SQL anonymous block. After the block runs, the cursor variable still points to the SQL work area. If you have a PL/SQL engine on the client side, calls from client to server impose no restrictions. For example, you can declare a cursor variable on the client side, open and fetch from it on the server side, and continue to fetch from it on the client side. You can also reduce network traffic with a PL/SQL anonymous block that opens or closes several host cursor variables in a single round trip. For example: /* PL/SQL anonymous block in host environment */ BEGIN OPEN :emp_cv FOR SELECT * FROM employees; OPEN :dept_cv FOR SELECT * FROM departments; OPEN :loc_cv FOR SELECT * FROM locations; END; / Because the cursor variables still point to the SQL work areas after the PL/SQL anonymous block runs, the client program can use them. When the client program no longer needs the cursors, it can use a PL/SQL anonymous block to close them. For example: Cursor Variables 6-40 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 255. /* PL/SQL anonymous block in host environment */ BEGIN CLOSE :emp_cv; CLOSE :dept_cv; CLOSE :loc_cv; END; / This technique is useful for populating a multiblock form, as in Oracle Forms. For example, you can open several SQL work areas in a single round trip, like this: /* PL/SQL anonymous block in host environment */ BEGIN OPEN :c1 FOR SELECT 1 FROM DUAL; OPEN :c2 FOR SELECT 1 FROM DUAL; OPEN :c3 FOR SELECT 1 FROM DUAL; END; / Note: If you bind a host cursor variable into PL/SQL from an Oracle Call Interface (OCI) client, then you cannot fetch from it on the server side unless you also open it there on the same server call. Example 6-34 Cursor Variable as Host Variable in Pro*C Client Program In this example, a Pro*C client program declares a cursor variable and a selector and passes them as host variables to a PL/SQL anonymous block, which opens the cursor variable for the selected query. EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION; SQL_CURSOR generic_cv; -- Declare host cursor variable. int choice; -- Declare selector. EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION; EXEC SQL ALLOCATE :generic_cv; -- Initialize host cursor variable. -- Pass host cursor variable and selector to PL/SQL block. / EXEC SQL EXECUTE BEGIN IF :choice = 1 THEN OPEN :generic_cv FOR SELECT * FROM employees; ELSIF :choice = 2 THEN OPEN :generic_cv FOR SELECT * FROM departments; ELSIF :choice = 3 THEN OPEN :generic_cv FOR SELECT * FROM jobs; END IF; END; END-EXEC; CURSOR Expressions A CURSOR expression returns a nested cursor. It has this syntax: CURSOR ( subquery ) You can use a CURSOR expression in a SELECT statement that is not a subquery (as in Example 6-35) or pass it to a function that accepts a cursor variable parameter (see CURSOR Expressions PL/SQL Static SQL 6-41
- 256. "Passing CURSOR Expressions to Pipelined Table Functions"). You cannot use a cursor expression with an implicit cursor. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about CURSOR expressions, including restrictions Example 6-35 CURSOR Expression This example declares and defines an explicit cursor for a query that includes a cursor expression. For each department in the departments table, the nested cursor returns the last name of each employee in that department (which it retrieves from the employees table). DECLARE TYPE emp_cur_typ IS REF CURSOR; emp_cur emp_cur_typ; dept_name departments.department_name%TYPE; emp_name employees.last_name%TYPE; CURSOR c1 IS SELECT department_name, CURSOR ( SELECT e.last_name FROM employees e WHERE e.department_id = d.department_id ORDER BY e.last_name ) employees FROM departments d WHERE department_name LIKE 'A%' ORDER BY department_name; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP -- Process each row of query result set FETCH c1 INTO dept_name, emp_cur; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Department: ' || dept_name); LOOP -- Process each row of subquery result set FETCH emp_cur INTO emp_name; EXIT WHEN emp_cur%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('-- Employee: ' || emp_name); END LOOP; END LOOP; CLOSE c1; END; / Result: Department: Accounting -- Employee: Gietz -- Employee: Higgins Department: Administration -- Employee: Whalen CURSOR Expressions 6-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 257. Transaction Processing and Control Transaction processing is an Oracle Database feature that lets multiple users work on the database concurrently, and ensures that each user sees a consistent version of data and that all changes are applied in the right order. A transaction is a sequence of one or more SQL statements that Oracle Database treats as a unit: either all of the statements are performed, or none of them are. Different users can write to the same data structures without harming each other's data or coordinating with each other, because Oracle Database locks data structures automatically. To maximize data availability, Oracle Database locks the minimum amount of data for the minimum amount of time. You rarely must write extra code to prevent problems with multiple users accessing data concurrently. However, if you do need this level of control, you can manually override the Oracle Database default locking mechanisms. Topics • COMMIT Statement • ROLLBACK Statement • SAVEPOINT Statement • Implicit Rollbacks • SET TRANSACTION Statement • Overriding Default Locking See Also: • Oracle Database Concepts for more information about transactions • Oracle Database Concepts for more information about transaction processing • Oracle Database Concepts for more information about the Oracle Database locking mechanism • Oracle Database Concepts for more information about manual data locks COMMIT Statement The COMMIT statement ends the current transaction, making its changes permanent and visible to other users. Note: A transaction can span multiple blocks, and a block can contain multiple transactions. The WRITE clause of the COMMIT statement specifies the priority with which Oracle Database writes to the redo log the information that the commit operation generates. Transaction Processing and Control PL/SQL Static SQL 6-43
- 258. Note: The default PL/SQL commit behavior for nondistributed transactions is BATCH NOWAIT if the COMMIT_LOGGING and COMMIT_WAIT database initialization parameters have not been set. See Also: • Oracle Database Concepts for more information about committing transactions • Oracle Database Concepts for information about distributed transactions • Oracle Database SQL Language Referencefor information about the COMMIT statement • Oracle Data Guard Concepts and Administration for information about ensuring no loss of data during a failover to a standby database Example 6-36 COMMIT Statement with COMMENT and WRITE Clauses In this example, a transaction transfers money from one bank account to another. It is important that the money both leaves one account and enters the other, hence the COMMIT WRITE IMMEDIATE NOWAIT statement. DROP TABLE accounts; CREATE TABLE accounts ( account_id NUMBER(6), balance NUMBER (10,2) ); INSERT INTO accounts (account_id, balance) VALUES (7715, 6350.00); INSERT INTO accounts (account_id, balance) VALUES (7720, 5100.50); CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE transfer ( from_acct NUMBER, to_acct NUMBER, amount NUMBER ) AUTHID CURRENT_USER AS BEGIN UPDATE accounts SET balance = balance - amount WHERE account_id = from_acct; UPDATE accounts SET balance = balance + amount WHERE account_id = to_acct; COMMIT WRITE IMMEDIATE NOWAIT; END; / Query before transfer: SELECT * FROM accounts; Transaction Processing and Control 6-44 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 259. Result: ACCOUNT_ID BALANCE ---------- ---------- 7715 6350 7720 5100.5 BEGIN transfer(7715, 7720, 250); END; / Query after transfer: SELECT * FROM accounts; Result: ACCOUNT_ID BALANCE ---------- ---------- 7715 6100 7720 5350.5 ROLLBACK Statement The ROLLBACK statement ends the current transaction and undoes any changes made during that transaction. If you make a mistake, such as deleting the wrong row from a table, a rollback restores the original data. If you cannot finish a transaction because a SQL statement fails or PL/SQL raises an exception, a rollback lets you take corrective action and perhaps start over. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about the ROLLBACK statement Example 6-37 ROLLBACK Statement This example inserts information about an employee into three different tables. If an INSERT statement tries to store a duplicate employee number, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX. To ensure that changes to all three tables are undone, the exception handler runs a ROLLBACK. DROP TABLE emp_name; CREATE TABLE emp_name AS SELECT employee_id, last_name FROM employees; CREATE UNIQUE INDEX empname_ix ON emp_name (employee_id); DROP TABLE emp_sal; CREATE TABLE emp_sal AS SELECT employee_id, salary FROM employees; Transaction Processing and Control PL/SQL Static SQL 6-45
- 260. CREATE UNIQUE INDEX empsal_ix ON emp_sal (employee_id); DROP TABLE emp_job; CREATE TABLE emp_job AS SELECT employee_id, job_id FROM employees; CREATE UNIQUE INDEX empjobid_ix ON emp_job (employee_id); DECLARE emp_id NUMBER(6); emp_lastname VARCHAR2(25); emp_salary NUMBER(8,2); emp_jobid VARCHAR2(10); BEGIN SELECT employee_id, last_name, salary, job_id INTO emp_id, emp_lastname, emp_salary, emp_jobid FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 120; INSERT INTO emp_name (employee_id, last_name) VALUES (emp_id, emp_lastname); INSERT INTO emp_sal (employee_id, salary) VALUES (emp_id, emp_salary); INSERT INTO emp_job (employee_id, job_id) VALUES (emp_id, emp_jobid); EXCEPTION WHEN DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX THEN ROLLBACK; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inserts were rolled back'); END; / SAVEPOINT Statement The SAVEPOINT statement names and marks the current point in the processing of a transaction. Savepoints let you roll back part of a transaction instead of the whole transaction. The number of active savepoints for each session is unlimited. When you roll back to a savepoint, any savepoints marked after that savepoint are erased. The savepoint to which you roll back is not erased. A simple rollback or commit erases all savepoints. If you mark a savepoint in a recursive subprogram, new instances of the SAVEPOINT statement run at each level in the recursive descent, but you can only roll back to the most recently marked savepoint. Savepoint names are undeclared identifiers. Reusing a savepoint name in a transaction moves the savepoint from its old position to the current point in the transaction, which means that a rollback to the savepoint affects only the current part of the transaction. Transaction Processing and Control 6-46 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 261. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about the SET TRANSACTION SQL statement Example 6-38 SAVEPOINT and ROLLBACK Statements This example marks a savepoint before doing an insert. If the INSERT statement tries to store a duplicate value in the employee_id column, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX and the transaction rolls back to the savepoint, undoing only the INSERT statement. DROP TABLE emp_name; CREATE TABLE emp_name AS SELECT employee_id, last_name, salary FROM employees; CREATE UNIQUE INDEX empname_ix ON emp_name (employee_id); DECLARE emp_id employees.employee_id%TYPE; emp_lastname employees.last_name%TYPE; emp_salary employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN SELECT employee_id, last_name, salary INTO emp_id, emp_lastname, emp_salary FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 120; UPDATE emp_name SET salary = salary * 1.1 WHERE employee_id = emp_id; DELETE FROM emp_name WHERE employee_id = 130; SAVEPOINT do_insert; INSERT INTO emp_name (employee_id, last_name, salary) VALUES (emp_id, emp_lastname, emp_salary); EXCEPTION WHEN DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX THEN ROLLBACK TO do_insert; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Insert was rolled back'); END; / Example 6-39 Reusing SAVEPOINT with ROLLBACK DROP TABLE emp_name; CREATE TABLE emp_name AS SELECT employee_id, last_name, salary FROM employees; CREATE UNIQUE INDEX empname_ix ON emp_name (employee_id); Transaction Processing and Control PL/SQL Static SQL 6-47
- 262. DECLARE emp_id employees.employee_id%TYPE; emp_lastname employees.last_name%TYPE; emp_salary employees.salary%TYPE; BEGIN SELECT employee_id, last_name, salary INTO emp_id, emp_lastname, emp_salary FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 120; SAVEPOINT my_savepoint; UPDATE emp_name SET salary = salary * 1.1 WHERE employee_id = emp_id; DELETE FROM emp_name WHERE employee_id = 130; SAVEPOINT my_savepoint; INSERT INTO emp_name (employee_id, last_name, salary) VALUES (emp_id, emp_lastname, emp_salary); EXCEPTION WHEN DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX THEN ROLLBACK TO my_savepoint; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Transaction rolled back.'); END; / Implicit Rollbacks Before running an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE statement, the database marks an implicit savepoint (unavailable to you). If the statement fails, the database rolls back to the savepoint. Usually, just the failed SQL statement is rolled back, not the whole transaction. If the statement raises an unhandled exception, the host environment determines what is rolled back. The database can also roll back single SQL statements to break deadlocks. The database signals an error to a participating transaction and rolls back the current statement in that transaction. Before running a SQL statement, the database must parse it, that is, examine it to ensure it follows syntax rules and refers to valid schema objects. Errors detected while running a SQL statement cause a rollback, but errors detected while parsing the statement do not. If you exit a stored subprogram with an unhandled exception, PL/SQL does not assign values to OUT parameters, and does not do any rollback. For information about handling exceptions, see PL/SQL Error Handling SET TRANSACTION Statement You use the SET TRANSACTION statement to begin a read-only or read-write transaction, establish an isolation level, or assign your current transaction to a specified rollback segment. Transaction Processing and Control 6-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 263. Read-only transactions are useful for running multiple queries while other users update the same tables. During a read-only transaction, all queries refer to the same snapshot of the database, providing a multi-table, multi-query, read-consistent view. Other users can continue to query or update data as usual. A commit or rollback ends the transaction. The SET TRANSACTION statement must be the first SQL statement in a read-only transaction and can appear only once in a transaction. If you set a transaction to READ ONLY, subsequent queries see only changes committed before the transaction began. The use of READ ONLY does not affect other users or transactions. Only the SELECT, OPEN, FETCH, CLOSE, LOCK TABLE, COMMIT, and ROLLBACK statements are allowed in a read-only transaction. Queries cannot be FOR UPDATE. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about the SQL statement SET TRANSACTION Example 6-40 SET TRANSACTION Statement in Read-Only Transaction In this example, a read-only transaction gather order totals for the day, the past week, and the past month. The totals are unaffected by other users updating the database during the transaction. The orders table is in the sample schema OE. DECLARE daily_order_total NUMBER(12,2); weekly_order_total NUMBER(12,2); monthly_order_total NUMBER(12,2); BEGIN COMMIT; -- end previous transaction SET TRANSACTION READ ONLY NAME 'Calculate Order Totals'; SELECT SUM (order_total) INTO daily_order_total FROM orders WHERE order_date = SYSDATE; SELECT SUM (order_total) INTO weekly_order_total FROM orders WHERE order_date = SYSDATE - 7; SELECT SUM (order_total) INTO monthly_order_total FROM orders WHERE order_date = SYSDATE - 30; COMMIT; -- ends read-only transaction END; / Overriding Default Locking By default, Oracle Database locks data structures automatically, which lets different applications write to the same data structures without harming each other's data or coordinating with each other. Transaction Processing and Control PL/SQL Static SQL 6-49
- 264. If you must have exclusive access to data during a transaction, you can override default locking with these SQL statements: • LOCK TABLE, which explicitly locks entire tables. • SELECT with the FOR UPDATE clause (SELECT FOR UPDATE), which explicitly locks specific rows of a table. Topics • LOCK TABLE Statement • SELECT FOR UPDATE and FOR UPDATE Cursors • Simulating CURRENT OF Clause with ROWID Pseudocolumn LOCK TABLE Statement The LOCK TABLE statement explicitly locks one or more tables in a specified lock mode so that you can share or deny access to them. The lock mode determines what other locks can be placed on the table. For example, many users can acquire row share locks on a table at the same time, but only one user at a time can acquire an exclusive lock. While one user has an exclusive lock on a table, no other users can insert, delete, or update rows in that table. A table lock never prevents other users from querying a table, and a query never acquires a table lock. Only if two different transactions try to modify the same row does one transaction wait for the other to complete. The LOCK TABLE statement lets you specify how long to wait for another transaction to complete. Table locks are released when the transaction that acquired them is either committed or rolled back. See Also: • Oracle Database Development Guide for more information about locking tables explicitly • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about the LOCK TABLE statement SELECT FOR UPDATE and FOR UPDATE Cursors The SELECT statement with the FOR UPDATE clause (SELECT FOR UPDATE statement) selects the rows of the result set and locks them. SELECT FOR UPDATE lets you base an update on the existing values in the rows, because it ensures that no other user can change those values before you update them. You can also use SELECT FOR UPDATE to lock rows that you do not want to update, as in Example 9-6. Note: In tables compressed with Hybrid Columnar Compression (HCC), DML statements lock compression units rather than rows. HCC, a feature of certain Oracle storage systems, is described in Oracle Database Concepts. Transaction Processing and Control 6-50 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 265. By default, the SELECT FOR UPDATE statement waits until the requested row lock is acquired. To change this behavior, use the NOWAIT, WAIT, or SKIP LOCKED clause of the SELECT FOR UPDATE statement. For information about these clauses, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. When SELECT FOR UPDATE is associated with an explicit cursor, the cursor is called a FOR UPDATE cursor. Only a FOR UPDATE cursor can appear in the CURRENT OF clause of an UPDATE or DELETE statement. (The CURRENT OF clause, a PL/SQL extension to the WHERE clause of the SQL statements UPDATE and DELETE, restricts the statement to the current row of the cursor.) When SELECT FOR UPDATE queries multiple tables, it locks only rows whose columns appear in the FOR UPDATE clause. Simulating CURRENT OF Clause with ROWID Pseudocolumn The rows of the result set are locked when you open a FOR UPDATE cursor, not as they are fetched. The rows are unlocked when you commit or roll back the transaction. After the rows are unlocked, you cannot fetch from the FOR UPDATE cursor, as Example 6-41 shows (the result is the same if you substitute ROLLBACK for COMMIT). The workaround is to simulate the CURRENT OF clause with the ROWID pseudocolumn (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference). Select the rowid of each row into a UROWID variable and use the rowid to identify the current row during subsequent updates and deletes, as in Example 6-42. (To print the value of a UROWID variable, convert it to VARCHAR2, using the ROWIDTOCHAR function described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference.) Note: When you update a row in a table compressed with Hybrid Columnar Compression (HCC), the ROWID of the row changes. HCC, a feature of certain Oracle storage systems, is described in Oracle Database Concepts. Caution: Because no FOR UPDATE clause locks the fetched rows, other users might unintentionally overwrite your changes. Note: The extra space needed for read consistency is not released until the cursor is closed, which can slow down processing for large updates. Example 6-41 FETCH with FOR UPDATE Cursor After COMMIT Statement DROP TABLE emp; CREATE TABLE emp AS SELECT * FROM employees; DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT * FROM emp FOR UPDATE OF salary ORDER BY employee_id; Transaction Processing and Control PL/SQL Static SQL 6-51
- 266. emp_rec emp%ROWTYPE; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP FETCH c1 INTO emp_rec; -- fails on second iteration EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'emp_rec.employee_id = ' || TO_CHAR(emp_rec.employee_id) ); UPDATE emp SET salary = salary * 1.05 WHERE employee_id = 105; COMMIT; -- releases locks END LOOP; END; / Result: emp_rec.employee_id = 100 DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01002: fetch out of sequence ORA-06512: at line 11 Example 6-42 Simulating CURRENT OF Clause with ROWID Pseudocolumn DROP TABLE emp; CREATE TABLE emp AS SELECT * FROM employees; DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name, job_id, rowid FROM emp; -- no FOR UPDATE clause my_lastname employees.last_name%TYPE; my_jobid employees.job_id%TYPE; my_rowid UROWID; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP FETCH c1 INTO my_lastname, my_jobid, my_rowid; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; UPDATE emp SET salary = salary * 1.02 WHERE rowid = my_rowid; -- simulates WHERE CURRENT OF c1 COMMIT; END LOOP; CLOSE c1; END; / Transaction Processing and Control 6-52 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 267. Autonomous Transactions An autonomous transaction is an independent transaction started by another transaction, the main transaction. Autonomous transactions do SQL operations and commit or roll back, without committing or rolling back the main transaction. Figure 6-1 shows how control flows from the main transaction (MT) to an autonomous routine (proc2) and back again. The autonomous routine commits two autonomous transactions (AT1 and AT2). Figure 6-1 Transaction Control Flow PROCEDURE proc1 IS emp_id NUMBER; BEGIN emp_id := 7788; INSERT ... SELECT ... proc2; DELETE ... COMMIT; END; PROCEDURE proc2 IS PRAGMA AUTON... dept_id NUMBER; BEGIN dept_id := 20; UPDATE ... INSERT ... UPDATE ... COMMIT; INSERT ... INSERT ... COMMIT; END; Main Transaction Autonomous Transaction MT ends MT begins MT suspends AT1 begins AT1 ends AT2 begins AT2 ends MT resumes Note: Although an autonomous transaction is started by another transaction, it is not a nested transaction, because: • It does not share transactional resources (such as locks) with the main transaction. • It does not depend on the main transaction. For example, if the main transaction rolls back, nested transactions roll back, but autonomous transactions do not. • Its committed changes are visible to other transactions immediately. A nested transaction's committed changes are not visible to other transactions until the main transaction commits. • Exceptions raised in an autonomous transaction cause a transaction-level rollback, not a statement-level rollback. Topics • Advantages of Autonomous Transactions • Transaction Context • Transaction Visibility Autonomous Transactions PL/SQL Static SQL 6-53
- 268. • Declaring Autonomous Routines • Controlling Autonomous Transactions • Autonomous Triggers • Invoking Autonomous Functions from SQL See Also: Oracle Database Development Guide for more information about autonomous transactions Advantages of Autonomous Transactions After starting, an autonomous transaction is fully independent. It shares no locks, resources, or commit-dependencies with the main transaction. You can log events, increment retry counters, and so on, even if the main transaction rolls back. Autonomous transactions help you build modular, reusable software components. You can encapsulate autonomous transactions in stored subprograms. An invoking application needs not know whether operations done by that stored subprogram succeeded or failed. Transaction Context The main transaction shares its context with nested routines, but not with autonomous transactions. When one autonomous routine invokes another (or itself, recursively), the routines share no transaction context. When an autonomous routine invokes a nonautonomous routine, the routines share the same transaction context. Transaction Visibility Changes made by an autonomous transaction become visible to other transactions when the autonomous transaction commits. These changes become visible to the main transaction when it resumes, if its isolation level is set to READ COMMITTED (the default). If you set the isolation level of the main transaction to SERIALIZABLE, changes made by its autonomous transactions are not visible to the main transaction when it resumes: SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE; Note: • Transaction properties apply only to the transaction in which they are set. • Cursor attributes are not affected by autonomous transactions. Declaring Autonomous Routines To declare an autonomous routine, use the AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION pragma. For information about this pragma, see "AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma". Autonomous Transactions 6-54 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 269. Tip: For readability, put the AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION pragma at the top of the declarative section. (The pragma is allowed anywhere in the declarative section.) You cannot apply the AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION pragma to an entire package or ADT, but you can apply it to each subprogram in a package or each method of an ADT. Example 6-43 Declaring Autonomous Function in Package This example marks a package function as autonomous. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE emp_actions AUTHID DEFINER AS -- package specification FUNCTION raise_salary (emp_id NUMBER, sal_raise NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; END emp_actions; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY emp_actions AS -- package body -- code for function raise_salary FUNCTION raise_salary (emp_id NUMBER, sal_raise NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER IS PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION; new_sal NUMBER(8,2); BEGIN UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + sal_raise WHERE employee_id = emp_id; COMMIT; SELECT salary INTO new_sal FROM employees WHERE employee_id = emp_id; RETURN new_sal; END raise_salary; END emp_actions; / Example 6-44 Declaring Autonomous Standalone Procedure This example marks a standalone subprogram as autonomous. CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE lower_salary (emp_id NUMBER, amount NUMBER) AUTHID DEFINER AS PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION; BEGIN UPDATE employees SET salary = salary - amount WHERE employee_id = emp_id; COMMIT; END lower_salary; / Example 6-45 Declaring Autonomous PL/SQL Block This example marks a schema-level PL/SQL block as autonomous. (A nested PL/SQL block cannot be autonomous.) DROP TABLE emp; CREATE TABLE emp AS SELECT * FROM employees; DECLARE PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION; Autonomous Transactions PL/SQL Static SQL 6-55
- 270. emp_id NUMBER(6) := 200; amount NUMBER(6,2) := 200; BEGIN UPDATE employees SET salary = salary - amount WHERE employee_id = emp_id; COMMIT; END; / Controlling Autonomous Transactions The first SQL statement in an autonomous routine begins a transaction. When one transaction ends, the next SQL statement begins another transaction. All SQL statements run since the last commit or rollback comprise the current transaction. To control autonomous transactions, use these statements, which apply only to the current (active) transaction: • COMMIT • ROLLBACK [TO savepoint_name] • SAVEPOINT savepoint_name • SET TRANSACTION Topics • Entering and Exiting Autonomous Routines • Committing and Rolling Back Autonomous Transactions • Savepoints • Avoiding Errors with Autonomous Transactions Entering and Exiting Autonomous Routines When you enter the executable section of an autonomous routine, the main transaction suspends. When you exit the routine, the main transaction resumes. If you try to exit an active autonomous transaction without committing or rolling back, the database raises an exception. If the exception is unhandled, or if the transaction ends because of some other unhandled exception, then the transaction rolls back. To exit normally, the routine must explicitly commit or roll back all autonomous transactions. If the routine (or any routine invoked by it) has pending transactions, then PL/SQL raises an exception and the pending transactions roll back. Committing and Rolling Back Autonomous Transactions COMMIT and ROLLBACK end the active autonomous transaction but do not exit the autonomous routine. When one transaction ends, the next SQL statement begins another transaction. A single autonomous routine can contain several autonomous transactions, if it issues several COMMIT statements. Autonomous Transactions 6-56 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 271. Savepoints The scope of a savepoint is the transaction in which it is defined. Savepoints defined in the main transaction are unrelated to savepoints defined in its autonomous transactions. In fact, the main transaction and an autonomous transaction can use the same savepoint names. You can roll back only to savepoints marked in the current transaction. In an autonomous transaction, you cannot roll back to a savepoint marked in the main transaction. To do so, you must resume the main transaction by exiting the autonomous routine. When in the main transaction, rolling back to a savepoint marked before you started an autonomous transaction does not roll back the autonomous transaction. Remember, autonomous transactions are fully independent of the main transaction. Avoiding Errors with Autonomous Transactions To avoid some common errors, remember: • If an autonomous transaction tries to access a resource held by the main transaction, a deadlock can occur. The database raises an exception in the autonomous transaction, which rolls back if the exception is unhandled. • The database initialization parameter TRANSACTIONS specifies the maximum number of concurrent transactions. That number might be exceeded because an autonomous transaction runs concurrently with the main transaction. • If you try to exit an active autonomous transaction without committing or rolling back, the database raises an exception. If the exception is unhandled, the transaction rolls back. • You cannot run a PIPE ROW statement in an autonomous routine while an autonomous transaction is open. You must close the autonomous transaction before running the PIPE ROW statement. This is normally accomplished by committing or rolling back the autonomous transaction before running the PIPE ROW statement. Autonomous Triggers A trigger must be autonomous to run TCL or DDL statements. To run DDL statements, the trigger must use native dynamic SQL. See Also: • PL/SQL Triggers, for general information about triggers • "Description of Static SQL" for general information about TCL statements • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about DDL statements • "Native Dynamic SQL" for information about native dynamic SQL One use of triggers is to log events transparently—for example, to log all inserts into a table, even those that roll back. Autonomous Transactions PL/SQL Static SQL 6-57
- 272. Example 6-46 Autonomous Trigger Logs INSERT Statements In this example, whenever a row is inserted into the EMPLOYEES table, a trigger inserts the same row into a log table. Because the trigger is autonomous, it can commit changes to the log table regardless of whether they are committed to the main table. DROP TABLE emp; CREATE TABLE emp AS SELECT * FROM employees; -- Log table: DROP TABLE log; CREATE TABLE log ( log_id NUMBER(6), up_date DATE, new_sal NUMBER(8,2), old_sal NUMBER(8,2) ); -- Autonomous trigger on emp table: CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER log_sal BEFORE UPDATE OF salary ON emp FOR EACH ROW DECLARE PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION; BEGIN INSERT INTO log ( log_id, up_date, new_sal, old_sal ) VALUES ( :old.employee_id, SYSDATE, :new.salary, :old.salary ); COMMIT; END; / UPDATE emp SET salary = salary * 1.05 WHERE employee_id = 115; COMMIT; UPDATE emp SET salary = salary * 1.05 WHERE employee_id = 116; ROLLBACK; -- Show that both committed and rolled-back updates -- add rows to log table SELECT * FROM log WHERE log_id = 115 OR log_id = 116; Result: Autonomous Transactions 6-58 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 273. LOG_ID UP_DATE NEW_SAL OLD_SAL ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- 115 02-OCT-12 3255 3100 116 02-OCT-12 3045 2900 2 rows selected. Example 6-47 Autonomous Trigger Uses Native Dynamic SQL for DDL In this example, an autonomous trigger uses native dynamic SQL (an EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement) to drop a temporary table after a row is inserted into the table log. DROP TABLE temp; CREATE TABLE temp ( temp_id NUMBER(6), up_date DATE ); CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER drop_temp_table AFTER INSERT ON log DECLARE PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION; BEGIN EXECUTE IMMEDIATE 'DROP TABLE temp'; COMMIT; END; / -- Show how trigger works SELECT * FROM temp; Result: no rows selected INSERT INTO log (log_id, up_date, new_sal, old_sal) VALUES (999, SYSDATE, 5000, 4500); 1 row created. SELECT * FROM temp; Result: SELECT * FROM temp * ERROR at line 1: ORA-00942: table or view does not exist Invoking Autonomous Functions from SQL A function invoked from SQL statements must obey rules meant to control side effects. By definition, an autonomous routine never reads or writes database state (that is, it neither queries nor modifies any database table). Autonomous Transactions PL/SQL Static SQL 6-59
- 274. See Also: "Subprogram Side Effects" for more information Example 6-48 Invoking Autonomous Function The package function log_msg is autonomous. Therefore, when the query invokes the function, the function inserts a message into database table debug_output without violating the rule against writing database state (modifying database tables). DROP TABLE debug_output; CREATE TABLE debug_output (message VARCHAR2(200)); CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE debugging AUTHID DEFINER AS FUNCTION log_msg (msg VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; END debugging; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY debugging AS FUNCTION log_msg (msg VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2 IS PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION; BEGIN INSERT INTO debug_output (message) VALUES (msg); COMMIT; RETURN msg; END; END debugging; / -- Invoke package function from query DECLARE my_emp_id NUMBER(6); my_last_name VARCHAR2(25); my_count NUMBER; BEGIN my_emp_id := 120; SELECT debugging.log_msg(last_name) INTO my_last_name FROM employees WHERE employee_id = my_emp_id; /* Even if you roll back in this scope, the insert into 'debug_output' remains committed, because it is part of an autonomous transaction. */ ROLLBACK; END; / Autonomous Transactions 6-60 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 275. 7 PL/SQL Dynamic SQL Dynamic SQL is a programming methodology for generating and running SQL statements at run time. It is useful when writing general-purpose and flexible programs like ad hoc query systems, when writing programs that must run database definition language (DDL) statements, or when you do not know at compile time the full text of a SQL statement or the number or data types of its input and output variables. PL/SQL provides two ways to write dynamic SQL: • Native dynamic SQL, a PL/SQL language (that is, native) feature for building and running dynamic SQL statements • DBMS_SQL package, an API for building, running, and describing dynamic SQL statements Native dynamic SQL code is easier to read and write than equivalent code that uses the DBMS_SQL package, and runs noticeably faster (especially when it can be optimized by the compiler). However, to write native dynamic SQL code, you must know at compile time the number and data types of the input and output variables of the dynamic SQL statement. If you do not know this information at compile time, you must use the DBMS_SQL package. You must also use the DBMS_SQL package if you want a stored subprogram to return a query result implicitly (not through an OUT REF CURSOR parameter). When you need both the DBMS_SQL package and native dynamic SQL, you can switch between them, using the "DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR Function" and "DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER Function". Topics • When You Need Dynamic SQL • Native Dynamic SQL • DBMS_SQL Package • SQL Injection When You Need Dynamic SQL In PL/SQL, you need dynamic SQL to run: • SQL whose text is unknown at compile time For example, a SELECT statement that includes an identifier that is unknown at compile time (such as a table name) or a WHERE clause in which the number of subclauses is unknown at compile time. PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-1
- 276. • SQL that is not supported as static SQL That is, any SQL construct not included in "Description of Static SQL". If you do not need dynamic SQL, use static SQL, which has these advantages: • Successful compilation verifies that static SQL statements reference valid database objects and that the necessary privileges are in place to access those objects. • Successful compilation creates schema object dependencies. For information about schema object dependencies, see Oracle Database Development Guide. For information about using static SQL statements with PL/SQL, see PL/SQL Static SQL. Native Dynamic SQL Native dynamic SQL processes most dynamic SQL statements with the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement. If the dynamic SQL statement is a SELECT statement that returns multiple rows, native dynamic SQL gives you these choices: • Use the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement with the BULK COLLECT INTO clause. • Use the OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE statements. The SQL cursor attributes work the same way after native dynamic SQL INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, and single-row SELECT statements as they do for their static SQL counterparts. For more information about SQL cursor attributes, see "Cursors Overview". Topics • EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement • OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE Statements • Repeated Placeholder Names in Dynamic SQL Statements EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement The EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement is the means by which native dynamic SQL processes most dynamic SQL statements. If the dynamic SQL statement is self-contained (that is, if it has no placeholders for bind variables and the only result that it can possibly return is an error), then the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement needs no clauses. If the dynamic SQL statement includes placeholders for bind variables, each placeholder must have a corresponding bind variable in the appropriate clause of the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement, as follows: • If the dynamic SQL statement is a SELECT statement that can return at most one row, put out-bind variables (defines) in the INTO clause and in-bind variables in the USING clause. • If the dynamic SQL statement is a SELECT statement that can return multiple rows, put out-bind variables (defines) in the BULK COLLECT INTO clause and in- bind variables in the USING clause. Native Dynamic SQL 7-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 277. • If the dynamic SQL statement is a DML statement without a RETURNING INTO clause, other than SELECT, put all bind variables in the USING clause. • If the dynamic SQL statement is a DML statement with a RETURNING INTO clause, put in-bind variables in the USING clause and out-bind variables in the RETURNING INTO clause. • If the dynamic SQL statement is an anonymous PL/SQL block or a CALL statement, put all bind variables in the USING clause. If the dynamic SQL statement invokes a subprogram, ensure that: – The subprogram is either created at schema level or declared and defined in a package specification. – Every bind variable that corresponds to a placeholder for a subprogram parameter has the same parameter mode as that subprogram parameter and a data type that is compatible with that of the subprogram parameter. – No bind variable is the reserved word NULL. To work around this restriction, use an uninitialized variable where you want to use NULL, as in Example 7-7. – No bind variable has a data type that SQL does not support (such as associative array indexed by string). If the data type is a collection or record type, then it must be declared in a package specification. Note: Bind variables can be evaluated in any order. If a program determines order of evaluation, then at the point where the program does so, its behavior is undefined. In Example 7-4, Example 7-5, and Example 7-6, the dynamic PL/SQL block is an anonymous PL/SQL block that invokes a subprogram that has a formal parameter of a PL/SQL collection type. Collection types are not SQL data types. In each example, the collection type is declared in a package specification, and the subprogram is declared in the package specification and defined in the package body. Native Dynamic SQL PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-3
- 278. See Also: • "CREATE FUNCTION Statement" for information about creating functions at schema level • "CREATE PROCEDURE Statement" for information about creating procedures at schema level • "PL/SQL Packages" for information about packages • "CREATE PACKAGE Statement" for information about declaring subprograms in packages • "CREATE PACKAGE BODY Statement" for information about declaring and defining subprograms in packages • "CREATE PACKAGE Statement" for more information about declaring types in a package specification • "EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement"for syntax details of the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement • "PL/SQL Collections and Records" for information about collection types Example 7-1 Invoking Subprogram from Dynamic PL/SQL Block In this example, the dynamic PL/SQL block is an anonymous PL/SQL block that invokes a subprogram created at schema level. -- Subprogram that dynamic PL/SQL block invokes: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE create_dept ( deptid IN OUT NUMBER, dname IN VARCHAR2, mgrid IN NUMBER, locid IN NUMBER ) AUTHID DEFINER AS BEGIN deptid := departments_seq.NEXTVAL; INSERT INTO departments ( department_id, department_name, manager_id, location_id ) VALUES (deptid, dname, mgrid, locid); END; / DECLARE plsql_block VARCHAR2(500); new_deptid NUMBER(4); new_dname VARCHAR2(30) := 'Advertising'; new_mgrid NUMBER(6) := 200; new_locid NUMBER(4) := 1700; BEGIN -- Dynamic PL/SQL block invokes subprogram: plsql_block := 'BEGIN create_dept(:a, :b, :c, :d); END;'; /* Specify bind variables in USING clause. Native Dynamic SQL 7-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 279. Specify mode for first parameter. Modes of other parameters are correct by default. */ EXECUTE IMMEDIATE plsql_block USING IN OUT new_deptid, new_dname, new_mgrid, new_locid; END; / Example 7-2 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with BOOLEAN Formal Parameter In this example, the dynamic PL/SQL block is an anonymous PL/SQL block that invokes a subprogram that has a formal parameter of the PL/SQL (but not SQL) data type BOOLEAN. CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p (x BOOLEAN) AUTHID DEFINER AS BEGIN IF x THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('x is true'); END IF; END; / DECLARE dyn_stmt VARCHAR2(200); b BOOLEAN := TRUE; BEGIN dyn_stmt := 'BEGIN p(:x); END;'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE dyn_stmt USING b; END; / Result: x is true Example 7-3 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with RECORD Formal Parameter In this example, the dynamic PL/SQL block is an anonymous PL/SQL block that invokes a subprogram that has a formal parameter of the PL/SQL (but not SQL) data type RECORD. The record type is declared in a package specification, and the subprogram is declared in the package specification and defined in the package body. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE rec IS RECORD (n1 NUMBER, n2 NUMBER); PROCEDURE p (x OUT rec, y NUMBER, z NUMBER); END pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg AS PROCEDURE p (x OUT rec, y NUMBER, z NUMBER) AS BEGIN x.n1 := y; x.n2 := z; END p; END pkg; / DECLARE r pkg.rec; dyn_str VARCHAR2(3000); BEGIN Native Dynamic SQL PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-5
- 280. dyn_str := 'BEGIN pkg.p(:x, 6, 8); END;'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE dyn_str USING OUT r; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('r.n1 = ' || r.n1); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('r.n2 = ' || r.n2); END; / Example 7-4 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with Assoc. Array Formal Parameter In this example, the dynamic PL/SQL block is an anonymous PL/SQL block that invokes a subprogram that has a formal parameter of the PL/SQL collection type associative array indexed by PLS_INTEGER. Note: An associative array type used in this context must be indexed by PLS_INTEGER. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE number_names IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(5) INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; PROCEDURE print_number_names (x number_names); END pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg AS PROCEDURE print_number_names (x number_names) IS BEGIN FOR i IN x.FIRST .. x.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(x(i)); END LOOP; END; END pkg; / DECLARE digit_names pkg.number_names; dyn_stmt VARCHAR2(3000); BEGIN digit_names(0) := 'zero'; digit_names(1) := 'one'; digit_names(2) := 'two'; digit_names(3) := 'three'; digit_names(4) := 'four'; digit_names(5) := 'five'; digit_names(6) := 'six'; digit_names(7) := 'seven'; digit_names(8) := 'eight'; digit_names(9) := 'nine'; dyn_stmt := 'BEGIN pkg.print_number_names(:x); END;'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE dyn_stmt USING digit_names; END; / Native Dynamic SQL 7-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 281. Example 7-5 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with Nested Table Formal Parameter In this example, the dynamic PL/SQL block is an anonymous PL/SQL block that invokes a subprogram that has a formal parameter of the PL/SQL collection type nested table. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE names IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(10); PROCEDURE print_names (x names); END pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg AS PROCEDURE print_names (x names) IS BEGIN FOR i IN x.FIRST .. x.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(x(i)); END LOOP; END; END pkg; / DECLARE fruits pkg.names; dyn_stmt VARCHAR2(3000); BEGIN fruits := pkg.names('apple', 'banana', 'cherry'); dyn_stmt := 'BEGIN pkg.print_names(:x); END;'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE dyn_stmt USING fruits; END; / Example 7-6 Dynamically Invoking Subprogram with Varray Formal Parameter In this example, the dynamic PL/SQL block is an anonymous PL/SQL block that invokes a subprogram that has a formal parameter of the PL/SQL collection type varray. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE foursome IS VARRAY(4) OF VARCHAR2(5); PROCEDURE print_foursome (x foursome); END pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg AS PROCEDURE print_foursome (x foursome) IS BEGIN IF x.COUNT = 0 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Empty'); ELSE FOR i IN x.FIRST .. x.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(x(i)); END LOOP; END IF; END; END pkg; / DECLARE directions pkg.foursome; Native Dynamic SQL PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-7
- 282. dyn_stmt VARCHAR2(3000); BEGIN directions := pkg.foursome('north', 'south', 'east', 'west'); dyn_stmt := 'BEGIN pkg.print_foursome(:x); END;'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE dyn_stmt USING directions; END; / Example 7-7 Uninitialized Variable Represents NULL in USING Clause This example uses an uninitialized variable to represent the reserved word NULL in the USING clause. CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEES; DECLARE a_null CHAR(1); -- Set to NULL automatically at run time BEGIN EXECUTE IMMEDIATE 'UPDATE employees_temp SET commission_pct = :x' USING a_null; END; / OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE Statements If the dynamic SQL statement represents a SELECT statement that returns multiple rows, you can process it with native dynamic SQL as follows: 1. Use an OPEN FOR statement to associate a cursor variable with the dynamic SQL statement. In the USING clause of the OPEN FOR statement, specify a bind variable for each placeholder in the dynamic SQL statement. The USING clause cannot contain the literal NULL. To work around this restriction, use an uninitialized variable where you want to use NULL, as in Example 7-7. 2. Use the FETCH statement to retrieve result set rows one at a time, several at a time, or all at once. 3. Use the CLOSE statement to close the cursor variable. The dynamic SQL statement can query a collection if the collection meets the criteria in "Querying a Collection". See Also: • "OPEN FOR Statement" for syntax details • "FETCH Statement" for syntax details • "CLOSE Statement" for syntax details Example 7-8 Native Dynamic SQL with OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE Statements This example lists all employees who are managers, retrieving result set rows one at a time. DECLARE TYPE EmpCurTyp IS REF CURSOR; v_emp_cursor EmpCurTyp; Native Dynamic SQL 7-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 283. emp_record employees%ROWTYPE; v_stmt_str VARCHAR2(200); v_e_job employees.job%TYPE; BEGIN -- Dynamic SQL statement with placeholder: v_stmt_str := 'SELECT * FROM employees WHERE job_id = :j'; -- Open cursor & specify bind variable in USING clause: OPEN v_emp_cursor FOR v_stmt_str USING 'MANAGER'; -- Fetch rows from result set one at a time: LOOP FETCH v_emp_cursor INTO emp_record; EXIT WHEN v_emp_cursor%NOTFOUND; END LOOP; -- Close cursor: CLOSE v_emp_cursor; END; / Example 7-9 Querying a Collection with Native Dynamic SQL This example is like Example 6-30 except that the collection variable v1 is a bind variable. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE rec IS RECORD(f1 NUMBER, f2 VARCHAR2(30)); TYPE mytab IS TABLE OF rec INDEX BY pls_integer; END; / DECLARE v1 pkg.mytab; -- collection of records v2 pkg.rec; c1 SYS_REFCURSOR; BEGIN OPEN c1 FOR 'SELECT * FROM TABLE(:1)' USING v1; FETCH c1 INTO v2; CLOSE c1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Values in record are ' || v2.f1 || ' and ' || v2.f2); END; / Repeated Placeholder Names in Dynamic SQL Statements If you repeat placeholder names in dynamic SQL statements, be aware that the way placeholders are associated with bind variables depends on the kind of dynamic SQL statement. Topics • Dynamic SQL Statement is Not Anonymous Block or CALL Statement • Dynamic SQL Statement is Anonymous Block or CALL Statement Dynamic SQL Statement is Not Anonymous Block or CALL Statement If the dynamic SQL statement does not represent an anonymous PL/SQL block or a CALL statement, repetition of placeholder names is insignificant. Native Dynamic SQL PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-9
- 284. Placeholders are associated with bind variables in the USING clause by position, not by name. For example, in this dynamic SQL statement, the repetition of the name :x is insignificant: sql_stmt := 'INSERT INTO payroll VALUES (:x, :x, :y, :x)'; In the corresponding USING clause, you must supply four bind variables. They can be different; for example: EXECUTE IMMEDIATE sql_stmt USING a, b, c, d; The preceding EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement runs this SQL statement: INSERT INTO payroll VALUES (a, b, c, d) To associate the same bind variable with each occurrence of :x, you must repeat that bind variable; for example: EXECUTE IMMEDIATE sql_stmt USING a, a, b, a; The preceding EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement runs this SQL statement: INSERT INTO payroll VALUES (a, a, b, a) Dynamic SQL Statement is Anonymous Block or CALL Statement If the dynamic SQL statement represents an anonymous PL/SQL block or a CALL statement, repetition of placeholder names is significant. Each unique placeholder name must have a corresponding bind variable in the USING clause. If you repeat a placeholder name, you need not repeat its corresponding bind variable. All references to that placeholder name correspond to one bind variable in the USING clause. Example 7-10 Repeated Placeholder Names in Dynamic PL/SQL Block In this example, all references to the first unique placeholder name, :x, are associated with the first bind variable in the USING clause, a, and the second unique placeholder name, :y, is associated with the second bind variable in the USING clause, b. CREATE PROCEDURE calc_stats ( w NUMBER, x NUMBER, y NUMBER, z NUMBER ) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(w + x + y + z); END; / DECLARE a NUMBER := 4; b NUMBER := 7; plsql_block VARCHAR2(100); BEGIN plsql_block := 'BEGIN calc_stats(:x, :x, :y, :x); END;'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE plsql_block USING a, b; -- calc_stats(a, a, b, a) END; / Native Dynamic SQL 7-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 285. DBMS_SQL Package The DBMS_SQL package defines an entity called a SQL cursor number. Because the SQL cursor number is a PL/SQL integer, you can pass it across call boundaries and store it. You must use the DBMS_SQL package to run a dynamic SQL statement if any of the following are true: • You do not know the SELECT list until run time. • You do not know until run time what placeholders in a SELECT or DML statement must be bound. • You want a stored subprogram to return a query result implicitly (not through an OUT REF CURSOR parameter), which requires the DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT procedure. In these situations, you must use native dynamic SQL instead of the DBMS_SQL package: • The dynamic SQL statement retrieves rows into records. • You want to use the SQL cursor attribute %FOUND, %ISOPEN, %NOTFOUND, or %ROWCOUNT after issuing a dynamic SQL statement that is an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or single-row SELECT statement. When you need both the DBMS_SQL package and native dynamic SQL, you can switch between them, using the functions DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR and DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER. Topics • DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT Procedure • DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT Procedure • DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR Function • DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER Function Note: You can invoke DBMS_SQL subprograms remotely. See Also: • "Native Dynamic SQL"for information about native dynamic SQL • Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for more information about the DBMS_SQL package, including instructions for running a dynamic SQL statement that has an unknown number of input or output variables ("Method 4") DBMS_SQL Package PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-11
- 286. DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT Procedure The DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT procedure lets a stored subprogram return a query result implicitly to either the client program (which invokes the subprogram indirectly) or the immediate caller of the subprogram. After DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT returns the result, only the recipient can access it. The DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT has two overloads: PROCEDURE RETURN_RESULT (rc IN OUT SYS_REFCURSOR, to_client IN BOOLEAN DEFAULT TRUE); PROCEDURE RETURN_RESULT (rc IN OUT INTEGER, to_client IN BOOLEAN DEFAULT TRUE); The rc parameter is either an open cursor variable (SYS_REFCURSOR) or the cursor number (INTEGER) of an open cursor. To open a cursor and get its cursor number, invoke the DBMS_SQL.OPEN_CURSOR function, described in Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. When the to_client parameter is TRUE (the default), the DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT procedure returns the query result to the client program (which invokes the subprogram indirectly); when this parameter is FALSE, the procedure returns the query result to the subprogram's immediate caller. See Also: • Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for more information about DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT • Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide for information about C and .NET support for implicit query results • SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference for information about SQL*Plus support for implicit query results • Oracle Database Migration Guide for information about migrating subprograms that use implicit query results Example 7-11 DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT Procedure In this example, the procedure p invokes DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT without the optional to_client parameter (which is TRUE by default). Therefore, DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT returns the query result to the subprogram client (the anonymous block that invokes p). After p returns a result to the anonymous block, only the anonymous block can access that result. CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER AS c1 SYS_REFCURSOR; c2 SYS_REFCURSOR; BEGIN OPEN c1 FOR SELECT first_name, last_name FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 176; DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT (c1); DBMS_SQL Package 7-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 287. -- Now p cannot access the result. OPEN c2 FOR SELECT city, state_province FROM locations WHERE country_id = 'AU'; DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT (c2); -- Now p cannot access the result. END; / BEGIN p; END; / Result: ResultSet #1 FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME -------------------- ------------------------- Jonathon Taylor ResultSet #2 CITY STATE_PROVINCE ------------------------------ ------------------------- Sydney New South Wales DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT Procedure The DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT procedure gets the next result that the DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT procedure returned to the recipient. The two procedures return results in the same order. The DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT has two overloads: PROCEDURE GET_NEXT_RESULT (c IN INTEGER, rc OUT SYS_REFCURSOR); PROCEDURE GET_NEXT_RESULT (c IN INTEGER, rc OUT INTEGER); The c parameter is the cursor number of an open cursor that directly or indirectly invokes a subprogram that uses the DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT procedure to return a query result implicitly. To open a cursor and get its cursor number, invoke the DBMS_SQL.OPEN_CURSOR function. DBMS_SQL.OPEN_CURSOR has an optional parameter, treat_as_client_for_results. When this parameter is FALSE (the default), the caller that opens this cursor (to invoke a subprogram) is not treated as the client that receives query results for the client from the subprogram that uses DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT—those query results are returned to the client in a upper tier instead. When this parameter is TRUE, the caller is treated as the client. For more information about the DBMS_SQL.OPEN_CURSOR function, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. The rc parameter is either a cursor variable (SYS_REFCURSOR) or the cursor number (INTEGER) of an open cursor. In Example 7-12, the procedure get_employee_info uses DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT to return two query results to a client program and is DBMS_SQL Package PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-13
- 288. invoked dynamically by the anonymous block <<main>>. Because <<main>> needs to receive the two query results that get_employee_info returns, <<main>> opens a cursor to invoke get_employee_info using DBMS_SQL.OPEN_CURSOR with the parameter treat_as_client_for_results set to TRUE. Therefore, DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT returns its results to <<main>>, which uses the cursor rc to fetch them. Example 7-12 DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT Procedure CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE get_employee_info (id IN VARCHAR2) AUTHID DEFINER AS rc SYS_REFCURSOR; BEGIN -- Return employee info OPEN rc FOR SELECT first_name, last_name, email, phone_number FROM employees WHERE employee_id = id; DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT(rc); -- Return employee job history OPEN RC FOR SELECT job_title, start_date, end_date FROM job_history jh, jobs j WHERE jh.employee_id = id AND jh.job_id = j.job_id ORDER BY start_date DESC; DBMS_SQL.RETURN_RESULT(rc); END; / <<main>> DECLARE c INTEGER; rc SYS_REFCURSOR; n NUMBER; first_name VARCHAR2(20); last_name VARCHAR2(25); email VARCHAR2(25); phone_number VARCHAR2(20); job_title VARCHAR2(35); start_date DATE; end_date DATE; BEGIN c := DBMS_SQL.OPEN_CURSOR(true); DBMS_SQL.PARSE(c, 'BEGIN get_employee_info(:id); END;', DBMS_SQL.NATIVE); DBMS_SQL.BIND_VARIABLE(c, ':id', 176); n := DBMS_SQL.EXECUTE(c); -- Get employee info dbms_sql.get_next_result(c, rc); FETCH rc INTO first_name, last_name, email, phone_number; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Employee: '||first_name || ' ' || last_name); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Email: ' ||email); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Phone: ' ||phone_number); -- Get employee job history DBMS_SQL Package 7-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 289. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Titles:'); DBMS_SQL.GET_NEXT_RESULT(c, rc); LOOP FETCH rc INTO job_title, start_date, end_date; EXIT WHEN rc%NOTFOUND; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('- '||job_title||' ('||start_date||' - ' ||end_date||')'); END LOOP; DBMS_SQL.CLOSE_CURSOR(c); END main; / Result: Employee: Jonathon Taylor Email: JTAYLOR Phone: 011.44.1644.429265 Titles: - Sales Manager (01-JAN-07 - 31-DEC-07) - Sales Representative (24-MAR-06 - 31-DEC-06) PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR Function The DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR function converts a SQL cursor number to a weak cursor variable, which you can use in native dynamic SQL statements. Before passing a SQL cursor number to the DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR function, you must OPEN, PARSE, and EXECUTE it (otherwise an error occurs). After you convert a SQL cursor number to a REF CURSOR variable, DBMS_SQL operations can access it only as the REF CURSOR variable, not as the SQL cursor number. For example, using the DBMS_SQL.IS_OPEN function to see if a converted SQL cursor number is still open causes an error. Example 7-13 uses the DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR function to switch from the DBMS_SQL package to native dynamic SQL. Example 7-13 Switching from DBMS_SQL Package to Native Dynamic SQL CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE vc_array IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(200); / CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE numlist IS TABLE OF NUMBER; / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE do_query_1 ( placeholder vc_array, bindvars vc_array, sql_stmt VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE curtype IS REF CURSOR; src_cur curtype; curid NUMBER; bindnames vc_array; empnos numlist; depts numlist; ret NUMBER; isopen BOOLEAN; BEGIN DBMS_SQL Package PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-15
- 290. -- Open SQL cursor number: curid := DBMS_SQL.OPEN_CURSOR; -- Parse SQL cursor number: DBMS_SQL.PARSE(curid, sql_stmt, DBMS_SQL.NATIVE); bindnames := placeholder; -- Bind variables: FOR i IN 1 .. bindnames.COUNT LOOP DBMS_SQL.BIND_VARIABLE(curid, bindnames(i), bindvars(i)); END LOOP; -- Run SQL cursor number: ret := DBMS_SQL.EXECUTE(curid); -- Switch from DBMS_SQL to native dynamic SQL: src_cur := DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR(curid); FETCH src_cur BULK COLLECT INTO empnos, depts; -- This would cause an error because curid was converted to a REF CURSOR: -- isopen := DBMS_SQL.IS_OPEN(curid); CLOSE src_cur; END; / DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER Function The DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER function converts a REF CURSOR variable (either strong or weak) to a SQL cursor number, which you can pass to DBMS_SQL subprograms. Before passing a REF CURSOR variable to the DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER function, you must OPEN it. After you convert a REF CURSOR variable to a SQL cursor number, native dynamic SQL operations cannot access it. Example 7-14 uses the DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER function to switch from native dynamic SQL to the DBMS_SQL package. Example 7-14 Switching from Native Dynamic SQL to DBMS_SQL Package CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE do_query_2 ( sql_stmt VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE curtype IS REF CURSOR; src_cur curtype; curid NUMBER; desctab DBMS_SQL.DESC_TAB; colcnt NUMBER; namevar VARCHAR2(50); numvar NUMBER; datevar DATE; empno NUMBER := 100; BEGIN -- sql_stmt := SELECT ... FROM employees WHERE employee_id = :b1'; -- Open REF CURSOR variable: OPEN src_cur FOR sql_stmt USING empno; DBMS_SQL Package 7-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 291. -- Switch from native dynamic SQL to DBMS_SQL package: curid := DBMS_SQL.TO_CURSOR_NUMBER(src_cur); DBMS_SQL.DESCRIBE_COLUMNS(curid, colcnt, desctab); -- Define columns: FOR i IN 1 .. colcnt LOOP IF desctab(i).col_type = 2 THEN DBMS_SQL.DEFINE_COLUMN(curid, i, numvar); ELSIF desctab(i).col_type = 12 THEN DBMS_SQL.DEFINE_COLUMN(curid, i, datevar); -- statements ELSE DBMS_SQL.DEFINE_COLUMN(curid, i, namevar, 50); END IF; END LOOP; -- Fetch rows with DBMS_SQL package: WHILE DBMS_SQL.FETCH_ROWS(curid) > 0 LOOP FOR i IN 1 .. colcnt LOOP IF (desctab(i).col_type = 1) THEN DBMS_SQL.COLUMN_VALUE(curid, i, namevar); ELSIF (desctab(i).col_type = 2) THEN DBMS_SQL.COLUMN_VALUE(curid, i, numvar); ELSIF (desctab(i).col_type = 12) THEN DBMS_SQL.COLUMN_VALUE(curid, i, datevar); -- statements END IF; END LOOP; END LOOP; DBMS_SQL.CLOSE_CURSOR(curid); END; / SQL Injection SQL injection maliciously exploits applications that use client-supplied data in SQL statements, thereby gaining unauthorized access to a database to view or manipulate restricted data. This section describes SQL injection vulnerabilities in PL/SQL and explains how to guard against them. Topics • SQL Injection Techniques • Guards Against SQL Injection Example 7-15 Setup for SQL Injection Examples To try the examples, run these statements. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at SQL Injection Demo DROP TABLE secret_records; CREATE TABLE secret_records ( SQL Injection PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-17
- 292. user_name VARCHAR2(9), service_type VARCHAR2(12), value VARCHAR2(30), date_created DATE ); INSERT INTO secret_records ( user_name, service_type, value, date_created ) VALUES ('Andy', 'Waiter', 'Serve dinner at Cafe Pete', SYSDATE); INSERT INTO secret_records ( user_name, service_type, value, date_created ) VALUES ('Chuck', 'Merger', 'Buy company XYZ', SYSDATE); SQL Injection Techniques All SQL injection techniques exploit a single vulnerability: String input is not correctly validated and is concatenated into a dynamic SQL statement. Topics • Statement Modification • Statement Injection • Data Type Conversion Statement Modification Statement modification means deliberately altering a dynamic SQL statement so that it runs in a way unintended by the application developer. Typically, the user retrieves unauthorized data by changing the WHERE clause of a SELECT statement or by inserting a UNION ALL clause. The classic example of this technique is bypassing password authentication by making a WHERE clause always TRUE. Example 7-16 Procedure Vulnerable to Statement Modification This example creates a procedure that is vulnerable to statement modification and then invokes that procedure with and without statement modification. With statement modification, the procedure returns a supposedly secret record. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at SQL Injection Demo Create vulnerable procedure: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE get_record ( user_name IN VARCHAR2, service_type IN VARCHAR2, rec OUT VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS query VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN -- Following SELECT statement is vulnerable to modification SQL Injection 7-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 293. -- because it uses concatenation to build WHERE clause. query := 'SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name=''' || user_name || ''' AND service_type=''' || service_type || ''''; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Query: ' || query); EXECUTE IMMEDIATE query INTO rec ; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Rec: ' || rec ); END; / Demonstrate procedure without SQL injection: SET SERVEROUTPUT ON; DECLARE record_value VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN get_record('Andy', 'Waiter', record_value); END; / Result: Query: SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name='Andy' AND service_type='Waiter' Rec: Serve dinner at Cafe Pete Example of statement modification: DECLARE record_value VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN get_record( 'Anybody '' OR service_type=''Merger''--', 'Anything', record_value); END; / Result: Query: SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name='Anybody ' OR service_type='Merger'--' AND service_type='Anything' Rec: Buy company XYZ PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Statement Injection Statement injection means that a user appends one or more SQL statements to a dynamic SQL statement. Anonymous PL/SQL blocks are vulnerable to this technique. Example 7-17 Procedure Vulnerable to Statement Injection This example creates a procedure that is vulnerable to statement injection and then invokes that procedure with and without statement injection. With statement injection, the procedure deletes the supposedly secret record exposed in Example 7-16. SQL Injection PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-19
- 294. Live SQL: You can view and run this example on Oracle Live SQL at SQL Injection Demo Create vulnerable procedure: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p ( user_name IN VARCHAR2, service_type IN VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS block1 VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN -- Following block is vulnerable to statement injection -- because it is built by concatenation. block1 := 'BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(''user_name: ' || user_name || ''');' || 'DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(''service_type: ' || service_type || '''); END;'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Block1: ' || block1); EXECUTE IMMEDIATE block1; END; / Demonstrate procedure without SQL injection: SET SERVEROUTPUT ON; BEGIN p('Andy', 'Waiter'); END; / Result: Block1: BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('user_name: Andy'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('service_type: Waiter'); END; user_name: Andy service_type: Waiter SQL*Plus formatting command: COLUMN date_created FORMAT A12; Query: SELECT * FROM secret_records ORDER BY user_name; Result: USER_NAME SERVICE_TYPE VALUE DATE_CREATED --------- ------------ ------------------------------ ------------ Andy Waiter Serve dinner at Cafe Pete 28-APR-10 Chuck Merger Buy company XYZ 28-APR-10 Example of statement modification: SQL Injection 7-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 295. BEGIN p('Anybody', 'Anything''); DELETE FROM secret_records WHERE service_type=INITCAP(''Merger'); END; / Result: Block1: BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('user_name: Anybody'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('service_type: Anything'); DELETE FROM secret_records WHERE service_type=INITCAP('Merger'); END; user_name: Anybody service_type: Anything PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Query: SELECT * FROM secret_records; Result: USER_NAME SERVICE_TYPE VALUE DATE_CREATED --------- ------------ ------------------------------ ------------ Andy Waiter Serve dinner at Cafe Pete 18-MAR-09 1 row selected. Data Type Conversion A less known SQL injection technique uses NLS session parameters to modify or inject SQL statements. A datetime or numeric value that is concatenated into the text of a dynamic SQL statement must be converted to the VARCHAR2 data type. The conversion can be either implicit (when the value is an operand of the concatenation operator) or explicit (when the value is the argument of the TO_CHAR function). This data type conversion depends on the NLS settings of the database session that runs the dynamic SQL statement. The conversion of datetime values uses format models specified in the parameters NLS_DATE_FORMAT, NLS_TIMESTAMP_FORMAT, or NLS_TIMESTAMP_TZ_FORMAT, depending on the particular datetime data type. The conversion of numeric values applies decimal and group separators specified in the parameter NLS_NUMERIC_CHARACTERS. One datetime format model is "text". The text is copied into the conversion result. For example, if the value of NLS_DATE_FORMAT is '"Month:" Month', then in June, TO_CHAR(SYSDATE) returns 'Month: June'. The datetime format model can be abused as shown in Example 7-18. Example 7-18 Procedure Vulnerable to SQL Injection Through Data Type Conversion SELECT * FROM secret_records; Result: USER_NAME SERVICE_TYPE VALUE DATE_CREATE --------- ------------ ------------------------------ ----------- SQL Injection PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-21
- 296. Andy Waiter Serve dinner at Cafe Pete 28-APR-2010 Chuck Merger Buy company XYZ 28-APR-2010 Create vulnerable procedure: -- Return records not older than a month CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE get_recent_record ( user_name IN VARCHAR2, service_type IN VARCHAR2, rec OUT VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS query VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN /* Following SELECT statement is vulnerable to modification because it uses concatenation to build WHERE clause and because SYSDATE depends on the value of NLS_DATE_FORMAT. */ query := 'SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name=''' || user_name || ''' AND service_type=''' || service_type || ''' AND date_created>''' || (SYSDATE - 30) || ''''; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Query: ' || query); EXECUTE IMMEDIATE query INTO rec; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Rec: ' || rec); END; / Demonstrate procedure without SQL injection: SET SERVEROUTPUT ON; ALTER SESSION SET NLS_DATE_FORMAT='DD-MON-YYYY'; DECLARE record_value VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN get_recent_record('Andy', 'Waiter', record_value); END; / Result: Query: SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name='Andy' AND service_type='Waiter' AND date_created>'29-MAR-2010' Rec: Serve dinner at Cafe Pete Example of statement modification: ALTER SESSION SET NLS_DATE_FORMAT='"'' OR service_type=''Merger"'; DECLARE record_value VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN get_recent_record('Anybody', 'Anything', record_value); END; / SQL Injection 7-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 297. Result: Query: SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name='Anybody' AND service_type='Anything' AND date_created>'' OR service_type='Merger' Rec: Buy company XYZ PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Guards Against SQL Injection If you use dynamic SQL in your PL/SQL applications, you must check the input text to ensure that it is exactly what you expected. You can use the following techniques: • Bind Variables • Validation Checks • Explicit Format Models Bind Variables The most effective way to make your PL/SQL code invulnerable to SQL injection attacks is to use bind variables. The database uses the values of bind variables exclusively and does not interpret their contents in any way. (Bind variables also improve performance.) Example 7-19 Bind Variables Guarding Against SQL Injection The procedure in this example is invulnerable to SQL injection because it builds the dynamic SQL statement with bind variables (not by concatenation as in the vulnerable procedure in Example 7-16). The same binding technique fixes the vulnerable procedure shown in Example 7-17. Create invulnerable procedure: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE get_record_2 ( user_name IN VARCHAR2, service_type IN VARCHAR2, rec OUT VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS query VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN query := 'SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name=:a AND service_type=:b'; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Query: ' || query); EXECUTE IMMEDIATE query INTO rec USING user_name, service_type; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Rec: ' || rec); END; / Demonstrate procedure without SQL injection: SET SERVEROUTPUT ON; DECLARE SQL Injection PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-23
- 298. record_value VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN get_record_2('Andy', 'Waiter', record_value); END; / Result: Query: SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name=:a AND service_type=:b Rec: Serve dinner at Cafe Pete PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Try statement modification: DECLARE record_value VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN get_record_2('Anybody '' OR service_type=''Merger''--', 'Anything', record_value); END; / Result: Query: SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name=:a AND service_type=:b DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01403: no data found ORA-06512: at "HR.GET_RECORD_2", line 15 ORA-06512: at line 4 Validation Checks Always have your program validate user input to ensure that it is what is intended. For example, if the user is passing a department number for a DELETE statement, check the validity of this department number by selecting from the departments table. Similarly, if a user enters the name of a table to be deleted, check that this table exists by selecting from the static data dictionary view ALL_TABLES. Caution: When checking the validity of a user name and its password, always return the same error regardless of which item is invalid. Otherwise, a malicious user who receives the error message "invalid password" but not "invalid user name" (or the reverse) can realize that he or she has guessed one of these correctly. In validation-checking code, the subprograms in the DBMS_ASSERT package are often useful. For example, you can use the DBMS_ASSERT.ENQUOTE_LITERAL function to enclose a string literal in quotation marks, as Example 7-20 does. This prevents a SQL Injection 7-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 299. malicious user from injecting text between an opening quotation mark and its corresponding closing quotation mark. Caution: Although the DBMS_ASSERT subprograms are useful in validation code, they do not replace it. For example, an input string can be a qualified SQL name (verified by DBMS_ASSERT.QUALIFIED_SQL_NAME) and still be a fraudulent password. See Also: Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for information about DBMS_ASSERT subprograms Example 7-20 Validation Checks Guarding Against SQL Injection In this example, the procedure raise_emp_salary checks the validity of the column name that was passed to it before it updates the employees table, and then the anonymous block invokes the procedure from both a dynamic PL/SQL block and a dynamic SQL statement. CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE raise_emp_salary ( column_value NUMBER, emp_column VARCHAR2, amount NUMBER ) AUTHID DEFINER IS v_column VARCHAR2(30); sql_stmt VARCHAR2(200); BEGIN -- Check validity of column name that was given as input: SELECT column_name INTO v_column FROM USER_TAB_COLS WHERE TABLE_NAME = 'EMPLOYEES' AND COLUMN_NAME = emp_column; sql_stmt := 'UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + :1 WHERE ' || DBMS_ASSERT.ENQUOTE_NAME(v_column,FALSE) || ' = :2'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE sql_stmt USING amount, column_value; -- If column name is valid: IF SQL%ROWCOUNT > 0 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Salaries were updated for: ' || emp_column || ' = ' || column_value); END IF; -- If column name is not valid: EXCEPTION WHEN NO_DATA_FOUND THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Invalid Column: ' || emp_column); END raise_emp_salary; / DECLARE plsql_block VARCHAR2(500); BEGIN SQL Injection PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-25
- 300. -- Invoke raise_emp_salary from a dynamic PL/SQL block: plsql_block := 'BEGIN raise_emp_salary(:cvalue, :cname, :amt); END;'; EXECUTE IMMEDIATE plsql_block USING 110, 'DEPARTMENT_ID', 10; -- Invoke raise_emp_salary from a dynamic SQL statement: EXECUTE IMMEDIATE 'BEGIN raise_emp_salary(:cvalue, :cname, :amt); END;' USING 112, 'EMPLOYEE_ID', 10; END; / Result: Salaries were updated for: DEPARTMENT_ID = 110 Salaries were updated for: EMPLOYEE_ID = 112 Explicit Format Models Using explicit locale-independent format models to construct SQL is recommended not only from a security perspective, but also to ensure that the dynamic SQL statement runs correctly in any globalization environment. If you use datetime and numeric values that are concatenated into the text of a SQL or PL/SQL statement, and you cannot pass them as bind variables, convert them to text using explicit format models that are independent from the values of the NLS parameters of the running session. Ensure that the converted values have the format of SQL datetime or numeric literals. Example 7-21 Explicit Format Models Guarding Against SQL Injection This procedure is invulnerable to SQL injection because it converts the datetime parameter value, SYSDATE - 30, to a VARCHAR2 value explicitly, using the TO_CHAR function and a locale-independent format model (not implicitly, as in the vulnerable procedure in Example 7-18). Create invulnerable procedure: -- Return records not older than a month CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE get_recent_record ( user_name IN VARCHAR2, service_type IN VARCHAR2, rec OUT VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS query VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN /* Following SELECT statement is vulnerable to modification because it uses concatenation to build WHERE clause. */ query := 'SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name=''' || user_name || ''' AND service_type=''' || service_type || ''' AND date_created> DATE ''' || TO_CHAR(SYSDATE - 30,'YYYY-MM-DD') || ''''; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Query: ' || query); EXECUTE IMMEDIATE query INTO rec; SQL Injection 7-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 301. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Rec: ' || rec); END; / Try statement modification: ALTER SESSION SET NLS_DATE_FORMAT='"'' OR service_type=''Merger"'; DECLARE record_value VARCHAR2(4000); BEGIN get_recent_record('Anybody', 'Anything', record_value); END; / Result: Query: SELECT value FROM secret_records WHERE user_name='Anybody' AND service_type='Anything' AND date_created> DATE '2010-03-29' DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01403: no data found ORA-06512: at "SYS.GET_RECENT_RECORD", line 21 ORA-06512: at line 4 SQL Injection PL/SQL Dynamic SQL 7-27
- 302. SQL Injection 7-28 PL/SQL Language Reference
- 303. 8 PL/SQL Subprograms A PL/SQL subprogram is a named PL/SQL block that can be invoked repeatedly. If the subprogram has parameters, their values can differ for each invocation. A subprogram is either a procedure or a function. Typically, you use a procedure to perform an action and a function to compute and return a value. Topics • Reasons to Use Subprograms • Nested, Package, and Standalone Subprograms • Subprogram Invocations • Subprogram Parts • Forward Declaration • Subprogram Parameters • Subprogram Invocation Resolution • Overloaded Subprograms • Recursive Subprograms • Subprogram Side Effects • PL/SQL Function Result Cache • PL/SQL Functions that SQL Statements Can Invoke • Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property) • External Subprograms Reasons to Use Subprograms Subprograms support the development and maintenance of reliable, reusable code with the following features: • Modularity Subprograms let you break a program into manageable, well-defined modules. • Easier Application Design When designing an application, you can defer the implementation details of the subprograms until you have tested the main program, and then refine them one PL/SQL Subprograms 8-1
- 304. step at a time. (To define a subprogram without implementation details, use the NULL statement, as in Example 4-35.) • Maintainability You can change the implementation details of a subprogram without changing its invokers. • Packageability Subprograms can be grouped into packages, whose advantages are explained in "Reasons to Use Packages". • Reusability Any number of applications, in many different environments, can use the same package subprogram or standalone subprogram. • Better Performance Each subprogram is compiled and stored in executable form, which can be invoked repeatedly. Because stored subprograms run in the database server, a single invocation over the network can start a large job. This division of work reduces network traffic and improves response times. Stored subprograms are cached and shared among users, which lowers memory requirements and invocation overhead. Subprograms are an important component of other maintainability features, such as packages (explained in PL/SQL Packages) and Abstract Data Types (explained in "Abstract Data Types"). Nested, Package, and Standalone Subprograms You can create a subprogram either inside a PL/SQL block (which can be another subprogram), inside a package, or at schema level. A subprogram created inside a PL/SQL block is a nested subprogram. You can either declare and define it at the same time, or you can declare it first and then define it later in the same block (see "Forward Declaration"). A nested subprogram is stored in the database only if it is nested in a standalone or package subprogram. A subprogram created inside a package is a package subprogram. You declare it in the package specification and define it in the package body. It is stored in the database until you drop the package. (Packages are described in PL/SQL Packages.) A subprogram created at schema level is a standalone subprogram. You create it with the CREATE FUNCTION or CREATE PROCEDURE statement. It is stored in the database until you drop it with the DROP FUNCTION or DROP PROCEDURE statement. (These statements are described in SQL Statements for Stored PL/SQL Units.) A stored subprogram is either a package subprogram or a standalone subprogram. A stored subprogram is affected by the AUTHID and ACCESSIBLE BY clauses, which can appear in the CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE PROCEDURE, and CREATE PACKAGE statements. The AUTHID clause affects the name resolution and privilege checking of SQL statements that the subprogram issues at run time (for more information, see "Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)"). The ACCESSIBLE BY clause specifies a white list of PL/SQL units that can access the subprogram. Nested, Package, and Standalone Subprograms 8-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 305. Subprogram Invocations A subprogram invocation has this form: subprogram_name [ ( [ parameter [, parameter]... ] ) ] If the subprogram has no parameters, or specifies a default value for every parameter, you can either omit the parameter list or specify an empty parameter list. A procedure invocation is a PL/SQL statement. For example: raise_salary(employee_id, amount); A function invocation is an expression. For example: new_salary := get_salary(employee_id); IF salary_ok(new_salary, new_title) THEN ... See Also: "Subprogram Parameters" for more information about specifying parameters in subprogram invocations Subprogram Parts A subprogram begins with a subprogram heading, which specifies its name and (optionally) its parameter list. Like an anonymous block, a subprogram has these parts: • Declarative part (optional) This part declares and defines local types, cursors, constants, variables, exceptions, and nested subprograms. These items cease to exist when the subprogram completes execution. This part can also specify pragmas. Note: The declarative part of a subprogram does not begin with the keyword DECLARE, as the declarative part of an anonymous block does. • Executable part (required) This part contains one or more statements that assign values, control execution, and manipulate data. (Early in the application design process, this part might contain only a NULL statement, as in Example 4-35.) • Exception-handling part (optional) This part contains code that handles runtime errors. Topics • Additional Parts for Functions • RETURN Statement Subprogram Invocations PL/SQL Subprograms 8-3
- 306. See Also: • "Pragmas" • "Procedure Declaration and Definition" for the syntax of procedure declarations and definitions • "Subprogram Parameters" for more information about subprogram parameters Example 8-1 Declaring, Defining, and Invoking a Simple PL/SQL Procedure In this example, an anonymous block simultaneously declares and defines a procedure and invokes it three times. The third invocation raises the exception that the exception- handling part of the procedure handles. DECLARE first_name employees.first_name%TYPE; last_name employees.last_name%TYPE; email employees.email%TYPE; employer VARCHAR2(8) := 'AcmeCorp'; -- Declare and define procedure PROCEDURE create_email ( -- Subprogram heading begins name1 VARCHAR2, name2 VARCHAR2, company VARCHAR2 ) -- Subprogram heading ends IS -- Declarative part begins error_message VARCHAR2(30) := 'Email address is too long.'; BEGIN -- Executable part begins email := name1 || '.' || name2 || '@' || company; EXCEPTION -- Exception-handling part begins WHEN VALUE_ERROR THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(error_message); END create_email; BEGIN first_name := 'John'; last_name := 'Doe'; create_email(first_name, last_name, employer); -- invocation DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('With first name first, email is: ' || email); create_email(last_name, first_name, employer); -- invocation DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('With last name first, email is: ' || email); first_name := 'Elizabeth'; last_name := 'MacDonald'; create_email(first_name, last_name, employer); -- invocation END; / Result: With first name first, email is: John.Doe@AcmeCorp With last name first, email is: Doe.John@AcmeCorp Email address is too long. Subprogram Parts 8-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 307. Additional Parts for Functions A function has the same structure as a procedure, except that: • A function heading must include a RETURN clause, which specifies the data type of the value that the function returns. (A procedure heading cannot have a RETURN clause.) • In the executable part of a function, every execution path must lead to a RETURN statement. Otherwise, the PL/SQL compiler issues a compile-time warning. (In a procedure, the RETURN statement is optional and not recommended. For details, see "RETURN Statement".) • A function declaration can include these options: Option Description DETERMINISTIC option Helps the optimizer avoid redundant function invocations. PARALLEL_ENABLE option Enables the function for parallel execution, making it safe for use in slave sessions of parallel DML evaluations. PIPELINED option Makes a table function pipelined, for use as a row source. RESULT_CACHE option Stores function results in the PL/SQL function result cache. See Also: • "Function Declaration and Definition" for the syntax of function declarations and definitions, including descriptions of the items in the preceding table • "PL/SQL Function Result Cache" for more information about the RESULT_CACHE option Example 8-2 Declaring, Defining, and Invoking a Simple PL/SQL Function In this example, an anonymous block simultaneously declares and defines a function and invokes it. DECLARE -- Declare and define function FUNCTION square (original NUMBER) -- parameter list RETURN NUMBER -- RETURN clause AS -- Declarative part begins original_squared NUMBER; BEGIN -- Executable part begins original_squared := original * original; RETURN original_squared; -- RETURN statement END; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(square(100)); -- invocation END; / Subprogram Parts PL/SQL Subprograms 8-5
- 308. Result: 10000 RETURN Statement The RETURN statement immediately ends the execution of the subprogram or anonymous block that contains it. A subprogram or anonymous block can contain multiple RETURN statements. Topics • RETURN Statement in Function • RETURN Statement in Procedure • RETURN Statement in Anonymous Block See Also: "RETURN Statement" for the syntax of the RETURN statement RETURN Statement in Function In a function, every execution path must lead to a RETURN statement and every RETURN statement must specify an expression. The RETURN statement assigns the value of the expression to the function identifier and returns control to the invoker, where execution resumes immediately after the invocation. Note: In a pipelined table function, a RETURN statement need not specify an expression. For information about the parts of a pipelined table function, see "Creating Pipelined Table Functions". In Example 8-3, the anonymous block invokes the same function twice. The first time, the RETURN statement returns control to the inside of the invoking statement. The second time, the RETURN statement returns control to the statement immediately after the invoking statement. In Example 8-4, the function has multiple RETURN statements, but if the parameter is not 0 or 1, then no execution path leads to a RETURN statement. The function compiles with warning PLW-05005: subprogram F returns without value at line 11. Example 8-5 is like Example 8-4, except for the addition of the ELSE clause. Every execution path leads to a RETURN statement, and the function compiles without warning PLW-05005. Example 8-3 Execution Resumes After RETURN Statement in Function DECLARE x INTEGER; FUNCTION f (n INTEGER) RETURN INTEGER IS BEGIN Subprogram Parts 8-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 309. RETURN (n*n); END; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'f returns ' || f(2) || '. Execution returns here (1).' ); x := f(2); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Execution returns here (2).'); END; / Result: f returns 4. Execution returns here (1).Execution returns here (2). Example 8-4 Function Where Not Every Execution Path Leads to RETURN Statement CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION f (n INTEGER) RETURN INTEGER AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN IF n = 0 THEN RETURN 1; ELSIF n = 1 THEN RETURN n; END IF; END; / Example 8-5 Function Where Every Execution Path Leads to RETURN Statement CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION f (n INTEGER) RETURN INTEGER AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN IF n = 0 THEN RETURN 1; ELSIF n = 1 THEN RETURN n; ELSE RETURN n*n; END IF; END; / BEGIN FOR i IN 0 .. 3 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('f(' || i || ') = ' || f(i)); END LOOP; END; / Result: f(0) = 1 f(1) = 1 f(2) = 4 f(3) = 9 Subprogram Parts PL/SQL Subprograms 8-7
- 310. RETURN Statement in Procedure In a procedure, the RETURN statement returns control to the invoker, where execution resumes immediately after the invocation. The RETURN statement cannot specify an expression. In Example 8-6, the RETURN statement returns control to the statement immediately after the invoking statement. Example 8-6 Execution Resumes After RETURN Statement in Procedure DECLARE PROCEDURE p IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inside p'); RETURN; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Unreachable statement.'); END; BEGIN p; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Control returns here.'); END; / Result: Inside p Control returns here. RETURN Statement in Anonymous Block In an anonymous block, the RETURN statement exits its own block and all enclosing blocks. The RETURN statement cannot specify an expression. In Example 8-7, the RETURN statement exits both the inner and outer block. Example 8-7 Execution Resumes After RETURN Statement in Anonymous Block BEGIN BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inside inner block.'); RETURN; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Unreachable statement.'); END; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inside outer block. Unreachable statement.'); END; / Result: Inside inner block. Forward Declaration If nested subprograms in the same PL/SQL block invoke each other, then one requires a forward declaration, because a subprogram must be declared before it can be invoked. A forward declaration declares a nested subprogram but does not define it. You must define it later in the same block. The forward declaration and the definition must have the same subprogram heading. Forward Declaration 8-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 311. In Example 8-8, an anonymous block creates two procedures that invoke each other. Example 8-8 Nested Subprograms Invoke Each Other DECLARE -- Declare proc1 (forward declaration): PROCEDURE proc1(number1 NUMBER); -- Declare and define proc2: PROCEDURE proc2(number2 NUMBER) IS BEGIN proc1(number2); END; -- Define proc 1: PROCEDURE proc1(number1 NUMBER) IS BEGIN proc2 (number1); END; BEGIN NULL; END; / Subprogram Parameters If a subprogram has parameters, their values can differ for each invocation. Topics • Formal and Actual Subprogram Parameters • Subprogram Parameter Passing Methods • Subprogram Parameter Modes • Subprogram Parameter Aliasing • Default Values for IN Subprogram Parameters • Positional, Named, and Mixed Notation for Actual Parameters Formal and Actual Subprogram Parameters If you want a subprogram to have parameters, declare formal parameters in the subprogram heading. In each formal parameter declaration, specify the name and data type of the parameter, and (optionally) its mode and default value. In the execution part of the subprogram, reference the formal parameters by their names. When invoking the subprogram, specify the actual parameters whose values are to be assigned to the formal parameters. Corresponding actual and formal parameters must have compatible data types. Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-9
- 312. Note: You can declare a formal parameter of a constrained subtype, like this: DECLARE SUBTYPE n1 IS NUMBER(1); SUBTYPE v1 IS VARCHAR2(1); PROCEDURE p (n n1, v v1) IS ... But you cannot include a constraint in a formal parameter declaration, like this: DECLARE PROCEDURE p (n NUMBER(1), v VARCHAR2(1)) IS ... Tip: To avoid confusion, use different names for formal and actual parameters. Note: • Actual parameters (including default values of formal parameters) can be evaluated in any order. If a program determines order of evaluation, then at the point where the program does so, its behavior is undefined. • You cannot use LOB parameters in a server-to-server remote procedure call (RPC). In Example 8-9, the procedure has formal parameters emp_id and amount. In the first procedure invocation, the corresponding actual parameters are emp_num and bonus, whose value are 120 and 100, respectively. In the second procedure invocation, the actual parameters are emp_num and merit + bonus, whose value are 120 and 150, respectively. Topics: • Formal Parameters of Constrained Subtypes See Also: • "Formal Parameter Declaration" for the syntax and semantics of a formal parameter declaration • "function_call ::=" and "function_call" for the syntax and semantics of a function invocation • "procedure_call ::=" and "procedure_call" for the syntax and semantics of a procedure invocation Example 8-9 Formal Parameters and Actual Parameters DECLARE emp_num NUMBER(6) := 120; bonus NUMBER(6) := 100; Subprogram Parameters 8-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 313. merit NUMBER(4) := 50; PROCEDURE raise_salary ( emp_id NUMBER, -- formal parameter amount NUMBER -- formal parameter ) IS BEGIN UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + amount -- reference to formal parameter WHERE employee_id = emp_id; -- reference to formal parameter END raise_salary; BEGIN raise_salary(emp_num, bonus); -- actual parameters /* raise_salary runs this statement: UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + 100 WHERE employee_id = 120; */ raise_salary(emp_num, merit + bonus); -- actual parameters /* raise_salary runs this statement: UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + 150 WHERE employee_id = 120; */ END; / Formal Parameters of Constrained Subtypes If the data type of a formal parameter is a constrained subtype, then: • If the subtype has the NOT NULL constraint, then the actual parameter inherits it. • If the subtype has the base type VARCHAR2, then the actual parameter does not inherit the size of the subtype. • If the subtype has a numeric base type, then the actual parameter inherits the range of the subtype, but not the precision or scale. Note: In a function, the clause RETURN datatype declares a hidden formal parameter and the statement RETURN value specifies the corresponding actual parameter. Therefore, if datatype is a constrained data type, then the preceding rules apply to value (see Example 8-11). Example 8-10 shows that an actual subprogram parameter inherits the NOT NULL constraint but not the size of a VARCHAR2 subtype. As PL/SQL Predefined Data Types shows, PL/SQL has many predefined data types that are constrained subtypes of other data types. For example, INTEGER is a constrained subtype of NUMBER: SUBTYPE INTEGER IS NUMBER(38,0); In Example 8-11, the function has both an INTEGER formal parameter and an INTEGER return type. The anonymous block invokes the function with an actual Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-11
- 314. parameter that is not an integer. Because the actual parameter inherits the range but not the precision and scale of INTEGER, and the actual parameter is in the INTEGER range, the invocation succeeds. For the same reason, the RETURN statement succeeds in returning the noninteger value. In Example 8-12, the function implicitly converts its formal parameter to the constrained subtype INTEGER before returning it. See Also: "Constrained Subtypes" for general information about constrained subtypes Example 8-10 Actual Parameter Inherits Only NOT NULL from Subtype DECLARE SUBTYPE License IS VARCHAR2(7) NOT NULL; n License := 'DLLLDDD'; PROCEDURE p (x License) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(x); END; BEGIN p('1ABC123456789'); -- Succeeds; size is not inherited p(NULL); -- Raises error; NOT NULL is inherited END; / Result: p(NULL); -- Raises error; NOT NULL is inherited * ERROR at line 12: ORA-06550: line 12, column 5: PLS-00567: cannot pass NULL to a NOT NULL constrained formal parameter ORA-06550: line 12, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Example 8-11 Actual Parameter and Return Value Inherit Only Range From Subtype DECLARE FUNCTION test (p INTEGER) RETURN INTEGER IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('p = ' || p); RETURN p; END test; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('test(p) = ' || test(0.66)); END; / Result: p = .66 test(p) = .66 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Subprogram Parameters 8-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 315. Example 8-12 Function Implicitly Converts Formal Parameter to Constrained Subtype DECLARE FUNCTION test (p NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER IS q INTEGER := p; -- Implicitly converts p to INTEGER BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('p = ' || q); -- Display q, not p RETURN q; -- Return q, not p END test; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('test(p) = ' || test(0.66)); END; / Result: p = 1 test(p) = 1 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Subprogram Parameter Passing Methods The PL/SQL compiler has two ways of passing an actual parameter to a subprogram: • By reference The compiler passes the subprogram a pointer to the actual parameter. The actual and formal parameters refer to the same memory location. • By value The compiler assigns the value of the actual parameter to the corresponding formal parameter. The actual and formal parameters refer to different memory locations. If necessary, the compiler implicitly converts the data type of the actual parameter to the data type of the formal parameter. For information about implicit data conversion, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Tip: Avoid implicit data conversion (for the reasons in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference), in either of these ways: – Declare the variables that you intend to use as actual parameters with the same data types as their corresponding formal parameters (as in the declaration of variable x in Example 8-13). – Explicitly convert actual parameters to the data types of their corresponding formal parameters, using the SQL conversion functions described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference (as in the third invocation of the procedure in Example 8-13). In Example 8-13, the procedure p has one parameter, n, which is passed by value. The anonymous block invokes p three times, avoiding implicit conversion twice. The method by which the compiler passes a specific actual parameter depends on its mode, as explained in "Subprogram Parameter Modes". Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-13
- 316. Example 8-13 Avoiding Implicit Conversion of Actual Parameters CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p ( n NUMBER ) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN NULL; END; / DECLARE x NUMBER := 1; y VARCHAR2(1) := '1'; BEGIN p(x); -- No conversion needed p(y); -- z implicitly converted from VARCHAR2 to NUMBER p(TO_NUMBER(y)); -- z explicitly converted from VARCHAR2 to NUMBER END; / Subprogram Parameter Modes The mode of a formal parameter determines its behavior. Table 8-1 summarizes and compares the characteristics of the subprogram parameter modes. Table 8-1 PL/SQL Subprogram Parameter Modes Parameter Mode Is Default? Role IN Default mode Passes a value to the subprogram. OUT Must be specified. Returns a value to the invoker. IN OUT Must be specified. Passes an initial value to the subprogram and returns an updated value to the invoker. Table 8-2 PL/SQL Subprogram Parameter Modes Characteristics Parameter Mode Formal Parameter Actual Parameter Passed by Reference ? IN Formal parameter acts like a constant: When the subprogram begins, its value is that of either its actual parameter or default value, and the subprogram cannot change this value. Actual parameter can be a constant, initialized variable, literal, or expression. Actual parameter is passed by reference. Subprogram Parameters 8-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 317. Table 8-2 (Cont.) PL/SQL Subprogram Parameter Modes Characteristics Parameter Mode Formal Parameter Actual Parameter Passed by Reference ? OUT Formal parameter is initialized to the default value of its type. The default value of the type is NULL except for a record type with a non-NULL default value (see Example 8-16). When the subprogram begins, the formal parameter has its initial value regardless of the value of its actual parameter. Oracle recommends that the subprogram assign a value to the formal parameter. If the default value of the formal parameter type is NULL, then the actual parameter must be a variable whose data type is not defined as NOT NULL. By default, actual parameter is passed by value; if you specify NOCOPY, it might be passed by reference. IN OUT Formal parameter acts like an initialized variable: When the subprogram begins, its value is that of its actual parameter. Oracle recommends that the subprogram update its value. Actual parameter must be a variable (typically, it is a string buffer or numeric accumulator). By default, actual parameter is passed by value (in both directions); if you specify NOCOPY, it might be passed by reference. Tip: Do not use OUT and IN OUT for function parameters. Ideally, a function takes zero or more parameters and returns a single value. A function with IN OUT parameters returns multiple values and has side effects. Note: The specifications of many packages and types that Oracle Database supplies declare formal parameters with this notation: i1 IN VARCHAR2 CHARACTER SET ANY_CS i2 IN VARCHAR2 CHARACTER SET i1%CHARSET Do not use this notation when declaring your own formal or actual parameters. It is reserved for Oracle implementation of the supplied packages types. Regardless of how an OUT or IN OUT parameter is passed: • If the subprogram exits successfully, then the value of the actual parameter is the final value assigned to the formal parameter. (The formal parameter is assigned at least one value—the initial value.) • If the subprogram ends with an exception, then the value of the actual parameter is undefined. • Formal OUT and IN OUT parameters can be returned in any order. In this example, the final values of x and y are undefined: Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-15
- 318. CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p (x OUT INTEGER, y OUT INTEGER) AS BEGIN x := 17; y := 93; END; / When an OUT or IN OUT parameter is passed by reference, the actual and formal parameters refer to the same memory location. Therefore, if the subprogram changes the value of the formal parameter, the change shows immediately in the actual parameter (see "Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Parameters Passed by Reference"). In Example 8-14, the procedure p has two IN parameters, one OUT parameter, and one IN OUT parameter. The OUT and IN OUT parameters are passed by value (the default). The anonymous block invokes p twice, with different actual parameters. Before each invocation, the anonymous block prints the values of the actual parameters. The procedure p prints the initial values of its formal parameters. After each invocation, the anonymous block prints the values of the actual parameters again. In Example 8-15, the anonymous block invokes procedure p (from Example 8-14) with an actual parameter that causes p to raise the predefined exception ZERO_DIVIDE, which p does not handle. The exception propagates to the anonymous block, which handles ZERO_DIVIDE and shows that the actual parameters for the IN and IN OUT parameters of p have retained the values that they had before the invocation. (Exception propagation is explained in "Exception Propagation".) In Example 8-16, the procedure p has three OUT formal parameters: x, of a record type with a non-NULL default value; y, of a record type with no non-NULL default value; and z, which is not a record. The corresponding actual parameters for x, y, and z are r1, r2, and s, respectively. s is declared with an initial value. However, when p is invoked, the value of s is initialized to NULL. The values of r1 and r2 are initialized to the default values of their record types, 'abcde' and NULL, respectively. Example 8-14 Parameter Values Before, During, and After Procedure Invocation CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p ( a PLS_INTEGER, -- IN by default b IN PLS_INTEGER, c OUT PLS_INTEGER, d IN OUT BINARY_FLOAT ) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN -- Print values of parameters: DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inside procedure p:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('IN a = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(a), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('IN b = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(b), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('OUT c = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(c), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('IN OUT d = ' || TO_CHAR(d)); -- Can reference IN parameters a and b, -- but cannot assign values to them. Subprogram Parameters 8-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 319. c := a+10; -- Assign value to OUT parameter d := 10/b; -- Assign value to IN OUT parameter END; / DECLARE aa CONSTANT PLS_INTEGER := 1; bb PLS_INTEGER := 2; cc PLS_INTEGER := 3; dd BINARY_FLOAT := 4; ee PLS_INTEGER; ff BINARY_FLOAT := 5; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before invoking procedure p:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('aa = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(aa), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('bb = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(bb), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('cc = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(cc), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dd = ' || TO_CHAR(dd)); p (aa, -- constant bb, -- initialized variable cc, -- initialized variable dd -- initialized variable ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After invoking procedure p:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('aa = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(aa), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('bb = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(bb), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('cc = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(cc), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('dd = ' || TO_CHAR(dd)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before invoking procedure p:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('ee = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(ee), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('ff = ' || TO_CHAR(ff)); p (1, -- literal (bb+3)*4, -- expression ee, -- uninitialized variable ff -- initialized variable ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After invoking procedure p:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('ee = '); Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-17
- 320. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(ee), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('ff = ' || TO_CHAR(ff)); END; / Result: Before invoking procedure p: aa = 1 bb = 2 cc = 3 dd = 4.0E+000 Inside procedure p: IN a = 1 IN b = 2 OUT c = NULL IN OUT d = 4.0E+000 After invoking procedure p: aa = 1 bb = 2 cc = 11 dd = 5.0E+000 Before invoking procedure p: ee = NULL ff = 5.0E+000 Inside procedure p: IN a = 1 IN b = 20 OUT c = NULL IN OUT d = 5.0E+000 After invoking procedure p: ee = 11 ff = 5.0E-001 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Example 8-15 OUT and IN OUT Parameter Values After Exception Handling DECLARE j PLS_INTEGER := 10; k BINARY_FLOAT := 15; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before invoking procedure p:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('j = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(j), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('k = ' || TO_CHAR(k)); p(4, 0, j, k); -- causes p to exit with exception ZERO_DIVIDE EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After invoking procedure p:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('j = '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(NVL(TO_CHAR(j), 'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('k = ' || TO_CHAR(k)); END; / Subprogram Parameters 8-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 321. Result: Before invoking procedure p: j = 10 k = 1.5E+001 Inside procedure p: IN a = 4 IN b = 0 OUT c = NULL IN OUT d = 1.5E+001 After invoking procedure p: j = 10 k = 1.5E+001 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Example 8-16 OUT Formal Parameter of Record Type with Non-NULL Default Value CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE r_types AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE r_type_1 IS RECORD (f VARCHAR2(5) := 'abcde'); TYPE r_type_2 IS RECORD (f VARCHAR2(5)); END; / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p ( x OUT r_types.r_type_1, y OUT r_types.r_type_2, z OUT VARCHAR2) AUTHID CURRENT_USER IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('x.f is ' || NVL(x.f,'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('y.f is ' || NVL(y.f,'NULL')); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('z is ' || NVL(z,'NULL')); END; / DECLARE r1 r_types.r_type_1; r2 r_types.r_type_2; s VARCHAR2(5) := 'fghij'; BEGIN p (r1, r2, s); END; / Result: x.f is abcde y.f is NULL z is NULL PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Subprogram Parameter Aliasing Aliasing is having two different names for the same memory location. If a stored item is visible by more than one path, and you can change the item by one path, then you can see the change by all paths. Subprogram parameter aliasing always occurs when the compiler passes an actual parameter by reference, and can also occur when a subprogram has cursor variable parameters. Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-19
- 322. Topics • Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Parameters Passed by Reference • Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Cursor Variable Parameters Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Parameters Passed by Reference When the compiler passes an actual parameter by reference, the actual and formal parameters refer to the same memory location. Therefore, if the subprogram changes the value of the formal parameter, the change shows immediately in the actual parameter. The compiler always passes IN parameters by reference, but the resulting aliasing cannot cause problems, because subprograms cannot assign values to IN parameters. The compiler might pass an OUT or IN OUT parameter by reference, if you specify NOCOPY for that parameter. NOCOPY is only a hint—each time the subprogram is invoked, the compiler decides, silently, whether to obey or ignore NOCOPY. Therefore, aliasing can occur for one invocation but not another, making subprogram results indeterminate. For example: • If the actual parameter is a global variable, then an assignment to the formal parameter might show in the global parameter (see Example 8-17). • If the same variable is the actual parameter for two formal parameters, then an assignment to either formal parameter might show immediately in both formal parameters (see Example 8-18). • If the actual parameter is a package variable, then an assignment to either the formal parameter or the package variable might show immediately in both the formal parameter and the package variable. • If the subprogram is exited with an unhandled exception, then an assignment to the formal parameter might show in the actual parameter. See Also: "NOCOPY" for the cases in which the compiler always ignores NOCOPY In Example 8-17, the procedure has an IN OUT NOCOPY formal parameter, to which it assigns the value 'aardvark'. The anonymous block assigns the value 'aardwolf' to a global variable and then passes the global variable to the procedure. If the compiler obeys the NOCOPY hint, then the final value of the global variable is 'aardvark'. If the compiler ignores the NOCOPY hint, then the final value of the global variable is 'aardwolf'. In Example 8-18, the procedure has an IN parameter, an IN OUT parameter, and an IN OUT NOCOPY parameter. The anonymous block invokes the procedure, using the same actual parameter, a global variable, for all three formal parameters. The procedure changes the value of the IN OUT parameter before it changes the value of the IN OUT NOCOPY parameter. However, if the compiler obeys the NOCOPY hint, then the latter change shows in the actual parameter immediately. The former change shows in the actual parameter after the procedure is exited successfully and control returns to the anonymous block. Subprogram Parameters 8-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 323. Example 8-17 Aliasing from Global Variable as Actual Parameter DECLARE TYPE Definition IS RECORD ( word VARCHAR2(20), meaning VARCHAR2(200) ); TYPE Dictionary IS VARRAY(2000) OF Definition; lexicon Dictionary := Dictionary(); -- global variable PROCEDURE add_entry ( word_list IN OUT NOCOPY Dictionary -- formal NOCOPY parameter ) IS BEGIN word_list(1).word := 'aardvark'; END; BEGIN lexicon.EXTEND; lexicon(1).word := 'aardwolf'; add_entry(lexicon); -- global variable is actual parameter DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(lexicon(1).word); END; / Result: aardvark Example 8-18 Aliasing from Same Actual Parameter for Multiple Formal Parameters DECLARE n NUMBER := 10; PROCEDURE p ( n1 IN NUMBER, n2 IN OUT NUMBER, n3 IN OUT NOCOPY NUMBER ) IS BEGIN n2 := 20; -- actual parameter is 20 only after procedure succeeds DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line(n1); -- actual parameter value is still 10 n3 := 30; -- might change actual parameter immediately DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line(n1); -- actual parameter value is either 10 or 30 END; BEGIN p(n, n, n); DBMS_OUTPUT.put_line(n); END; / Result if the compiler obeys the NOCOPY hint: 10 30 20 Result if the compiler ignores the NOCOPY hint: Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-21
- 324. 10 10 30 Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Cursor Variable Parameters Cursor variable parameters are pointers. Therefore, if a subprogram assigns one cursor variable parameter to another, they refer to the same memory location. This aliasing can have unintended results. In Example 8-19, the procedure has two cursor variable parameters, emp_cv1 and emp_cv2. The procedure opens emp_cv1 and assigns its value (which is a pointer) to emp_cv2. Now emp_cv1 and emp_cv2 refer to the same memory location. When the procedure closes emp_cv1, it also closes emp_cv2. Therefore, when the procedure tries to fetch from emp_cv2, PL/SQL raises an exception. Example 8-19 Aliasing from Cursor Variable Subprogram Parameters DECLARE TYPE EmpCurTyp IS REF CURSOR; c1 EmpCurTyp; c2 EmpCurTyp; PROCEDURE get_emp_data ( emp_cv1 IN OUT EmpCurTyp, emp_cv2 IN OUT EmpCurTyp ) IS emp_rec employees%ROWTYPE; BEGIN OPEN emp_cv1 FOR SELECT * FROM employees; emp_cv2 := emp_cv1; -- now both variables refer to same location FETCH emp_cv1 INTO emp_rec; -- fetches first row of employees FETCH emp_cv1 INTO emp_rec; -- fetches second row of employees FETCH emp_cv2 INTO emp_rec; -- fetches third row of employees CLOSE emp_cv1; -- closes both variables FETCH emp_cv2 INTO emp_rec; -- causes error when get_emp_data is invoked END; BEGIN get_emp_data(c1, c2); END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01001: invalid cursor ORA-06512: at line 19 ORA-06512: at line 22 Default Values for IN Subprogram Parameters When you declare a formal IN parameter, you can specify a default value for it. A formal parameter with a default value is called an optional parameter, because its corresponding actual parameter is optional in a subprogram invocation. If the actual parameter is omitted, then the invocation assigns the default value to the formal parameter. A formal parameter with no default value is called a required parameter, because its corresponding actual parameter is required in a subprogram invocation. Subprogram Parameters 8-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 325. Omitting an actual parameter does not make the value of the corresponding formal parameter NULL. To make the value of a formal parameter NULL, specify NULL as either the default value or the actual parameter. In Example 8-20, the procedure has one required parameter and two optional parameters. In Example 8-20, the procedure invocations specify the actual parameters in the same order as their corresponding formal parameters are declared—that is, the invocations use positional notation. Positional notation does not let you omit the second parameter of raise_salary but specify the third; to do that, you must use either named or mixed notation. For more information, see "Positional, Named, and Mixed Notation for Actual Parameters". The default value of a formal parameter can be any expression whose value can be assigned to the parameter; that is, the value and parameter must have compatible data types. If a subprogram invocation specifies an actual parameter for the formal parameter, then that invocation does not evaluate the default value. In Example 8-21, the procedure p has a parameter whose default value is an invocation of the function f. The function f increments the value of a global variable. When p is invoked without an actual parameter, p invokes f, and f increments the global variable. When p is invoked with an actual parameter, p does not invoke f, and value of the global variable does not change. Example 8-22 creates a procedure with two required parameters, invokes it, and then adds a third, optional parameter. Because the third parameter is optional, the original invocation remains valid. Example 8-20 Procedure with Default Parameter Values DECLARE PROCEDURE raise_salary ( emp_id IN employees.employee_id%TYPE, amount IN employees.salary%TYPE := 100, extra IN employees.salary%TYPE := 50 ) IS BEGIN UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + amount + extra WHERE employee_id = emp_id; END raise_salary; BEGIN raise_salary(120); -- same as raise_salary(120, 100, 50) raise_salary(121, 200); -- same as raise_salary(121, 200, 50) END; / Example 8-21 Function Provides Default Parameter Value DECLARE global PLS_INTEGER := 0; FUNCTION f RETURN PLS_INTEGER IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inside f.'); global := global + 1; RETURN global * 2; END f; PROCEDURE p ( Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-23
- 326. x IN PLS_INTEGER := f() ) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Inside p. ' || ' global = ' || global || ', x = ' || x || '.' ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('--------------------------------'); END p; PROCEDURE pre_p IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Before invoking p, global = ' || global || '.' ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Invoking p.'); END pre_p; BEGIN pre_p; p(); -- default expression is evaluated pre_p; p(100); -- default expression is not evaluated pre_p; p(); -- default expression is evaluated END; / Result: Before invoking p, global = 0. Invoking p. Inside f. Inside p. global = 1, x = 2. -------------------------------- Before invoking p, global = 1. Invoking p. Inside p. global = 1, x = 100. -------------------------------- Before invoking p, global = 1. Invoking p. Inside f. Inside p. global = 2, x = 4. -------------------------------- Example 8-22 Adding Subprogram Parameter Without Changing Existing Invocations Create procedure: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE print_name ( first VARCHAR2, last VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(first || ' ' || last); END print_name; / Subprogram Parameters 8-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 327. Invoke procedure: BEGIN print_name('John', 'Doe'); END; / Result: John Doe Add third parameter with default value: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE print_name ( first VARCHAR2, last VARCHAR2, mi VARCHAR2 := NULL ) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN IF mi IS NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(first || ' ' || last); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(first || ' ' || mi || '. ' || last); END IF; END print_name; / Invoke procedure: BEGIN print_name('John', 'Doe'); -- original invocation print_name('John', 'Public', 'Q'); -- new invocation END; / Result: John Doe John Q. Public Positional, Named, and Mixed Notation for Actual Parameters When invoking a subprogram, you can specify the actual parameters using either positional, named, or mixed notation. Table 8-3 summarizes and compares these notations. Subprogram Parameters PL/SQL Subprograms 8-25
- 328. Table 8-3 PL/SQL Actual Parameter Notations Notation Syntax Optional parameters Advantages Disadvantages Positional Specify the actual parameters in the same order as the formal parameters are declared. You can omit trailing optional parameters. Specifying actual parameters in the wrong order can cause problems that are hard to detect, especially if the actual parameters are literals. Subprogram invocations must change if the formal parameter list changes, unless the list only acquires new trailing optional parameters (as in Example 8-22). Reduced code clarity and maintainability. Not recommended if the subprogram has a large number of parameters. Named Specify the actual parameters in any order, using this syntax: formal => actual formal is the name of the formal parameter and actual is the actual parameter. You can omit any optional parameters. There is no wrong order for specifying actual parameters. Subprogram invocations must change only if the formal parameter list acquires new required parameters. Recommended when you invoke a subprogram defined or maintained by someone else. Mixed Start with positional notation, then use named notation for the remaining parameters. In the positional notation, you can omit trailing optional parameters; in the named notation, you can omit any optional parameters. Convenient when you invoke a subprogram that has required parameters followed by optional parameters, and you must specify only a few of the optional parameters. In the positional notation, the wrong order can cause problems that are hard to detect, especially if the actual parameters are literals. Changes to the formal parameter list might require changes in the positional notation. In Example 8-23, the procedure invocations use different notations, but are equivalent. Subprogram Parameters 8-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 329. In Example 8-24, the SQL SELECT statements invoke the PL/SQL function compute_bonus, using equivalent invocations with different notations. Example 8-23 Equivalent Invocations with Different Notations in Anonymous Block DECLARE emp_num NUMBER(6) := 120; bonus NUMBER(6) := 50; PROCEDURE raise_salary ( emp_id NUMBER, amount NUMBER ) IS BEGIN UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + amount WHERE employee_id = emp_id; END raise_salary; BEGIN -- Equivalent invocations: raise_salary(emp_num, bonus); -- positional notation raise_salary(amount => bonus, emp_id => emp_num); -- named notation raise_salary(emp_id => emp_num, amount => bonus); -- named notation raise_salary(emp_num, amount => bonus); -- mixed notation END; / Example 8-24 Equivalent Invocations with Different Notations in SELECT Statements CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION compute_bonus ( emp_id NUMBER, bonus NUMBER ) RETURN NUMBER AUTHID DEFINER IS emp_sal NUMBER; BEGIN SELECT salary INTO emp_sal FROM employees WHERE employee_id = emp_id; RETURN emp_sal + bonus; END compute_bonus; / SELECT compute_bonus(120, 50) FROM DUAL; -- positional SELECT compute_bonus(bonus => 50, emp_id => 120) FROM DUAL; -- named SELECT compute_bonus(120, bonus => 50) FROM DUAL; -- mixed Subprogram Invocation Resolution When the PL/SQL compiler encounters a subprogram invocation, it searches for a matching subprogram declaration—first in the current scope and then, if necessary, in successive enclosing scopes. A declaration and invocation match if their subprogram names and parameter lists match. The parameter lists match if each required formal parameter in the declaration has a corresponding actual parameter in the invocation. Subprogram Invocation Resolution PL/SQL Subprograms 8-27
- 330. If the compiler finds no matching declaration for an invocation, then it generates a semantic error. Figure 8-1 shows how the PL/SQL compiler resolves a subprogram invocation. Figure 8-1 How PL/SQL Compiler Resolves Invocations generate semantic error resolve call multiple matches? match(es) found? match(es) found? enclosing scope? go to enclosing scope encounter subprogram call compare name of called subprogram with names of any subprograms declared in current scope Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No compare actual parameter list in subprogram call with formal parameter list in subprogram declaration(s) In Example 8-25, the function balance tries to invoke the enclosing procedure swap, using appropriate actual parameters. However, balance contains two nested procedures named swap, and neither has parameters of the same type as the enclosing procedure swap. Therefore, the invocation causes compilation error PLS-00306. Example 8-25 Resolving PL/SQL Procedure Names DECLARE PROCEDURE swap ( n1 NUMBER, n2 NUMBER ) IS num1 NUMBER; num2 NUMBER; Subprogram Invocation Resolution 8-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 331. FUNCTION balance (bal NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER IS x NUMBER := 10; PROCEDURE swap ( d1 DATE, d2 DATE ) IS BEGIN NULL; END; PROCEDURE swap ( b1 BOOLEAN, b2 BOOLEAN ) IS BEGIN NULL; END; BEGIN -- balance swap(num1, num2); RETURN x; END balance; BEGIN -- enclosing procedure swap NULL; END swap; BEGIN -- anonymous block NULL; END; -- anonymous block / Result: swap(num1, num2); * ERROR at line 33: ORA-06550: line 33, column 7: PLS-00306: wrong number or types of arguments in call to 'SWAP' ORA-06550: line 33, column 7: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Overloaded Subprograms PL/SQL lets you overload nested subprograms, package subprograms, and type methods. You can use the same name for several different subprograms if their formal parameters differ in name, number, order, or data type family. (A data type family is a data type and its subtypes. For the data type families of predefined PL/SQL data types, see PL/SQL Predefined Data Types. For information about user-defined PL/SQL subtypes, see "User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes".) If formal parameters differ only in name, then you must use named notation to specify the corresponding actual parameters. (For information about named notation, see "Positional, Named, and Mixed Notation for Actual Parameters".) Overloaded Subprograms PL/SQL Subprograms 8-29
- 332. Example 8-26 defines two subprograms with the same name, initialize. The procedures initialize different types of collections. Because the processing in the procedures is the same, it is logical to give them the same name. You can put the two initialize procedures in the same block, subprogram, package, or type body. PL/SQL determines which procedure to invoke by checking their formal parameters. The version of initialize that PL/SQL uses depends on whether you invoke the procedure with a date_tab_typ or num_tab_typ parameter. For an example of an overloaded procedure in a package, see Example 10-9. Topics • Formal Parameters that Differ Only in Numeric Data Type • Subprograms that You Cannot Overload • Subprogram Overload Errors Example 8-26 Overloaded Subprogram DECLARE TYPE date_tab_typ IS TABLE OF DATE INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; TYPE num_tab_typ IS TABLE OF NUMBER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; hiredate_tab date_tab_typ; sal_tab num_tab_typ; PROCEDURE initialize (tab OUT date_tab_typ, n INTEGER) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Invoked first version'); FOR i IN 1..n LOOP tab(i) := SYSDATE; END LOOP; END initialize; PROCEDURE initialize (tab OUT num_tab_typ, n INTEGER) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Invoked second version'); FOR i IN 1..n LOOP tab(i) := 0.0; END LOOP; END initialize; BEGIN initialize(hiredate_tab, 50); initialize(sal_tab, 100); END; / Result: Invoked first version Invoked second version Formal Parameters that Differ Only in Numeric Data Type You can overload subprograms if their formal parameters differ only in numeric data type. This technique is useful in writing mathematical application programming interfaces (APIs), because several versions of a function can use the same name, and each can accept a different numeric type. For example, a function that accepts Overloaded Subprograms 8-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 333. BINARY_FLOAT might be faster, while a function that accepts BINARY_DOUBLE might be more precise. To avoid problems or unexpected results when passing parameters to such overloaded subprograms: • Ensure that the expected version of a subprogram is invoked for each set of expected parameters. For example, if you have overloaded functions that accept BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE, which is invoked if you pass a VARCHAR2 literal like '5.0'? • Qualify numeric literals and use conversion functions to make clear what the intended parameter types are. For example, use literals such as 5.0f (for BINARY_FLOAT), 5.0d (for BINARY_DOUBLE), or conversion functions such as TO_BINARY_FLOAT, TO_BINARY_DOUBLE, and TO_NUMBER. PL/SQL looks for matching numeric parameters in this order: 1. PLS_INTEGER (or BINARY_INTEGER, an identical data type) 2. NUMBER 3. BINARY_FLOAT 4. BINARY_DOUBLE A VARCHAR2 value can match a NUMBER, BINARY_FLOAT, or BINARY_DOUBLE parameter. PL/SQL uses the first overloaded subprogram that matches the supplied parameters. For example, the SQRT function takes a single parameter. There are overloaded versions that accept a NUMBER, a BINARY_FLOAT, or a BINARY_DOUBLE parameter. If you pass a PLS_INTEGER parameter, the first matching overload is the one with a NUMBER parameter. The SQRT function that takes a NUMBER parameter is likely to be slowest. To use a faster version, use the TO_BINARY_FLOAT or TO_BINARY_DOUBLE function to convert the parameter to another data type before passing it to the SQRT function. If PL/SQL must convert a parameter to another data type, it first tries to convert it to a higher data type. For example: • The ATAN2 function takes two parameters of the same type. If you pass parameters of different types—for example, one PLS_INTEGER and one BINARY_FLOAT—PL/SQL tries to find a match where both parameters use the higher type. In this case, that is the version of ATAN2 that takes two BINARY_FLOAT parameters; the PLS_INTEGER parameter is converted upwards. • A function takes two parameters of different types. One overloaded version takes a PLS_INTEGER and a BINARY_FLOAT parameter. Another overloaded version takes a NUMBER and a BINARY_DOUBLE parameter. If you invoke this function and pass two NUMBER parameters, PL/SQL first finds the overloaded version where the second parameter is BINARY_FLOAT. Because this parameter is a closer match than the BINARY_DOUBLE parameter in the other overload, PL/SQL then looks downward and converts the first NUMBER parameter to PLS_INTEGER. Overloaded Subprograms PL/SQL Subprograms 8-31
- 334. Subprograms that You Cannot Overload You cannot overload these subprograms: • Standalone subprograms • Subprograms whose formal parameters differ only in mode; for example: PROCEDURE s (p IN VARCHAR2) IS ... PROCEDURE s (p OUT VARCHAR2) IS ... • Subprograms whose formal parameters differ only in subtype; for example: PROCEDURE s (p INTEGER) IS ... PROCEDURE s (p REAL) IS ... INTEGER and REAL are subtypes of NUMBER, so they belong to the same data type family. • Functions that differ only in return value data type, even if the data types are in different families; for example: FUNCTION f (p INTEGER) RETURN BOOLEAN IS ... FUNCTION f (p INTEGER) RETURN INTEGER IS ... Subprogram Overload Errors The PL/SQL compiler catches overload errors as soon as it determines that it cannot tell which subprogram was invoked. When subprograms have identical headings, the compiler catches the overload error when you try to compile the subprograms themselves (if they are nested) or when you try to compile the package specification that declares them. Otherwise, the compiler catches the error when you try to compile an ambiguous invocation of a subprogram. When you try to compile the package specification in Example 8-27, which declares subprograms with identical headings, you get compile-time error PLS-00305. Although the package specification in Example 8-28 violates the rule that you cannot overload subprograms whose formal parameters differ only in subtype, you can compile it without error. However, when you try to compile an invocation of pkg2.s, as in Example 8-29, you get compile-time error PLS-00307. Suppose that you correct the overload error in Example 8-28 by giving the formal parameters of the overloaded subprograms different names, as in Example 8-30. Now you can compile an invocation of pkg2.s without error if you specify the actual parameter with named notation, as in Example 8-31. (If you specify the actual parameter with positional notation, as in Example 8-29, you still get compile-time error PLS-00307.) The package specification in Example 8-32 violates no overload rules and compiles without error. However, you can still get compile-time error PLS-00307 when invoking its overloaded procedure, as in the second invocation in Example 8-33. When trying to determine which subprogram was invoked, if the PL/SQL compiler implicitly converts one parameter to a matching type, then the compiler looks for other parameters that it can implicitly convert to matching types. If there is more than one match, then compile-time error PLS-00307 occurs, as in Example 8-34. Overloaded Subprograms 8-32 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 335. Example 8-27 Overload Error Causes Compile-Time Error CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg1 AUTHID DEFINER IS PROCEDURE s (p VARCHAR2); PROCEDURE s (p VARCHAR2); END pkg1; / Example 8-28 Overload Error Compiles Successfully CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg2 AUTHID DEFINER IS SUBTYPE t1 IS VARCHAR2(10); SUBTYPE t2 IS VARCHAR2(10); PROCEDURE s (p t1); PROCEDURE s (p t2); END pkg2; / Example 8-29 Invoking Subprogram in Example 8-28 Causes Compile-Time Error CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER IS a pkg2.t1 := 'a'; BEGIN pkg2.s(a); -- Causes compile-time error PLS-00307 END p; / Example 8-30 Correcting Overload Error in Example 8-28 CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg2 AUTHID DEFINER IS SUBTYPE t1 IS VARCHAR2(10); SUBTYPE t2 IS VARCHAR2(10); PROCEDURE s (p1 t1); PROCEDURE s (p2 t2); END pkg2; / Example 8-31 Invoking Subprogram in Example 8-30 CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER IS a pkg2.t1 := 'a'; BEGIN pkg2.s(p1=>a); -- Compiles without error END p; / Example 8-32 Package Specification Without Overload Errors CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg3 AUTHID DEFINER IS PROCEDURE s (p1 VARCHAR2); PROCEDURE s (p1 VARCHAR2, p2 VARCHAR2 := 'p2'); END pkg3; / Example 8-33 Improper Invocation of Properly Overloaded Subprogram CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER IS a1 VARCHAR2(10) := 'a1'; a2 VARCHAR2(10) := 'a2'; BEGIN pkg3.s(p1=>a1, p2=>a2); -- Compiles without error pkg3.s(p1=>a1); -- Causes compile-time error PLS-00307 Overloaded Subprograms PL/SQL Subprograms 8-33
- 336. END p; / Example 8-34 Implicit Conversion of Parameters Causes Overload Error CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pack1 AUTHID DEFINER AS PROCEDURE proc1 (a NUMBER, b VARCHAR2); PROCEDURE proc1 (a NUMBER, b NUMBER); END; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pack1 AS PROCEDURE proc1 (a NUMBER, b VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN NULL; END; PROCEDURE proc1 (a NUMBER, b NUMBER) IS BEGIN NULL; END; END; / BEGIN pack1.proc1(1,'2'); -- Compiles without error pack1.proc1(1,2); -- Compiles without error pack1.proc1('1','2'); -- Causes compile-time error PLS-00307 pack1.proc1('1',2); -- Causes compile-time error PLS-00307 END; / Recursive Subprograms A recursive subprogram invokes itself. Recursion is a powerful technique for simplifying an algorithm. A recursive subprogram must have at least two execution paths—one leading to the recursive invocation and one leading to a terminating condition. Without the latter, recursion continues until PL/SQL runs out of memory and raises the predefined exception STORAGE_ERROR. In Example 8-35, the function implements the following recursive definition of n factorial (n!), the product of all integers from 1 to n: n! = n * (n - 1)! In Example 8-36, the function returns the nth Fibonacci number, which is the sum of the n-1st and n-2nd Fibonacci numbers. The first and second Fibonacci numbers are zero and one, respectively. Note: The function in Example 8-36 is a good candidate for result caching. For more information, see "Result-Cached Recursive Function". Each recursive invocation of a subprogram creates an instance of each item that the subprogram declares and each SQL statement that it executes. A recursive invocation inside a cursor FOR LOOP statement, or between an OPEN or OPEN FOR statement and a CLOSE statement, opens another cursor at each invocation, which might cause the number of open cursors to exceed the limit set by the database initialization parameter OPEN_CURSORS. Example 8-35 Recursive Function Returns n Factorial (n!) CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION factorial ( n POSITIVE Recursive Subprograms 8-34 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 337. ) RETURN POSITIVE AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN IF n = 1 THEN -- terminating condition RETURN n; ELSE RETURN n * factorial(n-1); -- recursive invocation END IF; END; / BEGIN FOR i IN 1..5 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(i || '! = ' || factorial(i)); END LOOP; END; / Result: 1! = 1 2! = 2 3! = 6 4! = 24 5! = 120 Example 8-36 Recursive Function Returns nth Fibonacci Number CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION fibonacci ( n PLS_INTEGER ) RETURN PLS_INTEGER AUTHID DEFINER IS fib_1 PLS_INTEGER := 0; fib_2 PLS_INTEGER := 1; BEGIN IF n = 1 THEN -- terminating condition RETURN fib_1; ELSIF n = 2 THEN RETURN fib_2; -- terminating condition ELSE RETURN fibonacci(n-2) + fibonacci(n-1); -- recursive invocations END IF; END; / BEGIN FOR i IN 1..10 LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(fibonacci(i)); IF i < 10 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(', '); END IF; END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' ...'); END; / Result: 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34 ... Recursive Subprograms PL/SQL Subprograms 8-35
- 338. Subprogram Side Effects A subprogram has side effects if it changes anything except the values of its own local variables. For example, a subprogram that changes any of the following has side effects: • Its own OUT or IN OUT parameter • A global variable • A public variable in a package • A database table • The database • The external state (by invoking DBMS_OUTPUT or sending e‐mail, for example) Side effects can prevent the parallelization of a query, yield order-dependent (and therefore, indeterminate) results, or require that package state be maintained across user sessions. Minimizing side effects is especially important when defining a result-cached function or a stored function for SQL statements to invoke. See Also: Oracle Database Development Guide for information about controlling side effects in PL/SQL functions invoked from SQL statements PL/SQL Function Result Cache The PL/SQL function result caching mechanism provides a language-supported and system-managed way to cache the results of PL/SQL functions in a shared global area (SGA), which is available to every session that runs your application. The caching mechanism is both efficient and easy to use, and relieves you of the burden of designing and developing your own caches and cache-management policies. When a result-cached function is invoked, the system checks the cache. If the cache contains the result from a previous invocation of the function with the same parameter values, the system returns the cached result to the invoker and does not re-execute the function body. If the cache does not contain the result, the system runs the function body and adds the result (for these parameter values) to the cache before returning control to the invoker. Note: If function execution results in an unhandled exception, the exception result is not stored in the cache. The cache can accumulate very many results—one result for every unique combination of parameter values with which each result-cached function was invoked. If the system needs more memory, it ages out (deletes) one or more cached results. Subprogram Side Effects 8-36 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 339. Oracle Database automatically detects all data sources (tables and views) that are queried while a result-cached function is running. If changes to any of these data sources are committed, the cached result becomes invalid and must be recomputed. The best candidates for result-caching are functions that are invoked frequently but depend on information that changes infrequently or never. Topics • Enabling Result-Caching for a Function • Developing Applications with Result-Cached Functions • Restrictions on Result-Cached Functions • Examples of Result-Cached Functions • Advanced Result-Cached Function Topics Enabling Result-Caching for a Function To make a function result-cached, include the RESULT_CACHE clause in the function declaration and definition. For syntax details, see "Function Declaration and Definition". Note: For more information about configuring and managing the database server result cache, see Oracle Database Reference and Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. In Example 8-37, the package department_pkg declares and then defines a result- cached function, get_dept_info, which returns a record of information about a given department. The function depends on the database tables DEPARTMENTS and EMPLOYEES. You invoke the function get_dept_info as you invoke any function. For example, this invocation returns a record of information about department number 10: department_pkg.get_dept_info(10); This invocation returns only the name of department number 10: department_pkg.get_dept_info(10).dept_name; If the result for get_dept_info(10) is in the result cache, the result is returned from the cache; otherwise, the result is computed and added to the cache. Because get_dept_info depends on the DEPARTMENTS and EMPLOYEES tables, any committed change to DEPARTMENTS or EMPLOYEES invalidates all cached results for get_dept_info, relieving you of programming cache invalidation logic everywhere that DEPARTMENTS or EMPLOYEES might change. Example 8-37 Declaring and Defining Result-Cached Function CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE department_pkg AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE dept_info_record IS RECORD ( dept_name departments.department_name%TYPE, mgr_name employees.last_name%TYPE, dept_size PLS_INTEGER PL/SQL Function Result Cache PL/SQL Subprograms 8-37
- 340. ); -- Function declaration FUNCTION get_dept_info (dept_id NUMBER) RETURN dept_info_record RESULT_CACHE; END department_pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY department_pkg IS -- Function definition FUNCTION get_dept_info (dept_id NUMBER) RETURN dept_info_record RESULT_CACHE IS rec dept_info_record; BEGIN SELECT department_name INTO rec.dept_name FROM departments WHERE department_id = dept_id; SELECT e.last_name INTO rec.mgr_name FROM departments d, employees e WHERE d.department_id = dept_id AND d.manager_id = e.employee_id; SELECT COUNT(*) INTO rec.dept_size FROM EMPLOYEES WHERE department_id = dept_id; RETURN rec; END get_dept_info; END department_pkg; / Developing Applications with Result-Cached Functions When developing an application that uses a result-cached function, make no assumptions about the number of times the body of the function will run for a given set of parameter values. Some situations in which the body of a result-cached function runs are: • The first time a session on this database instance invokes the function with these parameter values • When the cached result for these parameter values is invalid When a change to any data source on which the function depends is committed, the cached result becomes invalid. • When the cached results for these parameter values have aged out If the system needs memory, it might discard the oldest cached values. • When the function bypasses the cache (see "Result Cache Bypass") Restrictions on Result-Cached Functions To be result-cached, a function must meet all of these criteria: PL/SQL Function Result Cache 8-38 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 341. • It is not defined in an anonymous block. • It is not a pipelined table function. • It does not reference dictionary tables, temporary tables, sequences, or nondeterministic SQL functions. For more information, see Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. • It has no OUT or IN OUT parameters. • No IN parameter has one of these types: – BLOB – CLOB – NCLOB – REF CURSOR – Collection – Object – Record • The return type is none of these: – BLOB – CLOB – NCLOB – REF CURSOR – Object – Record or PL/SQL collection that contains an unsupported return type It is recommended that a result-cached function also meet these criteria: • It has no side effects. For information about side effects, see "Subprogram Side Effects". • It does not depend on session-specific settings. For more information, see "Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session- Specific Settings". • It does not depend on session-specific application contexts. For more information, see "Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session- Specific Application Contexts". Examples of Result-Cached Functions The best candidates for result-caching are functions that are invoked frequently but depend on information that changes infrequently (as might be the case in the first example). Result-caching avoids redundant computations in recursive functions. PL/SQL Function Result Cache PL/SQL Subprograms 8-39
- 342. Examples: • Result-Cached Application Configuration Parameters • Result-Cached Recursive Function Result-Cached Application Configuration Parameters Consider an application that has configuration parameters that can be set at either the global level, the application level, or the role level. The application stores the configuration information in these tables: -- Global Configuration Settings DROP TABLE global_config_params; CREATE TABLE global_config_params (name VARCHAR2(20), -- parameter NAME val VARCHAR2(20), -- parameter VALUE PRIMARY KEY (name) ); -- Application-Level Configuration Settings CREATE TABLE app_level_config_params (app_id VARCHAR2(20), -- application ID name VARCHAR2(20), -- parameter NAME val VARCHAR2(20), -- parameter VALUE PRIMARY KEY (app_id, name) ); -- Role-Level Configuration Settings CREATE TABLE role_level_config_params (role_id VARCHAR2(20), -- application (role) ID name VARCHAR2(20), -- parameter NAME val VARCHAR2(20), -- parameter VALUE PRIMARY KEY (role_id, name) ); For each configuration parameter, the role-level setting overrides the application-level setting, which overrides the global setting. To determine which setting applies to a parameter, the application defines the PL/SQL function get_value. Given a parameter name, application ID, and role ID, get_value returns the setting that applies to the parameter. The function get_value is a good candidate for result-caching if it is invoked frequently and if the configuration information changes infrequently. Example 8-38 shows a possible definition for get_value. Suppose that for one set of parameter values, the global setting determines the result of get_value. While get_value is running, the database detects that three tables are queried— role_level_config_params, app_level_config_params, and global_config_params. If a change to any of these three tables is committed, the cached result for this set of parameter values is invalidated and must be recomputed. Now suppose that, for a second set of parameter values, the role-level setting determines the result of get_value. While get_value is running, the database detects that only the role_level_config_params table is queried. If a change to role_level_config_params is committed, the cached result for the second set of parameter values is invalidated; however, committed changes to app_level_config_params or global_config_params do not affect the cached result. PL/SQL Function Result Cache 8-40 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 343. Example 8-38 Result-Cached Function Returns Configuration Parameter Setting CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION get_value (p_param VARCHAR2, p_app_id NUMBER, p_role_id NUMBER ) RETURN VARCHAR2 RESULT_CACHE AUTHID DEFINER IS answer VARCHAR2(20); BEGIN -- Is parameter set at role level? BEGIN SELECT val INTO answer FROM role_level_config_params WHERE role_id = p_role_id AND name = p_param; RETURN answer; -- Found EXCEPTION WHEN no_data_found THEN NULL; -- Fall through to following code END; -- Is parameter set at application level? BEGIN SELECT val INTO answer FROM app_level_config_params WHERE app_id = p_app_id AND name = p_param; RETURN answer; -- Found EXCEPTION WHEN no_data_found THEN NULL; -- Fall through to following code END; -- Is parameter set at global level? SELECT val INTO answer FROM global_config_params WHERE name = p_param; RETURN answer; END; Result-Cached Recursive Function A recursive function for finding the nth term of a Fibonacci series that mirrors the mathematical definition of the series might do many redundant computations. For example, to evaluate fibonacci(7), the function must compute fibonacci(6) and fibonacci(5). To compute fibonacci(6), the function must compute fibonacci(5) and fibonacci(4). Therefore, fibonacci(5) and several other terms are computed redundantly. Result-caching avoids these redundant computations. Note: The maximum number of recursive invocations cached is 128. CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION fibonacci (n NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER RESULT_CACHE PL/SQL Function Result Cache PL/SQL Subprograms 8-41
- 344. AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN IF (n =0) OR (n =1) THEN RETURN 1; ELSE RETURN fibonacci(n - 1) + fibonacci(n - 2); END IF; END; / Advanced Result-Cached Function Topics Topics • Rules for a Cache Hit • Result Cache Bypass • Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session-Specific Settings • Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session-Specific Application Contexts • Choosing Result-Caching Granularity • Result Caches in Oracle RAC Environment • Result Cache Management • Hot-Patching PL/SQL Units on Which Result-Cached Functions Depend Rules for a Cache Hit Each time a result-cached function is invoked with different parameter values, those parameters and their result are stored in the cache. Subsequently, when the same function is invoked with the same parameter values (that is, when there is a cache hit), the result is retrieved from the cache, instead of being recomputed. The rules for parameter comparison for a cache hit differ from the rules for the PL/SQL "equal to" (=) operator, as follows: Category Cache Hit Rules "Equal To" Operator Rules NULL comparison NULL equals NULL NULL = NULL evaluates to NULL. Non-null scalar comparison Non-null scalars are the same if and only if their values are identical; that is, if and only if their values have identical bit patterns on the given platform. For example, CHAR values 'AA' and 'AA ' are different. (This rule is stricter than the rule for the "equal to" operator.) Non-null scalars can be equal even if their values do not have identical bit patterns on the given platform; for example, CHAR values 'AA' and 'AA ' are equal. Result Cache Bypass In some situations, the cache is bypassed. When the cache is bypassed: PL/SQL Function Result Cache 8-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 345. • The function computes the result instead of retrieving it from the cache. • The result that the function computes is not added to the cache. Some examples of situations in which the cache is bypassed are: • The cache is unavailable to all sessions. For example, the database administrator has disabled the use of the result cache during application patching (as in "Hot-Patching PL/SQL Units on Which Result- Cached Functions Depend"). • A session is performing a DML statement on a table or view on which a result- cached function depends. The session bypasses the result cache for that function until the DML statement is completed—either committed or rolled back. If the statement is rolled back, the session resumes using the cache for that function. Cache bypass ensures that: – The user of each session sees his or her own uncommitted changes. – The PL/SQL function result cache has only committed changes that are visible to all sessions, so that uncommitted changes in one session are not visible to other sessions. Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session-Specific Settings If a function depends on settings that might vary from session to session (such as NLS_DATE_FORMAT and TIME ZONE), make the function result-cached only if you can modify it to handle the various settings. The function, get_hire_date, in Example 8–39 uses the TO_CHAR function to convert a DATE item to a VARCHAR item. The function get_hire_date does not specify a format mask, so the format mask defaults to the one that NLS_DATE_FORMAT specifies. If sessions that invoke get_hire_date have different NLS_DATE_FORMAT settings, cached results can have different formats. If a cached result computed by one session ages out, and another session recomputes it, the format might vary even for the same parameter value. If a session gets a cached result whose format differs from its own format, that result is probably incorrect. Some possible solutions to this problem are: • Change the return type of get_hire_date to DATE and have each session invoke the TO_CHAR function. • If a common format is acceptable to all sessions, specify a format mask, removing the dependency on NLS_DATE_FORMAT. For example: TO_CHAR(date_hired, 'mm/dd/yy'); • Add a format mask parameter to get_hire_date. For example: CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION get_hire_date (emp_id NUMBER, fmt VARCHAR) RETURN VARCHAR RESULT_CACHE AUTHID DEFINER IS date_hired DATE; BEGIN SELECT hire_date INTO date_hired PL/SQL Function Result Cache PL/SQL Subprograms 8-43
- 346. FROM HR.EMPLOYEES WHERE EMPLOYEE_ID = emp_id; RETURN TO_CHAR(date_hired, fmt); END; / Example 8-39 Result-Cached Function Handles Session-Specific Settings CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION get_hire_date (emp_id NUMBER) RETURN VARCHAR RESULT_CACHE AUTHID DEFINER IS date_hired DATE; BEGIN SELECT hire_date INTO date_hired FROM HR.EMPLOYEES WHERE EMPLOYEE_ID = emp_id; RETURN TO_CHAR(date_hired); END; / Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session-Specific Application Contexts An application context, which can be either global or session-specific, is a set of attributes and their values. A PL/SQL function depends on session-specific application contexts if it does one or more of the following: • Directly invokes the SQL function SYS_CONTEXT, which returns the value of a specified attribute in a specified context • Indirectly invokes SYS_CONTEXT by using Virtual Private Database (VPD) mechanisms for fine-grained security (For information about VPD, see Oracle Database Security Guide.) The PL/SQL function result-caching feature does not automatically handle dependence on session-specific application contexts. If you must cache the results of a function that depends on session-specific application contexts, you must pass the application context to the function as a parameter. You can give the parameter a default value, so that not every user must specify it. In Example 8-40, assume that a table, config_tab, has a VPD policy that translates this query: SELECT value FROM config_tab WHERE name = param_name; To this query: SELECT value FROM config_tab WHERE name = param_name AND app_id = SYS_CONTEXT('Config', 'App_ID'); Example 8-40 Result-Cached Function Handles Session-Specific Application Context CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION get_param_value ( param_name VARCHAR, appctx VARCHAR DEFAULT SYS_CONTEXT('Config', 'App_ID') ) RETURN VARCHAR RESULT_CACHE AUTHID DEFINER IS PL/SQL Function Result Cache 8-44 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 347. rec VARCHAR(2000); BEGIN SELECT val INTO rec FROM config_tab WHERE name = param_name; RETURN rec; END; / Choosing Result-Caching Granularity PL/SQL provides the function result cache, but you choose the caching granularity. To understand the concept of granularity, consider the Product_Descriptions table in the Order Entry (OE) sample schema: NAME NULL? TYPE ---------------------- -------- --------------- PRODUCT_ID NOT NULL NUMBER(6) LANGUAGE_ID NOT NULL VARCHAR2(3) TRANSLATED_NAME NOT NULL NVARCHAR2(50) TRANSLATED_DESCRIPTION NOT NULL NVARCHAR2(2000) The table has the name and description of each product in several languages. The unique key for each row is PRODUCT_ID,LANGUAGE_ID. Suppose that you must define a function that takes a PRODUCT_ID and a LANGUAGE_ID and returns the associated TRANSLATED_NAME. You also want to cache the translated names. Some of the granularity choices for caching the names are: • One name at a time (finer granularity) • One language at a time (coarser granularity) Table 8-4 Finer and Coarser Caching Granularity Granularity Benefits Finer Each function result corresponds to one logical result. Stores only data that is needed at least once. Each data item ages out individually. Does not allow bulk loading optimizations. Coarser Each function result contains many logical subresults. Might store data that is never used. One aged-out data item ages out the whole set. Allows bulk loading optimizations. In Example 8-41 and Example 8-42, the function productName takes a PRODUCT_ID and a LANGUAGE_ID and returns the associated TRANSLATED_NAME. Each version of productName caches translated names, but at a different granularity. In Example 8-41, get_product_name_1 is a result-cached function. Whenever get_product_name_1 is invoked with a different PRODUCT_ID and LANGUAGE_ID, it caches the associated TRANSLATED_NAME. Each invocation of get_product_name_1 adds at most one TRANSLATED_NAME to the cache. PL/SQL Function Result Cache PL/SQL Subprograms 8-45
- 348. In Example 8-42, get_product_name_2 defines a result-cached function, all_product_names. Whenever get_product_name_2 invokes all_product_names with a different LANGUAGE_ID, all_product_names caches every TRANSLATED_NAME associated with that LANGUAGE_ID. Each invocation of all_product_names adds every TRANSLATED_NAME of at most one LANGUAGE_ID to the cache. Example 8-41 Caching One Name at a Time (Finer Granularity) CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION get_product_name_1 ( prod_id NUMBER, lang_id VARCHAR2 ) RETURN NVARCHAR2 RESULT_CACHE AUTHID DEFINER IS result_ VARCHAR2(50); BEGIN SELECT translated_name INTO result_ FROM OE.Product_Descriptions WHERE PRODUCT_ID = prod_id AND LANGUAGE_ID = lang_id; RETURN result_; END; / Example 8-42 Caching Translated Names One Language at a Time (Coarser Granularity) CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION get_product_name_2 ( prod_id NUMBER, lang_id VARCHAR2 ) RETURN NVARCHAR2 AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE product_names IS TABLE OF NVARCHAR2(50) INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; FUNCTION all_product_names (lang_id VARCHAR2) RETURN product_names RESULT_CACHE IS all_names product_names; BEGIN FOR c IN (SELECT * FROM OE.Product_Descriptions WHERE LANGUAGE_ID = lang_id) LOOP all_names(c.PRODUCT_ID) := c.TRANSLATED_NAME; END LOOP; RETURN all_names; END; BEGIN RETURN all_product_names(lang_id)(prod_id); END; / Result Caches in Oracle RAC Environment Cached results are stored in the system global area (SGA). In an Oracle RAC environment, each database instance manages its own local function result cache. However, the contents of the local result cache are accessible to sessions attached to PL/SQL Function Result Cache 8-46 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 349. other Oracle RAC instances. If a required result is missing from the result cache of the local instance, the result might be retrieved from the local cache of another instance, instead of being locally computed. The access pattern and work load of an instance determine the set of results in its local cache; therefore, the local caches of different instances can have different sets of results. Although each database instance might have its own set of cached results, the mechanisms for handling invalid results are Oracle RAC environment-wide. If results were invalidated only in the local instance's result cache, other instances might use invalid results. For example, consider a result cache of item prices that are computed from data in database tables. If any of these database tables is updated in a way that affects the price of an item, the cached price of that item must be invalidated in every database instance in the Oracle RAC environment. Result Cache Management The PL/SQL function result cache shares its administrative and manageability infrastructure with the Result Cache. For information about the Result Cache, see Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. The database administrator can use the following to manage the Result Cache: • RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE and RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT initialization parameters RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE specifies the maximum amount of SGA memory (in bytes) that the Result Cache can use, and RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT specifies the maximum percentage of the Result Cache that any single result can use. For more information about these parameters, see Oracle Database Reference and Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. See Also: – Oracle Database Reference for more information about RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE – Oracle Database Reference for more information about RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT – Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide for more information about Result Cache concepts • DBMS_RESULT_CACHE package The DBMS_RESULT_CACHE package provides an interface to allow the DBA to administer that part of the shared pool that is used by the SQL result cache and the PL/SQL function result cache. For more information about this package, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. • Dynamic performance views: – [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_STATISTICS – [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_MEMORY – [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_OBJECTS PL/SQL Function Result Cache PL/SQL Subprograms 8-47
- 350. – [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_DEPENDENCY See Oracle Database Reference for more information about [G]V $RESULT_CACHE_STATISTICS, [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_MEMORY, [G]V $RESULT_CACHE_OBJECTS, and [G]V$RESULT_CACHE_DEPENDENCY. Hot-Patching PL/SQL Units on Which Result-Cached Functions Depend When you hot-patch a PL/SQL unit on which a result-cached function depends (directly or indirectly), the cached results associated with the result-cached function might not be automatically flushed in all cases. For example, suppose that the result-cached function P1.foo() depends on the package subprogram P2.bar(). If a new version of the body of package P2 is loaded, the cached results associated with P1.foo() are not automatically flushed. Therefore, this is the recommended procedure for hot-patching a PL/SQL unit: Note: To follow these steps, you must have the EXECUTE privilege on the package DBMS_RESULT_CACHE. 1. Put the result cache in bypass mode and flush existing results: BEGIN DBMS_RESULT_CACHE.Bypass(TRUE); DBMS_RESULT_CACHE.Flush; END; / In an Oracle RAC environment, perform this step for each database instance. 2. Patch the PL/SQL code. 3. Resume using the result cache: BEGIN DBMS_RESULT_CACHE.Bypass(FALSE); END; / In an Oracle RAC environment, perform this step for each database instance. PL/SQL Functions that SQL Statements Can Invoke To be invocable from SQL statements, a stored function (and any subprograms that it invokes) must obey the following purity rules, which are meant to control side effects: • When invoked from a SELECT statement or a parallelized INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE statement, the subprogram cannot modify any database tables. • When invoked from an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE statement, the subprogram cannot query or modify any database tables modified by that statement. If a function either queries or modifies a table, and a DML statement on that table invokes the function, then ORA-04091 (mutating-table error) occurs. There is one PL/SQL Functions that SQL Statements Can Invoke 8-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 351. exception: ORA-04091 does not occur if a single-row INSERT statement that is not in a FORALL statement invokes the function in a VALUES clause. • When invoked from a SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE statement, the subprogram cannot execute any of the following SQL statements (unless PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION was specified): – Transaction control statements (such as COMMIT) – Session control statements (such as SET ROLE) – System control statements (such as ALTER SYSTEM) – Database definition language (DDL) statements (such as CREATE), which are committed automatically (For the description of PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION, see "AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma".) If any SQL statement in the execution part of the function violates a rule, then a runtime error occurs when that statement is parsed. The fewer side effects a function has, the better it can be optimized in a SELECT statement, especially if the function is declared with the option DETERMINISTIC or PARALLEL_ENABLE . See Also: • Oracle Database Development Guide for information about restrictions on PL/SQL functions that SQL statements can invoke • "Tune Function Invocations in Queries" Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property) The AUTHID property of a stored PL/SQL unit affects the name resolution and privilege checking of SQL statements that the unit issues at run time. The AUTHID property does not affect compilation, and has no meaning for units that have no code, such as collection types. AUTHID property values are exposed in the static data dictionary view *_PROCEDURES. For units for which AUTHID has meaning, the view shows the value CURRENT_USER or DEFINER; for other units, the view shows NULL. For stored PL/SQL units that you create or alter with the following statements, you can use the optional AUTHID clause to specify either DEFINER (the default, for backward compatibility) or CURRENT_USER (the preferred usage): • "CREATE FUNCTION Statement" • "CREATE PACKAGE Statement" • "CREATE PROCEDURE Statement" • "CREATE TYPE Statement" • "ALTER TYPE Statement" Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property) PL/SQL Subprograms 8-49
- 352. A unit whose AUTHID value is CURRENT_USER is called an invoker's rights unit, or IR unit. A unit whose AUTHID value is DEFINER (the default) is called a definer's rights unit, or DR unit. PL/SQL units and schema objects for which you cannot specify an AUTHID value behave like this: PL/SQL Unit or Schema Object Behavior Anonymous block IR unit BEQUEATH CURRENT_USER view Somewhat like an IR unit—see Oracle Database Security Guide. BEQUEATH DEFINER view DR unit Trigger DR unit The AUTHID property of a unit determines whether the unit is IR or DR, and it affects both name resolution and privilege checking at run time: • The context for name resolution is CURRENT_SCHEMA. • The privileges checked are those of the CURRENT_USER and the enabled roles. When a session starts, CURRENT_SCHEMA has the value of the schema owned by SESSION_USER, and CURRENT_USER has the same value as SESSION_USER. (To get the current value of CURRENT_SCHEMA, CURRENT_USER, or SESSION_USER, use the SYS_CONTEXT function, documented in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference.) CURRENT_SCHEMA can be changed during the session with the SQL statement ALTER SESSION SET CURRENT_SCHEMA. CURRENT_USER cannot be changed programmatically, but it might change when a PL/SQL unit or a view is pushed onto, or popped from, the call stack. Note: Oracle recommends against issuing ALTER SESSION SET CURRENT_SCHEMA from in a stored PL/SQL unit. During a server call, when a DR unit is pushed onto the call stack, the database stores the currently enabled roles and the current values of CURRENT_USER and CURRENT_SCHEMA. It then changes both CURRENT_USER and CURRENT_SCHEMA to the owner of the DR unit, and enables only the role PUBLIC. (The stored and new roles and values are not necessarily different.) When the DR unit is popped from the call stack, the database restores the stored roles and values. In contrast, when an IR unit is pushed onto, or popped from, the call stack, the values of CURRENT_USER and CURRENT_SCHEMA, and the currently enabled roles do not change (unless roles are granted to the IR unit itself—see "Granting Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms"). For dynamic SQL statements issued by a PL/SQL unit, name resolution and privilege checking are done once, at run time. For static SQL statements, name resolution and privilege checking are done twice: first, when the PL/SQL unit is compiled, and then again at run time. At compile time, the AUTHID property has no effect—both DR and IR units are treated like DR units. At run time, however, the AUTHID property determines whether a unit is IR or DR, and the unit is treated accordingly. Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property) 8-50 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 353. Upon entry into an IR unit, the runtime system checks privileges before doing any initialization or running any code. If the unit owner has neither the INHERIT PRIVILEGES privilege on the invoker nor the INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES privilege, then the runtime system raises error ORA-06598. Note: If the unit owner has the required privilege, then one of these statements granted it: GRANT INHERIT PRIVILEGES ON current_user TO PUBLIC GRANT INHERIT PRIVILEGES ON current_user TO unit_owner GRANT INHERIT ANY PRIVILEGES TO unit_owner For information about the GRANT statement, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. See Also: Oracle Database Security Guide for information about managing security for DR and IR units Topics • Granting Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms • IR Units Need Template Objects Granting Roles to PL/SQL Packages and Standalone Subprograms Using the SQL GRANT command, you can grant roles to PL/SQL packages and standalone subprograms. Roles granted to a PL/SQL unit do not affect compilation. They affect the privilege checking of SQL statements that the unit issues at run time: The unit runs with the privileges of both its own roles and any other currently enabled roles. Typically, you grant roles to an IR unit, so that users with lower privileges than yours can run the unit with only the privileges needed to do so. You grant roles to a DR unit (whose invokers run it with all your privileges) only if the DR unit issues dynamic SQL, which is checked only at run time. The basic syntax for granting roles to PL/SQL units is: GRANT role [, role ]... TO unit [, unit ]... For example, this command grants the roles read and execute to the function scott.func and the package sys.pkg: GRANT read, execute TO FUNCTION scott.func, PACKAGE sys.pkg For the complete syntax and semantics of the GRANT command, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property) PL/SQL Subprograms 8-51
- 354. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the REVOKE command, which lets you revoke roles from PL/SQL units • Oracle Database Security Guide for more information about configuring application users and application roles IR Units Need Template Objects One user (that is, one schema) owns an IR unit and other users run it in their schemas. If the IR unit issues static SQL statements, then the schema objects that these statements affect must exist in the owner's schema at compile time (so that the compiler can resolve references) and in the invoker's schema at run time. The definitions of corresponding schema objects must match (for example, corresponding tables must have the same names and columns); otherwise, you get an error or unexpected results. However, the objects in the owner's schema need not contain data, because the compiler does not need it; therefore, they are called template objects. External Subprograms If a C procedure or Java method is stored in the database, you can publish it as an external subprogram and then invoke it from PL/SQL. To publish an external subprogram, define a stored PL/SQL subprogram with a call specification. The call specification maps the name, parameter types, and return type of the external subprogram to PL/SQL equivalents. Invoke the published external subprogram by its PL/SQL name. For example, suppose that this Java class, Adjuster, is stored in the database: import java.sql.*; import oracle.jdbc.driver.*; public class Adjuster { public static void raiseSalary (int empNo, float percent) throws SQLException { Connection conn = new OracleDriver().defaultConnection(); String sql = "UPDATE employees SET salary = salary * ? WHERE employee_id = ?"; try { PreparedStatement pstmt = conn.prepareStatement(sql); pstmt.setFloat(1, (1 + percent / 100)); pstmt.setInt(2, empNo); pstmt.executeUpdate(); pstmt.close(); } catch (SQLException e) {System.err.println(e.getMessage());} } } The Java class Adjuster has one method, raiseSalary, which raises the salary of a specified employee by a specified percentage. Because raiseSalary is a void method, you publish it as a PL/SQL procedure (rather than a function). Example 8-43 publishes the stored Java method Adjuster.raiseSalary as a PL/SQL standalone procedure, mapping the Java method name Adjuster.raiseSalary to the PL/SQL procedure name raise_salary and the External Subprograms 8-52 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 355. Java data types int and float to the PL/SQL data type NUMBER. Then the anonymous block invokes raise_salary. Example 8-44 publishes the stored Java method java.lang.Thread.sleep as a PL/SQL standalone procedure, mapping the Java method name to the PL/SQL procedure name java_sleep and the Java data type long to the PL/SQL data type NUMBER. The PL/SQL standalone procedure sleep invokes java_sleep. Call specifications can appear in PL/SQL standalone subprograms, package specifications and bodies, and type specifications and bodies. They cannot appear inside PL/SQL blocks. See Also: Oracle Database Development Guide for more information about calling external programs Example 8-43 PL/SQL Anonymous Block Invokes External Procedure -- Publish Adjuster.raiseSalary as standalone PL/SQL procedure: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE raise_salary ( empid NUMBER, pct NUMBER ) AS LANGUAGE JAVA NAME 'Adjuster.raiseSalary (int, float)'; -- call specification / BEGIN raise_salary(120, 10); -- invoke Adjuster.raiseSalary by PL/SQL name END; / Example 8-44 PL/SQL Standalone Procedure Invokes External Procedure -- Java call specification: CREATE PROCEDURE java_sleep ( milli_seconds IN NUMBER ) AS LANGUAGE JAVA NAME 'java.lang.Thread.sleep(long)'; / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE sleep ( milli_seconds IN NUMBER ) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(DBMS_UTILITY.get_time()); java_sleep (milli_seconds); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(DBMS_UTILITY.get_time()); END; / External Subprograms PL/SQL Subprograms 8-53
- 356. External Subprograms 8-54 PL/SQL Language Reference
- 357. 9 PL/SQL Triggers A trigger is like a stored procedure that Oracle Database invokes automatically whenever a specified event occurs. Note: The database can detect only system-defined events. You cannot define your own events. Topics • Overview of Triggers • Reasons to Use Triggers • DML Triggers • Correlation Names and Pseudorecords • System Triggers • Subprograms Invoked by Triggers • Trigger Compilation, Invalidation, and Recompilation • Exception Handling in Triggers • Trigger Design Guidelines • Trigger Restrictions • Order in Which Triggers Fire • Trigger Enabling and Disabling • Trigger Changing and Debugging • Triggers and Oracle Database Data Transfer Utilities • Triggers for Publishing Events • Views for Information About Triggers Overview of Triggers Like a stored procedure, a trigger is a named PL/SQL unit that is stored in the database and can be invoked repeatedly. Unlike a stored procedure, you can enable and disable a trigger, but you cannot explicitly invoke it. PL/SQL Triggers 9-1
- 358. While a trigger is enabled, the database automatically invokes it—that is, the trigger fires—whenever its triggering event occurs. While a trigger is disabled, it does not fire. You create a trigger with the CREATE TRIGGER statement. You specify the triggering event in terms of triggering statements and the item on which they act. The trigger is said to be created on or defined on the item, which is either a table, a view, a schema, or the database. You also specify the timing point, which determines whether the trigger fires before or after the triggering statement runs and whether it fires for each row that the triggering statement affects. By default, a trigger is created in the enabled state. If the trigger is created on a table or view, then the triggering event is composed of DML statements, and the trigger is called a DML trigger. A crossedition trigger is a DML trigger for use only in edition-based redefinition. If the trigger is created on a schema or the database, then the triggering event is composed of either DDL or database operation statements, and the trigger is called a system trigger. A conditional trigger is a DML or system trigger that has a WHEN clause that specifies a SQL condition that the database evaluates for each row that the triggering statement affects. When a trigger fires, tables that the trigger references might be undergoing changes made by SQL statements in other users' transactions. SQL statements running in triggers follow the same rules that standalone SQL statements do. Specifically: • Queries in the trigger see the current read-consistent materialized view of referenced tables and any data changed in the same transaction. • Updates in the trigger wait for existing data locks to be released before proceeding. An INSTEAD OF trigger is either: • A DML trigger created on either a noneditioning view or a nested table column of a noneditioning view • A system trigger defined on a CREATE statement The database fires the INSTEAD OF trigger instead of running the triggering statement. Note: A trigger is often called by the name of its triggering statement (for example, DELETE trigger or LOGON trigger), the name of the item on which it is defined (for example, DATABASE trigger or SCHEMA trigger), or its timing point (for example, BEFORE statement trigger or AFTER each row trigger). Overview of Triggers 9-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 359. See Also: • "CREATE TRIGGER Statement" syntax diagram • "DML Triggers" • "System Triggers" • Oracle Database Development Guide for information about crossedition triggers • "CREATE TRIGGER Statement" for information about the WHEN clause Reasons to Use Triggers Triggers let you customize your database management system. For example, you can use triggers to: • Automatically generate virtual column values • Log events • Gather statistics on table access • Modify table data when DML statements are issued against views • Enforce referential integrity when child and parent tables are on different nodes of a distributed database • Publish information about database events, user events, and SQL statements to subscribing applications • Prevent DML operations on a table after regular business hours • Prevent invalid transactions • Enforce complex business or referential integrity rules that you cannot define with constraints (see "How Triggers and Constraints Differ") Caution: Triggers are not reliable security mechanisms, because they are programmatic and easy to disable. For high-assurance security, use Oracle Database Vault, described in Oracle Database Vault Administrator's Guide. How Triggers and Constraints Differ Both triggers and constraints can constrain data input, but they differ significantly. A trigger always applies to new data only. For example, a trigger can prevent a DML statement from inserting a NULL value into a database column, but the column might contain NULL values that were inserted into the column before the trigger was defined or while the trigger was disabled. A constraint can apply either to new data only (like a trigger) or to both new and existing data. Constraint behavior depends on constraint state, as explained in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Reasons to Use Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-3
- 360. Constraints are easier to write and less error-prone than triggers that enforce the same rules. However, triggers can enforce some complex business rules that constraints cannot. Oracle strongly recommends that you use triggers to constrain data input only in these situations: • To enforce referential integrity when child and parent tables are on different nodes of a distributed database • To enforce complex business or referential integrity rules that you cannot define with constraints See Also: • Oracle Database Development Guide for information about using constraints to enforce business rules and prevent the entry of invalid information into tables • "Triggers for Ensuring Referential Integrity" for information about using triggers and constraints to maintain referential integrity between parent and child tables DML Triggers A DML trigger is created on either a table or view, and its triggering event is composed of the DML statements DELETE, INSERT, and UPDATE. To create a trigger that fires in response to a MERGE statement, create triggers on the INSERT and UPDATE statements to which the MERGE operation decomposes. A DML trigger is either simple or compound. A simple DML trigger fires at exactly one of these timing points: • Before the triggering statement runs (The trigger is called a BEFORE statement trigger or statement-level BEFORE trigger.) • After the triggering statement runs (The trigger is called an AFTER statement trigger or statement-level AFTER trigger.) • Before each row that the triggering statement affects (The trigger is called a BEFORE each row trigger or row-level BEFORE trigger.) • After each row that the triggering statement affects (The trigger is called an AFTER each row trigger or row-level AFTER trigger.) A compound DML trigger created on a table or editioning view can fire at one, some, or all of the preceding timing points. Compound DML triggers help program an approach where you want the actions that you implement for the various timing points to share common data. A simple or compound DML trigger that fires at row level can access the data in the row that it is processing. For details, see "Correlation Names and Pseudorecords". An INSTEAD OF DML trigger is a DML trigger created on either a noneditioning view or a nested table column of a noneditioning view. DML Triggers 9-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 361. Except in an INSTEAD OF trigger, a triggering UPDATE statement can include a column list. With a column list, the trigger fires only when a specified column is updated. Without a column list, the trigger fires when any column of the associated table is updated. Topics • Conditional Predicates for Detecting Triggering DML Statement • INSTEAD OF DML Triggers • Compound DML Triggers • Triggers for Ensuring Referential Integrity Conditional Predicates for Detecting Triggering DML Statement The triggering event of a DML trigger can be composed of multiple triggering statements. When one of them fires the trigger, the trigger can determine which one by using these conditional predicates. Table 9-1 Conditional Predicates Conditional Predicate TRUE if and only if: INSERTING An INSERT statement fired the trigger. UPDATING An UPDATE statement fired the trigger. UPDATING ('column') An UPDATE statement that affected the specified column fired the trigger. DELETING A DELETE statement fired the trigger. A conditional predicate can appear wherever a BOOLEAN expression can appear. Example 9-1 Trigger Uses Conditional Predicates to Detect Triggering Statement This example creates a DML trigger that uses conditional predicates to determine which of its four possible triggering statements fired it. CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER t BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE OF salary, department_id OR DELETE ON employees BEGIN CASE WHEN INSERTING THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Inserting'); WHEN UPDATING('salary') THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Updating salary'); WHEN UPDATING('department_id') THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Updating department ID'); WHEN DELETING THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Deleting'); END CASE; END; / DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-5
- 362. INSTEAD OF DML Triggers An INSTEAD OF DML trigger is a DML trigger created on a noneditioning view, or on a nested table column of a noneditioning view. The database fires the INSTEAD OF trigger instead of running the triggering DML statement. An INSTEAD OF trigger cannot be conditional. An INSTEAD OF trigger is the only way to update a view that is not inherently updatable. Design the INSTEAD OF trigger to determine what operation was intended and do the appropriate DML operations on the underlying tables. An INSTEAD OF trigger is always a row-level trigger. An INSTEAD OF trigger can read OLD and NEW values, but cannot change them. An INSTEAD OF trigger with the NESTED TABLE clause fires only if the triggering statement operates on the elements of the specified nested table column of the view. The trigger fires for each modified nested table element. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about inherently updatable views • "Compound DML Trigger Structure" for information about compound DML triggers with the INSTEAD OF EACH ROW section Example 9-2 INSTEAD OF Trigger This example creates the view oe.order_info to display information about customers and their orders. The view is not inherently updatable (because the primary key of the orders table, order_id, is not unique in the result set of the join view). The example creates an INSTEAD OF trigger to process INSERT statements directed to the view. The trigger inserts rows into the base tables of the view, customers and orders. CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW order_info AS SELECT c.customer_id, c.cust_last_name, c.cust_first_name, o.order_id, o.order_date, o.order_status FROM customers c, orders o WHERE c.customer_id = o.customer_id; CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER order_info_insert INSTEAD OF INSERT ON order_info DECLARE duplicate_info EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (duplicate_info, -00001); BEGIN INSERT INTO customers (customer_id, cust_last_name, cust_first_name) VALUES ( :new.customer_id, :new.cust_last_name, :new.cust_first_name); INSERT INTO orders (order_id, order_date, customer_id) VALUES ( :new.order_id, :new.order_date, DML Triggers 9-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 363. :new.customer_id); EXCEPTION WHEN duplicate_info THEN RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR ( num=> -20107, msg=> 'Duplicate customer or order ID'); END order_info_insert; / Query to show that row to be inserted does not exist: SELECT COUNT(*) FROM order_info WHERE customer_id = 999; Result: COUNT(*) ---------- 0 1 row selected. Insert row into view: INSERT INTO order_info VALUES (999, 'Smith', 'John', 2500, TO_DATE('13-MAR-2001', 'DD-MON-YYYY'), 0); Result: 1 row created. Query to show that row has been inserted in view: SELECT COUNT(*) FROM order_info WHERE customer_id = 999; Result: COUNT(*) ---------- 1 1 row selected. Query to show that row has been inserted in customers table: SELECT COUNT(*) FROM customers WHERE customer_id = 999; Result: COUNT(*) ---------- 1 1 row selected. Query to show that row has been inserted in orders table: SELECT COUNT(*) FROM orders WHERE customer_id = 999; Result: COUNT(*) ---------- DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-7
- 364. 1 1 row selected. Example 9-3 INSTEAD OF Trigger on Nested Table Column of View In this example, the view dept_view contains a nested table of employees, emplist, created by the CAST function (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference). To modify the emplist column, the example creates an INSTEAD OF trigger on the column. -- Create type of nested table element: CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE nte AUTHID DEFINER IS OBJECT ( emp_id NUMBER(6), lastname VARCHAR2(25), job VARCHAR2(10), sal NUMBER(8,2) ); / -- Created type of nested table: CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE emp_list_ IS TABLE OF nte; / -- Create view: CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW dept_view AS SELECT d.department_id, d.department_name, CAST (MULTISET (SELECT e.employee_id, e.last_name, e.job_id, e.salary FROM employees e WHERE e.department_id = d.department_id ) AS emp_list_ ) emplist FROM departments d; -- Create trigger: CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER dept_emplist_tr INSTEAD OF INSERT ON NESTED TABLE emplist OF dept_view REFERENCING NEW AS Employee PARENT AS Department FOR EACH ROW BEGIN -- Insert on nested table translates to insert on base table: INSERT INTO employees ( employee_id, last_name, email, hire_date, job_id, salary, department_id ) VALUES ( DML Triggers 9-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 365. :Employee.emp_id, -- employee_id :Employee.lastname, -- last_name :Employee.lastname || '@company.com', -- email SYSDATE, -- hire_date :Employee.job, -- job_id :Employee.sal, -- salary :Department.department_id -- department_id ); END; / Query view before inserting row into nested table: SELECT emplist FROM dept_view WHERE department_id=10; Result: EMPLIST(EMP_ID, LASTNAME, JOB, SAL) ---------------------------------------------- EMP_LIST_(NTE(200, 'Whalen', 'AD_ASST', 4200)) 1 row selected. Query table before inserting row into nested table: SELECT employee_id, last_name, job_id, salary FROM employees WHERE department_id = 10; Result: EMPLOYEE_ID LAST_NAME JOB_ID SALARY ----------- ------------------------- ---------- ---------- 200 Whalen AD_ASST 4200 1 row selected. Insert a row into nested table: INSERT INTO TABLE ( SELECT d.emplist FROM dept_view d WHERE department_id = 10 ) VALUES (1001, 'Glenn', 'AC_MGR', 10000); Query view after inserting row into nested table: SELECT emplist FROM dept_view WHERE department_id=10; Result (formatted to fit page): EMPLIST(EMP_ID, LASTNAME, JOB, SAL) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EMP_LIST_(NTE(200, 'Whalen', 'AD_ASST', 4200), NTE(1001, 'Glenn', 'AC_MGR', 10000)) 1 row selected. Query table after inserting row into nested table: DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-9
- 366. SELECT employee_id, last_name, job_id, salary FROM employees WHERE department_id = 10; Result: EMPLOYEE_ID LAST_NAME JOB_ID SALARY ----------- ------------------------- ---------- ---------- 200 Whalen AD_ASST 4200 1001 Glenn AC_MGR 10000 2 rows selected. Compound DML Triggers A compound DML trigger created on a table or editioning view can fire at multiple timing points. Each timing point section has its own executable part and optional exception-handling part, but all of these parts can access a common PL/SQL state. The common state is established when the triggering statement starts and is destroyed when the triggering statement completes, even when the triggering statement causes an error. A compound DML trigger created on a noneditioning view is not really compound, because it has only one timing point section. A compound trigger can be conditional, but not autonomous. Two common uses of compound triggers are: • To accumulate rows destined for a second table so that you can periodically bulk- insert them • To avoid the mutating-table error (ORA-04091) Topics • Compound DML Trigger Structure • Compound DML Trigger Restrictions • Performance Benefit of Compound DML Triggers • Using Compound DML Triggers with Bulk Insertion • Using Compound DML Triggers to Avoid Mutating-Table Error Compound DML Trigger Structure The optional declarative part of a compound trigger declares variables and subprograms that all of its timing-point sections can use. When the trigger fires, the declarative part runs before any timing-point sections run. The variables and subprograms exist for the duration of the triggering statement. A compound DML trigger created on a noneditioning view is not really compound, because it has only one timing point section. The syntax for creating the simplest compound DML trigger on a noneditioning view is: CREATE trigger FOR dml_event_clause ON view COMPOUND TRIGGER INSTEAD OF EACH ROW IS BEGIN statement; END INSTEAD OF EACH ROW; DML Triggers 9-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 367. A compound DML trigger created on a table or editioning view has at least one timing-point section in Table 9-2. If the trigger has multiple timing-point sections, they can be in any order, but no timing-point section can be repeated. If a timing-point section is absent, then nothing happens at its timing point. Table 9-2 Compound Trigger Timing-Point Sections Timing Point Section Before the triggering statement runs BEFORE STATEMENT After the triggering statement runs AFTER STATEMENT Before each row that the triggering statement affects BEFORE EACH ROW After each row that the triggering statement affects AFTER EACH ROW See Also: "CREATE TRIGGER Statement" for more information about the syntax of compound triggers A compound DML trigger does not have an initialization section, but the BEFORE STATEMENT section, which runs before any other timing-point section, can do any necessary initialization. If a compound DML trigger has neither a BEFORE STATEMENT section nor an AFTER STATEMENT section, and its triggering statement affects no rows, then the trigger never fires. Compound DML Trigger Restrictions In addition to the "Trigger Restrictions"), compound DML triggers have these restrictions: • OLD, NEW, and PARENT cannot appear in the declarative part, the BEFORE STATEMENT section, or the AFTER STATEMENT section. • Only the BEFORE EACH ROW section can change the value of NEW. • A timing-point section cannot handle exceptions raised in another timing-point section. • If a timing-point section includes a GOTO statement, the target of the GOTO statement must be in the same timing-point section. Performance Benefit of Compound DML Triggers A compound DML trigger has a performance benefit when the triggering statement affects many rows. For example, suppose that this statement triggers a compound DML trigger that has all four timing-point sections in Table 9-2: INSERT INTO Target SELECT c1, c2, c3 FROM Source WHERE Source.c1 > 0 DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-11
- 368. Although the BEFORE EACH ROW and AFTER EACH ROW sections of the trigger run for each row of Source whose column c1 is greater than zero, the BEFORE STATEMENT section runs only before the INSERT statement runs and the AFTER STATEMENT section runs only after the INSERT statement runs. A compound DML trigger has a greater performance benefit when it uses bulk SQL, described in "Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding". Using Compound DML Triggers with Bulk Insertion A compound DML trigger is useful for accumulating rows destined for a second table so that you can periodically bulk-insert them. To get the performance benefit from the compound trigger, you must specify BULK COLLECT INTO in the FORALL statement (otherwise, the FORALL statement does a single-row DML operation multiple times). For more information about using the BULK COLLECT clause with the FORALL statement, see "Using FORALL Statement and BULK COLLECT Clause Together". See Also: "FORALL Statement" Scenario: You want to log every change to hr.employees.salary in a new table, employee_salaries. A single UPDATE statement updates many rows of the table hr.employees; therefore, bulk-inserting rows into employee.salaries is more efficient than inserting them individually. Solution: Define a compound trigger on updates of the table hr.employees, as in Example 9-4. You do not need a BEFORE STATEMENT section to initialize idx or salaries, because they are state variables, which are initialized each time the trigger fires (even when the triggering statement is interrupted and restarted). Note: To run Example 9-4, you must have the EXECUTE privilege on the package DBMS_LOCK. Example 9-4 Compound Trigger Logs Changes to One Table in Another Table CREATE TABLE employee_salaries ( employee_id NUMBER NOT NULL, change_date DATE NOT NULL, salary NUMBER(8,2) NOT NULL, CONSTRAINT pk_employee_salaries PRIMARY KEY (employee_id, change_date), CONSTRAINT fk_employee_salaries FOREIGN KEY (employee_id) REFERENCES employees (employee_id) ON DELETE CASCADE) / CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER maintain_employee_salaries FOR UPDATE OF salary ON employees COMPOUND TRIGGER -- Declarative Part: -- Choose small threshhold value to show how example works: threshhold CONSTANT SIMPLE_INTEGER := 7; TYPE salaries_t IS TABLE OF employee_salaries%ROWTYPE INDEX BY SIMPLE_INTEGER; DML Triggers 9-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 369. salaries salaries_t; idx SIMPLE_INTEGER := 0; PROCEDURE flush_array IS n CONSTANT SIMPLE_INTEGER := salaries.count(); BEGIN FORALL j IN 1..n INSERT INTO employee_salaries VALUES salaries(j); salaries.delete(); idx := 0; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Flushed ' || n || ' rows'); END flush_array; -- AFTER EACH ROW Section: AFTER EACH ROW IS BEGIN idx := idx + 1; salaries(idx).employee_id := :NEW.employee_id; salaries(idx).change_date := SYSTIMESTAMP; salaries(idx).salary := :NEW.salary; IF idx >= threshhold THEN flush_array(); END IF; END AFTER EACH ROW; -- AFTER STATEMENT Section: AFTER STATEMENT IS BEGIN flush_array(); END AFTER STATEMENT; END maintain_employee_salaries; / Increase salary of every employee in department 50 by 10%: UPDATE employees SET salary = salary * 1.1 WHERE department_id = 50 / Result: Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 3 rows 45 rows updated. Wait two seconds: BEGIN DBMS_LOCK.SLEEP(2); END; / Increase salary of every employee in department 50 by 5%: DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-13
- 370. UPDATE employees SET salary = salary * 1.05 WHERE department_id = 50 / Result: Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 7 rows Flushed 3 rows 45 rows updated. See changes to employees table reflected in employee_salaries table: SELECT employee_id, count(*) c FROM employee_salaries GROUP BY employee_id / Result: EMPLOYEE_ID C ----------- ---------- 120 2 121 2 122 2 123 2 124 2 125 2 ... 199 2 45 rows selected. Using Compound DML Triggers to Avoid Mutating-Table Error A compound DML trigger is useful for avoiding the mutating-table error (ORA-04091) explained in "Mutating-Table Restriction". Scenario: A business rule states that an employee's salary increase must not exceed 10% of the average salary for the employee's department. This rule must be enforced by a trigger. Solution: Define a compound trigger on updates of the table hr.employees, as in Example 9-5. The state variables are initialized each time the trigger fires (even when the triggering statement is interrupted and restarted). Example 9-5 Compound Trigger Avoids Mutating-Table Error CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Check_Employee_Salary_Raise FOR UPDATE OF Salary ON Employees COMPOUND TRIGGER Ten_Percent CONSTANT NUMBER := 0.1; TYPE Salaries_t IS TABLE OF Employees.Salary%TYPE; Avg_Salaries Salaries_t; TYPE Department_IDs_t IS TABLE OF Employees.Department_ID%TYPE; Department_IDs Department_IDs_t; DML Triggers 9-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 371. -- Declare collection type and variable: TYPE Department_Salaries_t IS TABLE OF Employees.Salary%TYPE INDEX BY VARCHAR2(80); Department_Avg_Salaries Department_Salaries_t; BEFORE STATEMENT IS BEGIN SELECT AVG(e.Salary), NVL(e.Department_ID, -1) BULK COLLECT INTO Avg_Salaries, Department_IDs FROM Employees e GROUP BY e.Department_ID; FOR j IN 1..Department_IDs.COUNT() LOOP Department_Avg_Salaries(Department_IDs(j)) := Avg_Salaries(j); END LOOP; END BEFORE STATEMENT; AFTER EACH ROW IS BEGIN IF :NEW.Salary - :Old.Salary > Ten_Percent*Department_Avg_Salaries(:NEW.Department_ID) THEN Raise_Application_Error(-20000, 'Raise too big'); END IF; END AFTER EACH ROW; END Check_Employee_Salary_Raise; Triggers for Ensuring Referential Integrity You can use triggers and constraints to maintain referential integrity between parent and child tables, as Table 9-3 shows. (For more information about constraints, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference.) Table 9-3 Constraints and Triggers for Ensuring Referential Integrity Table Constraint to Declare on Table Triggers to Create on Table Parent PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE One or more triggers that ensure that when PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE values are updated or deleted, the desired action (RESTRICT, CASCADE, or SET NULL) occurs on corresponding FOREIGN KEY values. No action is required for inserts into the parent table, because no dependent foreign keys exist. Child FOREIGN KEY, if parent and child are in the same database. (The database does not support declarative referential constraints between tables on different nodes of a distributed database.) Disable this foreign key constraint to prevent the corresponding PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint from being dropped (except explicitly with the CASCADE option). One trigger that ensures that values inserted or updated in the FOREIGN KEY correspond to PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE values in the parent table. DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-15
- 372. Topics • Foreign Key Trigger for Child Table • UPDATE and DELETE RESTRICT Trigger for Parent Table • UPDATE and DELETE SET NULL Trigger for Parent Table • DELETE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table • UPDATE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table • Triggers for Complex Constraint Checking • Triggers for Complex Security Authorizations • Triggers for Transparent Event Logging • Triggers for Deriving Column Values • Triggers for Building Complex Updatable Views • Triggers for Fine-Grained Access Control Note: The examples in the following topics use these tables, which share the column Deptno: CREATE TABLE emp ( Empno NUMBER NOT NULL, Ename VARCHAR2(10), Job VARCHAR2(9), Mgr NUMBER(4), Hiredate DATE, Sal NUMBER(7,2), Comm NUMBER(7,2), Deptno NUMBER(2) NOT NULL); CREATE TABLE dept ( Deptno NUMBER(2) NOT NULL, Dname VARCHAR2(14), Loc VARCHAR2(13), Mgr_no NUMBER, Dept_type NUMBER); Several triggers include statements that lock rows (SELECT FOR UPDATE). This operation is necessary to maintain concurrency while the rows are being processed. These examples are not meant to be used exactly as written. They are provided to assist you in designing your own triggers. Foreign Key Trigger for Child Table The trigger in Example 9-6 ensures that before an INSERT or UPDATE statement affects a foreign key value, the corresponding value exists in the parent key. The exception ORA-04091 (mutating-table error) allows the trigger emp_dept_check to be used DML Triggers 9-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 373. with the UPDATE_SET_DEFAULT and UPDATE_CASCADE triggers. This exception is unnecessary if the trigger emp_dept_check is used alone. Example 9-6 Foreign Key Trigger for Child Table CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER emp_dept_check BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE OF Deptno ON emp FOR EACH ROW WHEN (NEW.Deptno IS NOT NULL) -- Before row is inserted or DEPTNO is updated in emp table, -- fire this trigger to verify that new foreign key value (DEPTNO) -- is present in dept table. DECLARE Dummy INTEGER; -- Use for cursor fetch Invalid_department EXCEPTION; Valid_department EXCEPTION; Mutating_table EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (Invalid_department, -4093); PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (Valid_department, -4092); PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (Mutating_table, -4091); -- Cursor used to verify parent key value exists. -- If present, lock parent key's row so it cannot be deleted -- by another transaction until this transaction is -- committed or rolled back. CURSOR Dummy_cursor (Dn NUMBER) IS SELECT Deptno FROM dept WHERE Deptno = Dn FOR UPDATE OF Deptno; BEGIN OPEN Dummy_cursor (:NEW.Deptno); FETCH Dummy_cursor INTO Dummy; -- Verify parent key. -- If not found, raise user-specified error code and message. -- If found, close cursor before allowing triggering statement to complete: IF Dummy_cursor%NOTFOUND THEN RAISE Invalid_department; ELSE RAISE Valid_department; END IF; CLOSE Dummy_cursor; EXCEPTION WHEN Invalid_department THEN CLOSE Dummy_cursor; Raise_application_error(-20000, 'Invalid Department' || ' Number' || TO_CHAR(:NEW.deptno)); WHEN Valid_department THEN CLOSE Dummy_cursor; WHEN Mutating_table THEN NULL; END; / UPDATE and DELETE RESTRICT Trigger for Parent Table The trigger in Example 9-7 enforces the UPDATE and DELETE RESTRICT referential action on the primary key of the dept table. DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-17
- 374. Caution: The trigger in Example 9-7 does not work with self-referential tables (tables with both the primary/unique key and the foreign key). Also, this trigger does not allow triggers to cycle (such as when A fires B, which fires A). Example 9-7 UPDATE and DELETE RESTRICT Trigger for Parent Table CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER dept_restrict BEFORE DELETE OR UPDATE OF Deptno ON dept FOR EACH ROW -- Before row is deleted from dept or primary key (DEPTNO) of dept is updated, -- check for dependent foreign key values in emp; -- if any are found, roll back. DECLARE Dummy INTEGER; -- Use for cursor fetch employees_present EXCEPTION; employees_not_present EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (employees_present, -4094); PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (employees_not_present, -4095); -- Cursor used to check for dependent foreign key values. CURSOR Dummy_cursor (Dn NUMBER) IS SELECT Deptno FROM emp WHERE Deptno = Dn; BEGIN OPEN Dummy_cursor (:OLD.Deptno); FETCH Dummy_cursor INTO Dummy; -- If dependent foreign key is found, raise user-specified -- error code and message. If not found, close cursor -- before allowing triggering statement to complete. IF Dummy_cursor%FOUND THEN RAISE employees_present; -- Dependent rows exist ELSE RAISE employees_not_present; -- No dependent rows exist END IF; CLOSE Dummy_cursor; EXCEPTION WHEN employees_present THEN CLOSE Dummy_cursor; Raise_application_error(-20001, 'Employees Present in' || ' Department ' || TO_CHAR(:OLD.DEPTNO)); WHEN employees_not_present THEN CLOSE Dummy_cursor; END; UPDATE and DELETE SET NULL Trigger for Parent Table The trigger in Example 9-8 enforces the UPDATE and DELETE SET NULL referential action on the primary key of the dept table. Example 9-8 UPDATE and DELETE SET NULL Trigger for Parent Table CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER dept_set_null AFTER DELETE OR UPDATE OF Deptno ON dept DML Triggers 9-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 375. FOR EACH ROW -- Before row is deleted from dept or primary key (DEPTNO) of dept is updated, -- set all corresponding dependent foreign key values in emp to NULL: BEGIN IF UPDATING AND :OLD.Deptno != :NEW.Deptno OR DELETING THEN UPDATE emp SET emp.Deptno = NULL WHERE emp.Deptno = :OLD.Deptno; END IF; END; / DELETE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table The trigger in Example 9-9 enforces the DELETE CASCADE referential action on the primary key of the dept table. Note: Typically, the code for DELETE CASCADE is combined with the code for UPDATE SET NULL or UPDATE SET DEFAULT, to account for both updates and deletes. Example 9-9 DELETE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER dept_del_cascade AFTER DELETE ON dept FOR EACH ROW -- Before row is deleted from dept, -- delete all rows from emp table whose DEPTNO is same as -- DEPTNO being deleted from dept table: BEGIN DELETE FROM emp WHERE emp.Deptno = :OLD.Deptno; END; / UPDATE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table The triggers in Example 9-10 ensure that if a department number is updated in the dept table, then this change is propagated to dependent foreign keys in the emp table. Note: Because the trigger dept_cascade2 updates the emp table, the emp_dept_check trigger in Example 9-6, if enabled, also fires. The resulting mutating-table error is trapped by the emp_dept_check trigger. Carefully test any triggers that require error trapping to succeed to ensure that they always work properly in your environment. Example 9-10 UPDATE CASCADE Trigger for Parent Table -- Generate sequence number to be used as flag -- for determining if update occurred on column: DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-19
- 376. CREATE SEQUENCE Update_sequence INCREMENT BY 1 MAXVALUE 5000 CYCLE; CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE Integritypackage AUTHID DEFINER AS Updateseq NUMBER; END Integritypackage; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY Integritypackage AS END Integritypackage; / -- Create flag col: ALTER TABLE emp ADD Update_id NUMBER; CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER dept_cascade1 BEFORE UPDATE OF Deptno ON dept DECLARE -- Before updating dept table (this is a statement trigger), -- generate sequence number -- & assign it to public variable UPDATESEQ of -- user-defined package named INTEGRITYPACKAGE: BEGIN Integritypackage.Updateseq := Update_sequence.NEXTVAL; END; / CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER dept_cascade2 AFTER DELETE OR UPDATE OF Deptno ON dept FOR EACH ROW -- For each department number in dept that is updated, -- cascade update to dependent foreign keys in emp table. -- Cascade update only if child row was not updated by this trigger: BEGIN IF UPDATING THEN UPDATE emp SET Deptno = :NEW.Deptno, Update_id = Integritypackage.Updateseq --from 1st WHERE emp.Deptno = :OLD.Deptno AND Update_id IS NULL; /* Only NULL if not updated by 3rd trigger fired by same triggering statement */ END IF; IF DELETING THEN -- After row is deleted from dept, -- delete all rows from emp table whose DEPTNO is same as -- DEPTNO being deleted from dept table: DELETE FROM emp WHERE emp.Deptno = :OLD.Deptno; END IF; END; / CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER dept_cascade3 AFTER UPDATE OF Deptno ON dept BEGIN UPDATE emp SET Update_id = NULL WHERE Update_id = Integritypackage.Updateseq; END; / DML Triggers 9-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 377. Triggers for Complex Constraint Checking Triggers can enforce integrity rules other than referential integrity. The trigger in Example 9-11 does a complex check before allowing the triggering statement to run. Note: Example 9-11 needs this data structure: CREATE TABLE Salgrade ( Grade NUMBER, Losal NUMBER, Hisal NUMBER, Job_classification VARCHAR2(9)); Example 9-11 Trigger Checks Complex Constraints CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER salary_check BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE OF Sal, Job ON Emp FOR EACH ROW DECLARE Minsal NUMBER; Maxsal NUMBER; Salary_out_of_range EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (Salary_out_of_range, -4096); BEGIN /* Retrieve minimum & maximum salary for employee's new job classification from SALGRADE table into MINSAL and MAXSAL: */ SELECT Losal, Hisal INTO Minsal, Maxsal FROM Salgrade WHERE Job_classification = :NEW.Job; /* If employee's new salary is less than or greater than job classification's limits, raise exception. Exception message is returned and pending INSERT or UPDATE statement that fired the trigger is rolled back: */ IF (:NEW.Sal < Minsal OR :NEW.Sal > Maxsal) THEN RAISE Salary_out_of_range; END IF; EXCEPTION WHEN Salary_out_of_range THEN Raise_application_error ( -20300, 'Salary '|| TO_CHAR(:NEW.Sal) ||' out of range for ' || 'job classification ' ||:NEW.Job ||' for employee ' || :NEW.Ename ); WHEN NO_DATA_FOUND THEN Raise_application_error(-20322, 'Invalid Job Classification'); END; / DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-21
- 378. Triggers for Complex Security Authorizations Triggers are commonly used to enforce complex security authorizations for table data. Use triggers only to enforce complex security authorizations that you cannot define using the database security features provided with the database. For example, use a trigger to prohibit updates to the employee table during weekends and nonworking hours. When using a trigger to enforce a complex security authorization, it is best to use a BEFORE statement trigger. Using a BEFORE statement trigger has these benefits: • The security check is done before the triggering statement is allowed to run, so that no wasted work is done by an unauthorized statement. • The security check is done only for the triggering statement, not for each row affected by the triggering statement. The trigger in Example 9-12 enforces security by raising exceptions when anyone tries to update the table employees during weekends or nonworking hours. See Also: Oracle Database Security Guide for detailed information about database security features Example 9-12 Trigger Enforces Security Authorizations CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Employee_permit_changes BEFORE INSERT OR DELETE OR UPDATE ON employees DECLARE Dummy INTEGER; Not_on_weekends EXCEPTION; Nonworking_hours EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (Not_on_weekends, -4097); PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (Nonworking_hours, -4099); BEGIN -- Check for weekends: IF (TO_CHAR(Sysdate, 'DAY') = 'SAT' OR TO_CHAR(Sysdate, 'DAY') = 'SUN') THEN RAISE Not_on_weekends; END IF; -- Check for work hours (8am to 6pm): IF (TO_CHAR(Sysdate, 'HH24') < 8 OR TO_CHAR(Sysdate, 'HH24') > 18) THEN RAISE Nonworking_hours; END IF; EXCEPTION WHEN Not_on_weekends THEN Raise_application_error(-20324,'Might not change ' ||'employee table during the weekend'); WHEN Nonworking_hours THEN Raise_application_error(-20326,'Might not change ' ||'emp table during Nonworking hours'); DML Triggers 9-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 379. END; / Triggers for Transparent Event Logging Triggers are very useful when you want to transparently do a related change in the database following certain events. The REORDER trigger example shows a trigger that reorders parts as necessary when certain conditions are met. (In other words, a triggering statement is entered, and the PARTS_ON_HAND value is less than the REORDER_POINT value.) Triggers for Deriving Column Values Triggers can derive column values automatically, based upon a value provided by an INSERT or UPDATE statement. This type of trigger is useful to force values in specific columns that depend on the values of other columns in the same row. BEFORE row triggers are necessary to complete this type of operation for these reasons: • The dependent values must be derived before the INSERT or UPDATE occurs, so that the triggering statement can use the derived values. • The trigger must fire for each row affected by the triggering INSERT or UPDATE statement. The trigger in Example 9-13 derives new column values for a table whenever a row is inserted or updated. Note: Example 9-13 needs this change to this data structure: ALTER TABLE Emp ADD( Uppername VARCHAR2(20), Soundexname VARCHAR2(20)); Example 9-13 Trigger Derives New Column Values CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Derived BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE OF Ename ON Emp /* Before updating the ENAME field, derive the values for the UPPERNAME and SOUNDEXNAME fields. Restrict users from updating these fields directly: */ FOR EACH ROW BEGIN :NEW.Uppername := UPPER(:NEW.Ename); :NEW.Soundexname := SOUNDEX(:NEW.Ename); END; / Triggers for Building Complex Updatable Views Views are an excellent mechanism to provide logical windows over table data. However, when the view query gets complex, the system implicitly cannot translate the DML on the view into those on the underlying tables. INSTEAD OF triggers help solve this problem. These triggers can be defined over views, and they fire instead of the actual DML. DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-23
- 380. Consider a library system where books are arranged by title. The library consists of a collection of book type objects: CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE Book_t AS OBJECT ( Booknum NUMBER, Title VARCHAR2(20), Author VARCHAR2(20), Available CHAR(1) ); / CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE Book_list_t AS TABLE OF Book_t; / The table Book_table is created and populated like this: DROP TABLE Book_table; CREATE TABLE Book_table ( Booknum NUMBER, Section VARCHAR2(20), Title VARCHAR2(20), Author VARCHAR2(20), Available CHAR(1) ); INSERT INTO Book_table ( Booknum, Section, Title, Author, Available ) VALUES ( 121001, 'Classic', 'Iliad', 'Homer', 'Y' ); INSERT INTO Book_table ( Booknum, Section, Title, Author, Available ) VALUES ( 121002, 'Novel', 'Gone with the Wind', 'Mitchell M', 'N' ); SELECT * FROM Book_table ORDER BY Booknum; Result: BOOKNUM SECTION TITLE AUTHOR A ---------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- - 121001 Classic Iliad Homer Y 121002 Novel Gone with the Wind Mitchell M N 2 rows selected. The table Library_table is created and populated like this: DROP TABLE Library_table; CREATE TABLE Library_table (Section VARCHAR2(20)); INSERT INTO Library_table (Section) VALUES ('Novel'); INSERT INTO Library_table (Section) VALUES ('Classic'); SELECT * FROM Library_table ORDER BY Section; DML Triggers 9-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 381. Result: SECTION -------------------- Classic Novel 2 rows selected. You can define a complex view over the tables Book_table and Library_table to create a logical view of the library with sections and a collection of books in each section: CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW Library_view AS SELECT i.Section, CAST ( MULTISET ( SELECT b.Booknum, b.Title, b.Author, b.Available FROM Book_table b WHERE b.Section = i.Section ) AS Book_list_t ) BOOKLIST FROM Library_table i; (For information about the CAST function, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference.) Make Library_view updatable by defining an INSTEAD OF trigger on it: CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Library_trigger INSTEAD OF INSERT ON Library_view FOR EACH ROW DECLARE Bookvar Book_t; i INTEGER; BEGIN INSERT INTO Library_table VALUES (:NEW.Section); FOR i IN 1..:NEW.Booklist.COUNT LOOP Bookvar := :NEW.Booklist(i); INSERT INTO Book_table ( Booknum, Section, Title, Author, Available ) VALUES ( Bookvar.booknum, :NEW.Section, Bookvar.Title, Bookvar.Author, bookvar.Available ); END LOOP; END; / Insert a new row into Library_view: INSERT INTO Library_view (Section, Booklist) VALUES ( 'History', book_list_t (book_t (121330, 'Alexander', 'Mirth', 'Y')) ); See the effect on Library_view: DML Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-25
- 382. SELECT * FROM Library_view ORDER BY Section; Result: SECTION -------------------- BOOKLIST(BOOKNUM, TITLE, AUTHOR, AVAILABLE) -------------------------------------------------------------------- Classic BOOK_LIST_T(BOOK_T(121001, 'Iliad', 'Homer', 'Y')) History BOOK_LIST_T(BOOK_T(121330, 'Alexander', 'Mirth', 'Y')) Novel BOOK_LIST_T(BOOK_T(121002, 'Gone with the Wind', 'Mitchell M', 'N')) 3 rows selected. See the effect on Book_table: SELECT * FROM Book_table ORDER BY Booknum; Result: BOOKNUM SECTION TITLE AUTHOR A ---------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- - 121001 Classic Iliad Homer Y 121002 Novel Gone with the Wind Mitchell M N 121330 History Alexander Mirth Y 3 rows selected. See the effect on Library_table: SELECT * FROM Library_table ORDER BY Section; Result: SECTION -------------------- Classic History Novel 3 rows selected. Similarly, you can also define triggers on the nested table booklist to handle modification of the nested table element. Triggers for Fine-Grained Access Control You can use LOGON triggers to run the package associated with an application context. An application context captures session-related information about the user who is logging in to the database. From there, your application can control how much access this user has, based on his or her session information. DML Triggers 9-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 383. Note: If you have very specific logon requirements, such as preventing users from logging in from outside the firewall or after work hours, consider using Oracle Database Vault instead of LOGON triggers. With Oracle Database Vault, you can create custom rules to strictly control user access. See Also: • Oracle Database Security Guide for information about creating a LOGON trigger to run a database session application context package • Oracle Database Vault Administrator's Guide for information about Oracle Database Vault Correlation Names and Pseudorecords Note: This topic applies only to triggers that fire at row level. That is: • Row-level simple DML triggers • Compound DML triggers with row-level timing point sections A trigger that fires at row level can access the data in the row that it is processing by using correlation names. The default correlation names are OLD, NEW, and PARENT. To change the correlation names, use the REFERENCING clause of the CREATE TRIGGER statement (see "referencing_clause ::="). If the trigger is created on a nested table, then OLD and NEW refer to the current row of the nested table, and PARENT refers to the current row of the parent table. If the trigger is created on a table or view, then OLD and NEW refer to the current row of the table or view, and PARENT is undefined. OLD, NEW, and PARENT are also called pseudorecords, because they have record structure, but are allowed in fewer contexts than records are. The structure of a pseudorecord is table_name%ROWTYPE, where table_name is the name of the table on which the trigger is created (for OLD and NEW) or the name of the parent table (for PARENT). In the trigger_body of a simple trigger or the tps_body of a compound trigger, a correlation name is a placeholder for a bind variable. Reference the field of a pseudorecord with this syntax: :pseudorecord_name.field_name In the WHEN clause of a conditional trigger, a correlation name is not a placeholder for a bind variable. Therefore, omit the colon in the preceding syntax. Table 9-4 shows the values of OLD and NEW fields for the row that the triggering statement is processing. Correlation Names and Pseudorecords PL/SQL Triggers 9-27
- 384. Table 9-4 OLD and NEW Pseudorecord Field Values Triggering Statement OLD.field Value NEW.field Value INSERT NULL Post-insert value UPDATE Pre-update value Post-update value DELETE Pre-delete value NULL The restrictions on pseudorecords are: • A pseudorecord cannot appear in a record-level operation. For example, the trigger cannot include this statement: :NEW := NULL; • A pseudorecord cannot be an actual subprogram parameter. (A pseudorecord field can be an actual subprogram parameter.) • The trigger cannot change OLD field values. Trying to do so raises ORA-04085. • If the triggering statement is DELETE, then the trigger cannot change NEW field values. Trying to do so raises ORA-04084. • An AFTER trigger cannot change NEW field values, because the triggering statement runs before the trigger fires. Trying to do so raises ORA-04084. A BEFORE trigger can change NEW field values before a triggering INSERT or UPDATE statement puts them in the table. If a statement triggers both a BEFORE trigger and an AFTER trigger, and the BEFORE trigger changes a NEW field value, then the AFTER trigger "sees" that change. Example 9-14 creates a log table and a trigger that inserts a row in the log table after any UPDATE statement affects the SALARY column of the EMPLOYEES table, and then updates EMPLOYEES.SALARY and shows the log table. Example 9-15 creates a conditional trigger that prints salary change information whenever a DELETE, INSERT, or UPDATE statement affects the EMPLOYEES table— unless that information is about the President. The database evaluates the WHEN condition for each affected row. If the WHEN condition is TRUE for an affected row, then the trigger fires for that row before the triggering statement runs. If the WHEN condition is not TRUE for an affected row, then trigger does not fire for that row, but the triggering statement still runs. Example 9-16 creates an UPDATE trigger that modifies CLOB columns. (For information about TO_CLOB and other conversion functions, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference.) Example 9-17 creates a table with the same name as a correlation name, new, and then creates a trigger on that table. To avoid conflict between the table name and the correlation name, the trigger references the correlation name as Newest. Correlation Names and Pseudorecords 9-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 385. Example 9-14 Trigger Logs Changes to EMPLOYEES.SALARY Create log table: DROP TABLE Emp_log; CREATE TABLE Emp_log ( Emp_id NUMBER, Log_date DATE, New_salary NUMBER, Action VARCHAR2(20)); Create trigger that inserts row in log table after EMPLOYEES.SALARY is updated: CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER log_salary_increase AFTER UPDATE OF salary ON employees FOR EACH ROW BEGIN INSERT INTO Emp_log (Emp_id, Log_date, New_salary, Action) VALUES (:NEW.employee_id, SYSDATE, :NEW.salary, 'New Salary'); END; / Update EMPLOYEES.SALARY: UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + 1000.0 WHERE Department_id = 20; Result: 2 rows updated. Show log table: SELECT * FROM Emp_log; Result: EMP_ID LOG_DATE NEW_SALARY ACTION ---------- --------- ---------- -------------------- 201 28-APR-10 13650 New Salary 202 28-APR-10 6300 New Salary 2 rows selected. Example 9-15 Conditional Trigger Prints Salary Change Information CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER print_salary_changes BEFORE DELETE OR INSERT OR UPDATE ON employees FOR EACH ROW WHEN (NEW.job_id <> 'AD_PRES') -- do not print information about President DECLARE sal_diff NUMBER; BEGIN sal_diff := :NEW.salary - :OLD.salary; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(:NEW.last_name || ': '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('Old salary = ' || :OLD.salary || ', '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('New salary = ' || :NEW.salary || ', '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Difference: ' || sal_diff); Correlation Names and Pseudorecords PL/SQL Triggers 9-29
- 386. END; / Query: SELECT last_name, department_id, salary, job_id FROM employees WHERE department_id IN (10, 20, 90) ORDER BY department_id, last_name; Result: LAST_NAME DEPARTMENT_ID SALARY JOB_ID ------------------------- ------------- ---------- ---------- Whalen 10 4200 AD_ASST Fay 20 6000 MK_REP Hartstein 20 13000 MK_MAN De Haan 90 17000 AD_VP King 90 24000 AD_PRES Kochhar 90 17000 AD_VP 6 rows selected. Triggering statement: UPDATE employees SET salary = salary * 1.05 WHERE department_id IN (10, 20, 90); Result: Whalen: Old salary = 4200, New salary = 4410, Difference: 210 Hartstein: Old salary = 13000, New salary = 13650, Difference: 650 Fay: Old salary = 6000, New salary = 6300, Difference: 300 Kochhar: Old salary = 17000, New salary = 17850, Difference: 850 De Haan: Old salary = 17000, New salary = 17850, Difference: 850 6 rows updated. Query: SELECT salary FROM employees WHERE job_id = 'AD_PRES'; Result: SALARY ---------- 25200 1 row selected. Example 9-16 Trigger Modifies CLOB Columns DROP TABLE tab1; CREATE TABLE tab1 (c1 CLOB); INSERT INTO tab1 VALUES ('<h1>HTML Document Fragment</h1><p>Some text.', 3); CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER trg1 BEFORE UPDATE ON tab1 FOR EACH ROW BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Old value of CLOB column: '||:OLD.c1); Correlation Names and Pseudorecords 9-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 387. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Proposed new value of CLOB column: '||:NEW.c1); :NEW.c1 := :NEW.c1 || TO_CLOB('<hr><p>Standard footer paragraph.'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Final value of CLOB column: '||:NEW.c1); END; / SET SERVEROUTPUT ON; UPDATE tab1 SET c1 = '<h1>Different Document Fragment</h1><p>Different text.'; SELECT * FROM tab1; Example 9-17 Trigger with REFERENCING Clause CREATE TABLE new ( field1 NUMBER, field2 VARCHAR2(20) ); CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Print_salary_changes BEFORE UPDATE ON new REFERENCING new AS Newest FOR EACH ROW BEGIN :Newest.Field2 := TO_CHAR (:newest.field1); END; / OBJECT_VALUE Pseudocolumn A DML trigger on an object table can reference the SQL pseudocolumn OBJECT_VALUE, which returns system-generated names for the columns of the object table. The trigger can also invoke a PL/SQL subprogram that has a formal IN parameter whose data type is OBJECT_VALUE. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about OBJECT_VALUE • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for general information about pseudocolumns Example 9-18 creates object table tbl, table tbl_history for logging updates to tbl, and trigger Tbl_Trg. The trigger runs for each row of tb1 that is affected by a DML statement, causing the old and new values of the object t in tbl to be written in tbl_history. The old and new values are :OLD.OBJECT_VALUE and :NEW.OBJECT_VALUE. All values of column n were increased by 1. The value of m remains 0. Example 9-18 Trigger References OBJECT_VALUE Pseudocolumn Create, populate, and show object table: CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE t AUTHID DEFINER AS OBJECT (n NUMBER, m NUMBER) / CREATE TABLE tbl OF t Correlation Names and Pseudorecords PL/SQL Triggers 9-31
- 388. / BEGIN FOR j IN 1..5 LOOP INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (t(j, 0)); END LOOP; END; / SELECT * FROM tbl ORDER BY n; Result: N M ---------- ---------- 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 5 rows selected. Create history table and trigger: CREATE TABLE tbl_history ( d DATE, old_obj t, new_obj t) / CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Tbl_Trg AFTER UPDATE ON tbl FOR EACH ROW BEGIN INSERT INTO tbl_history (d, old_obj, new_obj) VALUES (SYSDATE, :OLD.OBJECT_VALUE, :NEW.OBJECT_VALUE); END Tbl_Trg; / Update object table: UPDATE tbl SET tbl.n = tbl.n+1 / Result: 5 rows updated. Show old and new values: BEGIN FOR j IN (SELECT d, old_obj, new_obj FROM tbl_history) LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( j.d || ' -- old: ' || j.old_obj.n || ' ' || j.old_obj.m || ' -- new: ' || j.new_obj.n || ' ' || j.new_obj.m ); END LOOP; END; / Result: 28-APR-10 -- old: 1 0 -- new: 2 0 28-APR-10 -- old: 2 0 -- new: 3 0 28-APR-10 -- old: 3 0 -- new: 4 0 Correlation Names and Pseudorecords 9-32 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 389. 28-APR-10 -- old: 4 0 -- new: 5 0 28-APR-10 -- old: 5 0 -- new: 6 0 System Triggers A system trigger is created on either a schema or the database. Its triggering event is composed of either DDL statements (listed in "ddl_event") or database operation statements (listed in "database_event"). A system trigger fires at exactly one of these timing points: • Before the triggering statement runs (The trigger is called a BEFORE statement trigger or statement-level BEFORE trigger.) • After the triggering statement runs (The trigger is called a AFTER statement trigger or statement-level AFTER trigger.) • Instead of the triggering CREATE statement (The trigger is called an INSTEAD OF CREATE trigger.) Topics • SCHEMA Triggers • DATABASE Triggers • INSTEAD OF CREATE Triggers SCHEMA Triggers A SCHEMA trigger is created on a schema and fires whenever the user who owns it is the current user and initiates the triggering event. Suppose that both user1 and user2 own schema triggers, and user1 invokes a DR unit owned by user2. Inside the DR unit, user2 is the current user. Therefore, if the DR unit initiates the triggering event of a schema trigger that user2 owns, then that trigger fires. However, if the DR unit initiates the triggering event of a schema trigger that user1 owns, then that trigger does not fire. Example 9-19 creates a BEFORE statement trigger on the sample schema HR. When a user connected as HR tries to drop a database object, the database fires the trigger before dropping the object. Example 9-19 BEFORE Statement Trigger on Sample Schema HR CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER drop_trigger BEFORE DROP ON hr.SCHEMA BEGIN RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR ( num => -20000, msg => 'Cannot drop object'); END; / DATABASE Triggers A DATABASE trigger is created on the database and fires whenever any database user initiates the triggering event. System Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-33
- 390. Example 9-20 shows the basic syntax for a trigger to log errors. This trigger fires after an unsuccessful statement execution, such as unsuccessful logon. Note: An AFTER SERVERERROR trigger fires only if Oracle relational database management system (RDBMS) determines that it is safe to fire error triggers. For more information about AFTER SERVERERROR triggers, see CREATE TRIGGER Statement. The trigger in Example 9-21 runs the procedure check_user after a user logs onto the database. Example 9-20 AFTER Statement Trigger on Database CREATE TRIGGER log_errors AFTER SERVERERROR ON DATABASE BEGIN IF (IS_SERVERERROR (1017)) THEN NULL; -- (substitute code that processes logon error) ELSE NULL; -- (substitute code that logs error code) END IF; END; / Example 9-21 Trigger Monitors Logons CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER check_user AFTER LOGON ON DATABASE BEGIN check_user; EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR (-20000, 'Unexpected error: '|| DBMS_Utility.Format_Error_Stack); END; / INSTEAD OF CREATE Triggers An INSTEAD OF CREATE trigger is a SCHEMA trigger whose triggering event is a CREATE statement. The database fires the trigger instead of executing its triggering statement. Example 9-22 shows the basic syntax for an INSTEAD OF CREATE trigger on the current schema. This trigger fires when the owner of the current schema issues a CREATE statement in the current schema. Example 9-22 INSTEAD OF CREATE Trigger on Schema CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER t INSTEAD OF CREATE ON SCHEMA BEGIN EXECUTE IMMEDIATE 'CREATE TABLE T (n NUMBER, m NUMBER)'; END; / System Triggers 9-34 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 391. Subprograms Invoked by Triggers Triggers can invoke subprograms written in PL/SQL, C, and Java. The trigger in Example 9-4 invokes a PL/SQL subprogram. The trigger in Example 9-23 invokes a Java subprogram. A subprogram invoked by a trigger cannot run transaction control statements, because the subprogram runs in the context of the trigger body. If a trigger invokes an invoker rights (IR) subprogram, then the user who created the trigger, not the user who ran the triggering statement, is considered to be the current user. For information about IR subprograms, see "Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)". If a trigger invokes a remote subprogram, and a time stamp or signature mismatch is found during execution of the trigger, then the remote subprogram does not run and the trigger is invalidated. Example 9-23 Trigger Invokes Java Subprogram CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE Before_delete (Id IN NUMBER, Ename VARCHAR2) IS LANGUAGE Java name 'thjvTriggers.beforeDelete (oracle.sql.NUMBER, oracle.sql.CHAR)'; CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Pre_del_trigger BEFORE DELETE ON Tab FOR EACH ROW CALL Before_delete (:OLD.Id, :OLD.Ename) / The corresponding Java file is thjvTriggers.java: import java.sql.* import java.io.* import oracle.sql.* import oracle.oracore.* public class thjvTriggers { public static void beforeDelete (NUMBER old_id, CHAR old_name) Throws SQLException, CoreException { Connection conn = JDBCConnection.defaultConnection(); Statement stmt = conn.CreateStatement(); String sql = "insert into logtab values ("+ old_id.intValue() +", '"+ old_ename.toString() + ", BEFORE DELETE'); stmt.executeUpdate (sql); stmt.close(); return; } } Trigger Compilation, Invalidation, and Recompilation The CREATE TRIGGER statement compiles the trigger and stores its code in the database. If a compilation error occurs, the trigger is still created, but its triggering statement fails, except in these cases: • The trigger was created in the disabled state. • The triggering event is AFTER STARTUP ON DATABASE. Subprograms Invoked by Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-35
- 392. • The triggering event is either AFTER LOGON ON DATABASE or AFTER LOGON ON SCHEMA, and someone logs on as SYSTEM. To see trigger compilation errors, either use the SHOW ERRORS command in SQL*Plus or Enterprise Manager, or query the static data dictionary view *_ERRORS (described in Oracle Database Reference). If a trigger does not compile successfully, then its exception handler cannot run. For an example, see "Remote Exception Handling". If a trigger references another object, such as a subprogram or package, and that object is modified or dropped, then the trigger becomes invalid. The next time the triggering event occurs, the compiler tries to revalidate the trigger (for details, see Oracle Database Development Guide). Note: Because the DBMS_AQ package is used to enqueue a message, dependency between triggers and queues cannot be maintained. To recompile a trigger manually, use the ALTER TRIGGER statement, described in "ALTER TRIGGER Statement". Exception Handling in Triggers In most cases, if a trigger runs a statement that raises an exception, and the exception is not handled by an exception handler, then the database rolls back the effects of both the trigger and its triggering statement. In the following cases, the database rolls back only the effects of the trigger, not the effects of the triggering statement (and logs the error in trace files and the alert log): • The triggering event is either AFTER STARTUP ON DATABASE or BEFORE SHUTDOWN ON DATABASE. • The triggering event is AFTER LOGON ON DATABASE and the user has the ADMINISTER DATABASE TRIGGER privilege. • The triggering event is AFTER LOGON ON SCHEMA and the user either owns the schema or has the ALTER ANY TRIGGER privilege. In the case of a compound DML trigger, the database rolls back only the effects of the triggering statement, not the effects of the trigger. However, variables declared in the trigger are re-initialized, and any values computed before the triggering statement was rolled back are lost. Note: Triggers that enforce complex security authorizations or constraints typically raise user-defined exceptions, which are explained in "User-Defined Exceptions". See Also: PL/SQL Error Handling, for general information about exception handling Exception Handling in Triggers 9-36 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 393. Remote Exception Handling A trigger that accesses a remote database can do remote exception handling only if the remote database is available. If the remote database is unavailable when the local database must compile the trigger, then the local database cannot validate the statement that accesses the remote database, and the compilation fails. If the trigger cannot be compiled, then its exception handler cannot run. The trigger in Example 9-24 has an INSERT statement that accesses a remote database. The trigger also has an exception handler. However, if the remote database is unavailable when the local database tries to compile the trigger, then the compilation fails and the exception handler cannot run. Example 9-25 shows the workaround for the problem in Example 9-24: Put the remote INSERT statement and exception handler in a stored subprogram and have the trigger invoke the stored subprogram. The subprogram is stored in the local database in compiled form, with a validated statement for accessing the remote database. Therefore, when the remote INSERT statement fails because the remote database is unavailable, the exception handler in the subprogram can handle it. Example 9-24 Trigger Cannot Handle Exception if Remote Database is Unavailable CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER employees_tr AFTER INSERT ON employees FOR EACH ROW BEGIN -- When remote database is unavailable, compilation fails here: INSERT INTO employees@remote ( employee_id, first_name, last_name, email, hire_date, job_id ) VALUES ( 99, 'Jane', 'Doe', '[email protected]', SYSDATE, 'ST_MAN' ); EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN INSERT INTO emp_log (Emp_id, Log_date, New_salary, Action) VALUES (99, SYSDATE, NULL, 'Could not insert'); RAISE; END; / Example 9-25 Workaround for Example 9-24 CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE insert_row_proc AUTHID CURRENT_USER AS no_remote_db EXCEPTION; -- declare exception PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (no_remote_db, -20000); -- assign error code to exception BEGIN INSERT INTO employees@remote ( employee_id, first_name, last_name, email, hire_date, job_id ) VALUES ( 99, 'Jane', 'Doe', '[email protected]', SYSDATE, 'ST_MAN' ); EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN INSERT INTO emp_log (Emp_id, Log_date, New_salary, Action) VALUES (99, SYSDATE, NULL, 'Could not insert row.'); RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR (-20000, 'Remote database is unavailable.'); END; / Exception Handling in Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-37
- 394. CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER employees_tr AFTER INSERT ON employees FOR EACH ROW BEGIN insert_row_proc; END; / Trigger Design Guidelines • Use triggers to ensure that whenever a specific event occurs, any necessary actions are done (regardless of which user or application issues the triggering statement). For example, use a trigger to ensure that whenever anyone updates a table, its log file is updated. • Do not create triggers that duplicate database features. For example, do not create a trigger to reject invalid data if you can do the same with constraints (see "How Triggers and Constraints Differ"). • Do not create triggers that depend on the order in which a SQL statement processes rows (which can vary). For example, do not assign a value to a global package variable in a row trigger if the current value of the variable depends on the row being processed by the row trigger. If a trigger updates global package variables, initialize those variables in a BEFORE statement trigger. • Use BEFORE row triggers to modify the row before writing the row data to disk. • Use AFTER row triggers to obtain the row ID and use it in operations. An AFTER row trigger fires when the triggering statement results in ORA-02292. Note: AFTER row triggers are slightly more efficient than BEFORE row triggers. With BEFORE row triggers, affected data blocks are read first for the trigger and then for the triggering statement. With AFTER row triggers, affected data blocks are read only for the trigger. • If the triggering statement of a BEFORE statement trigger is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that conflicts with an UPDATE statement that is running, then the database does a transparent ROLLBACK to SAVEPOINT and restarts the triggering statement. The database can do this many times before the triggering statement completes successfully. Each time the database restarts the triggering statement, the trigger fires. The ROLLBACK to SAVEPOINT does not undo changes to package variables that the trigger references. To detect this situation, include a counter variable in the package. • Do not create recursive triggers. For example, do not create an AFTER UPDATE trigger that issues an UPDATE statement on the table on which the trigger is defined. The trigger fires recursively until it runs out of memory. Trigger Design Guidelines 9-38 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 395. • If you create a trigger that includes a statement that accesses a remote database, then put the exception handler for that statement in a stored subprogram and invoke the subprogram from the trigger. For more information, see "Remote Exception Handling". • Use DATABASE triggers judiciously. They fire every time any database user initiates a triggering event. • If a trigger runs the following statement, the statement returns the owner of the trigger, not the user who is updating the table: SELECT Username FROM USER_USERS; • Only committed triggers fire. A trigger is committed, implicitly, after the CREATE TRIGGER statement that creates it succeeds. Therefore, the following statement cannot fire the trigger that it creates: CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER my_trigger AFTER CREATE ON DATABASE BEGIN NULL; END; / • To allow the modular installation of applications that have triggers on the same tables, create multiple triggers of the same type, rather than a single trigger that runs a sequence of operations. Each trigger sees the changes made by the previously fired triggers. Each trigger can see OLD and NEW values. Trigger Restrictions In addition to the restrictions that apply to all PL/SQL units (see Table C-1), triggers have these restrictions: • Trigger Size Restriction • Trigger LONG and LONG RAW Data Type Restrictions • Mutating-Table Restriction • Only an autonomous trigger can run TCL or DDL statements. For information about autonomous triggers, see "Autonomous Triggers". • A trigger cannot invoke a subprogram that runs transaction control statements, because the subprogram runs in the context of the trigger body. For more information about subprograms invoked by triggers, see "Subprograms Invoked by Triggers". • A trigger cannot access a SERIALLY_REUSABLE package. For information about SERIALLY_REUSABLE packages, see "SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages". Trigger Restrictions PL/SQL Triggers 9-39
- 396. See Also: "Compound DML Trigger Restrictions" Trigger Size Restriction The size of the trigger cannot exceed 32K. If the logic for your trigger requires much more than 60 lines of PL/SQL source text, then put most of the source text in a stored subprogram and invoke the subprogram from the trigger. For information about subprograms invoked by triggers, see "Subprograms Invoked by Triggers". Trigger LONG and LONG RAW Data Type Restrictions Note: Oracle supports the LONG and LONG RAW data types only for backward compatibility with existing applications. In addition to the restrictions that apply to all PL/SQL units (see "LONG and LONG RAW Variables"), triggers have these restrictions: • A trigger cannot declare a variable of the LONG or LONG RAW data type. • A SQL statement in a trigger can reference a LONG or LONG RAW column only if the column data can be converted to the data type CHAR or VARCHAR2. • A trigger cannot use the correlation name NEW or PARENT with a LONG or LONG RAW column. Mutating-Table Restriction Note: This topic applies only to row-level simple DML triggers. A mutating table is a table that is being modified by a DML statement (possibly by the effects of a DELETE CASCADE constraint). (A view being modified by an INSTEAD OF trigger is not considered to be mutating.) The mutating-table restriction prevents the trigger from querying or modifying the table that the triggering statement is modifying. When a row-level trigger encounters a mutating table, ORA-04091 occurs, the effects of the trigger and triggering statement are rolled back, and control returns to the user or application that issued the triggering statement, as Example 9-26 shows. Trigger Restrictions 9-40 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 397. Caution: Oracle Database does not enforce the mutating-table restriction for a trigger that accesses remote nodes, because the database does not support declarative referential constraints between tables on different nodes of a distributed database. Similarly, the database does not enforce the mutating-table restriction for tables in the same database that are connected by loop-back database links. A loop-back database link makes a local table appear remote by defining an Oracle Net path back to the database that contains the link. If you must use a trigger to update a mutating table, you can avoid the mutating-table error in either of these ways: • Use a compound DML trigger (see "Using Compound DML Triggers to Avoid Mutating-Table Error"). • Use a temporary table. For example, instead of using one AFTER each row trigger that updates the mutating table, use two triggers—an AFTER each row trigger that updates the temporary table and an AFTER statement trigger that updates the mutating table with the values from the temporary table. Mutating-Table Restriction Relaxed As of Oracle Database 8g Release 1, a deletion from the parent table causes BEFORE and AFTER triggers to fire once. Therefore, you can create row-level and statement- level triggers that query and modify the parent and child tables. This allows most foreign key constraint actions to be implemented through their after-row triggers (unless the constraint is self-referential). Update cascade, update set null, update set default, delete set default, inserting a missing parent, and maintaining a count of children can all be implemented easily—see "Triggers for Ensuring Referential Integrity". However, cascades require care for multiple-row foreign key updates. The trigger cannot miss rows that were changed but not committed by another transaction, because the foreign key constraint guarantees that no matching foreign key rows are locked before the after-row trigger is invoked. In Example 9-27, the triggering statement updates p correctly but causes problems when the trigger updates f. First, the triggering statement changes (1) to (2) in p, and the trigger updates (1) to (2) in f, leaving two rows of value (2) in f. Next, the triggering statement updates (2) to (3) in p, and the trigger updates both rows of value (2) to (3) in f. Finally, the statement updates (3) to (4) in p, and the trigger updates all three rows in f from (3) to (4). The relationship between the data items in p and f is lost. To avoid this problem, either forbid multiple-row updates to p that change the primary key and reuse existing primary key values, or track updates to foreign key values and modify the trigger to ensure that no row is updated twice. Example 9-26 Trigger Causes Mutating-Table Error -- Create log table DROP TABLE log; CREATE TABLE log ( Trigger Restrictions PL/SQL Triggers 9-41
- 398. emp_id NUMBER(6), l_name VARCHAR2(25), f_name VARCHAR2(20) ); -- Create trigger that updates log and then reads employees CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER log_deletions AFTER DELETE ON employees FOR EACH ROW DECLARE n INTEGER; BEGIN INSERT INTO log VALUES ( :OLD.employee_id, :OLD.last_name, :OLD.first_name ); SELECT COUNT(*) INTO n FROM employees; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('There are now ' || n || ' employees.'); END; / -- Issue triggering statement: DELETE FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 197; Result: DELETE FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 197 * ERROR at line 1: ORA-04091: table HR.EMPLOYEES is mutating, trigger/function might not see it ORA-06512: at "HR.LOG_DELETIONS", line 10 ORA-04088: error during execution of trigger 'HR.LOG_DELETIONS' Show that effect of trigger was rolled back: SELECT count(*) FROM log; Result: COUNT(*) ---------- 0 1 row selected. Show that effect of triggering statement was rolled back: SELECT employee_id, last_name FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 197; Result: EMPLOYEE_ID LAST_NAME ----------- ------------------------- 197 Feeney 1 row selected. Trigger Restrictions 9-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 399. Example 9-27 Update Cascade DROP TABLE p; CREATE TABLE p (p1 NUMBER CONSTRAINT pk_p_p1 PRIMARY KEY); INSERT INTO p VALUES (1); INSERT INTO p VALUES (2); INSERT INTO p VALUES (3); DROP TABLE f; CREATE TABLE f (f1 NUMBER CONSTRAINT fk_f_f1 REFERENCES p); INSERT INTO f VALUES (1); INSERT INTO f VALUES (2); INSERT INTO f VALUES (3); CREATE TRIGGER pt AFTER UPDATE ON p FOR EACH ROW BEGIN UPDATE f SET f1 = :NEW.p1 WHERE f1 = :OLD.p1; END; / Query: SELECT * FROM p ORDER BY p1; Result: P1 ---------- 1 2 3 Query: SELECT * FROM f ORDER BY f1; Result: F1 ---------- 1 2 3 Issue triggering statement: UPDATE p SET p1 = p1+1; Query: SELECT * FROM p ORDER BY p1; Result: P1 ---------- Trigger Restrictions PL/SQL Triggers 9-43
- 400. 2 3 4 Query: SELECT * FROM f ORDER BY f1; Result: F1 ---------- 4 4 4 Order in Which Triggers Fire If two or more triggers with different timing points are defined for the same statement on the same table, then they fire in this order: 1. All BEFORE STATEMENT triggers 2. All BEFORE EACH ROW triggers 3. All AFTER EACH ROW triggers 4. All AFTER STATEMENT triggers If it is practical, replace the set of individual triggers with different timing points with a single compound trigger that explicitly codes the actions in the order you intend. For information about compound triggers, see "Compound DML Triggers". If you are creating two or more triggers with the same timing point, and the order in which they fire is important, then you can control their firing order using the FOLLOWS and PRECEDES clauses (see "FOLLOWS | PRECEDES"). If multiple compound triggers are created on a table, then: • All BEFORE STATEMENT sections run at the BEFORE STATEMENT timing point, BEFORE EACH ROW sections run at the BEFORE EACH ROW timing point, and so forth. If trigger execution order was specified using the FOLLOWS clause, then the FOLLOWS clause determines the order of execution of compound trigger sections. If FOLLOWS is specified for some but not all triggers, then the order of execution of triggers is guaranteed only for those that are related using the FOLLOWS clause. • All AFTER STATEMENT sections run at the AFTER STATEMENT timing point, AFTER EACH ROW sections run at the AFTER EACH ROW timing point, and so forth. If trigger execution order was specified using the PRECEDES clause, then the PRECEDES clause determines the order of execution of compound trigger sections. If PRECEDES is specified for some but not all triggers, then the order of execution of triggers is guaranteed only for those that are related using the PRECEDES clause. Order in Which Triggers Fire 9-44 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 401. Note: PRECEDES applies only to reverse crossedition triggers, which are described in Oracle Database Development Guide. The firing of compound triggers can be interleaved with the firing of simple triggers. When one trigger causes another trigger to fire, the triggers are said to be cascading. The database allows up to 32 triggers to cascade simultaneously. To limit the number of trigger cascades, use the initialization parameter OPEN_CURSORS (described in Oracle Database Reference), because a cursor opens every time a trigger fires. Trigger Enabling and Disabling By default, the CREATE TRIGGER statement creates a trigger in the enabled state. To create a trigger in the disabled state, specify DISABLE. Creating a trigger in the disabled state lets you ensure that it compiles without errors before you enable it. Some reasons to temporarily disable a trigger are: • The trigger refers to an unavailable object. • You must do a large data load, and you want it to proceed quickly without firing triggers. • You are reloading data. To enable or disable a single trigger, use this statement: ALTER TRIGGER [schema.]trigger_name { ENABLE | DISABLE }; To enable or disable all triggers in all editions created on a specific table, use this statement: ALTER TABLE table_name { ENABLE | DISABLE } ALL TRIGGERS; In both of the preceding statements, schema is the name of the schema containing the trigger, and the default is your schema. See Also: • "ALTER TRIGGER Statement" for more information about the ALTER TRIGGER statement • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about the ALTER TABLE statement Trigger Changing and Debugging To change a trigger, you must either replace or re-create it. (The ALTER TRIGGER statement only enables, disables, compiles, or renames a trigger.) To replace a trigger, use the CREATE TRIGGER statement with the OR REPLACE clause. To re-create a trigger, first drop it with the DROP TRIGGER statement and then create it again with the CREATE TRIGGER statement. Trigger Enabling and Disabling PL/SQL Triggers 9-45
- 402. To debug a trigger, you can use the facilities available for stored subprograms. For information about these facilities, see Oracle Database Development Guide. See Also: • "CREATE TRIGGER Statement" for more information about the CREATE TRIGGER statement • "DROP TRIGGER Statement" for more information about the DROP TRIGGER statement • "ALTER TRIGGER Statement" for more information about the ALTER TRIGGER statement Triggers and Oracle Database Data Transfer Utilities The Oracle database utilities that transfer data to your database, possibly firing triggers, are: • SQL*Loader (sqlldr) SQL*Loader loads data from external files into tables of an Oracle database. During a SQL*Loader conventional load, INSERT triggers fire. Before a SQL*Loader direct load, triggers are disabled. See Also: Oracle Database Utilities for more information about SQL*Loader • Data Pump Import (impdp) Data Pump Import (impdp) reads an export dump file set created by Data Pump Export (expdp) and writes it to an Oracle database. If a table to be imported does not exist on the target database, or if you specify TABLE_EXISTS_ACTION=REPLACE, then impdp creates and loads the table before creating any triggers, so no triggers fire. If a table to be imported exists on the target database, and you specify either TABLE_EXISTS_ACTION=APPEND or TABLE_EXISTS_ACTION=TRUNCATE, then impdp loads rows into the existing table, and INSERT triggers created on the table fire. See Also: Oracle Database Utilities for more information about Data Pump Import • Original Import (imp) Original Import (the original Import utility, imp) reads object definitions and table data from dump files created by original Export (the original Export utility, exp) and writes them to the target database. Triggers and Oracle Database Data Transfer Utilities 9-46 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 403. Note: To import files that original Export created, you must use original Import. In all other cases, Oracle recommends that you use Data Pump Import instead of original Import. If a table to be imported does not exist on the target database, then imp creates and loads the table before creating any triggers, so no triggers fire. If a table to be imported exists on the target database, then the Import IGNORE parameter determines whether triggers fire during import operations. The IGNORE parameter specifies whether object creation errors are ignored or not, resulting in the following behavior: – If IGNORE=n (default), then imp does not change the table and no triggers fire. – If IGNORE=y, then imp loads rows into the existing table, and INSERT triggers created on the table fire. See Also: – Oracle Database Utilities for more information about the original Import utility – Oracle Database Utilities for more information about the original Export utility – Oracle Database Utilities for more information about IGNORE Triggers for Publishing Events To use a trigger to publish an event, create a trigger that: • Has the event as its triggering event • Invokes the appropriate subprograms in the DBMS_AQ package, which provides an interface to Oracle Streams Advanced Queuing (AQ) For information about the DBMS_AQ package, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. For information about AQ, see Oracle Database Advanced Queuing User's Guide. By enabling and disabling such triggers, you can turn event notification on and off. For information about enabling and disabling triggers, see "Trigger Enabling and Disabling". How Triggers Publish Events When the database detects an event, it fires all enabled triggers that are defined on that event, except: • Any trigger that is the target of the triggering event. For example, a trigger for all DROP events does not fire when it is dropped itself. Triggers for Publishing Events PL/SQL Triggers 9-47
- 404. • Any trigger that was modified, but not committed, in the same transaction as the triggering event. For example, if a recursive DDL statement in a system trigger modifies another trigger, then events in the same transaction cannot fire the modified trigger. When a trigger fires and invokes AQ, AQ publishes the event and passes to the trigger the publication context and specified attributes. The trigger can access the attributes by invoking event attribute functions. The attributes that a trigger can specify to AQ (by passing them to AQ as IN parameters) and then access with event attribute functions depends on the triggering event, which is either a database event or a client event. Note: • A trigger always behaves like a definer rights (DR) unit. The trigger action of an event runs as the definer of the action (as the definer of the package or function in callouts, or as owner of the trigger in queues). Because the owner of the trigger must have EXECUTE privileges on the underlying queues, packages, or subprograms, this action is consistent. For information about DR units, see "Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)". • The database ignores the return status from callback functions for all events. For example, the database does nothing with the return status from a SHUTDOWN event. Topics • Event Attribute Functions • Event Attribute Functions for Database Event Triggers • Event Attribute Functions for Client Event Triggers Event Attribute Functions By invoking system-defined event attribute functions in Table 9-5, a trigger can retrieve certain attributes of the triggering event. Not all triggers can invoke all event attribute functions—for details, see "Event Attribute Functions for Database Event Triggers" and "Event Attribute Functions for Client Event Triggers". Note: • In earlier releases, you had to access these functions through the SYS package. Now Oracle recommends accessing them with their public synonyms (the names starting with ora_ in the first column of Table 9-5). • The function parameter ora_name_list_t is defined in package DBMS_STANDARD as: TYPE ora_name_list_t IS TABLE OF VARCHAR2(64); Triggers for Publishing Events 9-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 405. Table 9-5 System-Defined Event Attributes Attribute Return Type and Value Example ora_client_ip_address VARCHAR2: IP address of client in LOGON event when underlying protocol is TCP/IP DECLARE v_addr VARCHAR2(11); BEGIN IF (ora_sysevent = 'LOGON') THEN v_addr := ora_client_ip_address; END IF; END; / ora_database_name VARCHAR2(50): Database name DECLARE v_db_name VARCHAR2(50); BEGIN v_db_name := ora_database_name; END; / ora_des_encrypted_password VARCHAR2: DES- encrypted password of user being created or altered IF (ora_dict_obj_type = 'USER') THEN INSERT INTO event_table VALUES (ora_des_encrypted_password); END IF; ora_dict_obj_name VARCHAR2(30): Name of dictionary object on which DDL operation occurred INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('Changed object is ' || ora_dict_obj_name); ora_dict_obj_name_list ( name_list OUT ora_name_list_t ) PLS_INTEGER: Number of object names modified in event OUT parameter: List of object names modified in event DECLARE name_list ora_name_list_t; number_modified PLS_INTEGER; BEGIN IF (ora_sysevent='ASSOCIATE STATISTICS') THEN number_modified := ora_dict_obj_name_list(name_list); END IF; END; ora_dict_obj_owner VARCHAR2(30): Owner of dictionary object on which DDL operation occurred INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('object owner is' || ora_dict_obj_owner); Triggers for Publishing Events PL/SQL Triggers 9-49
- 406. Table 9-5 (Cont.) System-Defined Event Attributes Attribute Return Type and Value Example ora_dict_obj_owner_list ( owner_list OUT ora_name_list_t ) PLS_INTEGER: Number of owners of objects modified in event OUT parameter: List of owners of objects modified in event DECLARE owner_list ora_name_list_t; number_modified PLS_INTEGER; BEGIN IF (ora_sysevent='ASSOCIATE STATISTICS') THEN number_modified := ora_dict_obj_name_list(owner_list); END IF; END; ora_dict_obj_type VARCHAR2(20): Type of dictionary object on which DDL operation occurred INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('This object is a ' || ora_dict_obj_type); ora_grantee ( user_list OUT ora_name_list_t ) PLS_INTEGER: Number of grantees in grant event OUT parameter: List of grantees in grant event DECLARE user_list ora_name_list_t; number_of_grantees PLS_INTEGER; BEGIN IF (ora_sysevent = 'GRANT') THEN number_of_grantees := ora_grantee(user_list); END IF; END; ora_instance_num NUMBER: Instance number IF (ora_instance_num = 1) THEN INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('1'); END IF; ora_is_alter_column ( column_name IN VARCHAR2 ) BOOLEAN: TRUE if specified column is altered, FALSE otherwise IF (ora_sysevent = 'ALTER' AND ora_dict_obj_type = 'TABLE') THEN alter_column := ora_is_alter_column('C'); END IF; ora_is_creating_nested_table BOOLEAN: TRUE if current event is creating nested table, FALSE otherwise IF (ora_sysevent = 'CREATE' AND ora_dict_obj_type = 'TABLE' AND ora_is_creating_nested_table) THEN INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('A nested table is created'); END IF; ora_is_drop_column ( column_name IN VARCHAR2 ) BOOLEAN: TRUE if specified column is dropped, FALSE otherwise IF (ora_sysevent = 'ALTER' AND ora_dict_obj_type = 'TABLE') THEN drop_column := ora_is_drop_column('C'); END IF; Triggers for Publishing Events 9-50 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 407. Table 9-5 (Cont.) System-Defined Event Attributes Attribute Return Type and Value Example ora_is_servererror ( error_number IN VARCHAR2 ) BOOLEAN: TRUE if given error is on error stack, FALSE otherwise IF ora_is_servererror(error_number) THEN INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('Server error!!'); END IF; ora_login_user VARCHAR2(30): Login user name SELECT ora_login_user FROM DUAL; ora_partition_pos PLS_INTEGER: In INSTEAD OF trigger for CREATE TABLE, position in SQL text where you can insert PARTITION clause -- Retrieve ora_sql_txt into sql_text variable v_n := ora_partition_pos; v_new_stmt := SUBSTR(sql_text,1,v_n - 1) || ' ' || my_partition_clause || ' ' || SUBSTR(sql_text, v_n)); ora_privilege_list ( privilege_list OUT ora_name_list_t ) PLS_INTEGER: Number of privileges in grant or revoke event OUT parameter: List of privileges granted or revoked in event DECLARE privilege_list ora_name_list_t; number_of_privileges PLS_INTEGER; BEGIN IF (ora_sysevent = 'GRANT' OR ora_sysevent = 'REVOKE') THEN number_of_privileges := ora_privilege_list(privilege_list); END IF; END; ora_revokee ( user_list OUT ora_name_list_t ) PLS_INTEGER: Number of revokees in revoke event OUT parameter: List of revokees in event DECLARE user_list ora_name_list_t; number_of_users PLS_INTEGER; BEGIN IF (ora_sysevent = 'REVOKE') THEN number_of_users := ora_revokee(user_list); END IF; END; ora_server_error ( position IN PLS_INTEGER ) NUMBER: Error code at given position on error stack1 INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('top stack error ' || ora_server_error(1)); ora_server_error_depth PLS_INTEGER: Number of error messages on error stack n := ora_server_error_depth; -- Use n with functions such as ora_server_error Triggers for Publishing Events PL/SQL Triggers 9-51
- 408. Table 9-5 (Cont.) System-Defined Event Attributes Attribute Return Type and Value Example ora_server_error_msg ( position IN PLS_INTEGER ) VARCHAR2: Error message at given position on error stack1 INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('top stack error message' || ora_server_error_msg(1)); ora_server_error_num_params ( position IN PLS_INTEGER ) PLS_INTEGER: Number of strings substituted into error message (using format like %s) at given position on error stack1 n := ora_server_error_num_params(1); ora_server_error_param ( position IN PLS_INTEGER, param IN PLS_INTEGER ) VARCHAR2: Matching substitution value (%s, %d, and so on) in error message at given position and parameter number1 -- Second %s in "Expected %s, found %s": param := ora_server_error_param(1,2); ora_sql_txt ( sql_text OUT ora_name_list_t ) PLS_INTEGER: Number of elements in PL/SQL table OUT parameter: SQL text of triggering statement (broken into multiple collection elements if statement is long) CREATE TABLE event_table (col VARCHAR2(2030)); DECLARE sql_text ora_name_list_t; n PLS_INTEGER; v_stmt VARCHAR2(2000); BEGIN n := ora_sql_txt(sql_text); FOR i IN 1..n LOOP v_stmt := v_stmt || sql_text(i); END LOOP; INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('text of triggering statement: ' || v_stmt); END; ora_sysevent VARCHAR2(20): Name of triggering event, as given in syntax INSERT INTO event_table VALUES (ora_sysevent); ora_with_grant_option BOOLEAN: TRUE if privileges are granted with GRANT option, FALSE otherwise IF (ora_sysevent = 'GRANT' AND ora_with_grant_option = TRUE) THEN INSERT INTO event_table VALUES ('with grant option'); END IF; Triggers for Publishing Events 9-52 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 409. Table 9-5 (Cont.) System-Defined Event Attributes Attribute Return Type and Value Example ora_space_error_info ( error_number OUT NUMBER, error_type OUT VARCHAR2, object_owner OUT VARCHAR2, table_space_name OUT VARCHAR2, object_name OUT VARCHAR2, sub_object_name OUT VARCHAR2 ) BOOLEAN: TRUE if error is related to out- of-space condition, FALSE otherwise OUT parameters: Information about object that caused error IF (ora_space_error_info ( eno,typ,owner,ts,obj,subobj) = TRUE) THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('The object '|| obj || ' owned by ' || owner || ' has run out of space.'); END IF; 1 Position 1 is the top of the stack. Event Attribute Functions for Database Event Triggers Table 9-6 summarizes the database event triggers that can invoke event attribute functions. For more information about the triggering events in Table 9-6, see "database_event". Table 9-6 Database Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions AFTER STARTUP When database is opened. None allowed Trigger cannot do database operations. Starts a separate transaction and commits it after firing the triggers. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_nu m ora_database_na me BEFORE SHUTDOWN Just before server starts shutdown of an instance. This lets the cartridge shutdown completely. For abnormal instance shutdown, this trigger might not fire. None allowed Trigger cannot do database operations. Starts separate transaction and commits it after firing triggers. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_nu m ora_database_na me AFTER DB_ROLE_CHANGE When database is opened for first time after role change. None allowed None Starts separate transaction and commits it after firing triggers. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_nu m ora_database_na me Triggers for Publishing Events PL/SQL Triggers 9-53
- 410. Table 9-6 (Cont.) Database Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions AFTER SERVERERROR With condition, whenever specified error occurs. Without condition, whenever any error occurs. Trigger does not fire for errors listed in "database_event". ERRNO = eno Depends on error. Starts separate transaction and commits it after firing triggers. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_nu m ora_database_na me ora_server_erro r ora_is_serverer ror ora_space_error _info Event Attribute Functions for Client Event Triggers Table 9-7 summarizes the client event triggers that can invoke event attribute functions. For more information about the triggering events in Table 9-7, see "ddl_event" and "database_event". Note: If a client event trigger becomes the target of a DDL operation (such as CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER), then it cannot fire later during the same transaction. Table 9-7 Client Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions BEFORE ALTER AFTER ALTER When catalog object is altered Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_owner ora_des_encrypted_passwor d (for ALTER USER events) ora_is_alter_column (for ALTER TABLE events) ora_is_drop_column (for ALTER TABLE events) Triggers for Publishing Events 9-54 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 411. Table 9-7 (Cont.) Client Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions BEFORE DROP AFTER DROP When catalog object is dropped Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_owner BEFORE ANALYZE AFTER ANALYZE When ANALYZE statement is issued Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner BEFORE ASSOCIATE STATISTICS AFTER ASSOCIATE STATISTICS When ASSOCIATE STATISTICS statement is issued Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner ora_dict_obj_name_list ora_dict_obj_owner_list Triggers for Publishing Events PL/SQL Triggers 9-55
- 412. Table 9-7 (Cont.) Client Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions BEFORE AUDIT AFTER AUDIT BEFORE NOAUDIT AFTER NOAUDIT When AUDIT or NOAUDIT statement is issued Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name BEFORE COMMENT AFTER COMMENT When object is commented Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner BEFORE CREATE AFTER CREATE When catalog object is created Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_owner ora_is_creating_nested_ta ble (for CREATE TABLE events) Triggers for Publishing Events 9-56 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 413. Table 9-7 (Cont.) Client Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions BEFORE DDL AFTER DDL When most SQL DDL statements are issued. Not fired for ALTER DATABASE, CREATE CONTROLFILE, CREATE DATABASE, and DDL issued through the PL/SQL subprogram interface, such as creating an advanced queue. Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner BEFORE DISASSOCIA TE STATISTICS AFTER DISASSOCIA TE STATISTICS When DISASSOCIAT E STATISTICS statement is issued Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner ora_dict_obj_name_list ora_dict_obj_owner_list BEFORE GRANT AFTER GRANT When GRANT statement is issued Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner ora_grantee ora_with_grant_option ora_privilege_list Triggers for Publishing Events PL/SQL Triggers 9-57
- 414. Table 9-7 (Cont.) Client Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions BEFORE LOGOFF At start of user logoff Simple conditions on UID and USER DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name AFTER LOGON After successful user logon Simple conditions on UID and USER DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Starts separate transaction and commits it after firing triggers. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_client_ip_address BEFORE RENAME AFTER RENAME When RENAME statement is issued Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_owner ora_dict_obj_type Triggers for Publishing Events 9-58 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 415. Table 9-7 (Cont.) Client Event Triggers Triggering Event When Trigger Fires WHEN Conditions Restrictions Transaction Attribute Functions BEFORE REVOKE AFTER REVOKE When REVOKE statement is issued Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner ora_revokee ora_privilege_list AFTER SUSPEND After SQL statement is suspended because of out- of-space condition. (Trigger must correct condition so statement can be resumed.) Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_server_error ora_is_servererror ora_space_error_info BEFORE TRUNCATE AFTER TRUNCATE When object is truncated Simple conditions on type and name of object, UID, and USER Trigger cannot do DDL operations on object that caused event to be generated. DDL on other objects is limited to compiling an object, creating a trigger, and creating, altering, and dropping a table. Fires triggers in current transaction. ora_sysevent ora_login_user ora_instance_num ora_database_name ora_dict_obj_name ora_dict_obj_type ora_dict_obj_owner Triggers for Publishing Events PL/SQL Triggers 9-59
- 416. Views for Information About Triggers The *_TRIGGERS static data dictionary views reveal information about triggers. For information about these views, see Oracle Database Reference. Example 9-28 creates a trigger and queries the static data dictionary view USER_TRIGGERS twice—first to show its type, triggering event, and the name of the table on which it is created, and then to show its body. Note: The query results in Example 9-28 were formatted by these SQL*Plus commands: COLUMN Trigger_type FORMAT A15 COLUMN Triggering_event FORMAT A16 COLUMN Table_name FORMAT A11 COLUMN Trigger_body FORMAT A50 SET LONG 9999 Example 9-28 Viewing Information About Triggers CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER Emp_count AFTER DELETE ON employees DECLARE n INTEGER; BEGIN SELECT COUNT(*) INTO n FROM employees; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('There are now ' || n || ' employees.'); END; / COLUMN Trigger_type FORMAT A15 COLUMN Triggering_event FORMAT A16 COLUMN Table_name FORMAT A11 COLUMN Trigger_body FORMAT A50 Query: SELECT Trigger_type, Triggering_event, Table_name FROM USER_TRIGGERS WHERE Trigger_name = 'EMP_COUNT'; Result: TRIGGER_TYPE TRIGGERING_EVENT TABLE_NAME --------------- ---------------- ----------- AFTER STATEMENT DELETE EMPLOYEES Query: SELECT Trigger_body FROM USER_TRIGGERS WHERE Trigger_name = 'EMP_COUNT'; Result: TRIGGER_BODY -------------------------------------------------- Views for Information About Triggers 9-60 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 417. DECLARE n INTEGER; BEGIN SELECT COUNT(*) INTO n FROM employees; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('There are now ' || n || ' employees.'); END; 1 row selected. Views for Information About Triggers PL/SQL Triggers 9-61
- 418. Views for Information About Triggers 9-62 PL/SQL Language Reference
- 419. 10 PL/SQL Packages This chapter explains how to bundle related PL/SQL code and data into a package, whose contents are available to many applications. Topics • What is a Package? • Reasons to Use Packages • Package Specification • Package Body • Package Instantiation and Initialization • Package State • SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages • Package Writing Guidelines • Package Example • How STANDARD Package Defines the PL/SQL Environment See Also: • Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for information about the many product-specific packages that Oracle Database supplies • "DROP PACKAGE Statement", which drops a stored package from the database What is a Package? A package is a schema object that groups logically related PL/SQL types, variables, constants, subprograms, cursors, and exceptions. A package is compiled and stored in the database, where many applications can share its contents. A package always has a specification, which declares the public items that can be referenced from outside the package. If the public items include cursors or subprograms, then the package must also have a body. The body must define queries for public cursors and code for public subprograms. The body can also declare and define private items that cannot be referenced from outside the package, but are necessary for the internal workings of the package. Finally, the body can have an initialization part, whose statements initialize PL/SQL Packages 10-1
- 420. variables and do other one-time setup steps, and an exception-handling part. You can change the body without changing the specification or the references to the public items; therefore, you can think of the package body as a black box. In either the package specification or package body, you can map a package subprogram to an external Java or C subprogram by using a call specification, which maps the external subprogram name, parameter types, and return type to their SQL counterparts. The AUTHID clause of the package specification determines whether the subprograms and cursors in the package run with the privileges of their definer (the default) or invoker, and whether their unqualified references to schema objects are resolved in the schema of the definer or invoker. The ACCESSIBLE BY clause of the package specification lets you specify a white list of PL/SQL units that can access the package. You use this clause in situations like these: • You implement a PL/SQL application as several packages—one package that provides the application programming interface (API) and helper packages to do the work. You want clients to have access to the API, but not to the helper packages. Therefore, you omit the ACCESSIBLE BY clause from the API package specification and include it in each helper package specification, where you specify that only the API package can access the helper package. • You create a utility package to provide services to some, but not all, PL/SQL units in the same schema. To restrict use of the package to the intended units, you list them in the ACCESSIBLE BY clause in the package specification. See Also: • "Package Specification" for more information about the package specification • "Package Body" for more information about the package body • "Function Declaration and Definition" • "Procedure Declaration and Definition" • "Invoker's Rights and Definer's Rights (AUTHID Property)" Reasons to Use Packages Packages support the development and maintenance of reliable, reusable code with the following features: • Modularity Packages let you encapsulate logically related types, variables, constants, subprograms, cursors, and exceptions in named PL/SQL modules. You can make each package easy to understand, and make the interfaces between packages simple, clear, and well defined. This practice aids application development. • Easier Application Design When designing an application, all you need initially is the interface information in the package specifications. You can code and compile specifications without their bodies. Next, you can compile standalone subprograms that reference the Reasons to Use Packages 10-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 421. packages. You need not fully define the package bodies until you are ready to complete the application. • Hidden Implementation Details Packages let you share your interface information in the package specification, and hide the implementation details in the package body. Hiding the implementation details in the body has these advantages: – You can change the implementation details without affecting the application interface. – Application users cannot develop code that depends on implementation details that you might want to change. • Added Functionality Package public variables and cursors can persist for the life of a session. They can be shared by all subprograms that run in the environment. They let you maintain data across transactions without storing it in the database. (For the situations in which package public variables and cursors do not persist for the life of a session, see "Package State".) • Better Performance The first time you invoke a package subprogram, Oracle Database loads the whole package into memory. Subsequent invocations of other subprograms in same the package require no disk I/O. Packages prevent cascading dependencies and unnecessary recompiling. For example, if you change the body of a package function, Oracle Database does not recompile other subprograms that invoke the function, because these subprograms depend only on the parameters and return value that are declared in the specification. • Easier to Grant Roles You can grant roles on the package, instead of granting roles on each object in the package. Note: You cannot reference host variables from inside a package. Package Specification A package specification declares public items. The scope of a public item is the schema of the package. A public item is visible everywhere in the schema. To reference a public item that is in scope but not visible, qualify it with the package name. (For information about scope, visibility, and qualification, see "Scope and Visibility of Identifiers".) Each public item declaration has all information needed to use the item. For example, suppose that a package specification declares the function factorial this way: FUNCTION factorial (n INTEGER) RETURN INTEGER; -- returns n! The declaration shows that factorial needs one argument of type INTEGER and returns a value of type INTEGER, which is invokers must know to invoke factorial. Package Specification PL/SQL Packages 10-3
- 422. Invokers need not know how factorial is implemented (for example, whether it is iterative or recursive). Note: To restrict the use of your package to specified PL/SQL units, include the ACCESSIBLE BY clause in the package specification. Topics • Appropriate Public Items • Creating Package Specifications Appropriate Public Items Appropriate public items are: • Types, variables, constants, subprograms, cursors, and exceptions used by multiple subprograms A type defined in a package specification is either a PL/SQL user-defined subtype (described in "User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes") or a PL/SQL composite type (described in PL/SQL Collections and Records). Note: A PL/SQL composite type defined in a package specification is incompatible with an identically defined local or standalone type (see Example 5-31, Example 5-32, and Example 5-37). • Associative array types of standalone subprogram parameters You cannot declare an associative array type at schema level. Therefore, to pass an associative array variable as a parameter to a standalone subprogram, you must declare the type of that variable in a package specification. Doing so makes the type available to both the invoked subprogram (which declares a formal parameter of that type) and to the invoking subprogram or anonymous block (which declares a variable of that type). See Example 10-2. • Variables that must remain available between subprogram invocations in the same session • Subprograms that read and write public variables ("get" and "set" subprograms) Provide these subprograms to discourage package users from reading and writing public variables directly. • Subprograms that invoke each other You need not worry about compilation order for package subprograms, as you must for standalone subprograms that invoke each other. • Overloaded subprograms Package Specification 10-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 423. Overloaded subprograms are variations of the same subprogram. That is, they have the same name but different formal parameters. For more information about them, see "Overloaded Subprograms". Note: You cannot reference remote package public variables, even indirectly. For example, if a subprogram refers to a package public variable, you cannot invoke the subprogram through a database link. Creating Package Specifications To create a package specification, use the "CREATE PACKAGE Statement". Because the package specifications in Example 10-1 and Example 10-2 do not declare cursors or subprograms, the packages trans_data and aa_pkg do not need bodies. Example 10-1 Simple Package Specification In this example, the specification for the package trans_data declares two public types and three public variables. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE trans_data AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE TimeRec IS RECORD ( minutes SMALLINT, hours SMALLINT); TYPE TransRec IS RECORD ( category VARCHAR2(10), account INT, amount REAL, time_of TimeRec); minimum_balance CONSTANT REAL := 10.00; number_processed INT; insufficient_funds EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT(insufficient_funds, -4097); END trans_data; / Example 10-2 Passing Associative Array to Standalone Subprogram In this example, the specification for the package aa_pkg declares an associative array type, aa_type. Then, the standalone procedure print_aa declares a formal parameter of type aa_type. Next, the anonymous block declares a variable of type aa_type, populates it, and passes it to the procedure print_aa, which prints it. CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE aa_pkg AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE aa_type IS TABLE OF INTEGER INDEX BY VARCHAR2(15); END; / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE print_aa ( aa aa_pkg.aa_type ) AUTHID DEFINER IS i VARCHAR2(15); BEGIN i := aa.FIRST; WHILE i IS NOT NULL LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (aa(i) || ' ' || i); i := aa.NEXT(i); END LOOP; Package Specification PL/SQL Packages 10-5
- 424. END; / DECLARE aa_var aa_pkg.aa_type; BEGIN aa_var('zero') := 0; aa_var('one') := 1; aa_var('two') := 2; print_aa(aa_var); END; / Result: 1 one 2 two 0 zero Package Body If a package specification declares cursors or subprograms, then a package body is required; otherwise, it is optional. The package body and package specification must be in the same schema. Every cursor or subprogram declaration in the package specification must have a corresponding definition in the package body. The headings of corresponding subprogram declarations and definitions must match word for word, except for white space. To create a package body, use the "CREATE PACKAGE BODY Statement". In Example 10-3, the headings of the corresponding subprogram declaration and definition do not match word for word; therefore, PL/SQL raises an exception, even though employees.hire_date%TYPE is DATE. The cursors and subprograms declared in the package specification and defined in the package body are public items that can be referenced from outside the package. The package body can also declare and define private items that cannot be referenced from outside the package, but are necessary for the internal workings of the package. Finally, the body can have an initialization part, whose statements initialize public variables and do other one-time setup steps. The initialization part runs only the first time the package is referenced. The initialization part can include an exception handler. You can change the package body without changing the specification or the references to the public items. Example 10-3 Matching Package Specification and Body CREATE PACKAGE emp_bonus AS PROCEDURE calc_bonus (date_hired employees.hire_date%TYPE); END emp_bonus; / CREATE PACKAGE BODY emp_bonus AS -- DATE does not match employees.hire_date%TYPE PROCEDURE calc_bonus (date_hired DATE) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Employees hired on ' || date_hired || ' get bonus.'); END; Package Body 10-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 425. END emp_bonus; / Result: Warning: Package Body created with compilation errors. Show errors (in SQL*Plus): SHOW ERRORS Result: Errors for PACKAGE BODY EMP_BONUS: LINE/COL ERROR -------- ----------------------------------------------------------------- 2/13 PLS-00323: subprogram or cursor 'CALC_BONUS' is declared in a package specification and must be defined in the package body Correct problem: CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY emp_bonus AS PROCEDURE calc_bonus (date_hired employees.hire_date%TYPE) IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Employees hired on ' || date_hired || ' get bonus.'); END; END emp_bonus; / Result: Package body created. Package Instantiation and Initialization When a session references a package item, Oracle Database instantiates the package for that session. Every session that references a package has its own instantiation of that package. When Oracle Database instantiates a package, it initializes it. Initialization includes whichever of the following are applicable: • Assigning initial values to public constants • Assigning initial values to public variables whose declarations specify them • Executing the initialization part of the package body Package State The values of the variables, constants, and cursors that a package declares (in either its specification or body) comprise its package state. If a PL/SQL package declares at least one variable, constant, or cursor, then the package is stateful; otherwise, it is stateless. Each session that references a package item has its own instantiation of that package. If the package is stateful, the instantiation includes its state. Package Instantiation and Initialization PL/SQL Packages 10-7
- 426. The package state persists for the life of a session, except in these situations: • The package is SERIALLY_REUSABLE. • The package body is recompiled. If the body of an instantiated, stateful package is recompiled (either explicitly, with the "ALTER PACKAGE Statement", or implicitly), the next invocation of a subprogram in the package causes Oracle Database to discard the existing package state and raise the exception ORA-04068. After PL/SQL raises the exception, a reference to the package causes Oracle Database to re-instantiate the package, which re-initializes it. Therefore, previous changes to the package state are lost. • Any of the session's instantiated packages are invalidated and revalidated. All of a session's package instantiations (including package states) can be lost if any of the session's instantiated packages are invalidated and revalidated. Oracle Database treats a package as stateless if its state is constant for the life of a session (or longer). This is the case for a package whose items are all compile-time constants. A compile-time constant is a constant whose value the PL/SQL compiler can determine at compilation time. A constant whose initial value is a literal is always a compile-time constant. A constant whose initial value is not a literal, but which the optimizer reduces to a literal, is also a compile-time constant. Whether the PL/SQL optimizer can reduce a nonliteral expression to a literal depends on optimization level. Therefore, a package that is stateless when compiled at one optimization level might be stateful when compiled at a different optimization level. See Also: • "SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages" • "Package Instantiation and Initialization" for information about initialization • Oracle Database Development Guide for information about invalidation and revalidation of schema objects • "PL/SQL Optimizer" for information about the optimizer SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages SERIALLY_REUSABLE packages let you design applications that manage memory better for scalability. If a package is not SERIALLY_REUSABLE, its package state is stored in the user global area (UGA) for each user. Therefore, the amount of UGA memory needed increases linearly with the number of users, limiting scalability. The package state can persist for the life of a session, locking UGA memory until the session ends. In some applications, such as Oracle Office, a typical session lasts several days. If a package is SERIALLY_REUSABLE, its package state is stored in a work area in a small pool in the system global area (SGA). The package state persists only for the life of a server call. After the server call, the work area returns to the pool. If a subsequent SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages 10-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 427. server call references the package, then Oracle Database reuses an instantiation from the pool. Reusing an instantiation re-initializes it; therefore, changes made to the package state in previous server calls are invisible. (For information about initialization, see "Package Instantiation and Initialization".) Note: Trying to access a SERIALLY_REUSABLE package from a database trigger, or from a PL/SQL subprogram invoked by a SQL statement, raises an error. Topics • Creating SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages • SERIALLY_REUSABLE Package Work Unit • Explicit Cursors in SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages Creating SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages To create a SERIALLY_REUSABLE package, include the SERIALLY_REUSABLE pragma in the package specification and, if it exists, the package body. Example 10-4 creates two very simple SERIALLY_REUSABLE packages, one with only a specification, and one with both a specification and a body. See Also: "SERIALLY_REUSABLE Pragma" Example 10-4 Creating SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages -- Create bodiless SERIALLY_REUSABLE package: CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE bodiless_pkg AUTHID DEFINER IS PRAGMA SERIALLY_REUSABLE; n NUMBER := 5; END; / -- Create SERIALLY_REUSABLE package with specification and body: CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg AUTHID DEFINER IS PRAGMA SERIALLY_REUSABLE; n NUMBER := 5; END; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg IS PRAGMA SERIALLY_REUSABLE; BEGIN n := 5; END; / SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages PL/SQL Packages 10-9
- 428. SERIALLY_REUSABLE Package Work Unit For a SERIALLY_REUSABLE package, the work unit is a server call. You must use its public variables only within the work unit. Note: If you make a mistake and depend on the value of a public variable that was set in a previous work unit, then your program can fail. PL/SQL cannot check for such cases. In Example 10-5, the bodiless packages pkg and pkg_sr are the same, except that pkg_sr is SERIALLY_REUSABLE and pkg is not. Each package declares public variable n with initial value 5. Then, an anonymous block changes the value of each variable to 10. Next, another anonymous block prints the value of each variable. The value of pkg.n is still 10, because the state of pkg persists for the life of the session. The value of pkg_sr.n is 5, because the state of pkg_sr persists only for the life of the server call. After the work unit (server call) of a SERIALLY_REUSABLE package completes, Oracle Database does the following: • Closes any open cursors. • Frees some nonreusable memory (for example, memory for collection and long VARCHAR2 variables) • Returns the package instantiation to the pool of reusable instantiations kept for this package. Example 10-5 Effect of SERIALLY_REUSABLE Pragma CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg IS n NUMBER := 5; END pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE sr_pkg IS PRAGMA SERIALLY_REUSABLE; n NUMBER := 5; END sr_pkg; / BEGIN pkg.n := 10; sr_pkg.n := 10; END; / BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('pkg.n: ' || pkg.n); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('sr_pkg.n: ' || sr_pkg.n); END; / Result: SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages 10-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 429. pkg.n: 10 sr_pkg.n: 5 Explicit Cursors in SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages An explicit cursor in a SERIALLY_REUSABLE package remains open until either you close it or its work unit (server call) ends. To re-open the cursor, you must make a new server call. A server call can be different from a subprogram invocation, as Example 10-6 shows. In contrast, an explicit cursor in a package that is not SERIALLY_REUSABLE remains open until you either close it or disconnect from the session. Example 10-6 Cursor in SERIALLY_REUSABLE Package Open at Call Boundary DROP TABLE people; CREATE TABLE people (name VARCHAR2(20)); INSERT INTO people (name) VALUES ('John Smith'); INSERT INTO people (name) VALUES ('Mary Jones'); INSERT INTO people (name) VALUES ('Joe Brown'); INSERT INTO people (name) VALUES ('Jane White'); CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE sr_pkg IS PRAGMA SERIALLY_REUSABLE; CURSOR c IS SELECT name FROM people; END sr_pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE fetch_from_cursor IS v_name people.name%TYPE; BEGIN IF sr_pkg.c%ISOPEN THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Cursor is open.'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Cursor is closed; opening now.'); OPEN sr_pkg.c; END IF; FETCH sr_pkg.c INTO v_name; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fetched: ' || v_name); FETCH sr_pkg.c INTO v_name; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Fetched: ' || v_name); END fetch_from_cursor; / First call to server: BEGIN fetch_from_cursor; fetch_from_cursor; END; / Result: Cursor is closed; opening now. Fetched: John Smith Fetched: Mary Jones Cursor is open. SERIALLY_REUSABLE Packages PL/SQL Packages 10-11
- 430. Fetched: Joe Brown Fetched: Jane White New call to server: BEGIN fetch_from_cursor; fetch_from_cursor; END; / Result: Cursor is closed; opening now. Fetched: John Smith Fetched: Mary Jones Cursor is open. Fetched: Joe Brown Fetched: Jane White Package Writing Guidelines • Become familiar with the packages that Oracle Database supplies, and avoid writing packages that duplicate their features. For more information about the packages that Oracle Database supplies, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. • Keep your packages general so that future applications can reuse them. • Design and define the package specifications before the package bodies. • In package specifications, declare only items that must be visible to invoking programs. This practice prevents other developers from building unsafe dependencies on your implementation details and reduces the need for recompilation. If you change the package specification, you must recompile any subprograms that invoke the public subprograms of the package. If you change only the package body, you need not recompile those subprograms. • Declare public cursors in package specifications and define them in package bodies, as in Example 10-7. This practice lets you hide cursors' queries from package users and change them without changing cursor declarations. • Assign initial values in the initialization part of the package body instead of in declarations. This practice has these advantages: – The code for computing the initial values can be more complex and better documented. – If computing an initial value raises an exception, the initialization part can handle it with its own exception handler. Package Writing Guidelines 10-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 431. • If you implement a database application as several PL/SQL packages—one package that provides the API and helper packages to do the work, then make the helper packages available only to the API package, as in Example 10-8. In Example 10-7, the declaration and definition of the cursor c1 are in the specification and body, respectively, of the package emp_stuff. The cursor declaration specifies only the data type of the return value, not the query, which appears in the cursor definition (for complete syntax and semantics, see "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition"). Example 10-8 creates an API package and a helper package. Because of the ACCESSIBLE BY clause in the helper package specification, only the API package can access the helper package. Example 10-7 Separating Cursor Declaration and Definition in Package CREATE PACKAGE emp_stuff AS CURSOR c1 RETURN employees%ROWTYPE; -- Declare cursor END emp_stuff; / CREATE PACKAGE BODY emp_stuff AS CURSOR c1 RETURN employees%ROWTYPE IS SELECT * FROM employees WHERE salary > 2500; -- Define cursor END emp_stuff; / Example 10-8 ACCESSIBLE BY Clause CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE helper AUTHID DEFINER ACCESSIBLE BY (api) IS PROCEDURE h1; PROCEDURE h2; END; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY helper IS PROCEDURE h1 IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Helper procedure h1'); END; PROCEDURE h2 IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Helper procedure h2'); END; END; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE api AUTHID DEFINER IS PROCEDURE p1; PROCEDURE p2; END; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY api IS PROCEDURE p1 IS Package Writing Guidelines PL/SQL Packages 10-13
- 432. BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('API procedure p1'); helper.h1; END; PROCEDURE p2 IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('API procedure p2'); helper.h2; END; END; / Invoke procedures in API package: BEGIN api.p1; api.p2; END; / Result: API procedure p1 Helper procedure h1 API procedure p2 Helper procedure h2 Invoke a procedure in helper package: BEGIN helper.h1; END; / Result: SQL> BEGIN 2 helper.h1; 3 END; 4 / helper.h1; * ERROR at line 2: ORA-06550: line 2, column 3: PLS-00904: insufficient privilege to access object HELPER ORA-06550: line 2, column 3: PL/SQL: Statement ignored Package Example Example 10-9 creates a table, log, and a package, emp_admin, and then invokes package subprograms from an anonymous block. The package has both specification and body. The specification declares a public type, cursor, and exception, and three public subprograms. One public subprogram is overloaded (for information about overloaded subprograms, see "Overloaded Subprograms"). Package Example 10-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 433. The body declares a private variable, defines the public cursor and subprograms that the specification declares, declares and defines a private function, and has an initialization part. The initialization part (which runs only the first time the anonymous block references the package) inserts one row into the table log and initializes the private variable number_hired to zero. Every time the package procedure hire_employee is invoked, it updates the private variable number_hired. Example 10-9 Creating emp_admin Package -- Log to track changes (not part of package): DROP TABLE log; CREATE TABLE log ( date_of_action DATE, user_id VARCHAR2(20), package_name VARCHAR2(30) ); -- Package specification: CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE emp_admin AUTHID DEFINER AS -- Declare public type, cursor, and exception: TYPE EmpRecTyp IS RECORD (emp_id NUMBER, sal NUMBER); CURSOR desc_salary RETURN EmpRecTyp; invalid_salary EXCEPTION; -- Declare public subprograms: FUNCTION hire_employee ( last_name VARCHAR2, first_name VARCHAR2, email VARCHAR2, phone_number VARCHAR2, job_id VARCHAR2, salary NUMBER, commission_pct NUMBER, manager_id NUMBER, department_id NUMBER ) RETURN NUMBER; -- Overload preceding public subprogram: PROCEDURE fire_employee (emp_id NUMBER); PROCEDURE fire_employee (emp_email VARCHAR2); PROCEDURE raise_salary (emp_id NUMBER, amount NUMBER); FUNCTION nth_highest_salary (n NUMBER) RETURN EmpRecTyp; END emp_admin; / -- Package body: CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY emp_admin AS number_hired NUMBER; -- private variable, visible only in this package -- Define cursor declared in package specification: CURSOR desc_salary RETURN EmpRecTyp IS SELECT employee_id, salary FROM employees ORDER BY salary DESC; Package Example PL/SQL Packages 10-15
- 434. -- Define subprograms declared in package specification: FUNCTION hire_employee ( last_name VARCHAR2, first_name VARCHAR2, email VARCHAR2, phone_number VARCHAR2, job_id VARCHAR2, salary NUMBER, commission_pct NUMBER, manager_id NUMBER, department_id NUMBER ) RETURN NUMBER IS new_emp_id NUMBER; BEGIN new_emp_id := employees_seq.NEXTVAL; INSERT INTO employees ( employee_id, last_name, first_name, email, phone_number, hire_date, job_id, salary, commission_pct, manager_id, department_id ) VALUES ( new_emp_id, hire_employee.last_name, hire_employee.first_name, hire_employee.email, hire_employee.phone_number, SYSDATE, hire_employee.job_id, hire_employee.salary, hire_employee.commission_pct, hire_employee.manager_id, hire_employee.department_id ); number_hired := number_hired + 1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('The number of employees hired is ' || TO_CHAR(number_hired) ); RETURN new_emp_id; END hire_employee; PROCEDURE fire_employee (emp_id NUMBER) IS BEGIN DELETE FROM employees WHERE employee_id = emp_id; END fire_employee; PROCEDURE fire_employee (emp_email VARCHAR2) IS BEGIN DELETE FROM employees WHERE email = emp_email; END fire_employee; -- Define private function, available only inside package: Package Example 10-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 435. FUNCTION sal_ok ( jobid VARCHAR2, sal NUMBER ) RETURN BOOLEAN IS min_sal NUMBER; max_sal NUMBER; BEGIN SELECT MIN(salary), MAX(salary) INTO min_sal, max_sal FROM employees WHERE job_id = jobid; RETURN (sal >= min_sal) AND (sal <= max_sal); END sal_ok; PROCEDURE raise_salary ( emp_id NUMBER, amount NUMBER ) IS sal NUMBER(8,2); jobid VARCHAR2(10); BEGIN SELECT job_id, salary INTO jobid, sal FROM employees WHERE employee_id = emp_id; IF sal_ok(jobid, sal + amount) THEN -- Invoke private function UPDATE employees SET salary = salary + amount WHERE employee_id = emp_id; ELSE RAISE invalid_salary; END IF; EXCEPTION WHEN invalid_salary THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('The salary is out of the specified range.'); END raise_salary; FUNCTION nth_highest_salary ( n NUMBER ) RETURN EmpRecTyp IS emp_rec EmpRecTyp; BEGIN OPEN desc_salary; FOR i IN 1..n LOOP FETCH desc_salary INTO emp_rec; END LOOP; CLOSE desc_salary; RETURN emp_rec; END nth_highest_salary; BEGIN -- initialization part of package body INSERT INTO log (date_of_action, user_id, package_name) VALUES (SYSDATE, USER, 'EMP_ADMIN'); number_hired := 0; END emp_admin; / -- Invoke packages subprograms in anonymous block: Package Example PL/SQL Packages 10-17
- 436. DECLARE new_emp_id NUMBER(6); BEGIN new_emp_id := emp_admin.hire_employee ( 'Belden', 'Enrique', 'EBELDEN', '555.111.2222', 'ST_CLERK', 2500, .1, 101, 110 ); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('The employee id is ' || TO_CHAR(new_emp_id)); emp_admin.raise_salary (new_emp_id, 100); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'The 10th highest salary is '|| TO_CHAR (emp_admin.nth_highest_salary(10).sal) || ', belonging to employee: ' || TO_CHAR (emp_admin.nth_highest_salary(10).emp_id) ); emp_admin.fire_employee(new_emp_id); -- You can also delete the newly added employee as follows: -- emp_admin.fire_employee('EBELDEN'); END; / Result is similar to: The number of employees hired is 1 The employee id is 210 The 10th highest salary is 11500, belonging to employee: 168 How STANDARD Package Defines the PL/SQL Environment A package named STANDARD defines the PL/SQL environment. The package specification declares public types, variables, exceptions, subprograms, which are available automatically to PL/SQL programs. For example, package STANDARD declares function ABS, which returns the absolute value of its argument, as follows: FUNCTION ABS (n NUMBER) RETURN NUMBER; The contents of package STANDARD are directly visible to applications. You need not qualify references to its contents by prefixing the package name. For example, you might invoke ABS from a database trigger, stored subprogram, Oracle tool, or 3GL application, as follows: abs_diff := ABS(x - y); If you declare your own version of ABS, your local declaration overrides the public declaration. You can still invoke the SQL function by specifying its full name: abs_diff := STANDARD.ABS(x - y); Most SQL functions are overloaded. For example, package STANDARD contains these declarations: How STANDARD Package Defines the PL/SQL Environment 10-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 437. FUNCTION TO_CHAR (right DATE) RETURN VARCHAR2; FUNCTION TO_CHAR (left NUMBER) RETURN VARCHAR2; FUNCTION TO_CHAR (left DATE, right VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; FUNCTION TO_CHAR (left NUMBER, right VARCHAR2) RETURN VARCHAR2; PL/SQL resolves an invocation of TO_CHAR by matching the number and data types of the formal and actual parameters. How STANDARD Package Defines the PL/SQL Environment PL/SQL Packages 10-19
- 438. How STANDARD Package Defines the PL/SQL Environment 10-20 PL/SQL Language Reference
- 439. 11 PL/SQL Error Handling This chapter explains how to handle PL/SQL compile-time warnings and PL/SQL runtime errors. The latter are called exceptions. Note: The language of warning and error messages depends on the NLS_LANGUAGE parameter. For information about this parameter, see Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide. Topics • Compile-Time Warnings • Overview of Exception Handling • Internally Defined Exceptions • Predefined Exceptions • User-Defined Exceptions • Redeclared Predefined Exceptions • Raising Exceptions Explicitly • Exception Propagation • Unhandled Exceptions • Retrieving Error Code and Error Message • Continuing Execution After Handling Exceptions • Retrying Transactions After Handling Exceptions • Handling Errors in Distributed Queries See Also: • "Exception Handling in Triggers" • "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes" PL/SQL Error Handling 11-1
- 440. Tip: If you have problems creating or running PL/SQL code, check the Oracle Database trace files. The USER_DUMP_DEST initialization parameter specifies the current location of the trace files. You can find the value of this parameter by issuing SHOW PARAMETER USER_DUMP_DEST. For more information about trace files, see Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. Compile-Time Warnings While compiling stored PL/SQL units, the PL/SQL compiler generates warnings for conditions that are not serious enough to cause errors and prevent compilation—for example, using a deprecated PL/SQL feature. To see warnings (and errors) generated during compilation, either query the static data dictionary view *_ERRORS or, in the SQL*Plus environment, use the command SHOW ERRORS. The message code of a PL/SQL warning has the form PLW-nnnnn. Table 11-1 Compile-Time Warning Categories Category Description Example SEVERE Condition might cause unexpected action or wrong results. Aliasing problems with parameters PERFORMANCE Condition might cause performance problems. Passing a VARCHAR2 value to a NUMBER column in an INSERT statement INFORMATIONAL Condition does not affect performance or correctness, but you might want to change it to make the code more maintainable. Code that can never run By setting the compilation parameter PLSQL_WARNINGS, you can: • Enable and disable all warnings, one or more categories of warnings, or specific warnings • Treat specific warnings as errors (so that those conditions must be corrected before you can compile the PL/SQL unit) You can set the value of PLSQL_WARNINGS for: • Your Oracle database instance Use the ALTER SYSTEM statement, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. • Your session Use the ALTER SESSION statement, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. • A stored PL/SQL unit Use an ALTER statement from "ALTER Statements" with its compiler_parameters_clause. Compile-Time Warnings 11-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 441. In any of the preceding ALTER statements, you set the value of PLSQL_WARNINGS with this syntax: PLSQL_WARNINGS = 'value_clause' [, 'value_clause' ] ... For the syntax of value_clause, see Oracle Database Reference. To display the current value of PLSQL_WARNINGS, query the static data dictionary view ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS. See Also: • Oracle Database Reference for more information about the static data dictionary view ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS • Oracle Database Error Messages Reference for the message codes of all PL/SQL warnings • Oracle Database Reference for more information about the static data dictionary view *_ERRORS • "PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters" for more information about PL/SQL units and compiler parameters Example 11-1 Setting Value of PLSQL_WARNINGS Compilation Parameter This example shows several ALTER statements that set the value of PLSQL_WARNINGS. For the session, enable all warnings—highly recommended during development: ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:ALL'; For the session, enable PERFORMANCE warnings: ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:PERFORMANCE'; For the procedure loc_var, enable PERFORMANCE warnings, and reuse settings: ALTER PROCEDURE loc_var COMPILE PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:PERFORMANCE' REUSE SETTINGS; For the session, enable SEVERE warnings, disable PERFORMANCE warnings, and treat PLW-06002 warnings as errors: ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='ENABLE:SEVERE', 'DISABLE:PERFORMANCE', 'ERROR:06002'; For the session, disable all warnings: ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='DISABLE:ALL'; DBMS_WARNING Package If you are writing PL/SQL units in a development environment that compiles them (such as SQL*Plus), you can display and set the value of PLSQL_WARNINGS by invoking subprograms in the DBMS_WARNING package. Compile-Time Warnings PL/SQL Error Handling 11-3
- 442. Example 11-2 uses an ALTER SESSION statement to disable all warning messages for the session and then compiles a procedure that has unreachable code. The procedure compiles without warnings. Next, the example enables all warnings for the session by invoking DBMS_WARNING.set_warning_setting_string and displays the value of PLSQL_WARNINGS by invoking DBMS_WARNING.get_warning_setting_string. Finally, the example recompiles the procedure, and the compiler generates a warning about the unreachable code. Note: Unreachable code could represent a mistake or be intentionally hidden by a debug flag. DBMS_WARNING subprograms are useful when you are compiling a complex application composed of several nested SQL*Plus scripts, where different subprograms need different PLSQL_WARNINGS settings. With DBMS_WARNING subprograms, you can save the current PLSQL_WARNINGS setting, change the setting to compile a particular set of subprograms, and then restore the setting to its original value. See Also: Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for more information about the DBMS_WARNING package Example 11-2 Displaying and Setting PLSQL_WARNINGS with DBMS_WARNING Subprograms Disable all warning messages for this session: ALTER SESSION SET PLSQL_WARNINGS='DISABLE:ALL'; With warnings disabled, this procedure compiles with no warnings: CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE unreachable_code AUTHID DEFINER AS x CONSTANT BOOLEAN := TRUE; BEGIN IF x THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('TRUE'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('FALSE'); END IF; END unreachable_code; / Enable all warning messages for this session: CALL DBMS_WARNING.set_warning_setting_string ('ENABLE:ALL', 'SESSION'); Check warning setting: SELECT DBMS_WARNING.get_warning_setting_string() FROM DUAL; Result: DBMS_WARNING.GET_WARNING_SETTING_STRING() ----------------------------------------- Compile-Time Warnings 11-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 443. ENABLE:ALL 1 row selected. Recompile procedure: ALTER PROCEDURE unreachable_code COMPILE; Result: SP2-0805: Procedure altered with compilation warnings Show errors: SHOW ERRORS Result: Errors for PROCEDURE UNREACHABLE_CODE: LINE/COL ERROR -------- ----------------------------------------------------------------- 7/5 PLW-06002: Unreachable code Overview of Exception Handling Exceptions (PL/SQL runtime errors) can arise from design faults, coding mistakes, hardware failures, and many other sources. You cannot anticipate all possible exceptions, but you can write exception handlers that let your program to continue to operate in their presence. Any PL/SQL block can have an exception-handling part, which can have one or more exception handlers. For example, an exception-handling part could have this syntax: EXCEPTION WHEN ex_name_1 THEN statements_1 -- Exception handler WHEN ex_name_2 OR ex_name_3 THEN statements_2 -- Exception handler WHEN OTHERS THEN statements_3 -- Exception handler END; In the preceding syntax example, ex_name_n is the name of an exception and statements_n is one or more statements. (For complete syntax and semantics, see "Exception Handler".) When an exception is raised in the executable part of the block, the executable part stops and control transfers to the exception-handling part. If ex_name_1 was raised, then statements_1 run. If either ex_name_2 or ex_name_3 was raised, then statements_2 run. If any other exception was raised, then statements_3 run. After an exception handler runs, control transfers to the next statement of the enclosing block. If there is no enclosing block, then: • If the exception handler is in a subprogram, then control returns to the invoker, at the statement after the invocation. • If the exception handler is in an anonymous block, then control transfers to the host environment (for example, SQL*Plus) If an exception is raised in a block that has no exception handler for it, then the exception propagates. That is, the exception reproduces itself in successive enclosing blocks until a block has a handler for it or there is no enclosing block (for more Overview of Exception Handling PL/SQL Error Handling 11-5
- 444. information, see "Exception Propagation"). If there is no handler for the exception, then PL/SQL returns an unhandled exception error to the invoker or host environment, which determines the outcome (for more information, see "Unhandled Exceptions"). Topics • Exception Categories • Advantages of Exception Handlers • Guidelines for Avoiding and Handling Exceptions Exception Categories The exception categories are: • Internally defined The runtime system raises internally defined exceptions implicitly (automatically). Examples of internally defined exceptions are ORA-00060 (deadlock detected while waiting for resource) and ORA-27102 (out of memory). An internally defined exception always has an error code, but does not have a name unless PL/SQL gives it one or you give it one. For more information, see "Internally Defined Exceptions". • Predefined A predefined exception is an internally defined exception that PL/SQL has given a name. For example, ORA-06500 (PL/SQL: storage error) has the predefined name STORAGE_ERROR. For more information, see "Predefined Exceptions". • User-defined You can declare your own exceptions in the declarative part of any PL/SQL anonymous block, subprogram, or package. For example, you might declare an exception named insufficient_funds to flag overdrawn bank accounts. You must raise user-defined exceptions explicitly. For more information, see "User-Defined Exceptions". Table 11-2 summarizes the exception categories. Table 11-2 Exception Categories Category Definer Has Error Code Has Name Raised Implicitly Raised Explicitly Internally defined Runtime system Always Only if you assign one Yes Optionally1 Predefined Runtime system Always Always Yes Optionally1 User-defined User Only if you assign one Always No Always Overview of Exception Handling 11-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 445. 1 For details, see "Raising Internally Defined Exception with RAISE Statement". For a named exception, you can write a specific exception handler, instead of handling it with an OTHERS exception handler. A specific exception handler is more efficient than an OTHERS exception handler, because the latter must invoke a function to determine which exception it is handling. For details, see "Retrieving Error Code and Error Message". Advantages of Exception Handlers Using exception handlers for error-handling makes programs easier to write and understand, and reduces the likelihood of unhandled exceptions. Without exception handlers, you must check for every possible error, everywhere that it might occur, and then handle it. It is easy to overlook a possible error or a place where it might occur, especially if the error is not immediately detectable (for example, bad data might be undetectable until you use it in a calculation). Error-handling code is scattered throughout the program. With exception handlers, you need not know every possible error or everywhere that it might occur. You need only include an exception-handling part in each block where errors might occur. In the exception-handling part, you can include exception handlers for both specific and unknown errors. If an error occurs anywhere in the block (including inside a sub-block), then an exception handler handles it. Error-handling code is isolated in the exception-handling parts of the blocks. In Example 11-3, a procedure uses a single exception handler to handle the predefined exception NO_DATA_FOUND, which can occur in either of two SELECT INTO statements. If multiple statements use the same exception handler, and you want to know which statement failed, you can use locator variables, as in Example 11-4. You determine the precision of your error-handling code. You can have a single exception handler for all division-by-zero errors, bad array indexes, and so on. You can also check for errors in a single statement by putting that statement inside a block with its own exception handler. Example 11-3 Single Exception Handler for Multiple Exceptions CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE select_item ( t_column VARCHAR2, t_name VARCHAR2 ) AUTHID DEFINER IS temp VARCHAR2(30); BEGIN temp := t_column; -- For error message if next SELECT fails -- Fails if table t_name does not have column t_column: SELECT COLUMN_NAME INTO temp FROM USER_TAB_COLS WHERE TABLE_NAME = UPPER(t_name) AND COLUMN_NAME = UPPER(t_column); temp := t_name; -- For error message if next SELECT fails -- Fails if there is no table named t_name: SELECT OBJECT_NAME INTO temp Overview of Exception Handling PL/SQL Error Handling 11-7
- 446. FROM USER_OBJECTS WHERE OBJECT_NAME = UPPER(t_name) AND OBJECT_TYPE = 'TABLE'; EXCEPTION WHEN NO_DATA_FOUND THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('No Data found for SELECT on ' || temp); WHEN OTHERS THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Unexpected error'); RAISE; END; / Invoke procedure (there is a DEPARTMENTS table, but it does not have a LAST_NAME column): BEGIN select_item('departments', 'last_name'); END; / Result: No Data found for SELECT on departments Invoke procedure (there is no EMP table): BEGIN select_item('emp', 'last_name'); END; / Result: No Data found for SELECT on emp Example 11-4 Locator Variables for Statements that Share Exception Handler CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE loc_var AUTHID DEFINER IS stmt_no POSITIVE; name_ VARCHAR2(100); BEGIN stmt_no := 1; SELECT table_name INTO name_ FROM user_tables WHERE table_name LIKE 'ABC%'; stmt_no := 2; SELECT table_name INTO name_ FROM user_tables WHERE table_name LIKE 'XYZ%'; EXCEPTION WHEN NO_DATA_FOUND THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Table name not found in query ' || stmt_no); END; / CALL loc_var(); Result: Overview of Exception Handling 11-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 447. Table name not found in query 1 Guidelines for Avoiding and Handling Exceptions To make your programs as reliable and safe as possible: • Use both error-checking code and exception handlers. Use error-checking code wherever bad input data can cause an error. Examples of bad input data are incorrect or null actual parameters and queries that return no rows or more rows than you expect. Test your code with different combinations of bad input data to see what potential errors arise. Sometimes you can use error-checking code to avoid raising an exception, as in Example 11-7. • Add exception handlers wherever errors can occur. Errors are especially likely during arithmetic calculations, string manipulation, and database operations. Errors can also arise from problems that are independent of your code—for example, disk storage or memory hardware failure —but your code still must take corrective action. • Design your programs to work when the database is not in the state you expect. For example, a table you query might have columns added or deleted, or their types might have changed. You can avoid problems by declaring scalar variables with %TYPE qualifiers and record variables to hold query results with %ROWTYPE qualifiers. • Whenever possible, write exception handlers for named exceptions instead of using OTHERS exception handlers. Learn the names and causes of the predefined exceptions. If you know that your database operations might raise specific internally defined exceptions that do not have names, then give them names so that you can write exception handlers specifically for them. • Have your exception handlers output debugging information. If you store the debugging information in a separate table, do it with an autonomous routine, so that you can commit your debugging information even if you roll back the work that the main subprogram did. For information about autonomous routines, see "AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma". • For each exception handler, carefully decide whether to have it commit the transaction, roll it back, or let it continue. Regardless of the severity of the error, you want to leave the database in a consistent state and avoid storing bad data. • Avoid unhandled exceptions by including an OTHERS exception handler at the top level of every PL/SQL program. Make the last statement in the OTHERS exception handler either RAISE or an invocation of the RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure. (If you do not follow this practice, and PL/SQL warnings are enabled, then you get PLW-06009.) For information about RAISE or an invocation of the RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR, see "Raising Exceptions Explicitly". Overview of Exception Handling PL/SQL Error Handling 11-9
- 448. Internally Defined Exceptions Internally defined exceptions (ORA-n errors) are described in Oracle Database Error Messages Reference. The runtime system raises them implicitly (automatically). An internally defined exception does not have a name unless either PL/SQL gives it one (see "Predefined Exceptions") or you give it one. If you know that your database operations might raise specific internally defined exceptions that do not have names, then give them names so that you can write exception handlers specifically for them. Otherwise, you can handle them only with OTHERS exception handlers. To give a name to an internally defined exception, do the following in the declarative part of the appropriate anonymous block, subprogram, or package. (To determine the appropriate block, see "Exception Propagation".) 1. Declare the name. An exception name declaration has this syntax: exception_name EXCEPTION; For semantic information, see "Exception Declaration". 2. Associate the name with the error code of the internally defined exception. The syntax is: PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (exception_name, error_code) For semantic information, see "EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma". Note: An internally defined exception with a user-declared name is still an internally defined exception, not a user-defined exception. Example 11-5 gives the name deadlock_detected to the internally defined exception ORA-00060 (deadlock detected while waiting for resource) and uses the name in an exception handler. See Also: "Raising Internally Defined Exception with RAISE Statement" Example 11-5 Naming Internally Defined Exception DECLARE deadlock_detected EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT(deadlock_detected, -60); BEGIN ... EXCEPTION WHEN deadlock_detected THEN ... Internally Defined Exceptions 11-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 449. END; / Predefined Exceptions Predefined exceptions are internally defined exceptions that have predefined names, which PL/SQL declares globally in the package STANDARD. The runtime system raises predefined exceptions implicitly (automatically). Because predefined exceptions have names, you can write exception handlers specifically for them. Table 11-3 lists the names and error codes of the predefined exceptions. Table 11-3 PL/SQL Predefined Exceptions Exception Name Error Code ACCESS_INTO_NULL -6530 CASE_NOT_FOUND -6592 COLLECTION_IS_NULL -6531 CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN -6511 DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX -1 INVALID_CURSOR -1001 INVALID_NUMBER -1722 LOGIN_DENIED -1017 NO_DATA_FOUND +100 NO_DATA_NEEDED -6548 NOT_LOGGED_ON -1012 PROGRAM_ERROR -6501 ROWTYPE_MISMATCH -6504 SELF_IS_NULL -30625 STORAGE_ERROR -6500 SUBSCRIPT_BEYOND_COUNT -6533 SUBSCRIPT_OUTSIDE_LIMIT -6532 SYS_INVALID_ROWID -1410 TIMEOUT_ON_RESOURCE -51 TOO_MANY_ROWS -1422 VALUE_ERROR -6502 ZERO_DIVIDE -1476 Predefined Exceptions PL/SQL Error Handling 11-11
- 450. Example 11-6 calculates a price-to-earnings ratio for a company. If the company has zero earnings, the division operation raises the predefined exception ZERO_DIVIDE and the executable part of the block transfers control to the exception-handling part. Example 11-7 uses error-checking code to avoid the exception that Example 11-6 handles. In Example 11-8, the procedure opens a cursor variable for either the EMPLOYEES table or the DEPARTMENTS table, depending on the value of the parameter discrim. The anonymous block invokes the procedure to open the cursor variable for the EMPLOYEES table, but fetches from the DEPARTMENTS table, which raises the predefined exception ROWTYPE_MISMATCH. See Also: "Raising Internally Defined Exception with RAISE Statement" Example 11-6 Anonymous Block Handles ZERO_DIVIDE DECLARE stock_price NUMBER := 9.73; net_earnings NUMBER := 0; pe_ratio NUMBER; BEGIN pe_ratio := stock_price / net_earnings; -- raises ZERO_DIVIDE exception DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Price/earnings ratio = ' || pe_ratio); EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Company had zero earnings.'); pe_ratio := NULL; END; / Result: Company had zero earnings. Example 11-7 Anonymous Block Avoids ZERO_DIVIDE DECLARE stock_price NUMBER := 9.73; net_earnings NUMBER := 0; pe_ratio NUMBER; BEGIN pe_ratio := CASE net_earnings WHEN 0 THEN NULL ELSE stock_price / net_earnings END; END; / Example 11-8 Anonymous Block Handles ROWTYPE_MISMATCH CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE emp_dept_data AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE cv_type IS REF CURSOR; PROCEDURE open_cv ( cv IN OUT cv_type, discrim IN POSITIVE Predefined Exceptions 11-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 451. ); END emp_dept_data; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY emp_dept_data AS PROCEDURE open_cv ( cv IN OUT cv_type, discrim IN POSITIVE) IS BEGIN IF discrim = 1 THEN OPEN cv FOR SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEES ORDER BY employee_id; ELSIF discrim = 2 THEN OPEN cv FOR SELECT * FROM DEPARTMENTS ORDER BY department_id; END IF; END open_cv; END emp_dept_data; / Invoke procedure open_cv from anonymous block: DECLARE emp_rec EMPLOYEES%ROWTYPE; dept_rec DEPARTMENTS%ROWTYPE; cv Emp_dept_data.CV_TYPE; BEGIN emp_dept_data.open_cv(cv, 1); -- Open cv for EMPLOYEES fetch. FETCH cv INTO dept_rec; -- Fetch from DEPARTMENTS. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(dept_rec.DEPARTMENT_ID); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' ' || dept_rec.LOCATION_ID); EXCEPTION WHEN ROWTYPE_MISMATCH THEN BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Row type mismatch, fetching EMPLOYEES data ...'); FETCH cv INTO emp_rec; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT(emp_rec.DEPARTMENT_ID); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' ' || emp_rec.LAST_NAME); END; END; / Result: Row type mismatch, fetching EMPLOYEES data ... 90 King User-Defined Exceptions You can declare your own exceptions in the declarative part of any PL/SQL anonymous block, subprogram, or package. An exception name declaration has this syntax: exception_name EXCEPTION; For semantic information, see "Exception Declaration". You must raise a user-defined exception explicitly. For details, see "Raising Exceptions Explicitly". User-Defined Exceptions PL/SQL Error Handling 11-13
- 452. Redeclared Predefined Exceptions Oracle recommends against redeclaring predefined exceptions—that is, declaring a user-defined exception name that is a predefined exception name. (For a list of predefined exception names, see Table 11-3.) If you redeclare a predefined exception, your local declaration overrides the global declaration in package STANDARD. Exception handlers written for the globally declared exception become unable to handle it—unless you qualify its name with the package name STANDARD. Example 11-9 shows this. Example 11-9 Redeclared Predefined Identifier DROP TABLE t; CREATE TABLE t (c NUMBER); In the following block, the INSERT statement implicitly raises the predefined exception INVALID_NUMBER, which the exception handler handles. DECLARE default_number NUMBER := 0; BEGIN INSERT INTO t VALUES(TO_NUMBER('100.00', '9G999')); EXCEPTION WHEN INVALID_NUMBER THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Substituting default value for invalid number.'); INSERT INTO t VALUES(default_number); END; / Result: Substituting default value for invalid number. The following block redeclares the predefined exception INVALID_NUMBER. When the INSERT statement implicitly raises the predefined exception INVALID_NUMBER, the exception handler does not handle it. DECLARE default_number NUMBER := 0; i NUMBER := 5; invalid_number EXCEPTION; -- redeclare predefined exception BEGIN INSERT INTO t VALUES(TO_NUMBER('100.00', '9G999')); EXCEPTION WHEN INVALID_NUMBER THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Substituting default value for invalid number.'); INSERT INTO t VALUES(default_number); END; / Result: DECLARE * Redeclared Predefined Exceptions 11-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 453. ERROR at line 1: ORA-01722: invalid number ORA-06512: at line 6 The exception handler in the preceding block handles the predefined exception INVALID_NUMBER if you qualify the exception name in the exception handler: DECLARE default_number NUMBER := 0; i NUMBER := 5; invalid_number EXCEPTION; -- redeclare predefined exception BEGIN INSERT INTO t VALUES(TO_NUMBER('100.00', '9G999')); EXCEPTION WHEN STANDARD.INVALID_NUMBER THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Substituting default value for invalid number.'); INSERT INTO t VALUES(default_number); END; / Result: Substituting default value for invalid number. Raising Exceptions Explicitly To raise an exception explicitly, use either the RAISE statement or RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure. Topics • RAISE Statement • RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR Procedure RAISE Statement The RAISE statement explicitly raises an exception. Outside an exception handler, you must specify the exception name. Inside an exception handler, if you omit the exception name, the RAISE statement reraises the current exception. Topics • Raising User-Defined Exception with RAISE Statement • Raising Internally Defined Exception with RAISE Statement • Reraising Current Exception with RAISE Statement Raising User-Defined Exception with RAISE Statement In Example 11-10, the procedure declares an exception named past_due, raises it explicitly with the RAISE statement, and handles it with an exception handler. Example 11-10 Declaring, Raising, and Handling User-Defined Exception CREATE PROCEDURE account_status ( due_date DATE, today DATE ) AUTHID DEFINER Raising Exceptions Explicitly PL/SQL Error Handling 11-15
- 454. IS past_due EXCEPTION; -- declare exception BEGIN IF due_date < today THEN RAISE past_due; -- explicitly raise exception END IF; EXCEPTION WHEN past_due THEN -- handle exception DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Account past due.'); END; / BEGIN account_status (TO_DATE('01-JUL-2010', 'DD-MON-YYYY'), TO_DATE('09-JUL-2010', 'DD-MON-YYYY')); END; / Result: Account past due. Raising Internally Defined Exception with RAISE Statement Although the runtime system raises internally defined exceptions implicitly, you can raise them explicitly with the RAISE statement if they have names. Table 11-3 lists the internally defined exceptions that have predefined names. "Internally Defined Exceptions" explains how to give user-declared names to internally defined exceptions. An exception handler for a named internally defined exception handles that exception whether it is raised implicitly or explicitly. In Example 11-11, the procedure raises the predefined exception INVALID_NUMBER either explicitly or implicitly, and the INVALID_NUMBER exception handler always handles it. Example 11-11 Explicitly Raising Predefined Exception DROP TABLE t; CREATE TABLE t (c NUMBER); CREATE PROCEDURE p (n NUMBER) AUTHID DEFINER IS default_number NUMBER := 0; BEGIN IF n < 0 THEN RAISE INVALID_NUMBER; -- raise explicitly ELSE INSERT INTO t VALUES(TO_NUMBER('100.00', '9G999')); -- raise implicitly END IF; EXCEPTION WHEN INVALID_NUMBER THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Substituting default value for invalid number.'); INSERT INTO t VALUES(default_number); END; / BEGIN p(-1); END; / Raising Exceptions Explicitly 11-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 455. Result: Substituting default value for invalid number. BEGIN p(1); END; / Result: Substituting default value for invalid number. Reraising Current Exception with RAISE Statement In an exception handler, you can use the RAISE statement to"reraise" the exception being handled. Reraising the exception passes it to the enclosing block, which can handle it further. (If the enclosing block cannot handle the reraised exception, then the exception propagates—see "Exception Propagation".) When reraising the current exception, you need not specify an exception name. In Example 11-12, the handling of the exception starts in the inner block and finishes in the outer block. The outer block declares the exception, so the exception name exists in both blocks, and each block has an exception handler specifically for that exception. The inner block raises the exception, and its exception handler does the initial handling and then reraises the exception, passing it to the outer block for further handling. Example 11-12 Reraising Exception DECLARE salary_too_high EXCEPTION; current_salary NUMBER := 20000; max_salary NUMBER := 10000; erroneous_salary NUMBER; BEGIN BEGIN IF current_salary > max_salary THEN RAISE salary_too_high; -- raise exception END IF; EXCEPTION WHEN salary_too_high THEN -- start handling exception erroneous_salary := current_salary; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Salary ' || erroneous_salary ||' is out of range.'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Maximum salary is ' || max_salary || '.'); RAISE; -- reraise current exception (exception name is optional) END; EXCEPTION WHEN salary_too_high THEN -- finish handling exception current_salary := max_salary; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Revising salary from ' || erroneous_salary || ' to ' || current_salary || '.' ); END; / Result: Raising Exceptions Explicitly PL/SQL Error Handling 11-17
- 456. Salary 20000 is out of range. Maximum salary is 10000. Revising salary from 20000 to 10000. RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR Procedure You can invoke the RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure (defined in the DBMS_STANDARD package) only from a stored subprogram or method. Typically, you invoke this procedure to raise a user-defined exception and return its error code and error message to the invoker. To invoke RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR, use this syntax: RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR (error_code, message[, {TRUE | FALSE}]); You must have assigned error_code to the user-defined exception with the EXCEPTION_INIT pragma. The syntax is: PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (exception_name, error_code) The error_code is an integer in the range -20000..-20999 and the message is a character string of at most 2048 bytes. For semantic information, see "EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma". The message is a character string of at most 2048 bytes. If you specify TRUE, PL/SQL puts error_code on top of the error stack. Otherwise, PL/SQL replaces the error stack with error_code. In Example 11-13, an anonymous block declares an exception named past_due, assigns the error code -20000 to it, and invokes a stored procedure. The stored procedure invokes the RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure with the error code -20000 and a message, whereupon control returns to the anonymous block, which handles the exception. To retrieve the message associated with the exception, the exception handler in the anonymous block invokes the SQLERRM function, described in "Retrieving Error Code and Error Message". Example 11-13 Raising User-Defined Exception with RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR CREATE PROCEDURE account_status ( due_date DATE, today DATE ) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN IF due_date < today THEN -- explicitly raise exception RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR(-20000, 'Account past due.'); END IF; END; / DECLARE past_due EXCEPTION; -- declare exception PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (past_due, -20000); -- assign error code to exception BEGIN account_status (TO_DATE('01-JUL-2010', 'DD-MON-YYYY'), TO_DATE('09-JUL-2010', 'DD-MON-YYYY')); -- invoke procedure EXCEPTION WHEN past_due THEN -- handle exception DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(TO_CHAR(SQLERRM(-20000))); Raising Exceptions Explicitly 11-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 457. END; / Result: ORA-20000: Account past due. Exception Propagation If an exception is raised in a block that has no exception handler for it, then the exception propagates. That is, the exception reproduces itself in successive enclosing blocks until either a block has a handler for it or there is no enclosing block. If there is no handler for the exception, then PL/SQL returns an unhandled exception error to the invoker or host environment, which determines the outcome (for more information, see "Unhandled Exceptions"). In Figure 11-1, one block is nested inside another. The inner block raises exception A. The inner block has an exception handler for A, so A does not propagate. After the exception handler runs, control transfers to the next statement of the outer block. Figure 11-1 Exception Does Not Propagate BEGIN IF X = 1 THEN RAISE A; ELSIF X = 2 THEN RAISE B; ELSE RAISE C; END IF; ... EXCEPTION WHEN A THEN ... END; BEGIN EXCEPTION WHEN B THEN ... END; Exception A is handled locally, then execution resumes in the enclosing block In Figure 11-2, the inner block raises exception B. The inner block does not have an exception handler for exception B, so B propagates to the outer block, which does have an exception handler for it. After the exception handler runs, control transfers to the host environment. Exception Propagation PL/SQL Error Handling 11-19
- 458. Figure 11-2 Exception Propagates from Inner Block to Outer Block BEGIN IF X = 1 THEN RAISE A; ELSIF X = 2 THEN RAISE B; ELSE RAISE C; END IF; ... EXCEPTION WHEN A THEN ... END; BEGIN EXCEPTION WHEN B THEN ... END; Exception B is handled, then control passes to the host environment Exception B propagates to the first enclosing block with an appropriate handler In Figure 11-3, the inner block raises exception C. The inner block does not have an exception handler for C, so exception C propagates to the outer block. The outer block does not have an exception handler for C, so PL/SQL returns an unhandled exception error to the host environment. Figure 11-3 PL/SQL Returns Unhandled Exception Error to Host Environment BEGIN IF X = 1 THEN RAISE A; ELSIF X = 2 THEN RAISE B; ELSE RAISE C; END IF; ... EXCEPTION WHEN A THEN ... END; BEGIN EXCEPTION WHEN B THEN ... END; Exception C has no handler, so an unhandled exception is returned to the host environment A user-defined exception can propagate beyond its scope (that is, beyond the block that declares it), but its name does not exist beyond its scope. Therefore, beyond its scope, a user-defined exception can be handled only with an OTHERS exception handler. In Example 11-14, the inner block declares an exception named past_due, for which it has no exception handler. When the inner block raises past_due, the exception propagates to the outer block, where the name past_due does not exist. The outer block handles the exception with an OTHERS exception handler. If the outer block does not handle the user-defined exception, then an error occurs, as in Example 11-15. Exception Propagation 11-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 459. Note: Exceptions cannot propagate across remote subprogram invocations. Therefore, a PL/SQL block cannot handle an exception raised by a remote subprogram. Topics • Propagation of Exceptions Raised in Declarations • Propagation of Exceptions Raised in Exception Handlers Example 11-14 Exception that Propagates Beyond Scope is Handled CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER AS BEGIN DECLARE past_due EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT (past_due, -4910); due_date DATE := trunc(SYSDATE) - 1; todays_date DATE := trunc(SYSDATE); BEGIN IF due_date < todays_date THEN RAISE past_due; END IF; END; EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN ROLLBACK; RAISE; END; / Example 11-15 Exception that Propagates Beyond Scope is Not Handled BEGIN DECLARE past_due EXCEPTION; due_date DATE := trunc(SYSDATE) - 1; todays_date DATE := trunc(SYSDATE); BEGIN IF due_date < todays_date THEN RAISE past_due; END IF; END; END; / Result: BEGIN * ERROR at line 1: ORA-06510: PL/SQL: unhandled user-defined exception ORA-06512: at line 9 Exception Propagation PL/SQL Error Handling 11-21
- 460. Propagation of Exceptions Raised in Declarations An exception raised in a declaration propagates immediately to the enclosing block (or to the invoker or host environment if there is no enclosing block). Therefore, the exception handler must be in an enclosing or invoking block, not in the same block as the declaration. In Example 11-16, the VALUE_ERROR exception handler is in the same block as the declaration that raises VALUE_ERROR. Because the exception propagates immediately to the host environment, the exception handler does not handle it. Example 11-17 is like Example 11-16 except that an enclosing block handles the VALUE_ERROR exception that the declaration in the inner block raises. Example 11-16 Exception Raised in Declaration is Not Handled DECLARE credit_limit CONSTANT NUMBER(3) := 5000; -- Maximum value is 999 BEGIN NULL; EXCEPTION WHEN VALUE_ERROR THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Exception raised in declaration.'); END; / Result: DECLARE * ERROR at line 1: ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error: number precision too large ORA-06512: at line 2 Example 11-17 Exception Raised in Declaration is Handled by Enclosing Block BEGIN DECLARE credit_limit CONSTANT NUMBER(3) := 5000; BEGIN NULL; END; EXCEPTION WHEN VALUE_ERROR THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Exception raised in declaration.'); END; / Result: Exception raised in declaration. Propagation of Exceptions Raised in Exception Handlers An exception raised in an exception handler propagates immediately to the enclosing block (or to the invoker or host environment if there is no enclosing block). Therefore, the exception handler must be in an enclosing or invoking block. Exception Propagation 11-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 461. In Example 11-18, when n is zero, the calculation 1/n raises the predefined exception ZERO_DIVIDE, and control transfers to the ZERO_DIVIDE exception handler in the same block. When the exception handler raises ZERO_DIVIDE, the exception propagates immediately to the invoker. The invoker does not handle the exception, so PL/SQL returns an unhandled exception error to the host environment. Example 11-19 is like Example 11-18 except that when the procedure returns an unhandled exception error to the invoker, the invoker handles it. Example 11-20 is like Example 11-18 except that an enclosing block handles the exception that the exception handler in the inner block raises. In Example 11-21, the exception-handling part of the procedure has exception handlers for user-defined exception i_is_one and predefined exception ZERO_DIVIDE. When the i_is_one exception handler raises ZERO_DIVIDE, the exception propagates immediately to the invoker (therefore, the ZERO_DIVIDE exception handler does not handle it). The invoker does not handle the exception, so PL/SQL returns an unhandled exception error to the host environment. Example 11-22 is like Example 11-21 except that an enclosing block handles the ZERO_DIVIDE exception that the i_is_one exception handler raises. Example 11-18 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Not Handled CREATE PROCEDURE print_reciprocal (n NUMBER) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n); -- handled EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Error:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n || ' is undefined'); -- not handled END; / BEGIN -- invoking block print_reciprocal(0); END; Result: Error: BEGIN * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01476: divisor is equal to zero ORA-06512: at "HR.PRINT_RECIPROCAL", line 7 ORA-01476: divisor is equal to zero ORA-06512: at line 2 Example 11-19 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Handled by Invoker CREATE PROCEDURE print_reciprocal (n NUMBER) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n); EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Error:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n || ' is undefined'); END; / BEGIN -- invoking block Exception Propagation PL/SQL Error Handling 11-23
- 462. print_reciprocal(0); EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN -- handles exception raised in exception handler DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('1/0 is undefined.'); END; / Result: Error: 1/0 is undefined. Example 11-20 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Handled by Enclosing Block CREATE PROCEDURE print_reciprocal (n NUMBER) AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n); EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Error in inner block:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n || ' is undefined.'); END; EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN -- handles exception raised in exception handler DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('Error in outer block: '); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('1/0 is undefined.'); END; / BEGIN print_reciprocal(0); END; / Result: Error in inner block: Error in outer block: 1/0 is undefined. Example 11-21 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Not Handled CREATE PROCEDURE descending_reciprocals (n INTEGER) AUTHID DEFINER IS i INTEGER; i_is_one EXCEPTION; BEGIN i := n; LOOP IF i = 1 THEN RAISE i_is_one; ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Reciprocal of ' || i || ' is ' || 1/i); END IF; i := i - 1; END LOOP; EXCEPTION WHEN i_is_one THEN Exception Propagation 11-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 463. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('1 is its own reciprocal.'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Reciprocal of ' || TO_CHAR(i-1) || ' is ' || TO_CHAR(1/(i-1))); WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Error:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n || ' is undefined'); END; / BEGIN descending_reciprocals(3); END; / Result: Reciprocal of 3 is .3333333333333333333333333333333333333333 Reciprocal of 2 is .5 1 is its own reciprocal. BEGIN * ERROR at line 1: ORA-01476: divisor is equal to zero ORA-06512: at "HR.DESCENDING_RECIPROCALS", line 19 ORA-06510: PL/SQL: unhandled user-defined exception ORA-06512: at line 2 Example 11-22 Exception Raised in Exception Handler is Handled by Enclosing Block CREATE PROCEDURE descending_reciprocals (n INTEGER) AUTHID DEFINER IS i INTEGER; i_is_one EXCEPTION; BEGIN BEGIN i := n; LOOP IF i = 1 THEN RAISE i_is_one; ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Reciprocal of ' || i || ' is ' || 1/i); END IF; i := i - 1; END LOOP; EXCEPTION WHEN i_is_one THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('1 is its own reciprocal.'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Reciprocal of ' || TO_CHAR(i-1) || ' is ' || TO_CHAR(1/(i-1))); WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Error:'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(1/n || ' is undefined'); END; EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN -- handles exception raised in exception handler DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Error:'); Exception Propagation PL/SQL Error Handling 11-25
- 464. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('1/0 is undefined'); END; / BEGIN descending_reciprocals(3); END; / Result: Reciprocal of 3 is .3333333333333333333333333333333333333333 Reciprocal of 2 is .5 1 is its own reciprocal. Error: 1/0 is undefined Unhandled Exceptions If there is no handler for a raised exception, PL/SQL returns an unhandled exception error to the invoker or host environment, which determines the outcome. If a stored subprogram exits with an unhandled exception, PL/SQL does not roll back database changes made by the subprogram. The FORALL statement runs one DML statement multiple times, with different values in the VALUES and WHERE clauses. If one set of values raises an unhandled exception, then PL/SQL rolls back all database changes made earlier in the FORALL statement. For more information, see "Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately" and "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes". Tip: Avoid unhandled exceptions by including an OTHERS exception handler at the top level of every PL/SQL program. Retrieving Error Code and Error Message In an exception handler, for the exception being handled: • You can retrieve the error code with the PL/SQL function SQLCODE, described in "SQLCODE Function". • You can retrieve the error message with either: – The PL/SQL function SQLERRM, described in "SQLERRM Function" This function returns a maximum of 512 bytes, which is the maximum length of an Oracle Database error message (including the error code, nested messages, and message inserts such as table and column names). – The package function DBMS_UTILITY.FORMAT_ERROR_STACK, described in Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference This function returns the full error stack, up to 2000 bytes. Oracle recommends using DBMS_UTILITY.FORMAT_ERROR_STACK, except when using the FORALL statement with its SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause, as in Example 12-13. Unhandled Exceptions 11-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 465. A SQL statement cannot invoke SQLCODE or SQLERRM. To use their values in a SQL statement, assign them to local variables first, as in Example 11-23. See Also: • Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for information about the DBMS_UTILITY.FORMAT_ERROR_BACKTRACE function, which displays the call stack at the point where an exception was raised, even if the subprogram is called from an exception handler in an outer scope • Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for information about the UTL_CALL_STACK package, whose subprograms provide information about currently executing subprograms, including subprogram names Example 11-23 Displaying SQLCODE and SQLERRM Values DROP TABLE errors; CREATE TABLE errors ( code NUMBER, message VARCHAR2(64) ); CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER AS name EMPLOYEES.LAST_NAME%TYPE; v_code NUMBER; v_errm VARCHAR2(64); BEGIN SELECT last_name INTO name FROM EMPLOYEES WHERE EMPLOYEE_ID = -1; EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN v_code := SQLCODE; v_errm := SUBSTR(SQLERRM, 1, 64); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Error code ' || v_code || ': ' || v_errm); /* Invoke another procedure, declared with PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION, to insert information about errors. */ INSERT INTO errors (code, message) VALUES (v_code, v_errm); RAISE; END; / Continuing Execution After Handling Exceptions After an exception handler runs, control transfers to the next statement of the enclosing block (or to the invoker or host environment if there is no enclosing block). The exception handler cannot transfer control back to its own block. For example, in Example 11-24, after the SELECT INTO statement raises ZERO_DIVIDE and the exception handler handles it, execution cannot continue from the INSERT statement that follows the SELECT INTO statement. Continuing Execution After Handling Exceptions PL/SQL Error Handling 11-27
- 466. If you want execution to resume with the INSERT statement that follows the SELECT INTO statement, then put the SELECT INTO statement in an inner block with its own ZERO_DIVIDE exception handler, as in Example 11-25. See Also: Example 12-13, where a bulk SQL operation continues despite exceptions Example 11-24 Exception Handler Runs and Execution Ends DROP TABLE employees_temp; CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT employee_id, salary, commission_pct FROM employees; DECLARE sal_calc NUMBER(8,2); BEGIN INSERT INTO employees_temp (employee_id, salary, commission_pct) VALUES (301, 2500, 0); SELECT (salary / commission_pct) INTO sal_calc FROM employees_temp WHERE employee_id = 301; INSERT INTO employees_temp VALUES (302, sal_calc/100, .1); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Row inserted.'); EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Division by zero.'); END; / Result: Division by zero. Example 11-25 Exception Handler Runs and Execution Continues DECLARE sal_calc NUMBER(8,2); BEGIN INSERT INTO employees_temp (employee_id, salary, commission_pct) VALUES (301, 2500, 0); BEGIN SELECT (salary / commission_pct) INTO sal_calc FROM employees_temp WHERE employee_id = 301; EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Substituting 2500 for undefined number.'); sal_calc := 2500; END; INSERT INTO employees_temp VALUES (302, sal_calc/100, .1); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Enclosing block: Row inserted.'); EXCEPTION WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Enclosing block: Division by zero.'); Continuing Execution After Handling Exceptions 11-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 467. END; / Result: Substituting 2500 for undefined number. Enclosing block: Row inserted. Retrying Transactions After Handling Exceptions To retry a transaction after handling an exception that it raised, use this technique: 1. Enclose the transaction in a sub-block that has an exception-handling part. 2. In the sub-block, before the transaction starts, mark a savepoint. 3. In the exception-handling part of the sub-block, put an exception handler that rolls back to the savepoint and then tries to correct the problem. 4. Put the sub-block inside a LOOP statement. 5. In the sub-block, after the COMMIT statement that ends the transaction, put an EXIT statement. If the transaction succeeds, the COMMIT and EXIT statements execute. If the transaction fails, control transfers to the exception-handling part of the sub- block, and after the exception handler runs, the loop repeats. Example 11-26 Retrying Transaction After Handling Exception DROP TABLE results; CREATE TABLE results ( res_name VARCHAR(20), res_answer VARCHAR2(3) ); CREATE UNIQUE INDEX res_name_ix ON results (res_name); INSERT INTO results (res_name, res_answer) VALUES ('SMYTHE', 'YES'); INSERT INTO results (res_name, res_answer) VALUES ('JONES', 'NO'); DECLARE name VARCHAR2(20) := 'SMYTHE'; answer VARCHAR2(3) := 'NO'; suffix NUMBER := 1; BEGIN FOR i IN 1..5 LOOP -- Try transaction at most 5 times. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT('Try #' || i); BEGIN -- sub-block begins SAVEPOINT start_transaction; -- transaction begins DELETE FROM results WHERE res_answer = 'NO'; INSERT INTO results (res_name, res_answer) VALUES (name, answer); -- Nonunique name raises DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX. Retrying Transactions After Handling Exceptions PL/SQL Error Handling 11-29
- 468. -- If transaction succeeded: COMMIT; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' succeeded.'); EXIT; EXCEPTION WHEN DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' failed; trying again.'); ROLLBACK TO start_transaction; -- Undo changes. suffix := suffix + 1; -- Try to fix problem. name := name || TO_CHAR(suffix); END; -- sub-block ends END LOOP; END; / Result: Try #1 failed; trying again. Try #2 succeeded. Example 11-26 uses the preceding technique to retry a transaction whose INSERT statement raises the predefined exception DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX if the value of res_name is not unique. Handling Errors in Distributed Queries You can use a trigger or a stored subprogram to create a distributed query. This distributed query is decomposed by the local Oracle Database instance into a corresponding number of remote queries, which are sent to the remote nodes for execution. The remote nodes run the queries and send the results back to the local node. The local node then performs any necessary post-processing and returns the results to the user or application. If a portion of a distributed statement fails, possibly from a constraint violation, then Oracle Database returns ORA-02055. Subsequent statements, or subprogram invocations, return ORA-02067 until a rollback or a rollback to savepoint is entered. Design your application to check for any returned error messages that indicates that a portion of the distributed update has failed. If you detect a failure, rollback the entire transaction (or rollback to a savepoint) before allowing the application to proceed. Handling Errors in Distributed Queries 11-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 469. 12 PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning This chapter explains how the PL/SQL compiler optimizes your code and how to write efficient PL/SQL code and improve existing PL/SQL code. Topics • PL/SQL Optimizer • Candidates for Tuning • Minimizing CPU Overhead • Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding • Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations • Updating Large Tables in Parallel • Collecting Data About User-Defined Identifiers • Profiling and Tracing PL/SQL Programs • Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution See Also: Oracle Database Development Guide for disadvantages of cursor variables PL/SQL Optimizer Prior to Oracle Database 10g Release 1, the PL/SQL compiler translated your source text to system code without applying many changes to improve performance. Now, PL/SQL uses an optimizer that can rearrange code for better performance. The optimizer is enabled by default. In rare cases, if the overhead of the optimizer makes compilation of very large applications too slow, you can lower the optimization by setting the compilation parameter PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=1 instead of its default value 2. In even rarer cases, PL/SQL might raise an exception earlier than expected or not at all. Setting PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=1 prevents the code from being rearranged. PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-1
- 470. See Also: • Oracle Database Reference for information about the PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL compilation parameter • Oracle Database Development Guide for examples of changing the PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL compilation parameter • Oracle Database Reference for information about the static dictionary view ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS Subprogram Inlining One optimization that the compiler can perform is subprogram inlining. Subprogram inlining replaces a subprogram invocation with a copy of the invoked subprogram (if the invoked and invoking subprograms are in the same program unit). To allow subprogram inlining, either accept the default value of the PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL compilation parameter (which is 2) or set it to 3. With PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=2, you must specify each subprogram to be inlined with the INLINE pragma: PRAGMA INLINE (subprogram, 'YES') If subprogram is overloaded, then the preceding pragma applies to every subprogram with that name. With PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=3, the PL/SQL compiler seeks opportunities to inline subprograms. You need not specify subprograms to be inlined. However, you can use the INLINE pragma (with the preceding syntax) to give a subprogram a high priority for inlining, and then the compiler inlines it unless other considerations or limits make the inlining undesirable. If a particular subprogram is inlined, performance almost always improves. However, because the compiler inlines subprograms early in the optimization process, it is possible for subprogram inlining to preclude later, more powerful optimizations. If subprogram inlining slows the performance of a particular PL/SQL program, then use the PL/SQL hierarchical profiler to identify subprograms for which you want to turn off inlining. To turn off inlining for a subprogram, use the INLINE pragma: PRAGMA INLINE (subprogram, 'NO') The INLINE pragma affects only the immediately following declaration or statement, and only some kinds of statements. When the INLINE pragma immediately precedes a declaration, it affects: • Every invocation of the specified subprogram in that declaration • Every initialization value in that declaration except the default initialization values of records When the INLINE pragma immediately precedes one of these statements, the pragma affects every invocation of the specified subprogram in that statement: • Assignment • CALL PL/SQL Optimizer 12-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 471. • Conditional • CASE • CONTINUE WHEN • EXECUTE IMMEDIATE • EXIT WHEN • LOOP • RETURN The INLINE pragma does not affect statements that are not in the preceding list. Multiple pragmas can affect the same declaration or statement. Each pragma applies its own effect to the statement. If PRAGMA INLINE(subprogram,'YES') and PRAGMA INLINE(identifier,'NO') have the same subprogram, then 'NO' overrides 'YES'. One PRAGMA INLINE(subprogram,'NO') overrides any number of occurrences of PRAGMA INLINE(subprogram,'YES'), and the order of these pragmas is not important. See Also: • Oracle Database Development Guide for more information about PL/SQL hierarchical profiler • Oracle Database Reference for information about the PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL compilation parameter • Oracle Database Reference for information about the static dictionary view ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS Example 12-1 Specifying that Subprogram Is To Be Inlined In this example, if PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=2, the INLINE pragma affects the procedure invocations p1(1) and p1(2), but not the procedure invocations p1(3) and p1(4). PROCEDURE p1 (x PLS_INTEGER) IS ... ... PRAGMA INLINE (p1, 'YES'); x:= p1(1) + p1(2) + 17; -- These 2 invocations to p1 are inlined ... x:= p1(3) + p1(4) + 17; -- These 2 invocations to p1 are not inlined ... Example 12-2 Specifying that Overloaded Subprogram Is To Be Inlined In this example, if PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL=2, the INLINE pragma affects both functions named p2. FUNCTION p2 (p boolean) return PLS_INTEGER IS ... FUNCTION p2 (x PLS_INTEGER) return PLS_INTEGER IS ... ... PRAGMA INLINE(p2, 'YES'); x := p2(true) + p2(3); ... PL/SQL Optimizer PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-3
- 472. Example 12-3 Specifying that Subprogram Is Not To Be Inlined In this example, the INLINE pragma affects the procedure invocations p1(1) and p1(2), but not the procedure invocations p1(3) and p1(4). PROCEDURE p1 (x PLS_INTEGER) IS ... ... PRAGMA INLINE (p1, 'NO'); x:= p1(1) + p1(2) + 17; -- These 2 invocations to p1 are not inlined ... x:= p1(3) + p1(4) + 17; -- These 2 invocations to p1 might be inlined ... Example 12-4 PRAGMA INLINE ... 'NO' Overrides PRAGMA INLINE ... 'YES' In this example, the second INLINE pragma overrides both the first and third INLINE pragmas. PROCEDURE p1 (x PLS_INTEGER) IS ... ... PRAGMA INLINE (p1, 'YES'); PRAGMA INLINE (p1, 'NO'); PRAGMA INLINE (p1, 'YES'); x:= p1(1) + p1(2) + 17; -- These 2 invocations to p1 are not inlined ... Candidates for Tuning The following kinds of PL/SQL code are very likely to benefit from tuning: • Older code that does not take advantage of new PL/SQL language features. Tip: Before tuning older code, benchmark the current system and profile the older subprograms that your program invokes (see "Profiling and Tracing PL/SQL Programs"). With the many automatic optimizations of the PL/SQL optimizer (described in "PL/SQL Optimizer"), you might see performance improvements before doing any tuning. • Older dynamic SQL statements written with the DBMS_SQL package. If you know at compile time the number and data types of the input and output variables of a dynamic SQL statement, then you can rewrite the statement in native dynamic SQL, which runs noticeably faster than equivalent code that uses the DBMS_SQL package (especially when it can be optimized by the compiler). For more information, see PL/SQL Dynamic SQL. • Code that spends much time processing SQL statements. See "Tune SQL Statements". • Functions invoked in queries, which might run millions of times. See "Tune Function Invocations in Queries". • Code that spends much time looping through query results. See "Tune Loops". • Code that does many numeric computations. See "Tune Computation-Intensive PL/SQL Code". Candidates for Tuning 12-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 473. • Code that spends much time processing PL/SQL statements (as opposed to issuing database definition language (DDL) statements that PL/SQL passes directly to SQL). See "Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution". Minimizing CPU Overhead Topics • Tune SQL Statements • Tune Function Invocations in Queries • Tune Subprogram Invocations • Tune Loops • Tune Computation-Intensive PL/SQL Code • Use SQL Character Functions • Put Least Expensive Conditional Tests First Tune SQL Statements The most common cause of slowness in PL/SQL programs is slow SQL statements. To make SQL statements in a PL/SQL program as efficient as possible: • Use appropriate indexes. For details, see Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. • Use query hints to avoid unnecessary full-table scans. For details, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. • Collect current statistics on all tables, using the subprograms in the DBMS_STATS package. For details, see Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. • Analyze the execution plans and performance of the SQL statements, using: – EXPLAIN PLAN statement For details, see Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. – SQL Trace facility with TKPROF utility For details, see Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide. • Use bulk SQL, a set of PL/SQL features that minimizes the performance overhead of the communication between PL/SQL and SQL. For details, see "Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding". Tune Function Invocations in Queries Functions invoked in queries might run millions of times. Do not invoke a function in a query unnecessarily, and make the invocation as efficient as possible. Minimizing CPU Overhead PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-5
- 474. Create a function-based index on the table in the query. The CREATE INDEX statement might take a while, but the query can run much faster because the function value for each row is cached. If the query passes a column to a function, then the query cannot use user-created indexes on that column, so the query might invoke the function for every row of the table (which might be very large). To minimize the number of function invocations, use a nested query. Have the inner query filter the result set to a small number of rows, and have the outer query invoke the function for only those rows. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for more information about CREATE INDEX statement syntax • "PL/SQL Function Result Cache" for information about caching the results of PL/SQL functions Example 12-5 Nested Query Improves Performance In this example, the two queries produce the same result set, but the second query is more efficient than the first. (In the example, the times and time difference are very small, because the EMPLOYEES table is very small. For a very large table, they would be significant.) DECLARE starting_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE; ending_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE; BEGIN -- Invokes SQRT for every row of employees table: SELECT SYSTIMESTAMP INTO starting_time FROM DUAL; FOR item IN ( SELECT DISTINCT(SQRT(department_id)) col_alias FROM employees ORDER BY col_alias ) LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Square root of dept. ID = ' || item.col_alias); END LOOP; SELECT SYSTIMESTAMP INTO ending_time FROM DUAL; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Time = ' || TO_CHAR(ending_time - starting_time)); -- Invokes SQRT for every distinct department_id of employees table: SELECT SYSTIMESTAMP INTO starting_time FROM DUAL; FOR item IN ( SELECT SQRT(department_id) col_alias FROM (SELECT DISTINCT department_id FROM employees) ORDER BY col_alias ) LOOP IF item.col_alias IS NOT NULL THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Square root of dept. ID = ' || item.col_alias); Minimizing CPU Overhead 12-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 475. END IF; END LOOP; SELECT SYSTIMESTAMP INTO ending_time FROM DUAL; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Time = ' || TO_CHAR(ending_time - starting_time)); END; / Result is similar to: Square root of dept. ID = 3.16227766016837933199889354443271853372 Square root of dept. ID = 4.47213595499957939281834733746255247088 Square root of dept. ID = 5.47722557505166113456969782800802133953 Square root of dept. ID = 6.32455532033675866399778708886543706744 Square root of dept. ID = 7.07106781186547524400844362104849039285 Square root of dept. ID = 7.74596669241483377035853079956479922167 Square root of dept. ID = 8.36660026534075547978172025785187489393 Square root of dept. ID = 8.94427190999915878563669467492510494176 Square root of dept. ID = 9.48683298050513799599668063329815560116 Square root of dept. ID = 10 Square root of dept. ID = 10.48808848170151546991453513679937598475 Time = +000000000 00:00:00.046000000 Square root of dept. ID = 3.16227766016837933199889354443271853372 Square root of dept. ID = 4.47213595499957939281834733746255247088 Square root of dept. ID = 5.47722557505166113456969782800802133953 Square root of dept. ID = 6.32455532033675866399778708886543706744 Square root of dept. ID = 7.07106781186547524400844362104849039285 Square root of dept. ID = 7.74596669241483377035853079956479922167 Square root of dept. ID = 8.36660026534075547978172025785187489393 Square root of dept. ID = 8.94427190999915878563669467492510494176 Square root of dept. ID = 9.48683298050513799599668063329815560116 Square root of dept. ID = 10 Square root of dept. ID = 10.48808848170151546991453513679937598475 Time = +000000000 00:00:00.000000000 Tune Subprogram Invocations If a subprogram has OUT or IN OUT parameters, you can sometimes decrease its invocation overhead by declaring those parameters with the NOCOPY hint. When OUT or IN OUT parameters represent large data structures such as collections, records, and instances of ADTs, copying them slows execution and increases memory use—especially for an instance of an ADT. For each invocation of an ADT method, PL/SQL copies every attribute of the ADT. If the method is exited normally, then PL/SQL applies any changes that the method made to the attributes. If the method is exited with an unhandled exception, then PL/SQL does not change the attributes. If your program does not require that an OUT or IN OUT parameter retain its pre- invocation value if the subprogram ends with an unhandled exception, then include the NOCOPY hint in the parameter declaration. The NOCOPY hint requests (but does not ensure) that the compiler pass the corresponding actual parameter by reference instead of value. Minimizing CPU Overhead PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-7
- 476. Caution: Do not rely on NOCOPY (which the compiler might or might not obey for a particular invocation) to ensure that an actual parameter or ADT attribute retains its pre-invocation value if the subprogram is exited with an unhandled exception. Instead, ensure that the subprogram handle all exceptions. See Also: • "NOCOPY" for more information about NOCOPY hint • Oracle Database Object-Relational Developer's Guide for information about using NOCOPY with member methods of ADTs Example 12-6 NOCOPY Subprogram Parameters In this example, if the compiler obeys the NOCOPY hint for the invocation of do_nothing2, then the invocation of do_nothing2 is faster than the invocation of do_nothing1. DECLARE TYPE EmpTabTyp IS TABLE OF employees%ROWTYPE; emp_tab EmpTabTyp := EmpTabTyp(NULL); -- initialize t1 NUMBER; t2 NUMBER; t3 NUMBER; PROCEDURE get_time (t OUT NUMBER) IS BEGIN t := DBMS_UTILITY.get_time; END; PROCEDURE do_nothing1 (tab IN OUT EmpTabTyp) IS BEGIN NULL; END; PROCEDURE do_nothing2 (tab IN OUT NOCOPY EmpTabTyp) IS BEGIN NULL; END; BEGIN SELECT * INTO emp_tab(1) FROM employees WHERE employee_id = 100; emp_tab.EXTEND(49999, 1); -- Copy element 1 into 2..50000 get_time(t1); do_nothing1(emp_tab); -- Pass IN OUT parameter get_time(t2); do_nothing2(emp_tab); -- Pass IN OUT NOCOPY parameter get_time(t3); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Call Duration (secs)'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('--------------------'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Just IN OUT: ' || TO_CHAR((t2 - t1)/100.0)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('With NOCOPY: ' || TO_CHAR((t3 - t2))/100.0); Minimizing CPU Overhead 12-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 477. END; / Tune Loops Because PL/SQL applications are often built around loops, it is important to optimize both the loops themselves and the code inside them. If you must loop through a result set more than once, or issue other queries as you loop through a result set, you might be able to change the original query to give you exactly the results you want. Explore the SQL set operators that let you combine multiple queries, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. You can also use subqueries to do the filtering and sorting in multiple stages—see "Processing Query Result Sets with Subqueries". See Also: "Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding" Tune Computation-Intensive PL/SQL Code These recommendations apply especially (but not only) to computation-intensive PL/SQL code. Topics • Use Data Types that Use Hardware Arithmetic • Avoid Constrained Subtypes in Performance-Critical Code • Minimize Implicit Data Type Conversion Use Data Types that Use Hardware Arithmetic Avoid using data types in the NUMBER data type family (described in "NUMBER Data Type Family"). These data types are represented internally in a format designed for portability and arbitrary scale and precision, not for performance. Operations on data of these types use library arithmetic, while operations on data of the types PLS_INTEGER, BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE use hardware arithmetic. For local integer variables, use PLS_INTEGER, described in "PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types". For variables used in performance-critical code, that can never have the value NULL, and do not need overflow checking, use SIMPLE_INTEGER, described in "SIMPLE_INTEGER Subtype of PLS_INTEGER". For floating-point variables, use BINARY_FLOAT or BINARY_DOUBLE, described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. For variables used in performance-critical code, that can never have the value NULL, and that do not need overflow checking, use SIMPLE_FLOAT or SIMPLE_DOUBLE, explained in "Additional PL/SQL Subtypes of BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE". Minimizing CPU Overhead PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-9
- 478. Note: BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE and their subtypes are less suitable for financial code where accuracy is critical, because they do not always represent fractional values precisely, and handle rounding differently than the NUMBER types. Many SQL numeric functions (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) are overloaded with versions that accept BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE parameters. You can speed up computation-intensive code by passing variables of these data types to such functions, and by invoking the conversion functions TO_BINARY_FLOAT (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) and TO_BINARY_DOUBLE (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) when passing expressions to such functions. Avoid Constrained Subtypes in Performance-Critical Code In performance-critical code, avoid constrained subtypes (described in "Constrained Subtypes"). Each assignment to a variable or parameter of a constrained subtype requires extra checking at run time to ensure that the value to be assigned does not violate the constraint. See Also: PL/SQL Predefined Data Types includes predefined constrained subtypes Minimize Implicit Data Type Conversion At run time, PL/SQL converts between different data types implicitly (automatically) if necessary. For example, if you assign a PLS_INTEGER variable to a NUMBER variable, then PL/SQL converts the PLS_INTEGER value to a NUMBER value (because the internal representations of the values differ). Whenever possible, minimize implicit conversions. For example: • If a variable is to be either inserted into a table column or assigned a value from a table column, then give the variable the same data type as the table column. Tip: Declare the variable with the %TYPE attribute, described in "%TYPE Attribute". • Make each literal the same data type as the variable to which it is assigned or the expression in which it appears. • Convert values from SQL data types to PL/SQL data types and then use the converted values in expressions. For example, convert NUMBER values to PLS_INTEGER values and then use the PLS_INTEGER values in expressions. PLS_INTEGER operations use hardware arithmetic, so they are faster than NUMBER operations, which use library arithmetic. For more information about the PLS_INTEGER data type, see "PLS_INTEGER and BINARY_INTEGER Data Types". Minimizing CPU Overhead 12-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 479. • Before assigning a value of one SQL data type to a variable of another SQL data type, explicitly convert the source value to the target data type, using a SQL conversion function (for information about SQL conversion functions, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference). • Overload your subprograms with versions that accept parameters of different data types and optimize each version for its parameter types. For information about overloaded subprograms, see "Overloaded Subprograms". See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about implicit conversion of SQL data types (which are also PL/SQL data types) • "Subtypes with Base Types in Same Data Type Family" Use SQL Character Functions SQL has many highly optimized character functions, which use low-level code that is more efficient than PL/SQL code. Use these functions instead of writing PL/SQL code to do the same things. See: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about SQL character functions that return character values • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about SQL character functions that return NLS character values • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about SQL character functions that return number values • Example 6-6 for an example of PL/SQL code that uses SQL character function REGEXP_LIKE Put Least Expensive Conditional Tests First PL/SQL stops evaluating a logical expression as soon as it can determine the result. Take advantage of this short-circuit evaluation by putting the conditions that are least expensive to evaluate first in logical expressions whenever possible. For example, test the values of PL/SQL variables before testing function return values, so that if the variable tests fail, PL/SQL need not invoke the functions: IF boolean_variable OR (number > 10) OR boolean_function(parameter) THEN ... See Also: "Short-Circuit Evaluation" Minimizing CPU Overhead PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-11
- 480. Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding Bulk SQL minimizes the performance overhead of the communication between PL/SQL and SQL. The PL/SQL features that comprise bulk SQL are the FORALL statement and the BULK COLLECT clause. Assigning values to PL/SQL variables that appear in SQL statements is called binding. PL/SQL and SQL communicate as follows: To run a SELECT INTO or DML statement, the PL/SQL engine sends the query or DML statement to the SQL engine. The SQL engine runs the query or DML statement and returns the result to the PL/SQL engine. The FORALL statement sends DML statements from PL/SQL to SQL in batches rather than one at a time. The BULK COLLECT clause returns results from SQL to PL/SQL in batches rather than one at a time. If a query or DML statement affects four or more database rows, then bulk SQL can significantly improve performance. Note: You cannot perform bulk SQL on remote tables. PL/SQL binding operations fall into these categories: Binding Category When This Binding Occurs In-bind When an INSERT, UPDATE, or MERGE statement stores a PL/SQL or host variable in the database Out-bind When the RETURNING INTO clause of an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement assigns a database value to a PL/SQL or host variable DEFINE When a SELECT or FETCH statement assigns a database value to a PL/SQL or host variable For in-binds and out-binds, bulk SQL uses bulk binding; that is, it binds an entire collection of values at once. For a collection of n elements, bulk SQL uses a single operation to perform the equivalent of n SELECT INTO or DML statements. A query that uses bulk SQL can return any number of rows, without using a FETCH statement for each one. Note: Parallel DML is disabled with bulk SQL. Topics • FORALL Statement • BULK COLLECT Clause • Using FORALL Statement and BULK COLLECT Clause Together • Client Bulk-Binding of Host Arrays Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 481. FORALL Statement The FORALL statement, a feature of bulk SQL, sends DML statements from PL/SQL to SQL in batches rather than one at a time. To understand the FORALL statement, first consider the FOR LOOP statement in Example 12-7. It sends these DML statements from PL/SQL to SQL one at a time: DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(10); DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(30); DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(70); Now consider the FORALL statement in Example 12-8. It sends the same three DML statements from PL/SQL to SQL as a batch. A FORALL statement is usually much faster than an equivalent FOR LOOP statement. However, a FOR LOOP statement can contain multiple DML statements, while a FORALL statement can contain only one. The batch of DML statements that a FORALL statement sends to SQL differ only in their VALUES and WHERE clauses. The values in those clauses must come from existing, populated collections. Note: The DML statement in a FORALL statement can reference multiple collections, but performance benefits apply only to collection references that use the FORALL index variable as an index. Example 12-9 inserts the same collection elements into two database tables, using a FOR LOOP statement for the first table and a FORALL statement for the second table and showing how long each statement takes. (Times vary from run to run.) In Example 12-10, the FORALL statement applies to a subset of a collection. Topics • Using FORALL Statements for Sparse Collections • Unhandled Exceptions in FORALL Statements • Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately • Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes • Getting Number of Rows Affected by FORALL Statement See Also: • "FORALL Statement" for its complete syntax and semantics, including restrictions • "Implicit Cursors" for information about implicit cursor attributes in general and other implicit cursor attributes that you can use with the FORALL statement Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-13
- 482. Example 12-7 DELETE Statement in FOR LOOP Statement DROP TABLE employees_temp; CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT * FROM employees; DECLARE TYPE NumList IS VARRAY(20) OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(10, 30, 70); -- department numbers BEGIN FOR i IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST LOOP DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(i); END LOOP; END; / Example 12-8 DELETE Statement in FORALL Statement DROP TABLE employees_temp; CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT * FROM employees; DECLARE TYPE NumList IS VARRAY(20) OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(10, 30, 70); -- department numbers BEGIN FORALL i IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(i); END; / Example 12-9 Time Difference for INSERT Statement in FOR LOOP and FORALL Statements DROP TABLE parts1; CREATE TABLE parts1 ( pnum INTEGER, pname VARCHAR2(15) ); DROP TABLE parts2; CREATE TABLE parts2 ( pnum INTEGER, pname VARCHAR2(15) ); DECLARE TYPE NumTab IS TABLE OF parts1.pnum%TYPE INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; TYPE NameTab IS TABLE OF parts1.pname%TYPE INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; pnums NumTab; pnames NameTab; iterations CONSTANT PLS_INTEGER := 50000; t1 INTEGER; t2 INTEGER; t3 INTEGER; BEGIN FOR j IN 1..iterations LOOP -- populate collections pnums(j) := j; pnames(j) := 'Part No. ' || TO_CHAR(j); END LOOP; t1 := DBMS_UTILITY.get_time; Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 483. FOR i IN 1..iterations LOOP INSERT INTO parts1 (pnum, pname) VALUES (pnums(i), pnames(i)); END LOOP; t2 := DBMS_UTILITY.get_time; FORALL i IN 1..iterations INSERT INTO parts2 (pnum, pname) VALUES (pnums(i), pnames(i)); t3 := DBMS_UTILITY.get_time; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Execution Time (secs)'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('---------------------'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('FOR LOOP: ' || TO_CHAR((t2 - t1)/100)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('FORALL: ' || TO_CHAR((t3 - t2)/100)); COMMIT; END; / Result is similar to: Execution Time (secs) --------------------- FOR LOOP: 5.97 FORALL: .07 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Example 12-10 FORALL Statement for Subset of Collection DROP TABLE employees_temp; CREATE TABLE employees_temp AS SELECT * FROM employees; DECLARE TYPE NumList IS VARRAY(10) OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(5,10,20,30,50,55,57,60,70,75); BEGIN FORALL j IN 4..7 DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(j); END; / Using FORALL Statements for Sparse Collections If the FORALL statement bounds clause references a sparse collection, then specify only existing index values, using either the INDICES OF or VALUES OF clause. You can use INDICES OF for any collection except an associative array indexed by string. You can use VALUES OF only for a collection of PLS_INTEGER elements indexed by PLS_INTEGER. A collection of PLS_INTEGER elements indexed by PLS_INTEGER can be an index collection; that is, a collection of pointers to elements of another collection (the indexed collection). Index collections are useful for processing different subsets of the same collection with different FORALL statements. Instead of copying elements of the original collection into new collections that represent the subsets (which can use significant time and Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-15
- 484. memory), represent each subset with an index collection and then use each index collection in the VALUES OF clause of a different FORALL statement. See Also: "Sparse Collections and SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS" Example 12-11 FORALL Statements for Sparse Collection and Its Subsets This example uses a FORALL statement with the INDICES OF clause to populate a table with the elements of a sparse collection. Then it uses two FORALL statements with VALUES OF clauses to populate two tables with subsets of a collection. DROP TABLE valid_orders; CREATE TABLE valid_orders ( cust_name VARCHAR2(32), amount NUMBER(10,2) ); DROP TABLE big_orders; CREATE TABLE big_orders AS SELECT * FROM valid_orders WHERE 1 = 0; DROP TABLE rejected_orders; CREATE TABLE rejected_orders AS SELECT * FROM valid_orders WHERE 1 = 0; DECLARE SUBTYPE cust_name IS valid_orders.cust_name%TYPE; TYPE cust_typ IS TABLE OF cust_name; cust_tab cust_typ; -- Collection of customer names SUBTYPE order_amount IS valid_orders.amount%TYPE; TYPE amount_typ IS TABLE OF NUMBER; amount_tab amount_typ; -- Collection of order amounts TYPE index_pointer_t IS TABLE OF PLS_INTEGER; /* Collections for pointers to elements of cust_tab collection (to represent two subsets of cust_tab): */ big_order_tab index_pointer_t := index_pointer_t(); rejected_order_tab index_pointer_t := index_pointer_t(); PROCEDURE populate_data_collections IS BEGIN cust_tab := cust_typ( 'Company1','Company2','Company3','Company4','Company5' ); amount_tab := amount_typ(5000.01, 0, 150.25, 4000.00, NULL); END; BEGIN populate_data_collections; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('--- Original order data ---'); Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 485. FOR i IN 1..cust_tab.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Customer #' || i || ', ' || cust_tab(i) || ': $' || amount_tab(i) ); END LOOP; -- Delete invalid orders: FOR i IN 1..cust_tab.LAST LOOP IF amount_tab(i) IS NULL OR amount_tab(i) = 0 THEN cust_tab.delete(i); amount_tab.delete(i); END IF; END LOOP; -- cust_tab is now a sparse collection. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('--- Order data with invalid orders deleted ---'); FOR i IN 1..cust_tab.LAST LOOP IF cust_tab.EXISTS(i) THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Customer #' || i || ', ' || cust_tab(i) || ': $' || amount_tab(i) ); END IF; END LOOP; -- Using sparse collection, populate valid_orders table: FORALL i IN INDICES OF cust_tab INSERT INTO valid_orders (cust_name, amount) VALUES (cust_tab(i), amount_tab(i)); populate_data_collections; -- Restore original order data -- cust_tab is a dense collection again. /* Populate collections of pointers to elements of cust_tab collection (which represent two subsets of cust_tab): */ FOR i IN cust_tab.FIRST .. cust_tab.LAST LOOP IF amount_tab(i) IS NULL OR amount_tab(i) = 0 THEN rejected_order_tab.EXTEND; rejected_order_tab(rejected_order_tab.LAST) := i; END IF; IF amount_tab(i) > 2000 THEN big_order_tab.EXTEND; big_order_tab(big_order_tab.LAST) := i; END IF; END LOOP; /* Using each subset in a different FORALL statement, populate rejected_orders and big_orders tables: */ FORALL i IN VALUES OF rejected_order_tab INSERT INTO rejected_orders (cust_name, amount) VALUES (cust_tab(i), amount_tab(i)); FORALL i IN VALUES OF big_order_tab Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-17
- 486. INSERT INTO big_orders (cust_name, amount) VALUES (cust_tab(i), amount_tab(i)); END; / Result: --- Original order data --- Customer #1, Company1: $5000.01 Customer #2, Company2: $0 Customer #3, Company3: $150.25 Customer #4, Company4: $4000 Customer #5, Company5: $ --- Data with invalid orders deleted --- Customer #1, Company1: $5000.01 Customer #3, Company3: $150.25 Customer #4, Company4: $4000 Verify that correct order details were stored: SELECT cust_name "Customer", amount "Valid order amount" FROM valid_orders ORDER BY cust_name; Result: Customer Valid order amount -------------------------------- ------------------ Company1 5000.01 Company3 150.25 Company4 4000 3 rows selected. Query: SELECT cust_name "Customer", amount "Big order amount" FROM big_orders ORDER BY cust_name; Result: Customer Big order amount -------------------------------- ---------------- Company1 5000.01 Company4 4000 2 rows selected. Query: SELECT cust_name "Customer", amount "Rejected order amount" FROM rejected_orders ORDER BY cust_name; Result: Customer Rejected order amount -------------------------------- --------------------- Company2 0 Company5 Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 487. 2 rows selected. Unhandled Exceptions in FORALL Statements In a FORALL statement without the SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause, if one DML statement raises an unhandled exception, then PL/SQL stops the FORALL statement and rolls back all changes made by previous DML statements. For example, the FORALL statement in Example 12-8 executes these DML statements in this order, unless one of them raises an unhandled exception: DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(10); DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(30); DELETE FROM employees_temp WHERE department_id = depts(70); If the third statement raises an unhandled exception, then PL/SQL rolls back the changes that the first and second statements made. If the second statement raises an unhandled exception, then PL/SQL rolls back the changes that the first statement made and never runs the third statement. You can handle exceptions raised in a FORALL statement in either of these ways: • As each exception is raised (see "Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately") • After the FORALL statement completes execution, by including the SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause (see "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes") Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately To handle exceptions raised in a FORALL statement immediately, omit the SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause and write the appropriate exception handlers. If one DML statement raises a handled exception, then PL/SQL rolls back the changes made by that statement, but does not roll back changes made by previous DML statements. In Example 12-12, the FORALL statement is designed to run three UPDATE statements. However, the second one raises an exception. An exception handler handles the exception, displaying the error message and committing the change made by the first UPDATE statement. The third UPDATE statement never runs. For information about exception handlers, see PL/SQL Error Handling. Example 12-12 Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately DROP TABLE emp_temp; CREATE TABLE emp_temp ( deptno NUMBER(2), job VARCHAR2(18) ); CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(10, 20, 30); error_message VARCHAR2(100); BEGIN -- Populate table: INSERT INTO emp_temp (deptno, job) VALUES (10, 'Clerk'); Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-19
- 488. INSERT INTO emp_temp (deptno, job) VALUES (20, 'Bookkeeper'); INSERT INTO emp_temp (deptno, job) VALUES (30, 'Analyst'); COMMIT; -- Append 9-character string to each job: FORALL j IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST UPDATE emp_temp SET job = job || ' (Senior)' WHERE deptno = depts(j); EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN error_message := SQLERRM; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (error_message); COMMIT; -- Commit results of successful updates RAISE; END; / Result: Procedure created. Invoke procedure: BEGIN p; END; / Result: ORA-12899: value too large for column "HR"."EMP_TEMP"."JOB" (actual: 19, maximum: 18) BEGIN * ERROR at line 1: ORA-12899: value too large for column "HR"."EMP_TEMP"."JOB" (actual: 19, maximum: 18) ORA-06512: at "HR.P", line 27 ORA-06512: at line 2 Query: SELECT * FROM emp_temp; Result: DEPTNO JOB ---------- ------------------ 10 Clerk (Senior) 20 Bookkeeper 30 Analyst 3 rows selected. Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes To allow a FORALL statement to continue even if some of its DML statements fail, include the SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause. When a DML statement fails, PL/SQL does not raise an exception; instead, it saves information about the failure. After the FORALL Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 489. statement completes, PL/SQL raises a single exception for the FORALL statement (ORA-24381). In the exception handler for ORA-24381, you can get information about each individual DML statement failure from the implicit cursor attribute SQL %BULK_EXCEPTIONS. SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS is like an associative array of information about the DML statements that failed during the most recently run FORALL statement. SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS.COUNT is the number of DML statements that failed. If SQL %BULK_EXCEPTIONS.COUNT is not zero, then for each index value i from 1 through SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS.COUNT: • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(i).ERROR_INDEX is the number of the DML statement that failed. • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(i).ERROR_CODE is the Oracle Database error code for the failure. For example, if a FORALL SAVE EXCEPTIONS statement runs 100 DML statements, and the tenth and sixty-fourth ones fail with error codes ORA-12899 and ORA-19278, respectively, then: • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS.COUNT = 2 • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(1).ERROR_INDEX = 10 • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(1).ERROR_CODE = 12899 • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(2).ERROR_INDEX = 64 • SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(2).ERROR_CODE = 19278 Note: After a FORALL statement without the SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause raises an exception, SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS.COUNT = 1. With the error code, you can get the associated error message with the SQLERRM function (described in "SQLERRM Function"): SQLERRM(-(SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(i).ERROR_CODE)) However, the error message that SQLERRM returns excludes any substitution arguments (compare the error messages in Example 12-12 and Example 12-13). Example 12-13 is like Example 12-12 except: • The FORALL statement includes the SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause. • The exception-handling part has an exception handler for ORA-24381, the internally defined exception that PL/SQL raises implicitly when a bulk operation raises and saves exceptions. The example gives ORA-24381 the user-defined name dml_errors. • The exception handler for dml_errors uses SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS and SQLERRM (and some local variables) to show the error message and which statement, collection item, and string caused the error. Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-21
- 490. Example 12-13 Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(10, 20, 30); error_message VARCHAR2(100); bad_stmt_no PLS_INTEGER; bad_deptno emp_temp.deptno%TYPE; bad_job emp_temp.job%TYPE; dml_errors EXCEPTION; PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT(dml_errors, -24381); BEGIN -- Populate table: INSERT INTO emp_temp (deptno, job) VALUES (10, 'Clerk'); INSERT INTO emp_temp (deptno, job) VALUES (20, 'Bookkeeper'); INSERT INTO emp_temp (deptno, job) VALUES (30, 'Analyst'); COMMIT; -- Append 9-character string to each job: FORALL j IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST SAVE EXCEPTIONS UPDATE emp_temp SET job = job || ' (Senior)' WHERE deptno = depts(j); EXCEPTION WHEN dml_errors THEN FOR i IN 1..SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS.COUNT LOOP error_message := SQLERRM(-(SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(i).ERROR_CODE)); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (error_message); bad_stmt_no := SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS(i).ERROR_INDEX; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Bad statement #: ' || bad_stmt_no); bad_deptno := depts(bad_stmt_no); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Bad department #: ' || bad_deptno); SELECT job INTO bad_job FROM emp_temp WHERE deptno = bad_deptno; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Bad job: ' || bad_job); END LOOP; COMMIT; -- Commit results of successful updates WHEN OTHERS THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Unrecognized error.'); RAISE; END; / Result: Procedure created. Invoke procedure: BEGIN p; Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 491. END; / Result: ORA-12899: value too large for column (actual: , maximum: ) Bad statement #: 2 Bad department #: 20 Bad job: Bookkeeper PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Query: SELECT * FROM emp_temp; Result: DEPTNO JOB ---------- ------------------ 10 Clerk (Senior) 20 Bookkeeper 30 Analyst (Senior) 3 rows selected. Sparse Collections and SQL%BULK_EXCEPTIONS If the FORALL statement bounds clause references a sparse collection, then to find the collection element that caused a DML statement to fail, you must step through the elements one by one until you find the element whose index is SQL %BULK_EXCEPTIONS(i).ERROR_INDEX. Then, if the FORALL statement uses the VALUES OF clause to reference a collection of pointers into another collection, you must find the element of the other collection whose index is SQL %BULK_EXCEPTIONS(i).ERROR_INDEX. Getting Number of Rows Affected by FORALL Statement After a FORALL statement completes, you can get the number of rows that each DML statement affected from the implicit cursor attribute SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT. To get the total number of rows affected by the FORALL statement, use the implicit cursor attribute SQL%ROWCOUNT, described in "SQL%ROWCOUNT Attribute: How Many Rows Were Affected?". SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT is like an associative array whose ith element is the number of rows affected by the ith DML statement in the most recently completed FORALL statement. The data type of the element is INTEGER. Note: If a server is Oracle Database 12c or later and its client is Oracle Database 11g2 or earlier (or the reverse), then the maximum number that SQL %BULK_ROWCOUNT returns is 4,294,967,295. Example 12-14 uses SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT to show how many rows each DELETE statement in the FORALL statement deleted and SQL%ROWCOUNT to show the total number of rows deleted. Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-23
- 492. Example 12-15 uses SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT to show how many rows each INSERT SELECT construct in the FORALL statement inserted and SQL%ROWCOUNT to show the total number of rows inserted. Example 12-14 Showing Number of Rows Affected by Each DELETE in FORALL DROP TABLE emp_temp; CREATE TABLE emp_temp AS SELECT * FROM employees; DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(30, 50, 60); BEGIN FORALL j IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST DELETE FROM emp_temp WHERE department_id = depts(j); FOR i IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Statement #' || i || ' deleted ' || SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT(i) || ' rows.' ); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Total rows deleted: ' || SQL%ROWCOUNT); END; / Result: Statement #1 deleted 6 rows. Statement #2 deleted 45 rows. Statement #3 deleted 5 rows. Total rows deleted: 56 Example 12-15 Showing Number of Rows Affected by Each INSERT SELECT in FORALL DROP TABLE emp_by_dept; CREATE TABLE emp_by_dept AS SELECT employee_id, department_id FROM employees WHERE 1 = 0; DECLARE TYPE dept_tab IS TABLE OF departments.department_id%TYPE; deptnums dept_tab; BEGIN SELECT department_id BULK COLLECT INTO deptnums FROM departments; FORALL i IN 1..deptnums.COUNT INSERT INTO emp_by_dept (employee_id, department_id) SELECT employee_id, department_id FROM employees WHERE department_id = deptnums(i) ORDER BY department_id, employee_id; FOR i IN 1..deptnums.COUNT LOOP -- Count how many rows were inserted for each department; that is, -- how many employees are in each department. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Dept '||deptnums(i)||': inserted '|| SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT(i)||' records' Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 493. ); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Total records inserted: ' || SQL%ROWCOUNT); END; / Result: Dept 10: inserted 1 records Dept 20: inserted 2 records Dept 30: inserted 6 records Dept 40: inserted 1 records Dept 50: inserted 45 records Dept 60: inserted 5 records Dept 70: inserted 1 records Dept 80: inserted 34 records Dept 90: inserted 3 records Dept 100: inserted 6 records Dept 110: inserted 2 records Dept 120: inserted 0 records Dept 130: inserted 0 records Dept 140: inserted 0 records Dept 150: inserted 0 records Dept 160: inserted 0 records Dept 170: inserted 0 records Dept 180: inserted 0 records Dept 190: inserted 0 records Dept 200: inserted 0 records Dept 210: inserted 0 records Dept 220: inserted 0 records Dept 230: inserted 0 records Dept 240: inserted 0 records Dept 250: inserted 0 records Dept 260: inserted 0 records Dept 270: inserted 0 records Dept 280: inserted 0 records Total records inserted: 106 BULK COLLECT Clause The BULK COLLECT clause, a feature of bulk SQL, returns results from SQL to PL/SQL in batches rather than one at a time. The BULK COLLECT clause can appear in: • SELECT INTO statement • FETCH statement • RETURNING INTO clause of: – DELETE statement – INSERT statement – UPDATE statement – EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement With the BULK COLLECT clause, each of the preceding statements retrieves an entire result set and stores it in one or more collection variables in a single operation (which is more efficient than using a loop statement to retrieve one result row at a time). Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-25
- 494. Note: PL/SQL processes the BULK COLLECT clause similar to the way it processes a FETCH statement inside a LOOP statement. PL/SQL does not raise an exception when a statement with a BULK COLLECT clause returns no rows. You must check the target collections for emptiness, as in Example 12-22. Topics • SELECT INTO Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause • FETCH Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause • RETURNING INTO Clause with BULK COLLECT Clause SELECT INTO Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause The SELECT INTO statement with the BULK COLLECT clause (also called the SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO statement) selects an entire result set into one or more collection variables. For more information, see "SELECT INTO Statement". Caution: The SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO statement is vulnerable to aliasing, which can cause unexpected results. For details, see "SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statements and Aliasing". Example 12-16 uses a SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO statement to select two database columns into two collections (nested tables). Example 12-17 uses a SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO statement to select a result set into a nested table of records. Topics • SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statements and Aliasing • Row Limits for SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statements • Guidelines for Looping Through Collections Example 12-16 Bulk-Selecting Two Database Columns into Two Nested Tables DECLARE TYPE NumTab IS TABLE OF employees.employee_id%TYPE; TYPE NameTab IS TABLE OF employees.last_name%TYPE; enums NumTab; names NameTab; PROCEDURE print_first_n (n POSITIVE) IS BEGIN IF enums.COUNT = 0 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Collections are empty.'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('First ' || n || ' employees:'); Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 495. FOR i IN 1 .. n LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( ' Employee #' || enums(i) || ': ' || names(i)); END LOOP; END IF; END; BEGIN SELECT employee_id, last_name BULK COLLECT INTO enums, names FROM employees ORDER BY employee_id; print_first_n(3); print_first_n(6); END; / Result: First 3 employees: Employee #100: King Employee #101: Kochhar Employee #102: De Haan First 6 employees: Employee #100: King Employee #101: Kochhar Employee #102: De Haan Employee #103: Hunold Employee #104: Ernst Employee #105: Austin Example 12-17 Bulk-Selecting into Nested Table of Records DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT first_name, last_name, hire_date FROM employees; TYPE NameSet IS TABLE OF c1%ROWTYPE; stock_managers NameSet; -- nested table of records BEGIN -- Assign values to nested table of records: SELECT first_name, last_name, hire_date BULK COLLECT INTO stock_managers FROM employees WHERE job_id = 'ST_MAN' ORDER BY hire_date; -- Print nested table of records: FOR i IN stock_managers.FIRST .. stock_managers.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( stock_managers(i).hire_date || ' ' || stock_managers(i).last_name || ', ' || stock_managers(i).first_name ); Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-27
- 496. END LOOP;END; / Result: 01-MAY-03 Kaufling, Payam 18-JUL-04 Weiss, Matthew 10-APR-05 Fripp, Adam 10-OCT-05 Vollman, Shanta 16-NOV-07 Mourgos, Kevin SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statements and Aliasing In a statement of the form SELECT column BULK COLLECT INTO collection FROM table ... column and collection are analogous to IN NOCOPY and OUT NOCOPY subprogram parameters, respectively, and PL/SQL passes them by reference. As with subprogram parameters that are passed by reference, aliasing can cause unexpected results. See Also: "Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Parameters Passed by Reference" In Example 12-18, the intention is to select specific values from a collection, numbers1, and then store them in the same collection. The unexpected result is that all elements of numbers1 are deleted. For workarounds, see Example 12-19 and Example 12-20. Example 12-19 uses a cursor to achieve the result intended by Example 12-18. Example 12-20 selects specific values from a collection, numbers1, and then stores them in a different collection, numbers2. Example 12-20 runs faster than Example 12-19. Example 12-18 SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statement with Unexpected Results CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE numbers_type IS TABLE OF INTEGER / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p (i IN INTEGER) AUTHID DEFINER IS numbers1 numbers_type := numbers_type(1,2,3,4,5); BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before SELECT statement'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1.COUNT() = ' || numbers1.COUNT()); FOR j IN 1..numbers1.COUNT() LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1(' || j || ') = ' || numbers1(j)); END LOOP; --Self-selecting BULK COLLECT INTO clause: SELECT a.COLUMN_VALUE BULK COLLECT INTO numbers1 FROM TABLE(numbers1) a WHERE a.COLUMN_VALUE > p.i ORDER BY a.COLUMN_VALUE; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After SELECT statement'); Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 497. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1.COUNT() = ' || numbers1.COUNT()); END p; / Invoke p: BEGIN p(2); END; / Result: Before SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 After SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 0 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Invoke p: BEGIN p(10); END; / Result: Before SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 After SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 0 Example 12-19 Cursor Workaround for Example 12-18 CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE numbers_type IS TABLE OF INTEGER / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p (i IN INTEGER) AUTHID DEFINER IS numbers1 numbers_type := numbers_type(1,2,3,4,5); CURSOR c IS SELECT a.COLUMN_VALUE FROM TABLE(numbers1) a WHERE a.COLUMN_VALUE > p.i ORDER BY a.COLUMN_VALUE; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before FETCH statement'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1.COUNT() = ' || numbers1.COUNT()); FOR j IN 1..numbers1.COUNT() LOOP Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-29
- 498. DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1(' || j || ') = ' || numbers1(j)); END LOOP; OPEN c; FETCH c BULK COLLECT INTO numbers1; CLOSE c; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After FETCH statement'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1.COUNT() = ' || numbers1.COUNT()); IF numbers1.COUNT() > 0 THEN FOR j IN 1..numbers1.COUNT() LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1(' || j || ') = ' || numbers1(j)); END LOOP; END IF; END p; / Invoke p: BEGIN p(2); END; / Result: Before FETCH statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 After FETCH statement numbers1.COUNT() = 3 numbers1(1) = 3 numbers1(2) = 4 numbers1(3) = 5 Invoke p: BEGIN p(10); END; / Result: Before FETCH statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 After FETCH statement numbers1.COUNT() = 0 Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 499. Example 12-20 Second Collection Workaround for Example 12-18 CREATE OR REPLACE TYPE numbers_type IS TABLE OF INTEGER / CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE p (i IN INTEGER) AUTHID DEFINER IS numbers1 numbers_type := numbers_type(1,2,3,4,5); numbers2 numbers_type := numbers_type(0,0,0,0,0); BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Before SELECT statement'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1.COUNT() = ' || numbers1.COUNT()); FOR j IN 1..numbers1.COUNT() LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1(' || j || ') = ' || numbers1(j)); END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers2.COUNT() = ' || numbers2.COUNT()); FOR j IN 1..numbers2.COUNT() LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers2(' || j || ') = ' || numbers2(j)); END LOOP; SELECT a.COLUMN_VALUE BULK COLLECT INTO numbers2 -- numbers2 appears here FROM TABLE(numbers1) a -- numbers1 appears here WHERE a.COLUMN_VALUE > p.i ORDER BY a.COLUMN_VALUE; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('After SELECT statement'); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1.COUNT() = ' || numbers1.COUNT()); IF numbers1.COUNT() > 0 THEN FOR j IN 1..numbers1.COUNT() LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers1(' || j || ') = ' || numbers1(j)); END LOOP; END IF; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers2.COUNT() = ' || numbers2.COUNT()); IF numbers2.COUNT() > 0 THEN FOR j IN 1..numbers2.COUNT() LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('numbers2(' || j || ') = ' || numbers2(j)); END LOOP; END IF; END p; / Invoke p: BEGIN p(2); END; / Result: Before SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-31
- 500. numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 numbers2.COUNT() = 5 numbers2(1) = 0 numbers2(2) = 0 numbers2(3) = 0 numbers2(4) = 0 numbers2(5) = 0 After SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 numbers2.COUNT() = 3 numbers2(1) = 3 numbers2(2) = 4 numbers2(3) = 5 PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Invoke p: BEGIN p(10); END; / Result: Before SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 numbers2.COUNT() = 5 numbers2(1) = 0 numbers2(2) = 0 numbers2(3) = 0 numbers2(4) = 0 numbers2(5) = 0 After SELECT statement numbers1.COUNT() = 5 numbers1(1) = 1 numbers1(2) = 2 numbers1(3) = 3 numbers1(4) = 4 numbers1(5) = 5 numbers2.COUNT() = 0 Row Limits for SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO Statements A SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO statement that returns a large number of rows produces a large collection. To limit the number of rows and the collection size, use one of these: • ROWNUM pseudocolumn (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-32 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 501. • SAMPLE clause (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) • FETCH FIRST clause (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference) Example 12-21 shows several ways to limit the number of rows that a SELECT BULK COLLECT INTO statement returns. Example 12-21 Limiting Bulk Selection with ROWNUM, SAMPLE, and FETCH FIRST DECLARE TYPE SalList IS TABLE OF employees.salary%TYPE; sals SalList; BEGIN SELECT salary BULK COLLECT INTO sals FROM employees WHERE ROWNUM <= 50; SELECT salary BULK COLLECT INTO sals FROM employees SAMPLE (10); SELECT salary BULK COLLECT INTO sals FROM employees FETCH FIRST 50 ROWS ONLY; END; / Guidelines for Looping Through Collections When a result set is stored in a collection, it is easy to loop through the rows and refer to different columns. This technique can be very fast, but also very memory-intensive. If you use it often: • To loop once through the result set, use a cursor FOR LOOP (see "Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements"). This technique avoids the memory overhead of storing a copy of the result set. • Instead of looping through the result set to search for certain values or filter the results into a smaller set, do the searching or filtering in the query of the SELECT INTO statement. For example, in simple queries, use WHERE clauses; in queries that compare multiple result sets, use set operators such as INTERSECT and MINUS. For information about set operators, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. • Instead of looping through the result set and running another query for each result row, use a subquery in the query of the SELECT INTO statement (see "Processing Query Result Sets with Subqueries"). • Instead of looping through the result set and running another DML statement for each result row, use the FORALL statement (see "FORALL Statement"). FETCH Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause The FETCH statement with the BULK COLLECT clause (also called the FETCH BULK COLLECT statement) fetches an entire result set into one or more collection variables. For more information, see "FETCH Statement". Example 12-22 uses a FETCH BULK COLLECT statement to fetch an entire result set into two collections (nested tables). Example 12-23 uses a FETCH BULK COLLECT statement to fetch a result set into a collection (nested table) of records. Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-33
- 502. Example 12-22 Bulk-Fetching into Two Nested Tables DECLARE TYPE NameList IS TABLE OF employees.last_name%TYPE; TYPE SalList IS TABLE OF employees.salary%TYPE; CURSOR c1 IS SELECT last_name, salary FROM employees WHERE salary > 10000 ORDER BY last_name; names NameList; sals SalList; TYPE RecList IS TABLE OF c1%ROWTYPE; recs RecList; v_limit PLS_INTEGER := 10; PROCEDURE print_results IS BEGIN -- Check if collections are empty: IF names IS NULL OR names.COUNT = 0 THEN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('No results!'); ELSE DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE('Result: '); FOR i IN names.FIRST .. names.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE(' Employee ' || names(i) || ': $' || sals(i)); END LOOP; END IF; END; BEGIN DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('--- Processing all results simultaneously ---'); OPEN c1; FETCH c1 BULK COLLECT INTO names, sals; CLOSE c1; print_results(); DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('--- Processing ' || v_limit || ' rows at a time ---'); OPEN c1; LOOP FETCH c1 BULK COLLECT INTO names, sals LIMIT v_limit; EXIT WHEN names.COUNT = 0; print_results(); END LOOP; CLOSE c1; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('--- Fetching records rather than columns ---'); OPEN c1; FETCH c1 BULK COLLECT INTO recs; FOR i IN recs.FIRST .. recs.LAST LOOP -- Now all columns from result set come from one record DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( ' Employee ' || recs(i).last_name || ': $' || recs(i).salary ); END LOOP; END; / Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-34 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 503. Result: --- Processing all results simultaneously --- Result: Employee Abel: $11000 Employee Cambrault: $11000 Employee De Haan: $17000 Employee Errazuriz: $12000 Employee Fripp: $10418.1 Employee Greenberg: $12008 Employee Hartstein: $13000 Employee Higgins: $12008 Employee Kaufling: $10036.95 Employee King: $24000 Employee Kochhar: $17000 Employee Ozer: $11500 Employee Partners: $13500 Employee Raphaely: $11000 Employee Russell: $14000 Employee Vishney: $10500 Employee Weiss: $10418.1 Employee Zlotkey: $10500 --- Processing 10 rows at a time --- Result: Employee Abel: $11000 Employee Cambrault: $11000 Employee De Haan: $17000 Employee Errazuriz: $12000 Employee Fripp: $10418.1 Employee Greenberg: $12008 Employee Hartstein: $13000 Employee Higgins: $12008 Employee Kaufling: $10036.95 Employee King: $24000 Result: Employee Kochhar: $17000 Employee Ozer: $11500 Employee Partners: $13500 Employee Raphaely: $11000 Employee Russell: $14000 Employee Vishney: $10500 Employee Weiss: $10418.1 Employee Zlotkey: $10500 --- Fetching records rather than columns --- Employee Abel: $11000 Employee Cambrault: $11000 Employee De Haan: $17000 Employee Errazuriz: $12000 Employee Fripp: $10418.1 Employee Greenberg: $12008 Employee Hartstein: $13000 Employee Higgins: $12008 Employee Kaufling: $10036.95 Employee King: $24000 Employee Kochhar: $17000 Employee Ozer: $11500 Employee Partners: $13500 Employee Raphaely: $11000 Employee Russell: $14000 Employee Vishney: $10500 Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-35
- 504. Employee Weiss: $10418.1 Employee Zlotkey: $10500 Example 12-23 Bulk-Fetching into Nested Table of Records DECLARE CURSOR c1 IS SELECT first_name, last_name, hire_date FROM employees; TYPE NameSet IS TABLE OF c1%ROWTYPE; stock_managers NameSet; -- nested table of records TYPE cursor_var_type is REF CURSOR; cv cursor_var_type; BEGIN -- Assign values to nested table of records: OPEN cv FOR SELECT first_name, last_name, hire_date FROM employees WHERE job_id = 'ST_MAN' ORDER BY hire_date; FETCH cv BULK COLLECT INTO stock_managers; CLOSE cv; -- Print nested table of records: FOR i IN stock_managers.FIRST .. stock_managers.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( stock_managers(i).hire_date || ' ' || stock_managers(i).last_name || ', ' || stock_managers(i).first_name ); END LOOP;END; / Result: 01-MAY-03 Kaufling, Payam 18-JUL-04 Weiss, Matthew 10-APR-05 Fripp, Adam 10-OCT-05 Vollman, Shanta 16-NOV-07 Mourgos, Kevin Row Limits for FETCH BULK COLLECT Statements A FETCH BULK COLLECT statement that returns a large number of rows produces a large collection. To limit the number of rows and the collection size, use the LIMIT clause. In Example 12-24, with each iteration of the LOOP statement, the FETCH statement fetches ten rows (or fewer) into associative array empids (overwriting the previous values). Note the exit condition for the LOOP statement. Example 12-24 Limiting Bulk FETCH with LIMIT DECLARE TYPE numtab IS TABLE OF NUMBER INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER; Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-36 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 505. CURSOR c1 IS SELECT employee_id FROM employees WHERE department_id = 80 ORDER BY employee_id; empids numtab; BEGIN OPEN c1; LOOP -- Fetch 10 rows or fewer in each iteration FETCH c1 BULK COLLECT INTO empids LIMIT 10; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('------- Results from One Bulk Fetch --------'); FOR i IN 1..empids.COUNT LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Employee Id: ' || empids(i)); END LOOP; EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND; END LOOP; CLOSE c1; END; / Result: ------- Results from One Bulk Fetch -------- Employee Id: 145 Employee Id: 146 Employee Id: 147 Employee Id: 148 Employee Id: 149 Employee Id: 150 Employee Id: 151 Employee Id: 152 Employee Id: 153 Employee Id: 154 ------- Results from One Bulk Fetch -------- Employee Id: 155 Employee Id: 156 Employee Id: 157 Employee Id: 158 Employee Id: 159 Employee Id: 160 Employee Id: 161 Employee Id: 162 Employee Id: 163 Employee Id: 164 ------- Results from One Bulk Fetch -------- Employee Id: 165 Employee Id: 166 Employee Id: 167 Employee Id: 168 Employee Id: 169 Employee Id: 170 Employee Id: 171 Employee Id: 172 Employee Id: 173 Employee Id: 174 ------- Results from One Bulk Fetch -------- Employee Id: 175 Employee Id: 176 Employee Id: 177 Employee Id: 179 Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-37
- 506. RETURNING INTO Clause with BULK COLLECT Clause The RETURNING INTO clause with the BULK COLLECT clause (also called the RETURNING BULK COLLECT INTO clause) can appear in an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement. With the RETURNING BULK COLLECT INTO clause, the statement stores its result set in one or more collections. For more information, see "RETURNING INTO Clause". Example 12-25 uses a DELETE statement with the RETURNING BULK COLLECT INTO clause to delete rows from a table and return them in two collections (nested tables). Example 12-25 Returning Deleted Rows in Two Nested Tables DROP TABLE emp_temp; CREATE TABLE emp_temp AS SELECT * FROM employees ORDER BY employee_id; DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF employees.employee_id%TYPE; enums NumList; TYPE NameList IS TABLE OF employees.last_name%TYPE; names NameList; BEGIN DELETE FROM emp_temp WHERE department_id = 30 RETURNING employee_id, last_name BULK COLLECT INTO enums, names; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Deleted ' || SQL%ROWCOUNT || ' rows:'); FOR i IN enums.FIRST .. enums.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Employee #' || enums(i) || ': ' || names(i)); END LOOP; END; / Result: Deleted 6 rows: Employee #114: Raphaely Employee #115: Khoo Employee #116: Baida Employee #117: Tobias Employee #118: Himuro Employee #119: Colmenares Using FORALL Statement and BULK COLLECT Clause Together In a FORALL statement, the DML statement can have a RETURNING BULK COLLECT INTO clause. For each iteration of the FORALL statement, the DML statement stores the specified values in the specified collections—without overwriting the previous values, as the same DML statement would do in a FOR LOOP statement. In Example 12-26, the FORALL statement runs a DELETE statement that has a RETURNING BULK COLLECT INTO clause. For each iteration of the FORALL statement, the DELETE statement stores the employee_id and department_id values of the deleted row in the collections e_ids and d_ids, respectively. Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding 12-38 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 507. Example 12-27 is like Example 12-26 except that it uses a FOR LOOP statement instead of a FORALL statement. Example 12-26 DELETE with RETURN BULK COLLECT INTO in FORALL Statement DROP TABLE emp_temp; CREATE TABLE emp_temp AS SELECT * FROM employees ORDER BY employee_id, department_id; DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(10,20,30); TYPE enum_t IS TABLE OF employees.employee_id%TYPE; e_ids enum_t; TYPE dept_t IS TABLE OF employees.department_id%TYPE; d_ids dept_t; BEGIN FORALL j IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST DELETE FROM emp_temp WHERE department_id = depts(j) RETURNING employee_id, department_id BULK COLLECT INTO e_ids, d_ids; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Deleted ' || SQL%ROWCOUNT || ' rows:'); FOR i IN e_ids.FIRST .. e_ids.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Employee #' || e_ids(i) || ' from dept #' || d_ids(i) ); END LOOP; END; / Result: Deleted 9 rows: Employee #200 from dept #10 Employee #201 from dept #20 Employee #202 from dept #20 Employee #114 from dept #30 Employee #115 from dept #30 Employee #116 from dept #30 Employee #117 from dept #30 Employee #118 from dept #30 Employee #119 from dept #30 Example 12-27 DELETE with RETURN BULK COLLECT INTO in FOR LOOP Statement DECLARE TYPE NumList IS TABLE OF NUMBER; depts NumList := NumList(10,20,30); TYPE enum_t IS TABLE OF employees.employee_id%TYPE; e_ids enum_t; TYPE dept_t IS TABLE OF employees.department_id%TYPE; Bulk SQL and Bulk Binding PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-39
- 508. d_ids dept_t; BEGIN FOR j IN depts.FIRST..depts.LAST LOOP DELETE FROM emp_temp WHERE department_id = depts(j) RETURNING employee_id, department_id BULK COLLECT INTO e_ids, d_ids; END LOOP; DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ('Deleted ' || SQL%ROWCOUNT || ' rows:'); FOR i IN e_ids.FIRST .. e_ids.LAST LOOP DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE ( 'Employee #' || e_ids(i) || ' from dept #' || d_ids(i) ); END LOOP; END; / Result: Deleted 6 rows: Employee #114 from dept #30 Employee #115 from dept #30 Employee #116 from dept #30 Employee #117 from dept #30 Employee #118 from dept #30 Employee #119 from dept #30 Client Bulk-Binding of Host Arrays Client programs (such as OCI and Pro*C programs) can use PL/SQL anonymous blocks to bulk-bind input and output host arrays. This is the most efficient way to pass collections to and from the database server. In the client program, declare and assign values to the host variables to be referenced in the anonymous block. In the anonymous block, prefix each host variable name with a colon (:) to distinguish it from a PL/SQL collection variable name. When the client program runs, the database server runs the PL/SQL anonymous block. In Example 12-28, the anonymous block uses a FORALL statement to bulk-bind a host input array. In the FORALL statement, the DELETE statement refers to four host variables: scalars lower, upper, and emp_id and array depts. Example 12-28 Anonymous Block Bulk-Binds Input Host Array BEGIN FORALL i IN :lower..:upper DELETE FROM employees WHERE department_id = :depts(i); END; / Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations Chaining pipelined table functions is an efficient way to perform multiple transformations on data. Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations 12-40 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 509. Note: You cannot run a pipelined table function over a database link. The reason is that the return type of a pipelined table function is a SQL user-defined type, which can be used only in a single database (as explained in Oracle Database Object-Relational Developer's Guide). Although the return type of a pipelined table function might appear to be a PL/SQL type, the database actually converts that PL/SQL type to a corresponding SQL user-defined type. Topics • Overview of Table Functions • Creating Pipelined Table Functions • Pipelined Table Functions as Transformation Functions • Chaining Pipelined Table Functions • Fetching from Results of Pipelined Table Functions • Passing CURSOR Expressions to Pipelined Table Functions • DML Statements on Pipelined Table Function Results • NO_DATA_NEEDED Exception Overview of Table Functions A table function is a user-defined PL/SQL function that returns a collection of rows (an associative array, nested table or varray). You can select from this collection as if it were a database table by invoking the table function inside the TABLE clause in a SELECT statement. For example: SELECT * FROM TABLE(table_function_name(parameter_list)) A table function can take a collection of rows as input (that is, it can have an input parameter that is a nested table, varray, or cursor variable). Therefore, output from table function tf1 can be input to table function tf2, and output from tf2 can be input to table function tf3, and so on. To improve the performance of a table function, you can: • Enable the function for parallel execution, with the PARALLEL_ENABLE option. Functions enabled for parallel execution can run concurrently. • Stream the function results directly to the next process, with Oracle Streams. Streaming eliminates intermediate staging between processes. • Pipeline the function results, with the PIPELINED option. A pipelined table function returns a row to its invoker immediately after processing that row and continues to process rows. Response time improves because the entire collection need not be constructed and returned to the server before the query can return a single result row. (Also, the function needs less memory, because the object cache need not materialize the entire collection.) Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-41
- 510. Caution: A pipelined table function always references the current state of the data. If the data in the collection changes after the cursor opens for the collection, then the cursor reflects the changes. PL/SQL variables are private to a session and are not transactional. Therefore, read consistency, well known for its applicability to table data, does not apply to PL/SQL collection variables. See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Referencefor more information about the TABLE clause of the SELECT statement • "Chaining Pipelined Table Functions". • Oracle Streams Concepts and Administration for information about Oracle Streams • Oracle Database Data Cartridge Developer's Guide for information about using pipelined and parallel table functions Creating Pipelined Table Functions A pipelined table function must be either a standalone function or a package function. PIPELINED Option (Required) For a standalone function, specify the PIPELINED option in the CREATE FUNCTION statement (for syntax, see "CREATE FUNCTION Statement"). For a package function, specify the PIPELINED option in both the function declaration and function definition (for syntax, see "Function Declaration and Definition"). PARALLEL_ENABLE Option (Recommended) To improve its performance, enable the pipelined table function for parallel execution by specifying the PARALLEL_ENABLE option. AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma If the pipelined table function runs DML statements, then make it autonomous, with the AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION pragma (described in "AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma"). Then, during parallel execution, each instance of the function creates an independent transaction. DETERMINISTIC Option (Recommended) Multiple invocations of a pipelined table function, in either the same query or separate queries, cause multiple executions of the underlying implementation. If the function is deterministic, specify the DETERMINISTIC option. Parameters Typically, a pipelined table function has one or more cursor variable parameters. For information about cursor variables as function parameters, see "Cursor Variables as Subprogram Parameters". Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations 12-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 511. See Also: • "Cursor Variables" for general information about cursor variables • "Subprogram Parameters" for general information about subprogram parameters RETURN Data Type The data type of the value that a pipelined table function returns must be a collection type defined either at schema level or inside a package (therefore, it cannot be an associative array type). The elements of the collection type must be SQL data types, not data types supported only by PL/SQL (such as PLS_INTEGER and BOOLEAN). For information about collection types, see "Collection Types". For information about SQL data types, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. You can use SQL data types ANYTYPE, ANYDATA, and ANYDATASET to dynamically encapsulate and access type descriptions, data instances, and sets of data instances of any other SQL type, including object and collection types. You can also use these types to create unnamed types, including anonymous collection types. For information about these types, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. PIPE ROW Statement Inside a pipelined table function, use the PIPE ROW statement to return a collection element to the invoker without returning control to the invoker. See "PIPE ROW Statement" for its syntax and semantics. RETURN Statement As in every function, every execution path in a pipelined table function must lead to a RETURN statement, which returns control to the invoker. However, in a pipelined table function, a RETURN statement need not return a value to the invoker. See "RETURN Statement" for its syntax and semantics. Example Example 12-29 creates a package that includes a pipelined table function, f1, and then selects from the collection of rows that f1 returns. Example 12-29 Creating and Invoking Pipelined Table Function CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE pkg1 AUTHID DEFINER AS TYPE numset_t IS TABLE OF NUMBER; FUNCTION f1(x NUMBER) RETURN numset_t PIPELINED; END pkg1; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY pkg1 AS -- FUNCTION f1 returns a collection of elements (1,2,3,... x) FUNCTION f1(x NUMBER) RETURN numset_t PIPELINED IS BEGIN FOR i IN 1..x LOOP PIPE ROW(i); END LOOP; RETURN; END f1; END pkg1; / SELECT * FROM TABLE(pkg1.f1(5)); Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-43
- 512. Result: COLUMN_VALUE ------------ 1 2 3 4 5 5 rows selected. Pipelined Table Functions as Transformation Functions A pipelined table function with a cursor variable parameter can serve as a transformation function. Using the cursor variable, the function fetches an input row. Using the PIPE ROW statement, the function pipes the transformed row or rows to the invoker. If the FETCH and PIPE ROW statements are inside a LOOP statement, the function can transform multiple input rows. In Example 12-30, the pipelined table function transforms each selected row of the employees table to two nested table rows, which it pipes to the SELECT statement that invokes it. The actual parameter that corresponds to the formal cursor variable parameter is a CURSOR expression; for information about these, see "Passing CURSOR Expressions to Pipelined Table Functions". Example 12-30 Pipelined Table Function Transforms Each Row to Two Rows CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE refcur_pkg AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE refcur_t IS REF CURSOR RETURN employees%ROWTYPE; TYPE outrec_typ IS RECORD ( var_num NUMBER(6), var_char1 VARCHAR2(30), var_char2 VARCHAR2(30) ); TYPE outrecset IS TABLE OF outrec_typ; FUNCTION f_trans (p refcur_t) RETURN outrecset PIPELINED; END refcur_pkg; / CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE BODY refcur_pkg IS FUNCTION f_trans (p refcur_t) RETURN outrecset PIPELINED IS out_rec outrec_typ; in_rec p%ROWTYPE; BEGIN LOOP FETCH p INTO in_rec; -- input row EXIT WHEN p%NOTFOUND; out_rec.var_num := in_rec.employee_id; out_rec.var_char1 := in_rec.first_name; out_rec.var_char2 := in_rec.last_name; PIPE ROW(out_rec); -- first transformed output row out_rec.var_char1 := in_rec.email; out_rec.var_char2 := in_rec.phone_number; PIPE ROW(out_rec); -- second transformed output row END LOOP; CLOSE p; RETURN; END f_trans; Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations 12-44 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 513. END refcur_pkg; / SELECT * FROM TABLE ( refcur_pkg.f_trans ( CURSOR (SELECT * FROM employees WHERE department_id = 60) ) ); Result: VAR_NUM VAR_CHAR1 VAR_CHAR2 ---------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ 103 Alexander Hunold 103 AHUNOLD 590.423.4567 104 Bruce Ernst 104 BERNST 590.423.4568 105 David Austin 105 DAUSTIN 590.423.4569 106 Valli Pataballa 106 VPATABAL 590.423.4560 107 Diana Lorentz 107 DLORENTZ 590.423.5567 10 rows selected. Chaining Pipelined Table Functions To chain pipelined table functions tf1 and tf2 is to make the output of tf1 the input of tf2. For example: SELECT * FROM TABLE(tf2(CURSOR(SELECT * FROM TABLE(tf1())))); The rows that tf1 pipes out must be compatible actual parameters for the formal input parameters of tf2. If chained pipelined table functions are enabled for parallel execution, then each function runs in a different process (or set of processes). See Also: "Passing CURSOR Expressions to Pipelined Table Functions" Fetching from Results of Pipelined Table Functions You can associate a named cursor with a query that invokes a pipelined table function. Such a cursor has no special fetch semantics, and such a cursor variable has no special assignment semantics. However, the SQL optimizer does not optimize across PL/SQL statements. Therefore, in Example 12-31, the first PL/SQL statement is slower than the second—despite the overhead of running two SQL statements in the second PL/SQL statement, and even if function results are piped between the two SQL statements in the first PL/SQL statement. In Example 12-31, assume that f and g are pipelined table functions, and that each function accepts a cursor variable parameter. The first PL/SQL statement associates cursor variable r with a query that invokes f, and then passes r to g. The second PL/SQL statement passes CURSOR expressions to both f and g. Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-45
- 514. See Also: "Cursor Variables as Subprogram Parameters" Example 12-31 Fetching from Results of Pipelined Table Functions DECLARE r SYS_REFCURSOR; ... -- First PL/SQL statement (slower): BEGIN OPEN r FOR SELECT * FROM TABLE(f(CURSOR(SELECT * FROM tab))); SELECT * BULK COLLECT INTO rec_tab FROM TABLE(g(r)); -- NOTE: When g completes, it closes r. END; -- Second PL/SQL statement (faster): SELECT * FROM TABLE(g(CURSOR(SELECT * FROM TABLE(f(CURSOR(SELECT * FROM tab)))))); / Passing CURSOR Expressions to Pipelined Table Functions As Example 12-31 shows, the actual parameter for the cursor variable parameter of a pipelined table function can be either a cursor variable or a CURSOR expression, and the latter is more efficient. Note: When a SQL SELECT statement passes a CURSOR expression to a function, the referenced cursor opens when the function begins to run and closes when the function completes. See Also: "CURSOR Expressions" for general information about CURSOR expressions Example 12-32 creates a package that includes a pipelined table function with two cursor variable parameters and then invokes the function in a SELECT statement, using CURSOR expressions for actual parameters. Example 12-33 uses a pipelined table function as an aggregate function, which takes a set of input rows and returns a single result. The SELECT statement selects the function result. (For information about the pseudocolumn COLUMN_VALUE, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference.) Example 12-32 Pipelined Table Function with Two Cursor Variable Parameters CREATE OR REPLACE PACKAGE refcur_pkg AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE refcur_t1 IS REF CURSOR RETURN employees%ROWTYPE; TYPE refcur_t2 IS REF CURSOR RETURN departments%ROWTYPE; TYPE outrec_typ IS RECORD ( var_num NUMBER(6), Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations 12-46 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 515. var_char1 VARCHAR2(30), var_char2 VARCHAR2(30) ); TYPE outrecset IS TABLE OF outrec_typ; FUNCTION g_trans (p1 refcur_t1, p2 refcur_t2) RETURN outrecset PIPELINED; END refcur_pkg; / CREATE PACKAGE BODY refcur_pkg IS FUNCTION g_trans ( p1 refcur_t1, p2 refcur_t2 ) RETURN outrecset PIPELINED IS out_rec outrec_typ; in_rec1 p1%ROWTYPE; in_rec2 p2%ROWTYPE; BEGIN LOOP FETCH p2 INTO in_rec2; EXIT WHEN p2%NOTFOUND; END LOOP; CLOSE p2; LOOP FETCH p1 INTO in_rec1; EXIT WHEN p1%NOTFOUND; -- first row out_rec.var_num := in_rec1.employee_id; out_rec.var_char1 := in_rec1.first_name; out_rec.var_char2 := in_rec1.last_name; PIPE ROW(out_rec); -- second row out_rec.var_num := in_rec2.department_id; out_rec.var_char1 := in_rec2.department_name; out_rec.var_char2 := TO_CHAR(in_rec2.location_id); PIPE ROW(out_rec); END LOOP; CLOSE p1; RETURN; END g_trans; END refcur_pkg; / SELECT * FROM TABLE ( refcur_pkg.g_trans ( CURSOR (SELECT * FROM employees WHERE department_id = 60), CURSOR (SELECT * FROM departments WHERE department_id = 60) ) ); Result: VAR_NUM VAR_CHAR1 VAR_CHAR2 ---------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ 103 Alexander Hunold 60 IT 1400 104 Bruce Ernst 60 IT 1400 105 David Austin 60 IT 1400 106 Valli Pataballa Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-47
- 516. 60 IT 1400 107 Diana Lorentz 60 IT 1400 10 rows selected. Example 12-33 Pipelined Table Function as Aggregate Function DROP TABLE gradereport; CREATE TABLE gradereport ( student VARCHAR2(30), subject VARCHAR2(30), weight NUMBER, grade NUMBER ); INSERT INTO gradereport (student, subject, weight, grade) VALUES ('Mark', 'Physics', 4, 4); INSERT INTO gradereport (student, subject, weight, grade) VALUES ('Mark','Chemistry', 4, 3); INSERT INTO gradereport (student, subject, weight, grade) VALUES ('Mark','Maths', 3, 3); INSERT INTO gradereport (student, subject, weight, grade) VALUES ('Mark','Economics', 3, 4); CREATE PACKAGE pkg_gpa AUTHID DEFINER IS TYPE gpa IS TABLE OF NUMBER; FUNCTION weighted_average(input_values SYS_REFCURSOR) RETURN gpa PIPELINED; END pkg_gpa; / CREATE PACKAGE BODY pkg_gpa IS FUNCTION weighted_average (input_values SYS_REFCURSOR) RETURN gpa PIPELINED IS grade NUMBER; total NUMBER := 0; total_weight NUMBER := 0; weight NUMBER := 0; BEGIN LOOP FETCH input_values INTO weight, grade; EXIT WHEN input_values%NOTFOUND; total_weight := total_weight + weight; -- Accumulate weighted average total := total + grade*weight; END LOOP; PIPE ROW (total / total_weight); RETURN; -- returns single result END weighted_average; END pkg_gpa; / SELECT w.column_value "weighted result" FROM TABLE ( pkg_gpa.weighted_average ( CURSOR (SELECT weight, grade FROM gradereport) ) ) w; Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations 12-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 517. Result: weighted result --------------- 3.5 1 row selected. DML Statements on Pipelined Table Function Results The "table" that a pipelined table function returns cannot be the target table of a DELETE, INSERT, UPDATE, or MERGE statement. However, you can create a view of such a table and create INSTEAD OF triggers on the view. For information about INSTEAD OF triggers, see "INSTEAD OF DML Triggers". See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the CREATE VIEW statement NO_DATA_NEEDED Exception You must understand the predefined exception NO_DATA_NEEDED in two cases: • You include an OTHERS exception handler in a block that includes a PIPE ROW statement • Your code that feeds a PIPE ROW statement must be followed by a clean-up procedure Typically, the clean-up procedure releases resources that the code no longer needs. When the invoker of a pipelined table function needs no more rows from the function, the PIPE ROW statement raises NO_DATA_NEEDED. If the pipelined table function does not handle NO_DATA_NEEDED, as in Example 12-34, then the function invocation terminates but the invoking statement does not terminate. If the pipelined table function handles NO_DATA_NEEDED, its exception handler can release the resources that it no longer needs, as in Example 12-35. In Example 12-34, the pipelined table function pipe_rows does not handle the NO_DATA_NEEDED exception. The SELECT statement that invokes pipe_rows needs only four rows. Therefore, during the fifth invocation of pipe_rows, the PIPE ROW statement raises the exception NO_DATA_NEEDED. The fifth invocation of pipe_rows terminates, but the SELECT statement does not terminate. If the exception-handling part of a block that includes a PIPE ROW statement includes an OTHERS exception handler to handle unexpected exceptions, then it must also include an exception handler for the expected NO_DATA_NEEDED exception. Otherwise, the OTHERS exception handler handles the NO_DATA_NEEDED exception, treating it as an unexpected error. The following exception handler reraises the NO_DATA_NEEDED exception, instead of treating it as a irrecoverable error: EXCEPTION WHEN NO_DATA_NEEDED THEN RAISE; WHEN OTHERS THEN -- (Put error-logging code here) Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-49
- 518. RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR(-20000, 'Fatal error.'); END; In Example 12-35, assume that the package External_Source contains these public items: • Procedure Init, which allocates and initializes the resources that Next_Row needs • Function Next_Row, which returns some data from a specific external source and raises the user-defined exception Done (which is also a public item in the package) when the external source has no more data • Procedure Clean_Up, which releases the resources that Init allocated The pipelined table function get_external_source_data pipes rows from the external source by invoking External_Source.Next_Row until either: • The external source has no more rows. In this case, the External_Source.Next_Row function raises the user-defined exception External_Source.Done. • get_external_source_data needs no more rows. In this case, the PIPE ROW statement in get_external_source_data raises the NO_DATA_NEEDED exception. In either case, an exception handler in block b in get_external_source_data invokes External_Source.Clean_Up, which releases the resources that Next_Row was using. Example 12-34 Pipelined Table Function Does Not Handle NO_DATA_NEEDED CREATE TYPE t IS TABLE OF NUMBER / CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION pipe_rows RETURN t PIPELINED AUTHID DEFINER IS n NUMBER := 0; BEGIN LOOP n := n + 1; PIPE ROW (n); END LOOP; END pipe_rows; / SELECT COLUMN_VALUE FROM TABLE(pipe_rows()) WHERE ROWNUM < 5 / Result: COLUMN_VALUE ------------ 1 2 3 4 4 rows selected. Chaining Pipelined Table Functions for Multiple Transformations 12-50 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 519. Example 12-35 Pipelined Table Function Handles NO_DATA_NEEDED CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION get_external_source_data RETURN t PIPELINED AUTHID DEFINER IS BEGIN External_Source.Init(); -- Initialize. <<b>> BEGIN LOOP -- Pipe rows from external source. PIPE ROW (External_Source.Next_Row()); END LOOP; EXCEPTION WHEN External_Source.Done THEN -- When no more rows are available, External_Source.Clean_Up(); -- clean up. WHEN NO_DATA_NEEDED THEN -- When no more rows are needed, External_Source.Clean_Up(); -- clean up. RAISE NO_DATA_NEEDED; -- Optional, equivalent to RETURN. END b; END get_external_source_data; / Updating Large Tables in Parallel The DBMS_PARALLEL_EXECUTE package lets you incrementally update the data in a large table in parallel, in two high-level steps: 1. Group sets of rows in the table into smaller chunks. 2. Apply the desired UPDATE statement to the chunks in parallel, committing each time you have finished processing a chunk. This technique is recommended whenever you are updating a lot of data. Its advantages are: • You lock only one set of rows at a time, for a relatively short time, instead of locking the entire table. • You do not lose work that has been done if something fails before the entire operation finishes. • You reduce rollback space consumption. • You improve performance. See Also: Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference for more information about the DBMS_PARALLEL_EXECUTE package Collecting Data About User-Defined Identifiers PL/Scope extracts, organizes, and stores data about user-defined identifiers from PL/SQL source text. You can retrieve source text identifier data with the static data dictionary views *_IDENTIFIERS. For more information, see Oracle Database Development Guide. Updating Large Tables in Parallel PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-51
- 520. Profiling and Tracing PL/SQL Programs To help you isolate performance problems in large PL/SQL programs, PL/SQL provides these tools, implemented as PL/SQL packages: Tool Package Description Profiler API DBMS_PROFILER Computes the time that your PL/SQL program spends at each line and in each subprogram. You must have CREATE privileges on the units to be profiled. Saves runtime statistics in database tables, which you can query. Trace API DBMS_TRACE Traces the order in which subprograms run. You can specify the subprograms to trace and the tracing level. Saves runtime statistics in database tables, which you can query. PL/SQL hierarchical profiler DBMS_HPROF Reports the dynamic execution program profile of your PL/SQL program, organized by subprogram invocations. Accounts for SQL and PL/SQL execution times separately. Requires no special source or compile-time preparation. Generates reports in HTML. Provides the option of storing results in relational format in database tables for custom report generation (such as third- party tools offer). Topics • Profiler API: Package DBMS_PROFILER • Trace API: Package DBMS_TRACE For a detailed description of PL/SQL hierarchical profiler, see Oracle Database Development Guide. Profiler API: Package DBMS_PROFILER The Profiler API ("Profiler") is implemented as PL/SQL package DBMS_PROFILER, whose services compute the time that your PL/SQL program spends at each line and in each subprogram and save these statistics in database tables, which you can query. Note: You can use Profiler only on units for which you have CREATE privilege. You do not need the CREATE privilege to use the PL/SQL hierarchical profiler (see Oracle Database Development Guide). Profiling and Tracing PL/SQL Programs 12-52 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 521. To use Profiler: 1. Start the profiling session. 2. Run your PL/SQL program long enough to get adequate code coverage. 3. Flush the collected data to the database. 4. Stop the profiling session. After you have collected data with Profiler, you can: 1. Query the database tables that contain the performance data. 2. Identify the subprograms and packages that use the most execution time. 3. Determine why your program spent more time accessing certain data structures and running certain code segments. Inspect possible performance bottlenecks such as SQL statements, loops, and recursive functions. 4. Use the results of your analysis to replace inappropriate data structures and rework slow algorithms. For example, with an exponential growth in data, you might need to replace a linear search with a binary search. For detailed information about the DBMS_PROFILER subprograms, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. Trace API: Package DBMS_TRACE The Trace API ("Trace") is implemented as PL/SQL package DBMS_TRACE, whose services trace execution by subprogram or exception and save these statistics in database tables, which you can query. To use Trace: 1. (Optional) Limit tracing to specific subprograms and choose a tracing level. Tracing all subprograms and exceptions in a large program can produce huge amounts of data that are difficult to manage. 2. Start the tracing session. 3. Run your PL/SQL program. 4. Stop the tracing session. After you have collected data with Trace, you can query the database tables that contain the performance data and analyze it in the same way that you analyze the performance data from Profiler (see "Profiler API: Package DBMS_PROFILER"). For detailed information about the DBMS_TRACE subprograms, see Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference. Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution You can usually speed up PL/SQL units by compiling them into native code (processor-dependent system code), which is stored in the SYSTEM tablespace. Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-53
- 522. You can natively compile any PL/SQL unit of any type, including those that Oracle Database supplies. Natively compiled program units work in all server environments, including shared server configuration (formerly called "multithreaded server") and Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC). On most platforms, PL/SQL native compilation requires no special set-up or maintenance. On some platforms, the DBA might want to do some optional configuration. See Also: • Oracle Database Administrator's Guide for information about configuring a database • Platform-specific configuration documentation for your platform You can test to see how much performance gain you can get by enabling PL/SQL native compilation. If you have determined that PL/SQL native compilation will provide significant performance gains in database operations, Oracle recommends compiling the entire database for native mode, which requires DBA privileges. This speeds up both your own code and calls to the PL/SQL packages that Oracle Database supplies. Topics • Determining Whether to Use PL/SQL Native Compilation • How PL/SQL Native Compilation Works • Dependencies, Invalidation, and Revalidation • Setting Up a New Database for PL/SQL Native Compilation* • Compiling the Entire Database for PL/SQL Native or Interpreted Compilation* * Requires DBA privileges. Determining Whether to Use PL/SQL Native Compilation Whether to compile a PL/SQL unit for native or interpreted mode depends on where you are in the development cycle and on what the program unit does. While you are debugging program units and recompiling them frequently, interpreted mode has these advantages: • You can use PL/SQL debugging tools on program units compiled for interpreted mode (but not for those compiled for native mode). • Compiling for interpreted mode is faster than compiling for native mode. After the debugging phase of development, in determining whether to compile a PL/SQL unit for native mode, consider: • PL/SQL native compilation provides the greatest performance gains for computation-intensive procedural operations. Examples are data warehouse Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution 12-54 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 523. applications and applications with extensive server-side transformations of data for display. • PL/SQL native compilation provides the least performance gains for PL/SQL subprograms that spend most of their time running SQL. • When many program units (typically over 15,000) are compiled for native execution, and are simultaneously active, the large amount of shared memory required might affect system performance. How PL/SQL Native Compilation Works Without native compilation, the PL/SQL statements in a PL/SQL unit are compiled into an intermediate form, system code, which is stored in the catalog and interpreted at run time. With PL/SQL native compilation, the PL/SQL statements in a PL/SQL unit are compiled into native code and stored in the catalog. The native code need not be interpreted at run time, so it runs faster. Because native compilation applies only to PL/SQL statements, a PL/SQL unit that uses only SQL statements might not run faster when natively compiled, but it does run at least as fast as the corresponding interpreted code. The compiled code and the interpreted code make the same library calls, so their action is the same. The first time a natively compiled PL/SQL unit runs, it is fetched from the SYSTEM tablespace into shared memory. Regardless of how many sessions invoke the program unit, shared memory has only one copy it. If a program unit is not being used, the shared memory it is using might be freed, to reduce memory load. Natively compiled subprograms and interpreted subprograms can invoke each other. PL/SQL native compilation works transparently in an Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) environment. The PLSQL_CODE_TYPE compilation parameter determines whether PL/SQL code is natively compiled or interpreted. For information about this compilation parameters, see "PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters". Dependencies, Invalidation, and Revalidation Recompilation is automatic with invalidated PL/SQL modules. For example, if an object on which a natively compiled PL/SQL subprogram depends changes, the subprogram is invalidated. The next time the same subprogram is called, the database recompiles the subprogram automatically. Because the PLSQL_CODE_TYPE setting is stored inside the library unit for each subprogram, the automatic recompilation uses this stored setting for code type. Explicit recompilation does not necessarily use the stored PLSQL_CODE_TYPE setting. For the conditions under which explicit recompilation uses stored settings, see "PL/SQL Units and Compilation Parameters". Setting Up a New Database for PL/SQL Native Compilation If you have DBA privileges, you can set up a new database for PL/SQL native compilation by setting the compilation parameter PLSQL_CODE_TYPE to NATIVE. The performance benefits apply to the PL/SQL packages that Oracle Database supplies, which are used for many database operations. Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-55
- 524. Note: If you compile the whole database as NATIVE, Oracle recommends that you set PLSQL_CODE_TYPE at the system level. Compiling the Entire Database for PL/SQL Native or Interpreted Compilation If you have DBA privileges, you can recompile all PL/SQL modules in an existing database to NATIVE or INTERPRETED, using the dbmsupgnv.sql and dbmsupgin.sql scripts respectively during the process explained in this section. Before making the conversion, review "Determining Whether to Use PL/SQL Native Compilation". Note: • If you compile the whole database as NATIVE, Oracle recommends that you set PLSQL_CODE_TYPE at the system level. • If Database Vault is enabled, then you can run dbmsupgnv.sql only if the Database Vault administrator has granted you the DV_PATCH_ADMIN role. During the conversion to native compilation, TYPE specifications are not recompiled by dbmsupgnv.sql to NATIVE because these specifications do not contain executable code. Package specifications seldom contain executable code so the runtime benefits of compiling to NATIVE are not measurable. You can use the TRUE command-line parameter with the dbmsupgnv.sql script to exclude package specs from recompilation to NATIVE, saving time in the conversion process. When converting to interpreted compilation, the dbmsupgin.sql script does not accept any parameters and does not exclude any PL/SQL units. Note: The following procedure describes the conversion to native compilation. If you must recompile all PL/SQL modules to interpreted compilation, make these changes in the steps. • Skip the first step. • Set the PLSQL_CODE_TYPE compilation parameter to INTERPRETED rather than NATIVE. • Substitute dbmsupgin.sql for the dbmsupgnv.sql script. 1. Ensure that a test PL/SQL unit can be compiled. For example: ALTER PROCEDURE my_proc COMPILE PLSQL_CODE_TYPE=NATIVE REUSE SETTINGS; 2. Shut down application services, the listener, and the database. Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution 12-56 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 525. • Shut down all of the Application services including the Forms Processes, Web Servers, Reports Servers, and Concurrent Manager Servers. After shutting down all of the Application services, ensure that all of the connections to the database were terminated. • Shut down the TNS listener of the database to ensure that no new connections are made. • Shut down the database in normal or immediate mode as the user SYS. See Oracle Database Administrator's Guide. 3. Set PLSQL_CODE_TYPE to NATIVE in the compilation parameter file. If the database is using a server parameter file, then set this after the database has started. The value of PLSQL_CODE_TYPE does not affect the conversion of the PL/SQL units in these steps. However, it does affect all subsequently compiled units, so explicitly set it to the desired compilation type. 4. Start up the database in upgrade mode, using the UPGRADE option. For information about SQL*Plus STARTUP, see SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference. 5. Run this code to list the invalid PL/SQL units. You can save the output of the query for future reference with the SQL SPOOL statement: -- To save the output of the query to a file: SPOOL pre_update_invalid.log SELECT o.OWNER, o.OBJECT_NAME, o.OBJECT_TYPE FROM DBA_OBJECTS o, DBA_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS s WHERE o.OBJECT_NAME = s.NAME AND o.STATUS='INVALID'; -- To stop spooling the output: SPOOL OFF If any Oracle supplied units are invalid, try to validate them by recompiling them. For example: ALTER PACKAGE SYS.DBMS_OUTPUT COMPILE BODY REUSE SETTINGS; If the units cannot be validated, save the spooled log for future resolution and continue. 6. Run this query to determine how many objects are compiled NATIVE and INTERPRETED (to save the output, use the SQL SPOOL statement): SELECT TYPE, PLSQL_CODE_TYPE, COUNT(*) FROM DBA_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS WHERE PLSQL_CODE_TYPE IS NOT NULL GROUP BY TYPE, PLSQL_CODE_TYPE ORDER BY TYPE, PLSQL_CODE_TYPE; Any objects with a NULL plsql_code_type are special internal objects and can be ignored. 7. Run the $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/dbmsupgnv.sql script as the user SYS to update the plsql_code_type setting to NATIVE in the dictionary tables for all PL/SQL units. This process also invalidates the units. Use TRUE with the script to exclude package specifications; FALSE to include the package specifications. This update must be done when the database is in UPGRADE mode. The script is guaranteed to complete successfully or rollback all the changes. 8. Shut down the database and restart in NORMAL mode. Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution PL/SQL Optimization and Tuning 12-57
- 526. 9. Before you run the utlrp.sql script, Oracle recommends that no other sessions are connected to avoid possible problems. You can ensure this with this statement: ALTER SYSTEM ENABLE RESTRICTED SESSION; 10. Run the $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/utlrp.sql script as the user SYS. This script recompiles all the PL/SQL modules using a default degree of parallelism. See the comments in the script for information about setting the degree explicitly. If for any reason the script is abnormally terminated, rerun the utlrp.sql script to recompile any remaining invalid PL/SQL modules. 11. After the compilation completes successfully, verify that there are no invalid PL/SQL units using the query in step 5. You can spool the output of the query to the post_upgrade_invalid.log file and compare the contents with the pre_upgrade_invalid.log file, if it was created previously. 12. Re-execute the query in step 6. If recompiling with dbmsupgnv.sql, confirm that all PL/SQL units, except TYPE specifications and package specifications if excluded, are NATIVE. If recompiling with dbmsupgin.sql, confirm that all PL/SQL units are INTERPRETED. 13. Disable the restricted session mode for the database, then start the services that you previously shut down. To disable restricted session mode, use this statement: ALTER SYSTEM DISABLE RESTRICTED SESSION; Compiling PL/SQL Units for Native Execution 12-58 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 527. 13 PL/SQL Language Elements This chapter summarizes the syntax and semantics of PL/SQL language elements and provides links to examples and related topics. For instructions for reading the syntax diagrams in this chapter, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Topics • Assignment Statement • AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma • Basic LOOP Statement • Block • CASE Statement • CLOSE Statement • Collection Method Invocation • Collection Variable Declaration • Comment • Constant Declaration • CONTINUE Statement • Cursor FOR LOOP Statement • Cursor Variable Declaration • DELETE Statement Extension • EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma • Exception Declaration • Exception Handler • EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement • EXIT Statement • Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition • Expression PL/SQL Language Elements 13-1
- 528. • FETCH Statement • FOR LOOP Statement • FORALL Statement • Formal Parameter Declaration • Function Declaration and Definition • GOTO Statement • IF Statement • Implicit Cursor Attribute • INLINE Pragma • INSERT Statement Extension • Named Cursor Attribute • NULL Statement • OPEN Statement • OPEN FOR Statement • PIPE ROW Statement • Procedure Declaration and Definition • RAISE Statement • Record Variable Declaration • RESTRICT_REFERENCES Pragma (deprecated) • RETURN Statement • RETURNING INTO Clause • %ROWTYPE Attribute • Scalar Variable Declaration • SELECT INTO Statement • SERIALLY_REUSABLE Pragma • SQLCODE Function • SQLERRM Function • %TYPE Attribute • UDF Pragma • UPDATE Statement Extensions • WHILE LOOP Statement 13-2 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 529. See Also: PL/SQL Language Fundamentals Assignment Statement The assignment statement sets the value of a data item to a valid value. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax assignment_statement ::= assignment_statement_target := expression ; See "expression ::=". assignment_statement_target ::= collection_variable ( index ) cursor_variable : host_cursor_variable object . attribute out_parameter placeholder record_variable . field scalar_variable placeholder ::= : host_variable : indicator_variable Semantics assignment_statement expression Assignment Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-3
- 530. Expression whose value is to be assigned to assignment_statement_target. expression and assignment_statement_target must have compatible data types. Note: Collections with elements of the same type might not have the same data type. For the syntax of collection type definitions, see "Collection Variable Declaration". assignment_statement_target Data item to which the value of expression is to be assigned. collection_variable Name of a collection variable. index Index of an element of collection_variable. Without index, the entire collection variable is the assignment statement target. index must be a numeric expression whose data type either is PLS_INTEGER or can be implicitly converted to PLS_INTEGER (for information about the latter, see "Predefined PLS_INTEGER Subtypes"). cursor_variable Name of a cursor variable. :host_cursor_variable Name of a cursor variable declared in a PL/SQL host environment and passed to PL/SQL as a bind variable. Do not put space between the colon (:) and host_cursor_variable. The data type of a host cursor variable is compatible with the return type of any PL/SQL cursor variable. object Name of an instance of an abstract data type (ADT). attribute Name of an attribute of object. Without attribute, the entire ADT is the assignment statement target. out_parameter Name of a formal OUT or IN OUT parameter of the subprogram in which the assignment statement appears. record_variable Name of a record variable. field Name of a field of record_variable. Without field, the entire record variable is the assignment statement target. scalar_variable Assignment Statement 13-4 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 531. Name of a PL/SQL scalar variable. placeholder :host_variable Name of a variable declared in a PL/SQL host environment and passed to PL/SQL as a bind variable. Do not put space between the colon (:) and host_variable. :indicator_variable Name of an indicator variable declared in a PL/SQL host environment and passed to PL/SQL as a bind variable. (An indicator variable indicates the value or condition of its associated host variable. For example, in the Oracle Precompiler environment, an indicator variable can a detect null or truncated value in an output host variable.) Do not put space between host_variable and the colon (:) or between the colon and indicator_variable. This is correct: :host_variable:indicator_variable Examples • Example 2-24, "Assigning Values to Variables with Assignment Statement" • Example 2-27, "Assigning Value to BOOLEAN Variable" • Example 5-8, "Data Type Compatibility for Collection Assignment" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Expression" • "FETCH Statement" • "SELECT INTO Statement" In other chapters: • "Assigning Values to Variables" • "Assigning Values to Collection Variables" • "Assigning Values to Record Variables" AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma The AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION pragma marks a routine as autonomous; that is, independent of the main transaction. In this context, a routine is one of these: • Schema-level (not nested) anonymous PL/SQL block • Standalone, package, or nested subprogram • Method of an ADT • Noncompound trigger AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION Pragma PL/SQL Language Elements 13-5
- 532. Topics • Syntax • Examples • Related Topics Syntax autonomous_trans_pragma ::= PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION ; Examples • Example 6-43, "Declaring Autonomous Function in Package" • Example 6-44, "Declaring Autonomous Standalone Procedure" • Example 6-45, "Declaring Autonomous PL/SQL Block" • Example 6-46, "Autonomous Trigger Logs INSERT Statements" • Example 6-47, "Autonomous Trigger Uses Native Dynamic SQL for DDL" • Example 6-48, "Invoking Autonomous Function" Related Topics • Pragmas • Autonomous Transactions Basic LOOP Statement With each iteration of the basic LOOP statement, its statements run and control returns to the top of the loop. The LOOP statement ends when a statement inside the loop transfers control outside the loop or raises an exception. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax basic_loop_statement ::= LOOP statement END LOOP label ; Basic LOOP Statement 13-6 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 533. See "statement ::=". Semantics basic_loop_statement statement To prevent an infinite loop, at least one statement must transfer control outside the loop. The statements that can transfer control outside the loop are: • "CONTINUE Statement" (when it transfers control to the next iteration of an enclosing labeled loop) • "EXIT Statement" • "GOTO Statement" • "RAISE Statement" label A label that identifies basic_loop_statement (see "statement ::=" and "label"). CONTINUE, EXIT, and GOTO statements can reference this label. Labels improve readability, especially when LOOP statements are nested, but only if you ensure that the label in the END LOOP statement matches a label at the beginning of the same LOOP statement (the compiler does not check). Examples • Example 1-2, "Processing Query Result Rows One at a Time" • Example 4-9, "Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT Statement" • Example 4-10, "Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT WHEN Statement" • Example 4-11, "Nested, Labeled Basic LOOP Statements with EXIT WHEN Statements" • Example 4-13, "CONTINUE Statement in Basic LOOP Statement" • Example 4-14, "CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Basic LOOP Statement" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" • "FOR LOOP Statement" • "WHILE LOOP Statement" In other chapters: • "Basic LOOP Statement" Basic LOOP Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-7
- 534. Block The block, which groups related declarations and statements, is the basic unit of a PL/SQL source program. It has an optional declarative part, a required executable part, and an optional exception-handling part. Declarations are local to the block and cease to exist when the block completes execution. Blocks can be nested. An anonymous block is an executable statement. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax plsql_block ::= << label >> DECLARE declare_section body See "body ::=". declare_section ::= item_list_1 item_list_2 item_list_2 See "item_list_2 ::=". item_list_1 ::= type_definition cursor_declaration item_declaration function_declaration procedure_declaration type_definition cursor_declaration item_declaration function_declaration procedure_declaration pragma Block 13-8 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 535. See: • "type_definition ::=" • "cursor_declaration ::=" • "function_declaration ::=" • "item_declaration ::=" • "procedure_declaration ::=" • "pragma ::=" item_list_2 ::= cursor_declaration cursor_definition function_declaration function_definition procedure_declaration procedure_definition cursor_declaration cursor_definition function_declaration function_definition procedure_declaration procedure_definition pragma See: • "cursor_declaration ::=" • "cursor_definition ::=" • "function_declaration ::=" • "function_definition ::=" • "pragma ::=" • "procedure_declaration ::=" • "procedure_definition ::=" type_definition ::= collection_type_definition record_type_definition ref_cursor_type_definition subtype_definition See: Block PL/SQL Language Elements 13-9
- 536. • "collection_type_definition ::=" • "record_type_definition ::=" • "ref_cursor_type_definition ::=" • "subtype_definition ::=" subtype_definition ::= SUBTYPE subtype IS base_type constraint CHARACTER SET character_set NOT NULL constraint ::= precision , scale RANGE low_value .. high_value item_declaration ::= collection_variable_dec constant_declaration cursor_variable_declaration exception_declaration record_variable_declaration variable_declaration See: • "collection_variable_dec ::=" • "constant_declaration ::=" • "cursor_declaration ::=" • "cursor_variable_declaration ::=" • "exception_declaration ::=" • "record_variable_declaration ::=" • "variable_declaration ::=" Block 13-10 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 537. pragma ::= autonomous_trans_pragma exception_init_pragma inline_pragma restrict_references_pragma serially_reusable_pragma udf_pragma See: • "autonomous_trans_pragma ::=" • "exception_init_pragma ::=" • "inline_pragma ::=" • "restrict_references_pragma ::=" • "serially_reusable_pragma ::=" • "udf_pragma ::=" body ::= BEGIN statement statement inline_pragma EXCEPTION exception_handler END name ; See: • "exception_handler ::=" • "inline_pragma ::=" Block PL/SQL Language Elements 13-11
- 538. statement ::= << label >> assignment_statement basic_loop_statement case_statement close_statement collection_method_call continue_statement cursor_for_loop_statement execute_immediate_statement exit_statement fetch_statement for_loop_statement forall_statement goto_statement if_statement null_statement open_statement open_for_statement pipe_row_statement plsql_block procedure_call raise_statement return_statement select_into_statement sql_statement while_loop_statement See: • "plsql_block ::=" • "procedure_call ::=" • "sql_statement ::=" procedure_call ::= procedure ( parameter ’ ) ; Block 13-12 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 539. sql_statement ::= commit_statement collection_method_call delete_statement insert_statement lock_table_statement merge_statement rollback_statement savepoint_statement set_transaction_statement update_statement Semantics plsql_block label Undeclared identifier, unique for the block. DECLARE Starts the declarative part of the block. declare_section Contains local declarations, which exist only in the block and its sub-blocks and are not visible to enclosing blocks. Restrictions on declare_section • A declare_section in create_package, create_package_body, or compound_trigger_block cannot include PRAGMA AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION. • A declare_section in trigger_body or tps_body cannot declare variables of the data type LONG or LONG RAW. See Also: • "CREATE PACKAGE Statement" for more information about create_package • "CREATE PACKAGE BODY Statement" for more information about create_package_body • "CREATE TRIGGER Statement" for more information about compound_trigger_block, trigger_body, and tps_body Block PL/SQL Language Elements 13-13
- 540. subtype_definition subtype Name of the user-defined subtype that you are defining. base_type Base type of the subtype that you are defining. base_type can be any scalar or user- defined PL/SQL datatype specifier such as CHAR, DATE, or RECORD. CHARACTER SET character_set Specifies the character set for a subtype of a character data type. Restriction on CHARACTER SET character_set Do not specify this clause if base_type is not a character data type. NOT NULL Imposes the NOT NULL constraint on data items declared with this subtype. For information about this constraint, see "NOT NULL Constraint". constraint Specifies a constraint for a subtype of a numeric data type. Restriction on constraint Do not specify constraint if base_type is not a numeric data type. precision Specifies the precision for a constrained subtype of a numeric data type. Restriction on precision Do not specify precision if base_type cannot specify precision. scale Specifies the scale for a constrained subtype of a numeric data type. Restriction on scale Do not specify scale if base_type cannot specify scale. RANGE low_value .. high_value Specifies the range for a constrained subtype of a numeric data type. The low_value and high_value must be numeric literals. Restriction on RANGE high_value .. low_value Specify this clause only if base_type is PLS_INTEGER or a subtype of PLS_INTEGER (either predefined or user-defined). (For a summary of the predefined subtypes of PLS_INTEGER, see Table 3-3. For information about user-defined subtypes with ranges, see "Constrained Subtypes".) body BEGIN Starts the executable part of the block, which contains executable statements. EXCEPTION Block 13-14 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 541. Starts the exception-handling part of the block. When PL/SQL raises an exception, normal execution of the block stops and control transfers to the appropriate exception_handler. After the exception handler completes, execution resumes with the statement following the block. For more information about exception- handling, see PL/SQL Error Handling. exception_handler See "Exception Handler". END Ends the block. name The name of the block to which END applies—a label, function name, procedure name, or package name. statement label Undeclared identifier, unique for the statement. assignment_statement See "Assignment Statement". basic_loop_statement See "Basic LOOP Statement". case_statement See "CASE Statement". close_statement See "CLOSE Statement". collection_method_call Invocation of one of these collection methods, which are procedures: • DELETE • EXTEND • TRIM For syntax, see "Collection Method Invocation". continue_statement See "CONTINUE Statement". cursor_for_loop_statement See "Cursor FOR LOOP Statement". execute_immediate_statement See "EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement". exit_statement See "EXIT Statement". Block PL/SQL Language Elements 13-15
- 542. fetch_statement See "FETCH Statement". for_loop_statement See "FOR LOOP Statement". forall_statement See "FORALL Statement". goto_statement See "GOTO Statement". if_statement See "IF Statement". null_statement See "NULL Statement". open_statement See "OPEN Statement". open_for_statement See "OPEN FOR Statement". pipe_row_statement See "PIPE ROW Statement". Restriction on pipe_row_statement This statement can appear only in the body of a pipelined table function; otherwise, PL/SQL raises an exception. raise_statement See "RAISE Statement". return_statement See "RETURN Statement". select_into_statement See "SELECT INTO Statement". while_loop_statement See "WHILE LOOP Statement". procedure_call procedure Name of the procedure that you are invoking. parameter [, parameter ]... List of actual parameters for the procedure that you are invoking. The data type of each actual parameter must be compatible with the data type of the corresponding formal parameter. The mode of the formal parameter determines what the actual parameter can be: Block 13-16 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 543. Formal Parameter Mode Actual Parameter IN Constant, initialized variable, literal, or expression OUT Variable whose data type is not defined as NOT NULL IN OUT Variable (typically, it is a string buffer or numeric accumulator) If the procedure specifies a default value for a parameter, you can omit that parameter from the parameter list. If the procedure has no parameters, or specifies a default value for every parameter, you can either omit the parameter list or specify an empty parameter list. See Also: "Positional, Named, and Mixed Notation for Actual Parameters" sql_statement commit_statement SQL COMMIT statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. delete_statement SQL DELETE statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. See also "DELETE Statement Extension". insert_statement SQL INSERT statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. See also "INSERT Statement Extension". lock_table_statement SQL LOCK TABLE statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. merge_statement SQL MERGE statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. rollback_statement SQL ROLLBACK statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. savepoint_statement SQL SAVEPOINT statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. set_transaction_statement SQL SET TRANSACTION statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. update_statement SQL UPDATE statement. For syntax, see Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. See also "UPDATE Statement Extensions". Block PL/SQL Language Elements 13-17
- 544. Examples • Example 1-1, "PL/SQL Block Structure" • Example 2-23, "Block with Multiple and Duplicate Labels" • Example 4-30, "Incorrect Label Placement" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Comment" In other chapters: • "Blocks" • "Identifiers" • "Pragmas" • "PL/SQL Data Types" • "User-Defined PL/SQL Subtypes" CASE Statement The CASE statement chooses from a sequence of conditions and runs a corresponding statement. The simple CASE statement evaluates a single expression and compares it to several potential values. The searched CASE statement evaluates multiple Boolean expressions and chooses the first one whose value is TRUE. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax simple_case_statement ::= CASE selector WHEN selector_value THEN statement ; ELSE statement ; END CASE label ; CASE Statement 13-18 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 545. searched_case_statement ::= CASE WHEN boolean_expression THEN statement ; ELSE statement ; END CASE label ; See: • "boolean_expression ::=" • "statement ::=" Semantics simple_case_statement selector Expression whose value is evaluated once and used to select one of several alternatives. selector can have any PL/SQL data type except BLOB, BFILE, or a user-defined type. WHEN selector_value THEN statement selector_value can be an expression of any PL/SQL type except BLOB, BFILE, or a user-defined type. The selector_values are evaluated sequentially. If the value of a selector_value equals the value of selector, then the statement associated with that selector_value runs, and the CASE statement ends. Subsequent selector_values are not evaluated. Caution: A statement can modify the database and invoke nondeterministic functions. There is no fall-through mechanism, as there is in the C switch statement. ELSE statement [statement ]... The statements run if and only if no selector_value has the same value as selector. Without the ELSE clause, if no selector_value has the same value as selector, the system raises the predefined exception CASE_NOT_FOUND. label A label that identifies the statement (see "statement ::=" and "label"). searched_case_statement WHEN boolean_expression THEN statement The boolean_expressions are evaluated sequentially. If the value of a boolean_expression is TRUE, the statement associated with that CASE Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-19
- 546. boolean_expression runs, and the CASE statement ends. Subsequent boolean_expressions are not evaluated. Caution: A statement can modify the database and invoke nondeterministic functions. There is no fall-through mechanism, as there is in the C switch statement. ELSE statement [statement ]... The statements run if and only if no boolean_expression has the value TRUE. Without the ELSE clause, if no boolean_expression has the value TRUE, the system raises the predefined exception CASE_NOT_FOUND. label A label that identifies the statement (see "statement ::=" and "label"). Examples • Example 3-2, "Printing BOOLEAN Values" • Example 4-6, "Simple CASE Statement" • Example 4-7, "Searched CASE Statement" Related Topics In this chapter: • "IF Statement" In other chapters: • "CASE Expressions" • "Conditional Selection Statements" • "Simple CASE Statement" • "Searched CASE Statement" See Also: • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the NULLIF function • Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for information about the COALESCE function CLOSE Statement The CLOSE statement closes a named cursor, freeing its resources for reuse. After closing an explicit cursor, you can reopen it with the OPEN statement. You must close an explicit cursor before reopening it. CLOSE Statement 13-20 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 547. After closing a cursor variable, you can reopen it with the OPEN FOR statement. You need not close a cursor variable before reopening it. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax close_statement ::= CLOSE cursor cursor_variable : host_cursor_variable ; Semantics close_statement cursor Name of an open explicit cursor. cursor_variable Name of an open cursor variable. :host_cursor_variable Name of a cursor variable declared in a PL/SQL host environment and passed to PL/SQL as a bind variable. Do not put space between the colon (:) and host_cursor_variable. Examples • Example 6-6, "FETCH Statements Inside LOOP Statements" Related Topics In this chapter: • "FETCH Statement" • "OPEN Statement" • "OPEN FOR Statement" In other chapters: • "Opening and Closing Explicit Cursors" CLOSE Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-21
- 548. • "Opening and Closing Cursor Variables" Collection Method Invocation A collection method is a PL/SQL subprogram that either returns information about a collection or operates on a collection. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax collection_method_call ::= collection . COUNT DELETE ( index , index ) EXISTS ( index ) EXTEND ( number , index ) FIRST LAST LIMIT NEXT ( index ) PRIOR ( index ) TRIM ( number ) Semantics collection_method_call collection Name of the collection whose method you are invoking. COUNT Function that returns the number of elements in the collection, explained in "COUNT Collection Method". DELETE Collection Method Invocation 13-22 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 549. Procedure that deletes elements from the collection, explained in "DELETE Collection Method". Restriction on DELETE If collection is a varray, you cannot specify indexes with DELETE. index Numeric expression whose data type either is PLS_INTEGER or can be implicitly converted to PLS_INTEGER (for information about the latter, see "s"). EXISTS Function that returns TRUE if the indexth element of the collection exists and FALSE otherwise, explained in "EXISTS Collection Method". EXTEND Procedure that adds elements to the end of the collection, explained in "EXTEND Collection Method". Restriction on EXTEND You cannot use EXTEND if collection is an associative array. FIRST Function that returns the first index in the collection, explained in "FIRST and LAST Collection Methods". LAST Function that returns the last index in the collection, explained in "FIRST and LAST Collection Methods". LIMIT Function that returns the maximum number of elements that the collection can have. If the collection has no maximum size, then LIMIT returns NULL. For an example, see "LIMIT Collection Method". NEXT Function that returns the index of the succeeding existing element of the collection, if one exists. Otherwise, NEXT returns NULL. For more information, see "PRIOR and NEXT Collection Methods". PRIOR Function that returns the index of the preceding existing element of the collection, if one exists. Otherwise, NEXT returns NULL. For more information, see "PRIOR and NEXT Collection Methods". TRIM Procedure that deletes elements from the end of a collection, explained in "TRIM Collection Method". Restriction on TRIM You cannot use TRIM if collection is an associative array. number Number of elements to delete from the end of a collection. Default: one. Collection Method Invocation PL/SQL Language Elements 13-23
- 550. Examples • Example 5-17, "DELETE Method with Nested Table" • Example 5-18, "DELETE Method with Associative Array Indexed by String" • Example 5-19, "TRIM Method with Nested Table" • Example 5-20, "EXTEND Method with Nested Table" • Example 5-21, "EXISTS Method with Nested Table" • Example 5-22, "FIRST and LAST Values for Associative Array Indexed by PLS_INTEGER" • Example 5-23, "FIRST and LAST Values for Associative Array Indexed by String" • Example 5-24, "Printing Varray with FIRST and LAST in FOR LOOP" • Example 5-25, "Printing Nested Table with FIRST and LAST in FOR LOOP" • Example 5-26, "COUNT and LAST Values for Varray" • Example 5-27, "COUNT and LAST Values for Nested Table" • Example 5-28, "LIMIT and COUNT Values for Different Collection Types" • Example 5-29, "PRIOR and NEXT Methods" • Example 5-30, "Printing Elements of Sparse Nested Table" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Collection Variable Declaration" In other chapters: • "Collection Methods" Collection Variable Declaration A collection variable is a composite variable whose internal components, called elements, have the same data type. The value of a collection variable and the values of its elements can change. You reference an entire collection by its name. You reference a collection element with the syntax collection(index). PL/SQL has three kinds of collection types: • Associative array (formerly called PL/SQL table or index-by table) • Variable-size array (varray) • Nested table An associative array can be indexed by either a string type or PLS_INTEGER. Varrays and nested tables are indexed by integers. You can create a collection variable in either of these ways: Collection Variable Declaration 13-24 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 551. • Define a collection type and then declare a variable of that type. • Use %TYPE to declare a collection variable of the same type as a previously declared collection variable. Note: This topic applies to collection types that you define inside a PL/SQL block or package, which differ from standalone collection types that you create with the "CREATE TYPE Statement". In a PL/SQL block or package, you can define all three collection types. With the CREATE TYPE statement, you can create nested table types and VARRAY types, but not associative array types. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax collection_type_definition ::= TYPE type IS assoc_array_type_def varray_type_def nested_table_type_def ; assoc_array_type_def ::= TABLE OF datatype NOT NULL INDEX BY PLS_INTEGER BINARY_INTEGER VARCHAR2 VARCHAR STRING ( v_size ) LONG type_attribute rowtype_attribute See: • "datatype ::=" • "rowtype_attribute ::=" Collection Variable Declaration PL/SQL Language Elements 13-25
- 552. • "type_attribute ::=" varray_type_def ::= VARRAY VARYING ARRAY ( size_limit ) OF datatype NOT NULL See "datatype ::=". nested_table_type_def ::= TABLE OF datatype NOT NULL datatype ::= collection_type REF object_type record_type ref_cursor_type rowtype_attribute scalar_datatype type_attribute See: • "rowtype_attribute ::=" • "type_attribute ::=" collection_variable_dec ::= new_collection_var assoc_array_type varray_type nested_table_type := collection_constructor collection_var_1 collection_var_2 %TYPE ; See "collection_constructor ::=". Semantics collection_type_definition type Name of the collection type that you are defining. Collection Variable Declaration 13-26 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 553. assoc_array_type_def Type definition for an associative array. Restriction on assoc_array_type_def Can appear only in the declarative part of a block, subprogram, package specification, or package body. nested_table_type_def Type definition for a nested table. varray_type_def Type definition for a variable-size array. assoc_array_type_def datatype Data type of the elements of the associative array. datatype can be any PL/SQL data type except REF CURSOR. NOT NULL Imposes the NOT NULL constraint on every element of the associative array. For information about this constraint, see "NOT NULL Constraint". { PLS_INTEGER | BINARY_INTEGER } Specifies that the data type of the indexes of the associative array is PLS_INTEGER. { VARCHAR2 | VARCHAR | STRING } (v_size) Specifies that the data type of the indexes of the associative array is VARCHAR2 (or its subtype VARCHAR or STRING) with length v_size. You can populate an element of the associative array with a value of any type that can be converted to VARCHAR2 with the TO_CHAR function (described in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference). Caution: Associative arrays indexed by strings can be affected by National Language Support (NLS) parameters. For more information, see "NLS Parameter Values Affect Associative Arrays Indexed by String". LONG Specifies that the data type of the indexes of the associative array is LONG, which is equivalent to VARCHAR2(32760). Note: Oracle supports LONG only for backward compatibility with existing applications. For new applications, use VARCHAR2(32760). type_attribute, rowtype_attribute Collection Variable Declaration PL/SQL Language Elements 13-27
- 554. Specifies that the data type of the indexes of the associative array is a data type specified with either %ROWTYPE or %TYPE. This data type must represent either PLS_INTEGER, BINARY_INTEGER, or VARCHAR2(v_size). varray_type_def size_limit Maximum number of elements that the varray can have. size_limit must be an integer literal in the range from 1 through 2147483647. datatype Data type of the varray element. datatype can be any PL/SQL data type except REF CURSOR. NOT NULL Imposes the NOT NULL constraint on every element of the varray. For information about this constraint, see "NOT NULL Constraint". nested_table_type_def datatype Data type of the elements of the nested table. datatype can be any PL/SQL data type except REF CURSOR or NCLOB. If datatype is a scalar type, then the nested table has a single column of that type, called COLUMN_VALUE. If datatype is an ADT, then the columns of the nested table match the name and attributes of the ADT. NOT NULL Imposes the NOT NULL constraint on every element of the nested table. For information about this constraint, see "NOT NULL Constraint". datatype collection_type Name of a user-defined varray or nested table type (not the name of an associative array type). object_type Instance of a user-defined type. record_type Name of a user-defined type that was defined with the data type specifier RECORD. ref_cursor_type Name of a user-defined type that was defined with the data type specifier REF CURSOR. scalar_datatype Name of a scalar data type, including any qualifiers for size, precision, and character or byte semantics. Collection Variable Declaration 13-28 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 555. collection_variable_dec new_collection_var Name of the collection variable that you are declaring. assoc_array_type Name of a previously defined associative array type; the data type of new_collection_var. varray_type Name of a previously defined VARRAY type; the data type of new_collection_var. nested_table_type Name of a previously defined nested table type; the data type of new_collection_var. collection_constructor Collection constructor for the data type of new_collection_var, which provides the initial value of new_collection_var. collection_var_1 Name of a previously declared collection variable of the same data type as new_collection_var, which provides the initial value of new_collection_var. Note: collection_var_1 and new_collection_var must have the same data type, not only elements of the same type. collection_var_2 Name of a previously declared collection variable. %TYPE See "%TYPE Attribute". Examples • Example 5-1, "Associative Array Indexed by String" • Example 5-2, "Function Returns Associative Array Indexed by PLS_INTEGER" • Example 5-4, "Varray (Variable-Size Array)" • Example 5-5, "Nested Table of Local Type" • Example 5-11, "Two-Dimensional Varray (Varray of Varrays)" • Example 5-12, "Nested Tables of Nested Tables and Varrays of Integers" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Collection Method Invocation" Collection Variable Declaration PL/SQL Language Elements 13-29
- 556. • "FORALL Statement" • "Record Variable Declaration" • "%ROWTYPE Attribute" • "%TYPE Attribute" In other chapters: • "Collection Topics" • "BULK COLLECT Clause" • "CREATE TYPE Statement" Comment A comment is source program text that the PL/SQL compiler ignores. Its primary purpose is to document code, but you can also use it to disable obsolete or unfinished pieces of code (that is, you can turn the code into comments). PL/SQL has both single- line and multiline comments. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax comment ::= –– text /* text */ Semantics comment -- Turns the rest of the line into a single-line comment. Any text that wraps to the next line is not part of the comment. Caution: Do not put a single-line comment in a PL/SQL block to be processed dynamically by an Oracle Precompiler program. The Oracle Precompiler program ignores end-of-line characters, which means that a single-line comment ends when the block ends. Comment 13-30 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 557. /* Begins a comment, which can span multiple lines. */ Ends a comment. text Any text. Restriction on text In a multiline comment, text cannot include the multiline comment delimiter /* or */. Therefore, one multiline comment cannot contain another multiline comment. However, a multiline comment can contain a single-line comment. Examples • Example 2-6, "Single-Line Comments" • Example 2-7, "Multiline Comments" Related Topics • "Comments" Constant Declaration A constant holds a value that does not change. A constant declaration specifies the name, data type, and value of the constant and allocates storage for it. The declaration can also impose the NOT NULL constraint. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax constant_declaration ::= constant CONSTANT datatype NOT NULL := DEFAULT expression ; See: • "datatype ::=" • "expression ::=" Semantics constant_declaration constant Constant Declaration PL/SQL Language Elements 13-31
- 558. Name of the constant that you are declaring. datatype Data type for which a variable can be declared with an initial value. NOT NULL Imposes the NOT NULL constraint on the constant. For information about this constraint, see "NOT NULL Constraint". expression Initial value for the constant. expression must have a data type that is compatible with datatype. When constant_declaration is elaborated, the value of expression is assigned to constant. Examples • Example 2-12, "Constant Declarations" • Example 2-13, "Variable and Constant Declarations with Initial Values" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Collection Variable Declaration" • "Record Variable Declaration" • "%ROWTYPE Attribute" • "Scalar Variable Declaration" • "%TYPE Attribute" In other chapters: • "Declaring Constants" • "Declaring Associative Array Constants" • "Declaring Record Constants" CONTINUE Statement The CONTINUE statement exits the current iteration of a loop, either conditionally or unconditionally, and transfers control to the next iteration of either the current loop or an enclosing labeled loop. If a CONTINUE statement exits a cursor FOR loop prematurely (for example, to exit an inner loop and transfer control to the next iteration of an outer loop), the cursor closes (in this context, CONTINUE works like GOTO). Note: As of Oracle Database 11g Release 1, CONTINUE is a PL/SQL keyword. If your program invokes a subprogram named CONTINUE, you get a warning. CONTINUE Statement 13-32 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 559. Restrictions on CONTINUE Statement • A CONTINUE statement must be inside a LOOP statement. • A CONTINUE statement cannot cross a subprogram or method boundary. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax continue_statement ::= CONTINUE label WHEN boolean_expression ; See "boolean_expression ::=". Semantics continue_statement label Name that identifies either the current loop or an enclosing loop (see "Basic LOOP Statement"). Without label, the CONTINUE statement transfers control to the next iteration of the current loop. With label, the CONTINUE statement transfers control to the next iteration of the loop that label identifies. WHEN boolean_expression Without this clause, the CONTINUE statement exits the current iteration of the loop unconditionally. With this clause, the CONTINUE statement exits the current iteration of the loop if and only if the value of boolean_expression is TRUE. Examples • Example 4-13, "CONTINUE Statement in Basic LOOP Statement" • Example 4-14, "CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Basic LOOP Statement" • Example 4-27, "CONTINUE WHEN Statement in Inner FOR LOOP Statement" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Basic LOOP Statement" • "Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" CONTINUE Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-33
- 560. • "EXIT Statement" • "Expression" • "FOR LOOP Statement" • "WHILE LOOP Statement" In other chapters: • "LOOP Statements" • "CONTINUE Statement" • "CONTINUE WHEN Statement" Cursor FOR LOOP Statement The cursor FOR LOOP statement implicitly declares its loop index as a record variable of the row type that a specified cursor returns, and then opens a cursor. With each iteration, the cursor FOR LOOP statement fetches a row from the result set into the record. When there are no more rows to fetch, the cursor FOR LOOP statement closes the cursor. The cursor also closes if a statement inside the loop transfers control outside the loop or raises an exception. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax cursor_for_loop_statement ::= FOR record IN cursor ( actual_cursor_parameter , ) ( select_statement ) LOOP statement END LOOP label ; See "statement ::=". Semantics cursor_for_loop_statement record Cursor FOR LOOP Statement 13-34 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 561. Name for the loop index that the cursor FOR LOOP statement implicitly declares as a %ROWTYPE record variable of the type that cursor or select_statement returns. record is local to the cursor FOR LOOP statement. Statements inside the loop can reference record and its fields. They can reference virtual columns only by aliases. Statements outside the loop cannot reference record. After the cursor FOR LOOP statement runs, record is undefined. cursor Name of an explicit cursor (not a cursor variable) that is not open when the cursor FOR LOOP is entered. actual_cursor_parameter Actual parameter that corresponds to a formal parameter of cursor. select_statement SQL SELECT statement (not PL/SQL SELECT INTO statement). For select_statement, PL/SQL declares, opens, fetches from, and closes an implicit cursor. However, because select_statement is not an independent statement, the implicit cursor is internal—you cannot reference it with the name SQL. See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for SELECT statement syntax label Label that identifies cursor_for_loop_statement (see "statement ::=" and "label"). CONTINUE, EXIT, and GOTO statements can reference this label. Labels improve readability, especially when LOOP statements are nested, but only if you ensure that the label in the END LOOP statement matches a label at the beginning of the same LOOP statement (the compiler does not check). Examples • Example 6-18, "Implicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" • Example 6-19, "Explicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" • Example 6-20, "Passing Parameters to Explicit Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" • Example 6-21, "Cursor FOR Loop References Virtual Columns" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Basic LOOP Statement" • "CONTINUE Statement" • "EXIT Statement" • "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition" • "FETCH Statement" Cursor FOR LOOP Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-35
- 562. • "FOR LOOP Statement" • "FORALL Statement" • "OPEN Statement" • "WHILE LOOP Statement" In other chapters: • "Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements" Cursor Variable Declaration A cursor variable is like an explicit cursor that is not limited to one query. To create a cursor variable, either declare a variable of the predefined type SYS_REFCURSOR or define a REF CURSOR type and then declare a variable of that type. Restrictions on Cursor Variables • You cannot use a cursor variable in a cursor FOR LOOP statement. • You cannot declare a cursor variable in a package specification. That is, a package cannot have a public cursor variable (a cursor variable that can be referenced from outside the package). • You cannot store the value of a cursor variable in a collection or database column. • You cannot use comparison operators to test cursor variables for equality, inequality, or nullity. • Using a cursor variable in a server-to-server remote procedure call (RPC) causes an error. However, you can use a cursor variable in a server-to-server RPC if the remote database is a non-Oracle database accessed through a Procedural Gateway. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Cursor Variable Declaration 13-36 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 563. Syntax ref_cursor_type_definition ::= TYPE type IS REF CURSOR RETURN db_table_or_view cursor cursor_variable % ROWTYPE record % TYPE record_type ref_cursor_type ; cursor_variable_declaration ::= cursor_variable type ; Semantics ref_cursor_type_definition type Name of the REF CURSOR type that you are defining. RETURN Specifies the data type of the value that the cursor variable returns. Specify RETURN to define a strong REF CURSOR type. Omit RETURN to define a weak REF CURSOR type. For information about strong and weak REF CURSOR types, see "Creating Cursor Variables". db_table_or_view Name of a database table or view, which must be accessible when the declaration is elaborated. cursor Name of a previously declared explicit cursor. cursor_variable Name of a previously declared cursor variable. record Name of a user-defined record. record_type Name of a user-defined type that was defined with the data type specifier RECORD. ref_cursor_type Name of a user-defined type that was defined with the data type specifier REF CURSOR. Cursor Variable Declaration PL/SQL Language Elements 13-37
- 564. cursor_variable_declaration cursor_variable Name of the cursor variable that you are declaring. type Type of the cursor variable that you are declaring—either SYS_REFCURSOR or the name of the REF CURSOR type that you defined previously. SYS_REFCURSOR is a weak type. For information about strong and weak REF CURSOR types, see "Creating Cursor Variables". Examples • Example 6-24, "Cursor Variable Declarations" • Example 6-25, "Cursor Variable with User-Defined Return Type" • Example 6-28, "Variable in Cursor Variable Query—No Result Set Change" • Example 6-29, "Variable in Cursor Variable Query—Result Set Change" • Example 6-30, "Querying a Collection with Static SQL" • Example 6-31, "Procedure to Open Cursor Variable for One Query" • Example 6-32, "Opening Cursor Variable for Chosen Query (Same Return Type)" • Example 6-33, "Opening Cursor Variable for Chosen Query (Different Return Types)" • Example 6-34, "Cursor Variable as Host Variable in Pro*C Client Program" Related Topics In this chapter: • "CLOSE Statement" • "Named Cursor Attribute" • "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition" • "FETCH Statement" • "OPEN FOR Statement" • "%ROWTYPE Attribute" • "%TYPE Attribute" In other chapters: • "Cursor Variables" • "Passing CURSOR Expressions to Pipelined Table Functions" Cursor Variable Declaration 13-38 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 565. DELETE Statement Extension The PL/SQL extension to the where_clause of the SQL DELETE statement lets you specify a CURRENT OF clause, which restricts the DELETE statement to the current row of the specified cursor. For information about the CURRENT OF clause, see "UPDATE Statement Extensions". See Also: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for the syntax of the SQL DELETE statement EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma The EXCEPTION_INIT pragma associates a user-defined exception name with an error code. The EXCEPTION_INIT pragma can appear only in the same declarative part as its associated exception, anywhere after the exception declaration. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax exception_init_pragma ::= PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT ( exception , error_code ) ; Semantics exception_init_pragma exception Name of a previously declared user-defined exception. error_code Error code to be associated with exception. error_code can be either 100 (the numeric code for "no data found" that "SQLCODE Function" returns) or any negative integer greater than -10000000 except -1403 (another numeric code for "no data found"). Note: NO_DATA_FOUND is a predefined exception. DELETE Statement Extension PL/SQL Language Elements 13-39
- 566. If two EXCEPTION_INIT pragmas assign different error codes to the same user- defined exception, then the later pragma overrides the earlier pragma. Examples • Example 11-5, "Naming Internally Defined Exception" • Example 11-13, "Raising User-Defined Exception with RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR" • Example 12-13, "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Exception Declaration" • "Exception Handler" • "SQLCODE Function" • "SQLERRM Function" In other chapters: • "Internally Defined Exceptions" • "RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR Procedure" Exception Declaration An exception declaration declares the name of a user-defined exception. You can use the EXCEPTION_INIT pragma to assign this name to an internally defined exception. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax exception_declaration ::= exception EXCEPTION ; Exception Declaration 13-40 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 567. Semantics exception_declaration exception Name of the exception that you are declaring. Restriction on exception You can use exception only in an EXCEPTION_INIT pragma, RAISE statement, RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR invocation, or exception handler. Caution: Oracle recommends against using a predefined exception name for exception. For details, see "Redeclared Predefined Exceptions". For a list of predefined exception names, see Table 11-3. Examples • Example 11-5, "Naming Internally Defined Exception" • Example 11-9, "Redeclared Predefined Identifier" • Example 11-10, "Declaring, Raising, and Handling User-Defined Exception" Related Topics In this chapter: • "EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma" • "Exception Handler" • "RAISE Statement" In other chapters: • "Internally Defined Exceptions" • "User-Defined Exceptions" Exception Handler An exception handler processes a raised exception. Exception handlers appear in the exception-handling parts of anonymous blocks, subprograms, triggers, and packages. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Exception Handler PL/SQL Language Elements 13-41
- 568. Syntax exception_handler ::= WHEN exception OR OTHERS THEN statement See "statement ::=". Semantics exception_handler exception Name of either a predefined exception (see Table 11-3) or a user-defined exception (see "Exception Declaration"). If PL/SQL raises a specified exception, then the associated statements run. OTHERS Specifies all exceptions not explicitly specified in the exception-handling part of the block. If PL/SQL raises such an exception, then the associated statements run. Note: Oracle recommends that the last statement in the OTHERS exception handler be either RAISE or an invocation of the RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure. If you do not follow this practice, and PL/SQL warnings are enabled, you get PLW-06009. In the exception-handling part of a block, the WHEN OTHERS exception handler is optional. It can appear only once, as the last exception handler in the exception- handling part of the block. Examples • Example 11-3, "Single Exception Handler for Multiple Exceptions" • Example 11-4, "Locator Variables for Statements that Share Exception Handler" • Example 11-6, "Anonymous Block Handles ZERO_DIVIDE" • Example 11-7, "Anonymous Block Avoids ZERO_DIVIDE" • Example 11-10, "Declaring, Raising, and Handling User-Defined Exception" • Example 11-14, "Exception that Propagates Beyond Scope is Handled" • Example 11-24, "Exception Handler Runs and Execution Ends" • Example 11-25, "Exception Handler Runs and Execution Continues" Exception Handler 13-42 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 569. • Example 12-12, "Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately" • Example 12-13, "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Block" • "EXCEPTION_INIT Pragma" • "Exception Declaration" • "RAISE Statement" • "SQLCODE Function" • "SQLERRM Function" In other chapters: • "Overview of Exception Handling" • "Continuing Execution After Handling Exceptions" • "Retrying Transactions After Handling Exceptions" • "CREATE PACKAGE BODY Statement" • "CREATE TRIGGER Statement" EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement The EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement builds and runs a dynamic SQL statement in a single operation. Native dynamic SQL uses the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement to process most dynamic SQL statements. Caution: When using dynamic SQL, beware of SQL injection, a security risk. For more information about SQL injection, see "SQL Injection". Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-43
- 570. Syntax execute_immediate_statement ::= EXECUTE IMMEDIATE dynamic_sql_stmt into_clause bulk_collect_into_clause using_clause using_clause dynamic_returning_clause dynamic_returning_clause See: • "bulk_collect_into_clause ::=" • "dynamic_returning_clause ::=" • "into_clause ::=" using_clause ::= USING IN OUT IN OUT bind_argument , Semantics execute_immediate_statement dynamic_sql_stmt String literal, string variable, or string expression that represents a SQL statement. Its type must be either CHAR, VARCHAR2, or CLOB. Note: If dynamic_sql_statement is a SELECT statement, and you omit both into_clause and bulk_collect_into_clause, then execute_immediate_statement never executes. For example, this statement never increments the sequence: EXECUTE IMMEDIATE 'SELECT S.NEXTVAL FROM DUAL' into_clause Specifies the variables or record in which to store the column values that the statement returns. For more information about this clause, see "RETURNING INTO Clause". Restriction on into_clause EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement 13-44 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 571. Use if and only if dynamic_sql_stmt returns a single row. bulk_collect_into_clause Specifies one or more collections in which to store the rows that the statement returns. For more information about this clause, see "RETURNING INTO Clause". Restriction on bulk_collect_into_clause Use if and only if dynamic_sql_stmt can return multiple rows. dynamic_returning_clause Returns the column values of the rows affected by the dynamic SQL statement, in either individual variables or records. For more information about this clause, see "RETURNING INTO Clause". Restriction on dynamic_returning_clause Use if and only if dynamic_sql_stmt has a RETURNING INTO clause. using_clause Specifies bind variables, using positional notation. Note: If you repeat placeholder names in dynamic_sql_statement, be aware that the way placeholders are associated with bind variables depends on the kind of dynamic SQL statement. For details, see "Repeated Placeholder Names in Dynamic SQL Statements." Restrictions on using_clause • Use if and only if dynamic_sql_stmt includes placeholders for bind variables. • If dynamic_sql_stmt has a RETURNING INTO clause (static_returning_clause), then using_clause can contain only IN bind variables. The bind variables in the RETURNING INTO clause are OUT bind variables by definition. IN, OUT, IN OUT Parameter modes of bind variables. An IN bind variable passes its value to dynamic_sql_stmt. An OUT bind variable stores a value that dynamic_sql_stmt returns. An IN OUT bind variable passes its initial value to dynamic_sql_stmt and stores a value that dynamic_sql_stmt returns. Default: IN. For DML a statement with a RETURNING clause, you can place OUT bind variables in the RETURNING INTO clause without specifying the parameter mode, which is always OUT. bind_argument An expression whose value replaces its corresponding placeholder in dynamic_sql_stmt at run time. Every placeholder in dynamic_sql_stmt must be associated with a bind_argument in the USING clause or RETURNING INTO clause (or both) or with a define variable in the INTO clause. EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-45
- 572. You can run dynamic_sql_stmt repeatedly using different values for the bind variables. You incur some overhead, because EXECUTE IMMEDIATE prepares the dynamic string before every execution. Note: Bind variables can be evaluated in any order. If a program determines order of evaluation, then at the point where the program does so, its behavior is undefined. Restrictions on bind_argument • bind_argument cannot be an associative array indexed by string. • bind_argument cannot be the reserved word NULL. To pass the value NULL to the dynamic SQL statement, use an uninitialized variable where you want to use NULL, as in Example 7-7. Examples • Example 7-1, "Invoking Subprogram from Dynamic PL/SQL Block" • Example 7-7, "Uninitialized Variable Represents NULL in USING Clause" • Example 7-10, "Repeated Placeholder Names in Dynamic PL/SQL Block" Related Topics In this chapter: • "RETURNING INTO Clause" In other chapters: • "EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Statement" • "DBMS_SQL Package" EXIT Statement The EXIT statement exits the current iteration of a loop, either conditionally or unconditionally, and transfers control to the end of either the current loop or an enclosing labeled loop. Restriction on EXIT Statement An EXIT statement must be inside a LOOP statement. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples EXIT Statement 13-46 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 573. • Related Topics Syntax exit_statement ::= EXIT label WHEN boolean_expression ; See "boolean_expression ::=". Semantics exit_statement label Name that identifies either the current loop or an enclosing loop (see "Basic LOOP Statement"). Without label, the EXIT statement transfers control to the next iteration of the current loop. With label, the EXIT statement transfers control to the next iteration of the loop that label identifies. WHEN boolean_expression Without this clause, the EXIT statement exits the current iteration of the loop unconditionally. With this clause, the EXIT statement exits the current iteration of the loop if and only if the value of boolean_expression is TRUE. Examples • Example 4-9, "Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT Statement" • Example 4-10, "Basic LOOP Statement with EXIT WHEN Statement" • Example 4-11, "Nested, Labeled Basic LOOP Statements with EXIT WHEN Statements" • Example 4-25, "EXIT WHEN Statement in FOR LOOP Statement" • Example 4-26, "EXIT WHEN Statement in Inner FOR LOOP Statement" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Basic LOOP Statement" • "CONTINUE Statement" • "EXIT Statement" • "EXIT WHEN Statement" EXIT Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-47
- 574. Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition An explicit cursor is a named pointer to a private SQL area that stores information for processing a specific query or DML statement—typically, one that returns or affects multiple rows. You can use an explicit cursor to retrieve the rows of a result set one at a time. Before using an explicit cursor, you must declare and define it. You can either declare it first (with cursor_declaration) and then define it later in the same block, subprogram, or package (with cursor_definition) or declare and define it at the same time (with cursor_definition). An explicit cursor declaration and definition are also called a cursor specification and cursor body, respectively. Note: An explicit cursor declared in a package specification is affected by the AUTHID clause of the package. For more information, see "CREATE PACKAGE Statement". Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax cursor_declaration ::= CURSOR cursor ( cursor_parameter_dec , ) RETURN rowtype ; cursor_definition ::= CURSOR cursor ( cursor_parameter_dec , ) RETURN rowtype IS select_statement ; Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition 13-48 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 575. cursor_parameter_dec ::= parameter_name IN datatype := DEFAULT expression rowtype ::= db_table_or_view cursor cursor_variable % ROWTYPE record % TYPE record_type Semantics cursor_declaration cursor Name of the explicit cursor that you are declaring now and will define later in the same block, subprogram, or package. cursor can be any identifier except the reserved word SQL. Oracle recommends against giving a cursor the same name as a database table. Explicit cursor names follow the same scoping rules as variables (see "Scope and Visibility of Identifiers"). cursor_definition Either defines an explicit cursor that was declared earlier or both declares and defines an explicit cursor. cursor Either the name of the explicit cursor that you previously declared and are now defining or the name of the explicit cursor that you are both declaring and defining. cursor can be any identifier except the reserved word SQL. Oracle recommends against giving a cursor the same name as a database table. select_statement A SQL SELECT statement (not a PL/SQL SELECT INTO statement). If the cursor has formal parameters, each parameter must appear in select_statement. The select_statement can also reference other PL/SQL variables in its scope. Restriction on select_statement This select_statement cannot have a WITH clause. See: Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for SELECT statement syntax Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition PL/SQL Language Elements 13-49
- 576. cursor_parameter_dec A cursor parameter declaration. parameter The name of the formal cursor parameter that you are declaring. This name can appear anywhere in select_statement that a constant can appear. IN Whether or not you specify IN, a formal cursor parameter has the characteristics of an IN subprogram parameter, which are summarized in Table 8-1. When the cursor opens, the value of the formal parameter is that of either its actual parameter or default value. datatype The data type of the parameter. Restriction on datatype This datatype cannot have constraints (for example, NOT NULL, or precision and scale for a number, or length for a string). expression Specifies the default value for the formal cursor parameter. The data types of expression and the formal cursor parameter must be compatible. If an OPEN statement does not specify an actual parameter for the formal cursor parameter, then the statement evaluates expression and assigns its value to the formal cursor parameter. If an OPEN statement does specify an actual parameter for the formal cursor parameter, then the statement assigns the value of the actual parameter to the formal cursor parameter and does not evaluate expression. rowtype Data type of the row that the cursor returns. The columns of this row must match the columns of the row that select_statement returns. db_table_or_view Name of a database table or view, which must be accessible when the declaration is elaborated. cursor Name of a previously declared explicit cursor. cursor_variable Name of a previously declared cursor variable. record Name of a previously declared record variable. record_type Name of a user-defined type that was defined with the data type specifier RECORD. Examples • Example 6-5, "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition" Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition 13-50 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 577. • Example 6-8, "Variable in Explicit Cursor Query—No Result Set Change" • Example 6-9, "Variable in Explicit Cursor Query—Result Set Change" • Example 6-10, "Explicit Cursor with Virtual Column that Needs Alias" • Example 6-11, "Explicit Cursor that Accepts Parameters" • Example 6-12, "Cursor Parameters with Default Values" • Example 6-13, "Adding Formal Parameter to Existing Cursor" • Example 6-22, "Subquery in FROM Clause of Parent Query" • Example 6-23, "Correlated Subquery" • Example 6-35, "CURSOR Expression" • Example 6-41, "FETCH with FOR UPDATE Cursor After COMMIT Statement" Related Topics In this chapter: • "CLOSE Statement" • "Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" • "Cursor Variable Declaration" • "FETCH Statement" • "Named Cursor Attribute" • "OPEN Statement" • "%ROWTYPE Attribute" • "%TYPE Attribute" In other chapters: • "Explicit Cursors" • "Processing Query Result Sets" • "SELECT FOR UPDATE and FOR UPDATE Cursors" Expression An expression is an arbitrarily complex combination of operands (variables, constants, literals, operators, function invocations, and placeholders) and operators. The simplest expression is a single variable. The PL/SQL compiler determines the data type of an expression from the types of the operands and operators that comprise the expression. Every time the expression is evaluated, a single value of that type results. Topics • Syntax Expression PL/SQL Language Elements 13-51
- 578. • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax expression ::= boolean_expression character_expression collection_constructor date_expression numeric_expression searched_case_expression simple_case_expression ( expression ) See: • "boolean_expression ::=" • "character_expression ::=" • "collection_constructor ::=" • "date_expression ::=" • "numeric_expression ::=" • "searched_case_expression ::=" • "simple_case_expression ::=" boolean_expression ::= NOT boolean_constant boolean_function_call boolean_literal boolean_variable conditional_predicate other_boolean_form AND OR NOT boolean_constant boolean_function_call boolean_literal boolean_variable conditional_predicate other_boolean_form See "function_call ::=". Expression 13-52 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 579. boolean_literal ::= TRUE FALSE NULL conditional_predicate ::= INSERTING UPDATING ( ’ column ’ ) DELETING other_boolean_form ::= collection . EXISTS ( index ) expression IS NOT NULL NOT BETWEEN expression AND expression IN expression , LIKE pattern relational_operator expression named_cursor SQL % FOUND ISOPEN NOTFOUND See: • "expression ::=" • "named_cursor ::=" character_expression ::= character_constant character_function_call character_literal character_variable placeholder || character_constant character_function_call character_literal character_variable placeholder Expression PL/SQL Language Elements 13-53
- 580. See: • "function_call ::=" • "placeholder ::=" collection_constructor ::= collection_type ( value ’ ) date_expression ::= date_constant date_function_call date_literal date_variable placeholder + – numeric_expression See: • "function_call ::=" • "placeholder ::=" numeric_expression ::= numeric_subexpression + – * / numeric_subexpression Expression 13-54 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 581. numeric_subexpression ::= + – collection . COUNT FIRST LAST LIMIT NEXT PRIOR ( index ) named_cursor % ROWCOUNT numeric_constant numeric_function_call numeric_literal numeric_variable placeholder SQL % ROWCOUNT BULK_ROWCOUNT ( index ) ** exponent See: • "function_call ::=" • "named_cursor ::=" • "placeholder ::=" function_call ::= function ( parameter ’ ) searched_case_expression ::= CASE WHEN boolean_expression THEN result ELSE result END See "boolean_expression ::=". simple_case_expression ::= CASE selector WHEN selector_value THEN result ELSE result END Expression PL/SQL Language Elements 13-55
- 582. Semantics expression boolean_expression Expression whose value is TRUE, FALSE, or NULL. For more information, see "BOOLEAN Expressions". Restriction on boolean_expression Because SQL has no data type equivalent to BOOLEAN, you cannot: • Assign a BOOLEAN value to a database table column • Select or fetch the value of a database table column into a BOOLEAN variable • Use a BOOLEAN value in a SQL function (However, a SQL query can invoke a PL/SQL function that has a BOOLEAN parameter, as in Example 3-3.) • Use a BOOLEAN expression in a SQL statement, except as an argument to a PL/SQL function invoked in a SQL query, or in a PL/SQL anonymous block. Note: An argument to a PL/SQL function invoked in a static SQL query cannot be a BOOLEAN literal. The workaround is to assign the literal to a variable and then pass the variable to the function, as in Example 3-3. NOT, AND, OR See "Logical Operators". boolean_constant Name of a constant of type BOOLEAN. boolean_function_call Invocation of a previously defined function that returns a BOOLEAN value. For more semantic information, see "function_call". boolean_variable Name of a variable of type BOOLEAN. conditional_predicate See "Conditional Predicates for Detecting Triggering DML Statement". other_boolean_form collection Name of a collection variable. EXISTS Collection method (function) that returns TRUE if the indexth element of collection exists and FALSE otherwise. For more information, see "EXISTS Collection Method". Expression 13-56 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 583. Restriction on EXISTS You cannot use EXISTS if collection is an associative array. index Numeric expression whose data type either is PLS_INTEGER or can be implicitly converted to PLS_INTEGER (for information about the latter, see "Predefined PLS_INTEGER Subtypes"). IS [NOT] NULL See "IS [NOT] NULL Operator". BETWEEN expression AND expression See "BETWEEN Operator". IN expression [, expression ]... See "IN Operator". LIKE pattern See "LIKE Operator". relational_operator See "Relational Operators". SQL Implicit cursor associated with the most recently run SELECT or DML statement. For more information, see "Implicit Cursors". %FOUND, %ISOPEN, %NOTFOUND Cursor attributes explained in "Implicit Cursor Attribute" and "Named Cursor Attribute". character_expression Expression whose value has a character data type (that is, a data type in the CHAR family, described in "CHAR Data Type Family"). character_constant Name of a constant that has a character data type. character_function_call Invocation of a previously defined function that returns a value that either has a character data type or can be implicitly converted to a character data type. For more semantic information, see "function_call". character_literal Literal of a character data type. character_variable Name of a variable that has a character data type. || Concatenation operator, which appends one string operand to another. For more information, see "Concatenation Operator". Expression PL/SQL Language Elements 13-57
- 584. collection_constructor Constructs a collection of the specified type with elements that have the specified values. For more information, see "Collection Constructors". collection_type Name of a previously declared nested table type or VARRAY type (not an associative array type). value Valid value for an element of a collection of collection_type. If collection_type is a varray type, then it has a maximum size, which the number of values cannot exceed. If collection_type is a nested table type, then it has no maximum size. If you specify no values, then the constructed collection is empty but not null (for the difference between empty and null, see "Collection Types"). date_expression Expression whose value has a date data type (that is, a data type in the DATE family, described in "DATE Data Type Family"). date_constant Name of a constant that has a date data type. date_function_call Invocation of a previously defined function that returns a value that either has a date data type or can be implicitly converted to a date data type. For more semantic information, see "function_call". date_literal Literal whose value either has a date data type or can be implicitly converted to a date data type. date_variable Name of a variable that has a date data type. +, - Addition and subtraction operators. numeric_expression Expression whose value has a date numeric type (that is, a data type in the DATE family, described in "NUMBER Data Type Family"). +, -, /, *, ** Addition, subtraction, division, multiplication, and exponentiation operators. numeric_subexpression collection Name of a collection variable. COUNT, FIRST, LAST, LIMIT, NEXT, PRIOR Expression 13-58 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 585. Collection methods explained in "Collection Method Invocation". named_cursor%ROWCOUNT See "Named Cursor Attribute". numeric_constant Name of a constant that has a numeric data type. numeric_function_call Invocation of a previously defined function that returns a value that either has a numeric data type or can be implicitly converted to a numeric data type. For more semantic information, see "function_call". numeric_literal Literal of a numeric data type. numeric_variable Name of variable that has a numeric data type. SQL%ROWCOUNT Cursor attribute explained in "Implicit Cursor Attribute". SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT] Cursor attribute explained in "SQL%BULK_ROWCOUNT". exponent Numeric expression. function_call function Name of a previously defined function. parameter [, parameter ]... List of actual parameters for the function being called. The data type of each actual parameter must be compatible with the data type of the corresponding formal parameter. The mode of the formal parameter determines what the actual parameter can be: Formal Parameter Mode Actual Parameter IN Constant, initialized variable, literal, or expression OUT Variable whose data type is not defined as NOT NULL IN OUT Variable (typically, it is a string buffer or numeric accumulator) If the function specifies a default value for a parameter, you can omit that parameter from the parameter list. If the function has no parameters, or specifies a default value for every parameter, you can either omit the parameter list or specify an empty parameter list. Expression PL/SQL Language Elements 13-59
- 586. See Also: "Positional, Named, and Mixed Notation for Actual Parameters" searched_case_expression WHEN boolean_expression THEN result The boolean_expressions are evaluated sequentially. If a boolean_expression has the value TRUE, then the result associated with that boolean_expression is returned. Subsequent boolean_expressions are not evaluated. ELSE result The result is returned if and only if no boolean_expression has the value TRUE. If you omit the ELSE clause, the searched case expression returns NULL. See Also: "Searched CASE Statement" simple_case_expression selector An expression of any PL/SQL type except BLOB, BFILE, or a user-defined type. The selector is evaluated once. WHEN selector_value THEN result The selector_values are evaluated sequentially. If a selector_value is the value of selector, then the result associated with that selector_value is returned. Subsequent selector_values are not evaluated. A selector_value can be of any PL/SQL type except BLOB, BFILE, an ADT, a PL/SQL record, an associative array, a varray, or a nested table. ELSE result The result is returned if and only if no selector_value has the same value as selector. If you omit the ELSE clause, the simple case expression returns NULL. Note: If you specify the literal NULL for every result (including the result in the ELSE clause), then error PLS-00617 occurs. See Also: "Simple CASE Statement" Examples • Example 2-28, "Concatenation Operator Examples" Expression 13-60 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 587. • Example 2-30, "Controlling Evaluation Order with Parentheses" • Example 2-31, "Expression with Nested Parentheses" • Example 2-32, "Improving Readability with Parentheses" • Example 2-33, "Operator Precedence" • Example 2-43, "Relational Operators in Expressions" • Example 2-44, "LIKE Operator in Expression" • Example 2-46, "BETWEEN Operator in Expressions" • Example 2-47, "IN Operator in Expressions" • Example 2-50, "Simple CASE Expression" • Example 2-52, "Searched CASE Expression" • Example 9-1, "Trigger Uses Conditional Predicates to Detect Triggering Statement" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Collection Method Invocation" • "Constant Declaration" • "Scalar Variable Declaration" In other chapters: • "Literals" • "Expressions" • "Operator Precedence" • "PL/SQL Data Types" • "Subprogram Parameters" FETCH Statement The FETCH statement retrieves rows of data from the result set of a multiple-row query—one row at a time, several rows at a time, or all rows at once—and stores the data in variables, records, or collections. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics FETCH Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-61
- 588. Syntax fetch_statement ::= FETCH cursor cursor_variable : host_cursor_variable into_clause bulk_collect_into_clause LIMIT numeric_expression ; See: • "bulk_collect_into_clause ::=" • "into_clause ::=" • "numeric_expression ::=" Semantics fetch_statement cursor Name of an open explicit cursor. To open an explicit cursor, use the "OPEN Statement". If you try to fetch from an explicit cursor before opening it or after closing it, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR. cursor_variable Name of an open cursor variable. To open a cursor variable, use the "OPEN FOR Statement". The cursor variable can be a formal subprogram parameter (see "Cursor Variables as Subprogram Parameters"). If you try to fetch from a cursor variable before opening it or after closing it, PL/SQL raises the predefined exception INVALID_CURSOR. :host_cursor_variable Name of a cursor variable declared in a PL/SQL host environment, passed to PL/SQL as a bind variable, and then opened. To open a host cursor variable, use the "OPEN FOR Statement". Do not put space between the colon (:) and host_cursor_variable. The data type of a host cursor variable is compatible with the return type of any PL/SQL cursor variable. into_clause To have the FETCH statement retrieve one row at a time, use this clause to specify the variables or record in which to store the column values of a row that the cursor returns. For more information about into_clause, see "into_clause ::=". bulk_collect_into_clause [ LIMIT numeric_expression ] Use bulk_collect_into_clause to specify one or more collections in which to store the rows that the FETCH statement returns. For more information about bulk_collect_into_clause, see "bulk_collect_into_clause ::=". FETCH Statement 13-62 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 589. To have the FETCH statement retrieve all rows at once, omit LIMIT numeric_expression. To limit the number of rows that the FETCH statement retrieves at once, specify LIMIT numeric_expression. Restrictions on bulk_collect_into_clause • You cannot use bulk_collect_into_clause in client programs. • When the FETCH statement requires implicit data type conversions, bulk_collect_into_clause can have only one collection or host_array. Examples • Example 5-49, "FETCH Assigns Values to Record that Function Returns" • Example 6-6, "FETCH Statements Inside LOOP Statements" • Example 6-7, "Fetching Same Explicit Cursor into Different Variables" • Example 6-26, "Fetching Data with Cursor Variables" • Example 6-27, "Fetching from Cursor Variable into Collections" • Example 6-41, " FETCH with FOR UPDATE Cursor After COMMIT Statement" • Example 7-8, "Native Dynamic SQL with OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE Statements" • Example 12-22, "Bulk-Fetching into Two Nested Tables" • Example 12-23, "Bulk-Fetching into Nested Table of Records" • Example 12-24, "Limiting Bulk FETCH with LIMIT" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Assignment Statement" • "CLOSE Statement" • "Cursor Variable Declaration" • "Explicit Cursor Declaration and Definition" • "OPEN Statement" • "OPEN FOR Statement" • "RETURNING INTO Clause" • "%ROWTYPE Attribute" • "SELECT INTO Statement" • "%TYPE Attribute" In other chapters: FETCH Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-63
- 590. • "Using FETCH to Assign a Row to a Record Variable" • "Fetching Data with Explicit Cursors" • "Processing Query Result Sets With Cursor FOR LOOP Statements" • "Fetching Data with Cursor Variables" • "OPEN FOR, FETCH, and CLOSE Statements" • "FETCH Statement with BULK COLLECT Clause" • "Fetching from Results of Pipelined Table Functions" FOR LOOP Statement With each iteration of the FOR LOOP statement, its statements run, its index is either incremented or decremented, and control returns to the top of the loop. The FOR LOOP statement ends when its index reaches a specified value, or when a statement inside the loop transfers control outside the loop or raises an exception. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax for_loop_statement ::= FOR index IN REVERSE lower_bound .. upper_bound LOOP statement END LOOP label ; See "statement ::=". Semantics for_loop_statement index Name for the implicitly declared integer variable that is local to the FOR LOOP statement. Statements outside the loop cannot reference index. Statements inside the loop can reference index, but cannot change its value. After the FOR LOOP statement runs, index is undefined. FOR LOOP Statement 13-64 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 591. See Also: "FOR LOOP Index" [ REVERSE ] lower_bound .. upper_bound lower_bound and upper_bound must evaluate to numbers (see "Lower Bound and Upper Bound"). PL/SQL evaluates lower_bound and upper_bound once, when the FOR LOOP statement is entered, and stores them as temporary PLS_INTEGER values, rounding them to the nearest integer if necessary. If lower_bound equals upper_bound, the statements run only once. If lower_bound does not equal upper_bound when the FOR LOOP statement begins to run, then: • If REVERSE is omitted: If lower_bound is greater than upper_bound, the statements do not run, and control transfers to the statement after the FOR LOOP statement. Otherwise, lower_bound is assigned to index, the statements run, and control returns to the top of the loop, where index is compared to upper_bound. If index is less than upper_bound, index is incremented by one, the statements run again, and control returns to the top of the loop. When index is greater than upper_bound, control transfers to the statement after the FOR LOOP statement. • If REVERSE is specified: If upper_bound is less than lower_bound, the statements do not run, and control transfers to the statement after the FOR LOOP statement. Otherwise, upper_bound is assigned to index, the statements run, and control returns to the top of the loop, where index is compared to lower_bound. If index is greater than lower_bound, index is decremented by one, the statements run again, and control returns to the top of the loop. When index is less than lower_bound, control transfers to the statement after the FOR LOOP statement. label A label that identifies for_loop_statement (see "statement ::=" and "label"). CONTINUE, EXIT, and GOTO statements can reference this label. Labels improve readability, especially when LOOP statements are nested, but only if you ensure that the label in the END LOOP statement matches a label at the beginning of the same LOOP statement (the compiler does not check). Examples • Example 4-15, "FOR LOOP Statements" • Example 4-16, "Reverse FOR LOOP Statements" • Example 4-17, "Simulating STEP Clause in FOR LOOP Statement" • Example 4-19, "Outside Statement References FOR LOOP Statement Index" • Example 4-20, "FOR LOOP Statement Index with Same Name as Variable" FOR LOOP Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-65
- 592. • Example 4-21, "FOR LOOP Statement References Variable with Same Name as Index" • Example 4-22, "Nested FOR LOOP Statements with Same Index Name" • Example 4-23, "FOR LOOP Statement Bounds" • Example 4-24, "Specifying FOR LOOP Statement Bounds at Run Time" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Basic LOOP Statement" • "CONTINUE Statement" • "Cursor FOR LOOP Statement" • "EXIT Statement" • "FETCH Statement" • "FORALL Statement" • "OPEN Statement" • "WHILE LOOP Statement" In other chapters: • "FOR LOOP Statement" FORALL Statement The FORALL statement runs one DML statement multiple times, with different values in the VALUES and WHERE clauses. The different values come from existing, populated collections or host arrays. The FORALL statement is usually much faster than an equivalent FOR LOOP statement. Note: You can use the FORALL statement only in server programs, not in client programs. Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics FORALL Statement 13-66 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 593. Syntax forall_statement ::= FORALL index IN bounds_clause SAVE EXCEPTIONS dml_statement ; bounds_clause ::= lower_bound .. upper_bound INDICES OF collection BETWEEN lower_bound AND upper_bound VALUES OF index_collection Semantics forall_statement index Name for the implicitly declared integer variable that is local to the FORALL statement. Statements outside the FORALL statement cannot reference index. Statements inside the FORALL statement can reference index as an index variable, but cannot use it in expressions or change its value. After the FORALL statement runs, index is undefined. dml_statement A static or dynamic INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE statement that references at least one collection in its VALUES or WHERE clause. Performance benefits apply only to collection references that use index as an index. Every collection that dml_statement references must have indexes that match the values of index. If you apply the DELETE, EXTEND, or TRIM method to one collection, apply it to the other collections also, so that all collections have the same set of indexes. If any collection lacks a referenced element, PL/SQL raises an exception. Restriction on dml_statement If dml_statement is a dynamic SQL statement, then values in the USING clause (bind variables for the dynamic SQL statement) must be simple references to the collection, not expressions. For example, collection(i) is valid, but UPPER(collection(i)) is invalid. SAVE EXCEPTIONS Lets the FORALL statement continue even if some of its DML statements fail. For more information, see "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes". bounds_clause Specifies the collection element indexes that provide values for the variable index. For each value, the SQL engine runs dml_statement once. lower_bound .. upper_bound Both lower_bound and upper_bound are numeric expressions that PL/SQL evaluates once, when the FORALL statement is entered, and rounds to the nearest FORALL Statement PL/SQL Language Elements 13-67
- 594. integer if necessary. The resulting integers must be the lower and upper bounds of a valid range of consecutive index numbers. If an element in the range is missing or was deleted, PL/SQL raises an exception. INDICES OF collection [ BETWEEN lower_bound AND upper_bound ] Specifies that the values of index correspond to the indexes of the elements of collection. The indexes need not be consecutive. Both lower_bound and upper_bound are numeric expressions that PL/SQL evaluates once, when the FORALL statement is entered, and rounds to the nearest integer if necessary. The resulting integers are the lower and upper bounds of a valid range of index numbers, which need not be consecutive. Restriction on collection If collection is an associative array, it must be indexed by PLS_INTEGER. VALUES OF index_collection Specifies that the values of index are the elements of index_collection, a collection of PLS_INTEGER elements that is indexed by PLS_INTEGER. The indexes of index_collection need not be consecutive. If index_collection is empty, PL/SQL raises an exception and the FORALL statement does not run. Examples • Example 12-8, "DELETE Statement in FORALL Statement" • Example 12-9, "Time Difference for INSERT Statement in FOR LOOP and FORALL Statements" • Example 12-10, "FORALL Statement for Subset of Collection" • Example 12-11, "FORALL Statements for Sparse Collection and Its Subsets" • Example 12-12, "Handling FORALL Exceptions Immediately" • Example 12-13, "Handling FORALL Exceptions After FORALL Statement Completes" • Example 12-26, "DELETE with RETURN BULK COLLECT INTO in FORALL Statement" • Example 12-28, "Anonymous Block Bulk-Binds Input Host Array" Related Topics In this chapter: • "FOR LOOP Statement" • "Implicit Cursor Attribute" In other chapters: • "FORALL Statement" • "BULK COLLECT Clause" • "Using FORALL Statement and BULK COLLECT Clause Together" FORALL Statement 13-68 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 595. Formal Parameter Declaration A formal parameter declaration specifies the name and data type of the parameter, and (optionally) its mode and default value. A formal parameter declaration can appear in the following: • "Function Declaration and Definition" • "Procedure Declaration and Definition" • "CREATE FUNCTION Statement" • "CREATE PROCEDURE Statement" Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax parameter_declaration ::= parameter IN datatype := DEFAULT expression IN OUT NOCOPY datatype Semantics parameter_declaration parameter Name of the formal parameter that you are declaring, which you can reference in the executable part of the subprogram. IN, OUT, IN OUT Mode that determines the behavior of the parameter, explained in "Subprogram Parameter Modes". Default: IN. Formal Parameter Declaration PL/SQL Language Elements 13-69
- 596. Note: Avoid using OUT and IN OUT for function parameters. The purpose of a function is to take zero or more parameters and return a single value. Functions must be free from side effects, which change the values of variables not local to the subprogram. NOCOPY Requests that the compiler pass the corresponding actual parameter by reference instead of value (for the difference, see "Subprogram Parameter Passing Methods"). Each time the subprogram is invoked, the optimizer decides, silently, whether to obey or disregard NOCOPY. Caution: NOCOPY increases the likelihood of aliasing. For details, see "Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Parameters Passed by Reference". The compiler ignores NOCOPY in these cases: • The actual parameter must be implicitly converted to the data type of the formal parameter. • The actual parameter is the element of a collection. • The actual parameter is a scalar variable with the NOT NULL constraint. • The actual parameter is a scalar numeric variable with a range, size, scale, or precision constraint. • The actual and formal parameters are records, one or both was declared with %ROWTYPE or %TYPE, and constraints on corresponding fields differ. • The actual and formal parameters are records, the actual parameter was declared (implicitly) as the index of a cursor FOR LOOP statement, and constraints on corresponding fields differ. • The subprogram is invoked through a database link or as an external subprogram. Note: The preceding list might change in a subsequent release. datatype Data type of the formal parameter that you are declaring. The data type can be a constrained subtype, but cannot include a constraint (for example, NUMBER(2) or VARCHAR2(20). If datatype is a constrained subtype, the corresponding actual parameter inherits the NOT NULL constraint of the subtype (if it has one), but not the size (see Example 8-10). Formal Parameter Declaration 13-70 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 597. Caution: The data type REF CURSOR increases the likelihood of subprogram parameter aliasing, which can have unintended results. For more information, see "Subprogram Parameter Aliasing with Cursor Variable Parameters". expression Default value of the formal parameter that you are declaring. The data type of expression must be compatible with datatype. If a subprogram invocation does not specify an actual parameter for the formal parameter, then that invocation evaluates expression and assigns its value to the formal parameter. If a subprogram invocation does specify an actual parameter for the formal parameter, then that invocation assigns the value of the actual parameter to the formal parameter and does not evaluate expression. Examples • Example 2-26, "Assigning Value to Variable as IN OUT Subprogram Parameter" • Example 8-9, "Formal Parameters and Actual Parameters" • Example 8-14, "Parameter Values Before, During, and After Procedure Invocation" • Example 8-15, "OUT and IN OUT Parameter Values After Exception Handling" • Example 8-20, "Procedure with Default Parameter Values" • Example 8-21, "Function Provides Default Parameter Value" • Example 8-22, "Adding Subprogram Parameter Without Changing Existing Invocations" Related Topics In this chapter: • "Function Declaration and Definition" • "Procedure Declaration and Definition" In other chapters: • "Subprogram Parameters" • "Tune Subprogram Invocations" • "CREATE FUNCTION Statement" • "CREATE PROCEDURE Statement" Function Declaration and Definition A function is a subprogram that returns a value. The data type of the value is the data type of the function. A function invocation (or call) is an expression, whose data type is that of the function. Function Declaration and Definition PL/SQL Language Elements 13-71
- 598. Before invoking a function, you must declare and define it. You can either declare it first (with function_declaration) and then define it later in the same block, subprogram, or package (with function_definition) or declare and define it at the same time (with function_definition). A function declaration is also called a function specification or function spec. Note: This topic applies to nested functions. For information about standalone functions, see "CREATE FUNCTION Statement". For information about package functions, see "CREATE PACKAGE Statement". Topics • Syntax • Semantics • Examples • Related Topics Syntax function_declaration ::= function_heading DETERMINISTIC PIPELINED PARALLEL_ENABLE RESULT_CACHE ; function_heading ::= FUNCTION function ( parameter_declaration ’ ) RETURN datatype See: • "datatype ::=" • "parameter_declaration ::=" Function Declaration and Definition 13-72 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 599. function_definition ::= function_heading DETERMINISTIC PIPELINED PARALLEL_ENABLE RESULT_CACHE relies_on_clause IS AS declare_section body call_spec EXTERNAL See: • "body ::=" • "declare_section ::=" • "call_spec ::=" relies_on_clause ::= RELIES_ON ( data_source , ) Semantics function_declaration Declares a function, but does not define it. The definition must appear later in the same block, subprogram, or package as the declaration. DETERMINISTIC Tells the optimizer that the function returns the same value whenever it is invoked with the same parameter values (if this is not true, then specifying DETERMINISTIC causes unpredictable results). If the function was invoked previously with the same parameter values, the optimizer can use the previous result instead of invoking the function again. DETERMINISTIC can appear only once in the function. Do not specify DETERMINISTIC for a function whose result depends on the state of session variables or schema objects, because results might vary across invocations. Instead, consider making the function result-cached (see "Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session-Specific Settings" and "Making Result-Cached Functions Handle Session-Specific Application Contexts"). Only DETERMINISTIC functions can be invoked from a function-based index or a materialized view that has query-rewrite enabled. For more information and possible limitations of the DETERMINISTIC option, see "CREATE FUNCTION Statement". Function Declaration and Definition PL/SQL Language Elements 13-73
- 600. It is good programming practice to make functions that fall into these categories DETERMINISTIC: • Functions used in a WHERE, ORDER BY, or GROUP BY clause • Functions that MAP or ORDER methods of a SQL type • Functions that help determine whether or where a row appears in a result set Restriction on DETERMINISTIC You cannot specify DETERMINISTIC for a nested function. See Also: • "Subprogram Side Effects" • CREATE INDEX statement in Oracle Database SQL Language Reference PIPELINED Use only with a table function, to specify that it is pipelined. A pipelined table function returns a row to its invoker immediately after processing that row and continues to process rows. To return a row (but not control) to the invoker, the function uses the "PIPE ROW Statement". PIPELINED can appear only once in the function. Restriction on PIPELINED You cannot specify PIPELINED for a nested function. Note: You cannot run a pipelined table function over a database link. The reason is that the return type of a pipelined table function is a SQL user-defined type, which can be used only in a single database (as explained in Oracle Database Object-Relational Developer's Guide). Although the return type of a pipelined table function might appear to be a PL/SQL type, the database actually converts that PL/SQL type to a corresponding SQL user-defined type. See Also: • "Overview of Table Functions" • "Creating Pipelined Table Functions" PARALLEL_ENABLE Enables the function for parallel execution, making it safe for use in slave sessions of parallel DML evaluations. PARALLEL_ENABLE can appear only once in the function. Restriction on PARALLEL_ENABLE You cannot specify PARALLEL_ENABLE for a nested function. Function Declaration and Definition 13-74 Oracle Database PL/SQL Language Reference
- 601. RESULT_CACHE Caches the results of the function. RESULT_CACHE can appear only once in the function. For more information, see "PL/SQL Function Result Cache". Restriction on RESULT_CACHE You cannot specify RESULT_CACHE for a nested function. function_heading function Name of the function that you are declaring or defining. RETURN datatype Specifies the data type of the value that the function returns, which can be any PL/SQL data type (see PL/SQL Data Types). Restriction on datatype You cannot constrain this data type (with NOT NULL, for example). If datatype is a constrained subtype, then the returned value does not inherit the constraints of the subtype (see "Formal Parameters of Constrained Subtypes"). function_definition Either defines a function that was declared earlier or both declares and defines a function. declare_section Declares items that are local to the function, can be referenced in body, and cease to exist when the function completes execution. body Required executable part and optional exception-handling part of the function. In the executable part, at least one execution path must lead to a RETURN statement; otherwise, a runtime error occurs. call_spec, EXTERNAL See "call_spec" and "EXTERNAL". Restriction on call_spec, EXTERNAL These clauses can appear only in a package specification or package body. relies_on_clause Specifies the data sources on which the results of the function depend. Each data_source is the name of either a database table or view. Note: • This clause is deprecated. As of Oracle Database 12c, the database detects all data sources that are queried while a result-cached function is running, and relies_on_clause does nothing. • You cannot use relies_on_clause in a function declared in an anonymous block. Function Declaration and Definition PL/SQL Language Elements 13-75
- 602. Examples • Example 8-2 Related Topics In this chapter: • "Formal Parameter Declaration" • "PIPE ROW Statement" • "Procedure Declaration and Definition" In other chapters: • PL/SQL Subprograms • "Creating Pipelined Table Functions" GOTO Statement The GOTO statement transfers control to a labeled block or statement. If a GOTO statement exits a cursor FOR LOOP statement prematurely, the cursor closes. Restrictions on GOTO Statement • A GOTO statement cannot transfer control into an IF statement, CASE statement, LOOP statement, or sub-block. • A GOTO statement cannot transfer control from one IF statement clause to another, or from one CASE statement WHEN clause to another. • A GOTO statement cannot